(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Undergraduate Catalog 2007-2008"

Southern Ad v e n t is t 
University 

2007-2008 CATALOG 



Mailing Address: 
P.O. Box 370 
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 



Telephone: 

General Number: (423) 236-2000 
FAX: (423)236-1000 



Admissions Information: 

Nationwide: 1-800-768-8437 
(l-800-SOUTHERN)e-mail:postmaster@ southern.edu 



In publishing this Catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to be factually 
accurate. The publisher assumes no responsibility for editorial, clerical, or printing errors. 
The information presented is, at the time of printing, an accurate description of course 
offerings, policies, and requirements of Southern Adventist University. The provisions of 
this Catalog, however, are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the 
University and the student. The University reserves the right to change any provision or 
requirement at any time, without prior notice. 



Something to keep in mind — 



Although this CATALOG is not a textbook, you will refer to it often during your 
university career. It describes the academic program you select and the 
requirements you must fulfill to graduate. Before you enroll at Southern or register 
for any succeeding 
semester, you should satisfy 
yourself that you are familiar 
with this Catalog. 

Two important parts of your 
academic life are General 
Education and your field of 
concentration. You will find 
it especially valuable to read 
carefully the sections of the 
Catalog that explain these 
programs. 

Every attempt has been made 

to prepare this Catalog so 

everyone may understand it, 

but some of the information 

may still be confusing to you. 

Also, because changes may 

occur in your program 

requirements, you may 

encounter contradictions between this Catalog and advice that you later receive. 

Talk to someone about the sections of this Catalog that are not clear. 

The first person to talk to is your academic adviser. You may also find help from 
the chair/dean of your department/school. It may be necessary to visit with the 
Director or Assistant Director of Records and Advisement. The Vice President and 
Associate Vice President for Academic Administration are also available to assist 
you. If you need explanations about financial questions, talk with the Associate 
Vice President of Enrollment Services or the Assistant Directors of Student 
Finance. 

Remember that you are the one who selects your program of study and it is your 
responsibility to know the graduation requirements and meet them. 

Do not lose this Catalog. It is your "university manual." 



Contents 



Academic Calendar 4 

This Is Southern Adventist University 6 

Admissions 11 

Student Life and Services 17 

Academic Enrichment Services 23 

Academic Policies 26 

General Degree Requirements 26 

General Education Course Requirements 29-33 

Departments/Schools of Instruction 55-304 

Allied Health 53 

Biology 65 

Business and Management 73 

Chemistry 90 

Computing 96 

Education and Psychology 107 

Engineering Studies 135 

English 137 

History 146 

Interdisciplinary 154 

Journalism and Communication 156 

Mathematics 174 

Modern Languages 179 

Music 192 

Nondepartmental Courses 205 

Nursing 206 

Physical Education, Health and Wellness 216 

Physics 228 

Religion 234 

Social Work and Family Studies 253 

Technology 266 

Visual Art & Design 275 

Interdepartmental Programs 297 

Medical Science 297 

General Studies 297 

Non- Degree Preprofessional Programs 299 

Anesthesia 299 

Dentistry 299 

Law 300 

Medicine 300 

Optometry 302 

Osteopathic Medicine 302 

Pharmacy 302 

Podiatric Medicine 303 

Pre -Physician Assistant 304 

Veterinary Medicine 304 

Financing Your Education 305 

Financial Aid 305 

Special Fees and Charges 318 

Student Costs 320 

Housing 322 

Methods of Payment 324 

Index 343 



4 A 



CADEMIC l^A L E S D A R 



Academic Ca l e n d a r 

2007-08 School Year 



The Southern Adventist University summer term consists of three sessions. Students 
in attendance during the 2006-07 school year may register at any time during the week 
immediately preceding the session. 

1st Summer Session, 2007 

May 7 Registration 

May 7 Classes Begin 

May 8 Late Registration Fee 

May 9 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

May 18 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

May 25 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

Jun 1 Classes End 

2nd Summer Session, 2007 

Jun 4 Registration 

Jun 4 Classes Begin 

Jun 5 Late Registration Fee 

Jun 6 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

Jun 15 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

Jun 22 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

Jul 2 Registration 

Jul 2 Classes Begin 

Jul 3 Late Registration Fee 

Jul 5 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

Jul 13 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

Jul 20 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

Jul 26 Commencement, 7 p.m. 

Jul 26 Classes End 

3rd Summer Session (SmartStart), 2007 

Jul 16 Online Registration Opens for Fall 2007 

Jul 23 Registration for BIOL 1 1 , 225 

Jul 24 Classes Begin in BIOL 1 1 , 225 

Jul 29 Confirmation of Mail-in SmartStart Registration 

Jul 30 Classes Begin 

Jul 3 1 Late Registration Fee 

Aug 1 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

Aug 10 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

Aug 17 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

Aug 24 Classes End 

1st Semester 

Aug 20 ACT Exam, 1 :00 p .m. 

Aug 22-28 University Colloquium 

Aug 23 ACT Exam, 8 :00 a .m. 

Aug 26-29 Freshman Orientation 

Aug 27-29 Registration for Non-registered Students 



LCADEMIC Ksk L E N D A R 



Aug 30 


Aug 30 


Sep 7 


Sep 13 


Sep 24-26 


Oct 17 


Oct 18-21 


Oct 25-28 


Nov 2 


Nov 8 


Nov 9 


Nov 5-16 


Nov 21-25 


Dec 3- Jan 11 


Dec 7 


Dec 16-19 


Dec 19 



1st Semester, continued 

Classes Begin 

Late Registration Fee 

Fee for Class Change and "W" Show on Transcript 

Last Day to Add a Class 

View Southern 

Mid-term Ends 

Mid-semester Break 

Alumni Homecoming 

Deadline to request Dec/May Graduation at Records & Advisement Office 

Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

Withdrawals through Dec 7 receive W or WF 

Winter Registration/ Advisement 

Thanksgiving Vacation 

Online Registration opens for New/Transfer Students 

All Withdrawals After This Date Receive an "F" 

Semester Exams 

Commencement, 7:00 p.m. 
Dec 20- Jan 6 Christmas Vacation 

2nd Semester 

Jan 6 Enrollment Activities for New & Transfer Students, 10 a.m-2 p.m. 

Jan 7 Classes Begin 

Jan 7 Late Registration Fee 

Jan 15 Fee for Class Change and "W" Show on Transcript 

Jan 21 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day/No Class/Community Service Day 

Jan 22 Last Day to Add Course 

Feb 28 Mid-term Ends 

Feb 29-Mar 9 Spring Break 

Mar 20 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

Mar 31-Apr 11 Pre-Registration/ Advisement 

Mar 31 Senior Deadline for Correspondence/Incompletes/Homes Study 

Apr 11 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

Apr 27-May 1 Semester Exams 

May 4 Commencement/Semester Ends 

1st Summer Session, 2008 

May 5 Registration and Classes Begin 

May 30 Classes End 

2nd Summer Session, 2008 

Jun 2 Registration and Classes Begin 

Jul 25 Classes End 

3rd Summer Session, 2008 

Jul 28 Registration and Classes Begin 

Aug 22 Classes End 



This Is Southern 
Adventist University 



Southern Adventist University is a co-educational institution established by the 
S eventh-day Adventist Church, offering master' s, baccalaureate, and associate degrees, 
and one-year certificates. 

The Mission 

Southern Adventist University as a learning community nurtures Christ-likeness and 
encourages the pursuit of truth, wholeness, and a life of service. 

Core Values 

• A Christ-centered campus 

• Academic and professional excellence in a distinctive Seventh-day Adventist 
environment — theologically, socially, morally, and intellectually 

• Demonstrated hospitality and service 

• Affordable education 

Institutional Goals 

• Graduates who master the basic skills of critical reasoning, independent thinking, 
computation, communication, collaboration, and creativity needed to enter the 
workplace with confidence, to pursue lifelong learning, and to exercise leadership 
as contributing citizens who advance their families, communities, the church, and 
society. 

• Competent and diverse faculty and staff who model balanced ethical lives, 
integrate faith and learning, demonstrate scholarship through teaching, research, 
and other scholarly and creative activities, and celebrate and energize the student 
spirit as they respect and support the different ways students develop their minds, 
their persons, and their citizenship. 

• Campus learning communities that engage students with ideas that mark educated 
persons, global and multicultural perspectives, and advanced technology to 
develop both ethical principles and intellectual flexibility. 

• Active partnerships with alumni, church, community, business and industry, civic 
organizations, and government in order to analyze, project, and respond to 
changing needs to help ensure that graduates are prepared for a life of service. 

• Responsible stewardship of resources entrusted to the university through effective 
fiscal management to fulfill the mission, vision, and goals of the university. 

Educational Philosophy 

Rooted in its theological understanding of God and humanity, the educational 
philosophy of the Seventh-day Adventist church is summarized as follows: 

• God, the creator and Sustainer of the universe, is the Source of all knowledge. 

• Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion with Him, humanity 
has sinned and has separated from Him. 

• Through infinite love, God sent His Son to restore this relationship with us — a 
personal relationship that begins now and continues throughout eternity. 

Within the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed as an 
essential element of redemption, and must focus on developing the whole person. 



This Is Southern Ad v e n t i s t Ui 



D VENTIST UN IV EE SIT Y 



Through harmonious development of the physical, mental, spiritual, and social 
dimensions, the individual becomes better equipped to bring wholeness to a broken 
world. Within this philosophical framework, the Student Development Goals are as 
follows: 

• Spiritual: To create a safe, nurturing community of faith in which students may 
grow in a vibrant relationship with the Lord Jesus Christ, while integrating into 
their lives Christian beliefs and values as understood by the Seventh-day 
Adventist church. 

• Intellectual: To facilitate in students the mastery of cognitive skills of critical 
reasoning, independent thinking, reflective judgment, communication, and 
creativity as students confront the issues, ideas, and values of historical and 
contemporary civilization. 

• Occupational: To assist students in attaining knowledge-based competencies 
essential for productive citizenship, leadership, and service in an increasingly 
complex global society. 

• Social: To provide opportunities for students to develop socio-emotional maturity 
that will enable them to be effective, contributing members of families, groups, 
and communities in a pluralistic society. 

• Physical: To empower students to take responsibility for their own well-being 
through a health-promoting lifestyle. 

HISTORY 

In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern Adventist University 
had its beginning in the small village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became 
known as Graysville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern Industrial 
School and five years later to Southern Training School. 

In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion of plant facilities, 
the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in Hamilton County, Tennessee. The name 
TCollegedale" was given to the anticipated community. At its new location, the school 
opened as Southern Junior College and continued as such until 1944 when it achieved 
senior college status and the name was changed to Southern Missionary College. In 
1982 the name was changed to Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. 

In 1996 graduate studies were added to the curriculum and the name was changed 
again, this time to Southern Adventist University. 

SETTING 

Southern Adventist University's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled 
in a valley 1 8 miles east of Chattanooga. The quietness and beauty of the surroundings 
are in keeping with the University's educational philosophy. 



8 This Is So i t h e r n Ad v e n t is t Un 



ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS 

Southern Adventist University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 
3003 3-4097, telephone number 404. 679. 4501) to award one-year certificates, associate 
degrees, baccalaureate degrees and master's degrees. It is also accredited by the 
Accrediting Association of Seventh-day Adventist Schools, Colleges, and Universities. 

Schools and departments of the University are also accredited by various 
organizations as follows: 

► Southern Adventist University has received accreditation for its business and 
business-related programs through the International Assembly for Collegiate 
Business Education (ACBE), Olathe, Kansas. The following degree programs are 
accredited by the IACBE: 

Bachelor of Business Administration degree 

Bachelor of Science degrees in Business Administration, Computer Information 

Systems, Corporate Community Wellness Management, Long-Term Care 

Administration, and Sports Studies 
Master of Business Administration 
Master of Financial Services 
Master of Science in Administration 

► The Long-Term Care Administration program is accredited by the National 
Association of Boards of Examiners of Long-Term Care Administrators. 

► The School of Education and Psychology teacher education program is accredited 
by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The University 
is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education for the preparation of 
secondary and elementary teachers. 

► The Associate of Science, Bachelor of Science, and Master of Science degree 
programs in nursing are accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting 
Commission (61 Broadway, New York, NY 10006, telephone number, 
212.363.5555 ext. 153). The School of Nursing is an agency member of the 
Council of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and the Council of 
Associate Degree Programs of the National League for Nursing. The School of 
Nursing is approved by the Tennessee Board of Nursing. 

► The Social Work program is accredited by the Council of Social Work Education. 
Southern Adventist University is also a member of the Association of American 

Colleges, the American Council on Education, the Tennessee College Association, and 
the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

Southern Adventist University offers 7 master's degree programs with 22 emphases, 
58 baccalaureate degree majors, 50 minors, 16 associate degree majors, and 1 one-year 
certificate. Additional preprofessional and terminal curricula are available to students 
seeking admission to professional schools. (See "Degrees and Curricula," page 35). 
Twelve departments/schools offer secondary teaching certification. 

ONLINE LEARNING 

Online learning includes undergraduate and graduate programs located on national 
and international Seventh-day Adventist college and university campuses as well as on- 
line courses and degrees. The online learning program provides the same quality of 
educational experience as the main campus to those students who cannot attend classes 
in Collegedale. 



This Is Southern Ad v e n t i s t Ui 



D VENIIST UN IV EE SIT V 



STUDENTS 

Sixty percent of the students of Southern Adventist University come from the eight 
states constituting the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 
However, most of the additional states and 50 foreign countries are also represented. 
There are a few more women than men. 

Former Southern Adventist University students are now serving in the ministerial, 
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist Church at home and 
abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study, business pursuits, government service, 
research activities, private and institutional medical services, and the teaching 
professions on all levels. 

FACILITIES 

The following buildings house the academic and other activities of the University: 
Brock Hall — Visual Art and Design, Business and Management, English, 

History, Journalism and Communication, WSMC FM90.5 
Daniells Hall — Social Work and Family Studies 
Hackman Hall — Religion 

Hickman Science Center — Biology, Chemistry, Computing, Mathematics, 
Physics 

J. Mabel Wood Hall — Music 
Ledford Hall — Technology 
Lynn Wood Hall — Heritage Museum, Advancement, Alumni, Development, 

Learning Success Services/Counseling and Testing 
Mazie Herin Hall — Nursing 
McKee Library — Main Campus Library 
Miller Hall — Modern Languages 
Sanford & Martha Ulmer Student Center — Computer Center, Campus 

Ministries, Dining Hall, student activity rooms, K.R.'s Place 
Summerour Hall — Education and Psychology, Teaching Material Centers, 

21st Century Classroom 
William lies Physical Education Center — Physical Education, Health, and 

Wellness, Gymnastics Center, Swimming Pool 
Wright Hall — Administration 

Other facilities on or near campus that may serve student needs: 
Campus Services — Security 

Charles Fleming Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the 
University and community. Includes: 

Adventist Book Center 

Campus Kitchen — fast foods 

Campus Shop — student bookstore and gift shop 

Collegedale Credit Union 

United States Post Office 

Village Market with grocery, deli, bakery 
Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school 
Collegedale Korean Church 
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 
Recreational Area — tennis courts, track, playing fields 
Southern Village — student housing 

Arthur W Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school 
Spanish- American Seventh-day Adventist Church 



10 This Is So i t h e r n Ad v e n t is i U 



ernAdveniisi University 



Student Apartments 

Student Park 

Talge Hall — men's residence hall 

Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall 

Thatcher South — women's residence hall 

University Health Center — health services 



Admissions 



Southern Adventist University welcomes applications from students who seek a 
university career that unites spirituality and academic integrity and who commit 
themselves to an educational program designed according to Christian principles as 
taught by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The University does not discriminate in 
admissions on the basis of age, gender, race, color, ethnic or national origin, religion, 
or handicap. 

ADMISSION OF FRESHMAN STUDENTS* 

Applicants for regular admission as freshmen (less than 24 college credits) must 
satisfy one of the following three conditions at the time of enrollment: 

Regular Acceptance 

1. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home Study 
International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at least 2.25 (on a 4.00 scale) 
in major subjects,** and have a minimum composite score of 18 on the American 
College Test (ACT) or a minimum of 870 (excluding the writing section) on the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). 

2. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test with a minimum score of 
410 on each section and an average of 450 overall (or 2250 total standard score 
points) and have a composite score of 1 8 on the ACT or a minimum of 870 
(excluding the writing section) on the SAT. Each GED applicant must have an 
official transcript of his or her grades and credits sent to the Enrollment Services 
Office from the high school most recently attended. 

3. Applicants who have completed their high school education in a home school 
setting must have an ACT minimum composite test score of 18, or an SAT score 
of 870 (excluding the writing section), and submit a portfolio, which must include 
the following documents: 

a) If the student participated in or completed a course of study through a 
correspondence school, the student must submit an official transcript from 
that school. If the student was taught partially or completely within the 
home, then it will be necessary to create a transcript of class work of the 
entire high school experience. Include course description, when the 
course was taken, as well as grade achieved. For example, "Algebra I: 
Fall, 2002, B+, 1 unit". The home school transcript must show the 
graduation date and be signed and dated by one of the parents. 

b) A copy of an original research paper. 

c) A written statement reflecting on the value the student received from his 
or her home school experience. 

Conditional Acceptance 

A. If either the high school GPA or ACT/SAT composite score is below the minimum 
requirements as stated above, the student must appeal to the Admissions 
Committee. 

B. Conditionally accepted students must attend a five week summer session that 
begins July 23, 2007. This session will include a free three-hour course 
(SmartStart) as well as a special Academic Power Tools class for which an 
additional fee is required. During the Fall semester, a conditional standing student 
may enroll in a maximum of 13 hours. 



'"Those planning to enter professions such as business and management, computing, education, journalism and 
communication, nursing, music education, or religion should also consult the respective school for any additional admission 
requirements. 

* *M ajor subjects: English, mathematics, natural science, religion, social science, and foreign language. 



12 A] 



AMISSIONS 



Subjects Required for Admission 

Applicants to freshman standing must have, at the minimum, the following subjects 
in their secondary program: 

1 . Three units of English, excluding journalism and communication. 

2. Two units of mathematics, one of which must be algebra. If Algebra 1 has not 
been taken, MATH 080 must be taken to make up for this deficiency. 

3. Two units of science. A college class in biology, chemistry, or physics must be 
taken in addition to general education science requirements if this condition is 
not met. 

4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World History, HIST 
174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386, 387 or 388 must be taken as part of the 
General Education requirements. 

5. Two units in a foreign language are required for a B.A. degree. If deficient, one 
year of a foreign language at the college level will be required. 

6. Computer competency is strongly recommended. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Regular Acceptance 

Transfer students must submit a transcript from an officially accredited college or 
university, with evidence of a GPA of 2.00 in major subjects, as well as a minimum 
composite ACT (American College Test) of 18 or an SAT (Scholastic Aptitude Test) 
of 870 prior to registration. Students who have a transfer GPA of 2.50 or above in 12 
hours of major subjects such as general education courses offered at Southern in general 
education areas A, C, D, E (see Catalog under Academic Policies, General Education), 
may exempt themselves from the ACT/SAT requirement unless required by individual 
department or school. 

Conditional Acceptance 

A. If either the college GPA or ACT/SAT composite score is below the minimum 
requirements as stated above, the student must appeal to the Admissions 
Committee. 

B. Conditionally accepted students may take no more than 13 semester hours 
during the first semester. 

C . Conditionally accepted students are required to take Academic Power Tools — a 
class designed for students who want to learn to be successful in college. An 
additional fee is required that is not included in tuition charges. 

Transfer Credits 

Transfer credits may be applied toward the requirements for a degree when the 
student has satisfactorily completed a minimum of 12 semester hours in residence. 
Credit by examination taken at other colleges will be accepted according to Southern 
Adventist University standards (see "University Credit by Examination" in the 
Academic Policies section of the Catalog on page 47). A maximum of 72 semester 
hours may be accepted from a college where the highest degree offered is the 
associate degree. Background deficiencies revealed by transcripts and entrance 
examinations will be given individual attention. 

Credit may be granted for courses taken at institutions which are not regionally 
accredited only after the student has completed at least 16 semester hours at Southern 
Adventist University with a 2.00 or better average. Transfer courses that are 
comparable to Southern Adventist University courses may be recorded with an earned 
grade of "D" or better in general education and a "C" earned grade for a major. 



Ldmissions 



13 



A student who has been dismissed from another institution because of poor 
scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that institution, is not generally 
eligible for admission until s/he can qualify for readmission to the institution from 
which s/he has been dismissed. 

Transfer students must submit both their official college and high school 
transcripts to the Enrollment Services Office before being allowed to register for 
classes. 

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Mature individuals who do not meet the above University admission requirements 
and who do not wish to become degree candidates, but who may desire limited credit 
for transfer to another institution of higher learning, may register as special students. 
A special student may enroll for a maximum of five semester hours per term. 

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

In addition to meeting the freshman or transfer acceptance criteria, an international 
student must send official copies of all credits, degrees, diplomas and other credentials, 
with validation by school or national officials. These should be in the original language, 
accompanied by a translation (not an interpretation) in English, and certified by an 
American Embassy official if possible. 

The deadline for international student applications to be received by the Enrollment 
Services Office is June 30 for the fall registration, and October 30 for the winter 
registration. 

Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General Certificate of 
Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or more "0" level academic subject 
passes (generally at one sitting, with marks 1 through 6 or A through D). Subjects must 
include English, a natural science, and three others selected from a second language, 
mathematics, science, and social studies. Proficiency in English, both written and oral, 
must be proven before admission. This may be done by taking: (1) the Test of English 
as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Internet-Based Test (IBT); (2) the TOEFL Paper- 
Based Test (PBT); or (3) the TOEFL Computer-Based Test (CBT). Students whose 
TOEFL (IBT) score is 79 (PBT 550 or CBT 213) or higher meet the official admission 
level. 

All students desiring an 1-20 must first submit a legible copy of their passport, 
showing legal name. 

All international students with student visas are required by current immigration laws 
to be enrolled in a full course study (a minimum of 12 hours) for each semester in 
attendance. NOND 080, Academic Power Tools, may count as part of the international 
student's load. 

According to current immigration laws, international students with student visas may 
work on campus provided that employment is available, and provided that the student 
is enrolled in a full course of study (minimum of 12 hours) for each semester in 
attendance and is making progress to the completion of a degree. On-campus 
employment is limited up to 20 hours per week when there are regular classes held. 
Such employment may be full time (up to 40 hours per week) during school vacation 
periods provided that the student intends to register for the subsequent academic 
semester. The Human Resources Office monitors hours worked and notifies the student 
and the campus employer when a student works in excess of 20 hours per week. If a 
student's work exceeds 20 hours per week, the student will become out of status with 
Immigration Services. Spouses may work only if they have a student visa (or other 
eligible visa) of their own. 



14 A] 



AMISSIONS 



International students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure 
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. 

International students should not leave their homeland until they have in their 
possession: 

1 . An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern Adventist University 

2. Form 1-20 (from Southern Adventist University) 

3. A valid passport 

4. A valid visa to enter the United States 

5 . S ufficient funds for the first year at Southern Adventist University — in addition 
to the international security deposit of US$3,000 required of all non-U. S. 
citizens except for citizens of Canada, Bermuda, and the Bahamas. 

In addition to the regular University expenses, there are other expenses for an 
international student. (Please refer to the Financing Your Education section of the 
Catalog.) 

ADMISSION OF ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL) STUDENTS 

Students that meet the admission criteria of an international student except for the 
TOEFL requirements can be accepted as an English as a Second Language (ESL) 
student if they have a TOEFL IBT score between 45 and 78 (PBT 450-549 or CBT 1 33- 
212). ESL students must enroll as special advisees of the English Department which 
administers the language classes. Students whose TOEFL IBT scores are below 45 
(PBT 450 or CBT 133) are not eligible for admission to the University. See page 139 
in the English Department section of the Catalog for additional ESL information. 

ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT 

Students majoring in business and management should refer to the School of 
Business and Management section of the Catalog for requirements pertaining to the 
admission into the School. 

ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF COMPUTING 

Students majoring in computer science should refer to the School of Computing 
section of the Catalog for requirements pertaining to admission to the School. 

ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 

Students who plan to teach in elementary or secondary schools should refer to the 
School of Education and Psychology section of the Catalog for admission requirements 
to the Teacher Education Program. 

ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATION 

Students majoring in journalism and communication should refer to the School of 
Journalism and Communication section of the Catalog for requirements pertaining to 
admission into the School. 

ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC 

Students majoring in music should refer to the School of Music section of the 
Catalog for requirements pertaining to admission into the School. 

ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 

Students applying to nursing courses as a freshman or as a transfer student should 
refer to the School of Nursing section of the Catalog for requirements pertaining to 
admission into the School. 



Admissions 



15 



ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF RELIGION 

Students majoring in religion should refer to the School of Religion section of the 
Catalog for requirements pertaining to the admission into the School. 

EXTENSION CLASSES 

Extension classes are university classes offered on the campuses of Southern Union 
academies as an opportunity for seniors to earn university credit in skills areas that will 
fulfill part of the General Education requirements at Southern Adventist University. 
Instructors are academy teachers who are qualified with appropriate credentials and 
experience. 

To enroll in an extension class, students must be members of the senior class with a 
grade point average of 3.00 or above during the years of their secondary education. 

The extension classes must duplicate as nearly as possible their university counter- 
parts in content, degree of difficulty, testing and grading. The use of formal Advanced 
Placement (AP) courses may be used where such are available. 

Academies that would like to participate in this program must contact the Vice 
President of Academic Administration to make application. 

APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION 

Prospective students should request application forms from the Enrollment 

Services Office or can apply on the Internet at http://southern.edu. 

Completed applications should be returned to the Enrollment Services Office 

with an application fee of $25. 

It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools (high school and 

college) to forward transcripts to the Admissions Office in support of the 

application. These will become the property of the University. 

It is the student's responsibility to forward the ACT or SAT test scores to the 

Enrollment Services Office. 

Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of credits and test 

scores, the Enrollment Services Office will notify the applicant of the action 

taken. 

Southern Adventist University must have received a final official high school 
transcript or GED scores and a transcript from the high school last attended from 
each new student before he or she will be allowed to proceed to registration. 

WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY 

S outhern gives acceptance priority to those that submit their application no later than 
March 31. Applications received after March 31 will be processed on a space 
availability basis. 

All new and transfer students who have received academic acceptance will be mailed 
a Commitment Deposit Card. To register for classes, this card must be completed and 
returned to the Enrollment Services Office with a $250 Commitment Deposit. 
Deadlines are July 16 for the fall semester and November 16 for the winter semester. 
The $250 is not an additional fee, it will be used as the housing deposit unless the 
student will not be in university housing. For those not in university housing, the $250 
will be applied to the student's account. The Commitment Deposit is refundable until 
the deadlines. After that date, the student will forfeit the deposit. The Commitment 
Deposit is required of any new or transfer student seeking enrollment whether residence 
hall or village. 



16 A] 



AMISSIONS 



ADMISSION TO GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

For information on graduate programs or a copy of the Graduate Catalog, please 
contact the Dean of Graduate Studies at 423.236.2912. 
The degrees offered are: 



School of Business and Management 

Master of Business Administration 

- Accounting 

- Church and Nonprofit Leadership 

- Healthcare Administration 

- Human Resource Management 

- Management 

- Marketing Management 
Master of Financial Services 
Master of Science in Administration 

- Church Administration 

- Outdoor Education 

School of Education and Psychology 

Master of Science 

- Professional Counseling 

- School Counseling 
Master of Science in Education 

- Curriculum and Instruction 

- Educational Administration and Supervision 

- Inclusive Education 

- Literacy Education 

- Outdoor Teacher Education 

School of Nursing 

Master of Science in Nursing 

- Adult Nurse Practitioner 

- Family Nurse Practitioner 

- Nurse Educator 
Accelerated RN to MSN 

- Adult Nurse Practitioner 

- Family Nurse Practitioner 

- Nurse Educator 
Accelerated RN to MSN and MBA 
Dual Degree — MSN and MBA 
Post Master's Certificate 

- Adult Nurse Practitioner 

- Family Nurse Practitioner 

- Nurse Educator 

School of Religion 

Master of Arts 

- Church Leadership and Management 

- Evangelism 

- Homiletics 

- Religious Education 

- Religious Studies 



Student Life and Services 



A university is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of association. The 
effectiveness of the University program is enhanced if students develop their interests 
and meet their needs through participation in the nonacademic activities provided. 
Students are encouraged to take advantage of the facilities and opportunities planned 
for their cultural, social, and spiritual growth. 

CAMPUS SAFETY 

The Campus Safety department safeguards campus residents, property, and facilities. 
Its responsibilities include fire prevention and detection, traffic control, campus escort 
service, assistance with vehicle jump starts and lockouts, vehicle registration, card 
entry, arrangements for emergency after hours transportation, the maintenance of 
campus safety and order. Campus Safety is also responsible for the public address 
system, recording of programs and classroom presentations as per request. Campus 
Safety is located at 5061 Industrial Drive. 

CAREER SERVICES 

Career development is an integral part of a student's higher education. Career 
services facilitate lifelong career development through self-awareness, career 
exploration, career decision-making, and the implementation of career choices. 
Professional counselors are available to help students: clarify interests, values, and 
skills; choose an academic major; make decisions and explore potential careers; and 
develop skills in job seeking. 

Recruiters from professional schools and organizations regularly visit the University 
to interview seniors. Meet the Firms, the Health Career Fair, and the Major/Minor Fair 
provide students with opportunities to network with employers and investigate 
curricular and career opportunities. Career Services is a part of the Counseling and 
Testing Services office located in the Student Success Center on the third floor of Lynn 
Wood Hall. 

CHAPLAINS OFFICE 

Any student of Southern Adventist University has the opportunity to enrich his/her 
personal relationship with Jesus through Campus Ministries activities. Through the 
programs coordinated from the Chaplain's Office, students can engage in a wide variety 
of on- and off-campus spiritual activities. Student leaders working with the campus 
chaplain direct out-reach activities such as Campus Ministries, CABL (Collegiate 
Adventist for Better Living), Destiny Drama Company, Collegiate Missions, and 
numerous religious programs. 

Southern Adventist University enjoys a reputation of having a strong commitment 
to mission service. There are opportunities for short-term mission projects as well as 
traditional Student Missionary positions or volunteer Task Force positions. The Student 
Missionary assignments from the world divisions are published by the General 
Conference Adventist Volunteer Center on their web site. Students interested in any 
mission or Task Force position may work through the Chaplain's Office for information 
and placement in mission positions. 

The campus chaplain serves as a pastor for the University campus. The chaplain is 
available for spiritual counseling, personal and relationship concerns, or any situation 
in which students desire personal and professional counseling. It is the desire of the 
Chaplain's Office to provide a safe, confidential setting for students to discuss personal 



18 Student Life and Services 



Since many university students choose a life partner while here at the University, the 
Chaplain's Office provides various premarital inventories and counseling programs to 
aid in the establishment of healthy Christian relationships. 

CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES 

Each year a concert-lecture series featuring significant artists and lecturers is 
provided for students, generally in connection with the weekly convocation program. 
The cost of admission for students is included in the tuition. 

CONVOCATION 

Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student body serve 
educational and spiritual purposes. They also provide an element of unity which is one 
of the most desirable features of private education such as is found at Southern 
Adventist University. The spiritual emphasis weeks and the weekend church services 
assist in the spiritual growth of the students. Students are required to attend these 
services regularly. Failure to do so will jeopardize the student's current status and 
readmission privileges. 

COUNSELING AND TESTING SERVICES 

Each student is assigned an academic adviser who will assist in program planning 
and give advice and guidance on academic questions throughout the school year. 
Students may also seek counseling regarding academic concerns from any member of 
the faculty. 

Students who wish to seek assistance from a professional counselor should contact 
Counseling Services in the Student Success Center located on the third floor of Lynn 
Wood Hall (423.236.2782). A wide variety of resources to assist students adjust to 
university life are available. Personal and career counseling, consultation, testing, 
advisement for international students, and referral services are provided in a 
confidential caring environment. 

Southern Adventist University is an established non-Saturday National Test Center 
for the administration of entrance examinations for students applying to graduate and 
professional schools. Contact Testing Services in the Student Success Center for test 
applications and test date information. 

DINING 

For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, Southern Adventist University 
provides a complete vegetarian cafeteria service, organized to serve student needs. The 
spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social and cultural life at the University, and 
service by the cafeteria staff is available for the many student and faculty social 
functions. Auxiliary dining rooms are available for meetings of various student or 
faculty organizations. The Food Service Department also operates two vegetarian fast- 
food shops on the campus. K.R.'s Place is conveniently located in the Student Center 
and the Campus Kitchen is at the nearby Fleming Plaza. 

DISABILITIES - REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for 
Students with Special Needs 

Students with physical or academic disabilities that could impact their learning 
experiences at Southern must contact Learning Success Services (LSS), by phone 
(423.236.2838) or in person, to schedule an appointment with the Disability Services 
Coordinator. LSS is located on the third floor of Lynn Wood Hall in the Student 
Success Center. It is expected that students with disabilities will make this contact 
during the first three weeks of the semester. Otherwise, the process of certifying 



Student 1_,ife and services 



19 



eligibility and arranging for reasonable accommodations will probably not be completed 
in time to meet their needs before mid-term. Students who contact LSS after the first 
month of the semester should not plan on receiving accommodations for that semester. 

Southern is in compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (1973) and is 
dedicated to the elimination of architectural and prejudicial barriers which prevent any 
qualified person from attending. SAU has established LSS to provide disability 
services according to the provisions of applicable disability law. 

The University does not assume responsibility of identifying students who qualify for 
accommodations or special services. The student must 1 ) voluntarily and confidentially 
identify to the Disability Services Coordinator as having a qualifying disability and 2) 
provide appropriate documentation to meet the requirements for being certified to 
receive accommodations. 

Details about the services available and the requirements and processes involved in 
qualifying for accommodations at Southern, can be found at http://lss.southern.edu. 
From the Student Links menu select the Disability Support option. 

DISCIPLINE 

Discipline refers to any action taken by Southern Adventist University relative to a 
student's social standing. All student disciplinary procedures are under the direction 
of the Vice-President for Student Services, who works with the residence hall deans in 
handling student disciplinary cases. The vice-president for Student Services may 
separate a student from the school, suspend a student, deny re-admission, or place a 
student on citizenship probation. For further details, consult the Student Handbook. 

HEALTH SERVICE 

The University Health Center strives to provide high quality health care for the 
students of Southern Adventist University. Services are provided by a nurse 
practitioner under the supervision of a physician. The Health Center is open during 
regular university working hours. To maximize healthcare for all students it is the 
normal procedure for students to be seen at the Health Center. Registered nurses are 
on-call for urgent needs when the Health Center is not open. 

The Health Center is available to all students and student dependents that are on 
school insurance. 

Visits for minor illnesses or injuries, wound care, blood pressure checks, and 
equipment loans are free. Visits requiring prescriptions or expanded medical care, 
physicals, lab tests, immunizations, and medications or supplies will have a charge. 
The Health Center will bill the school insu ranee but the students shou Id plan to file their 
own private insurance. Charges from the Health Center and some prescriptions may be 
placed on the student's account. 

University policy requires all students to have adequate accident and health insurance 
covering both inpatient and outpatient services. The same coverage is encouraged for 
all spouses and dependents. This requirement can be met by (a) enrolling in the student 
insurance plan, or (b) waiving the student insurance plan by providing information 
regarding coverage from another policy or health care plan. All students living in a 
residence hall or other student housing must purchase the student insurance plan unless 
waiving the coverage. A student taking six hours or more who has not waived the 
coverage will be automatically enrolled in this insurance plan at registration. 

A policy brochure describing benefits, terms, and limits is available from the Risk 
Management department. The waiver is valid for one year and is only effective upon 
providing information regarding other insurance. 



20 Student Li i 



ORIENTATION PROGRAM 

Southern Adventist University has a personal interest in the success of the student 
desiring a university education. There is much that the student must do to get 
acquainted with the academic, social, and religious life of the University by perusing 
this Catalog and the Southern Adventist University Student Handbook. Instruction and 
counsel are given which will help the student better understand the University program 
and what is expected of him/her as a citizen of the University community. 

Orientation for new students is held prior to the fall term. It includes examinations 
and instruction helpful in course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, 
purposes, and functions of the University. Social occasions are also provided when 
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new freshman and 
transferring students are required to attend the orientation program. 

PHOTO RELEASE 

By enrolling at Southern Adventist University, students authorize the use and 
reproduction by the University, or anyone authorized by the University, of any images 
taken while enrolled at the University, whether video or photo, film or digital, whether 
distributed by print medium, video cassette, CD, DVD, internet, television, or any other 
mode or medium, whether now existing or subsequently developed. All such images, 
however stored, shall constitute Southern Adventist University property solely and 
completely. Students will not be entitled to compensation for the use of the images. 

RESIDENCE HALL LIVING 

Living in a university residence hall with its daily "give and take" prepares the 
student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for the rights and opinions of 
others, and offers first-hand experience in adjusting to a social group. Four residence 
halls that serve the needs of our students are: Talge Hall, Thatcher Hall, Thatcher South, 
and Southern Village. 

To assure students this beneficial experience, the University requires those students 
who take more than three semester hours of class work and who are unmarried, under 
23 years of age, and not living with their parents or other approved relatives in the 
vicinity, to reside in one of the residence halls. Those over the age 23 may be asked to 
find alternate housing either in Student Family Housing or off-campus. 

SOCIAL ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 

The Director of Student Life and Activities plans social activities in consultation w ith 
the Student Activities Committee. Additional socialprograms are sponsored during the 
year by clubs and organizations. 

In addition to the Student Association, more than 30 campus organizations provide 
opportunities for enrichment, leadership training, and enjoyment. They include church- 
related organizations — Campus Ministries; Student Ministerial Association; clubs 
related to academic interests sponsored by the departments; social clubs — Sigma Theta 
Chi (women), Upsilon Delta Phi (men), Black Christian Union, Christian Veterans 
Association and the Latin American Club, and special interest or hobby clubs. 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT 

In harmony with the objectives of the University, high standards of behavior are 
maintained to encourage the development of genuine Christian character. Mature 
Christian students of sound spiritual and social integrity appreciate standards that 
elevate and ennoble. Admission to Southern Adventist University is a privilege that 
requires the acceptance of and compliance with published and announced regulations. 



•IP E AND SERVICES 



21 



Only those whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals of the 
University and who willingly subscribe to the social program as ordered are welcomed. 
It therefore follows that since students at Southern Adventist University receive an 
education subsidized by the Seventh-day Adventist Church, those who engage in 
activities determined to be detrimental to the church on or off campus will not be 
knowingly accepted or retained. 

A student who is out of harmony with the social policies of the University, who is 
uncooperative, and whose attitude gives evidence of an unresponsive nature may be 
advised to withdraw without specific charge. 

Each student is expected to become acquainted with the standards of conduct 
published in the Southern Adventist University Student Handbook. The handbook 
includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A copy may be obtained from 
the office of the Vice President for Student Services. Interim announcements of policies 
adopted by the administration are of equal force with those listed in official 
publications. 

STUDENT ASSOCIATION 

Every undergraduate student at Southern Adventist University who is taking eight or 
more semester hours of class work is a member of the Student Association with voting 
privileges in the election of officers. The association affords opportunities for 
leadership development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives of Southern 
Adventist University. The association assists the University administration and faculty 
in the implementation of policies and assumes responsibility in giving direction to 
campus activities entrusted to it. The association's activities are coordinated and 
communicated through the Student Senate and cabinet and their several committees. 
The activities and responsibilities of the officers and the detailed organization of the 
Student Association are outlined in the Student Association Constitution and Bylaws. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

Southern Adventist University encourages every student to balance work and study. 
If a student wants to work, is physically and emotionally able to work, and has arranged 
his/her class schedule to accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he/she may be able 
to obtain employment on campus. Students seeking employment should contact the 
Human Resources Office for information; however, students are responsible for 
securing their own employment. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND PRODUCTIONS 

As a vital part of its community of learning, Southern Adventist University sponsors 
the production of a variety of media by its students. When exercised in the spirit of 
Christian fellowship, responsible freedom of expression and debate of issues enhances 
the university commu nity. Editors and producers are encouraged to express themselves 
freely within the parameters of the philosophy, standards, and mission statement of the 
University. 

Student media are the voices of both students and facu lty, representing the visual and 
creative arts, both in print and non-print formats. The student media provides a 
marketplace of ideas in a university environment. Student media serve not only the 
current residents of the campus, but also document the culture and history of the 
institution. 



22 Student Li i 



Approved student-produced media on campus are the Festival Studios (multimedia 
year in review), Joker (pictorial directory), Numerique (student phone directory), 
Southern Accent (student newspaper), Southern Memories (yearbook), and Campus 
Chatter (weekly announcements) . S outhern Adventist University is the legal publisher 
of all of the approved student-produced media. 



Academic Enrichment Ser vices 



E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The E. A. Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the business curriculum. 
The series is made possible by the generosity of E. A. Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, 
for the purpose of giving the student a broader understanding of the business world. The 
public is invited to attend the lectures free of charge; however, for a fee, continuing 
education credit is available. Lectures are presented at 8 p.m. on Monday evenings 
during the second semester, in the E. A. AndersonBusiness S eminar Room, Brock Hall, 
Room 333. 

EUGENE A. ANDERSON ORGAN CONCERT SERIES 

The Eugene A. Anderson Organ Conceit Series was initiated in 1986 to provide 
world-class organ concerts on the campus of Southern Adventist University. The 
foremost organists from throughout the world present these concerts. Select 
performances are broadcast internationally on the American Public Radio Program, 
"Pipe Dreams." The series is made possible through the generosity of Eugene A. 
Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the education and enjoyment of the students and the 
general public. 

The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a70-stop 108-rank tracker organ, was dedicated 
in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April, 1986, and is the largest of 
its kind in North America. A second instrument, a Renaissance mean-tone organ with 
two manuals and 13 stops, is housed in the music building's Ackerman Auditorium. 
Both were built by John Brombaugh and Associates of Eugene, Oregon. 

CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES 

Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the Chamber Music 
Series. Each semester two or three artists and/or ensembles provide a variety of listening 
experiences for students, faculty, and the community. Artists are chosen in such a 
fashion that over a four-year period a student can become acquainted with solo and 
ensemble music of many style periods. Master classes are often scheduled in 
conjunction with a concert. 

E. O. GRUNDSET LECTURE SERIES 

The E. O. Grundset Lecture Series is jointly sponsored by the Southern Adventist 
University Chapter (Kappa Phi) of the Beta Beta Beta National Biological Honor 
Society and the Biology Department. Five or more lectures are presented each semester 
by guest speakers. The general public is invited. 

The lectures are divided into two categories. The Technical Research Seminars are 
designed to update students, faculty, and the community on current biological research 
as well as to illustrate to students how biological knowledge is acquired through 
research. The Natural History Lectures are less technical and provide a general 
understanding of organismic and ecological biology, either by a description of the 
plants or animals in a certain region or an account of the behavior, habits, or ecology 
of certain species. 

GERHARD F. HASEL LECTURESHIP ON BIBLICAL SCHOLARSHIP 

The Gerhard F. Hasel Lectureship on Biblical Scholarship serves to promote biblical 
scholarship, particularly by inviting recognized non-Seventh-day Adventist scholars to 
lecture on the campus of Southern Adventist University each winter semester. The 
lectureship also serves to maintain a mutually helpful interchange between Adventist 
and non-Adventist biblical scholars, and to expose students and faculty to varied 



24 Academic Ei 



N R IC II M ENT aBE VICES 



research and views in order to challenge and fortify reasons for biblical faith. The 
lectureship is sponsored by the E. G. White Memorial Chair in Religion. 

INSTITUTE OF ARCHAEOLOGY 

The Institute of Archaeology, under the auspices of the School of Religion, 
coordinates archaeological programs through course offerings, the Lynn H. Wood 
Archaeological Museum, laboratories, a research library, excavations, and publications. 

INSTITUTE OF EVANGELISM AND WORLD MISSIONS 

The Robert H. Pierson Institute of Evangelism and World Missions, under the 
auspices of the School of Religion, provides coordination and funding for students and 
faculty to engage in direct evangelistic and missionary opportunities, as well as research 
and resources through the Evangelistic Resource Center. 

LEARNING SUCCESS SERVICES 

Learning Success Services (LSS), located on the third floor of Lynn Wood Hall, 
provides staff and equipment in a supportive Christian environment to assist and 
encourage all students in their pursuit of learning. One-on-one tutoring by appointment 
is available in most academic areas. Students with expertise in academic areas are 
encouraged to seek employment as tutors. LSS offers seminars, classes, and tutoring 
in study skills, time management, organization, and learning. The Disability Services 
office is also at LSS. Students with documented disabilities should read the section 
about Disabilities in this Catalog on page 18. 

LIBRARIES 

Within a Christian context, McKee Library manages the academic knowledge 
commons and instructs users in its proper use, because knowledge is the foundation for 
critical thinking. A variety of educational resources in print, non-print, and electronic 
format are made available to the students and the faculty of the University. Professional 
librarians and staff are available to help students and faculty with their individual 
research needs as well as providing class instruction and tours. McKee Library's 
website is a central source for accessing information and is located at 
http://library.southem.edu. Research Central links students and faculty to the online 
catalog, over 100 databases, over 21,000 full-text periodicals, a journal locator, and 
selected websites. The Services and About Us pages provide information about McKee 
Library and its services. Students enrolled in online courses may access the McKee 
Library-Distance Education page located at http://disted.southern.edu. The print 
collection contains over 150,000 volumes housed in open stacks. Over 4,000 items are 
housed in the media collection. One thousand one hundred print periodicals are 
currently received which include a large number of titles kept permanently on 
microform. Special collections in the library include the Dr. Vernon Thomas Memorial 
Civil War and Abraham Lincoln Collection: books, letters, manuscripts, newspapers, 
pamphlets, picture, paintings, maps, and artifacts of this period in American History. 
Individual study carrels and group study tables provide areas for student learning. 

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

Southern Adventist University is affiliated with Walla Walla College's Rosario 
Beach Marine Biological Station to enrich and supplement its on-campus programs. 

This Marine Biological Station is located on Fidalgo Island in the Puget Sound in the 
state of Washington and provides students with opportunities to study marine habitats 
in a temperate climate. This station also furnishes facilities for summer class work and 



En ric h m ent Services 25 



kCADEMIC r>N R IC H M E N T 3E « V IC E S 



research. Its close proximity to biomes ranging from sea bottom to Alpine tundra 
provides an excellent opportunity for instruction and investigation. 

ROBERT H. PIERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The Robert H. Pierson Lectureship is sponsored in November of every year by the 
School of Religion under the auspices of the Ellen G. White Memorial Chair in 
Religion. The lectures are meant to facilitate the training of ministers and other religion 
majors in Biblical Studies, Theology, History, Adventist Studies, Homiletics, Church 
Leadership, and in other areas of preparation. 

WSMC FM90.5 

Classical 90.5 WSMC is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, radio station licensed to 
Southern Adventist University. 

WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. The station 
regularly hires between 10 and 15 students as on-air announcers, production, and 
development assistants. The station is an excellent way for the student to receive 
hands-on experience in the field of broadcasting and public radio/development. 

WSMC represents the University to the Greater Chattanooga community, with a 
coverage area including a 94-mile radius of Chattanooga. Founded in 1961, it is the 
oldest noncommercial fine arts station in southeastern Tennessee. WSMC was the first 
radio station in a seven- state region to receive satellite capability. The station also exists 
as an outreach of the University — striving to enhance the quality of life in the 
community. 

The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, educational, and 
inspirational programs. WSMC broadcasts programs from Public Radio International, 
National Public Radio, and American Public Media, as well as news from the BBC. 

WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility includes a 
studio-quality production room, news room, music library, and on-air studios. 



Academic Policies 



PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY 

When planning their course work, students should acquaint themselves with their 
chosen program of study and graduation requirements outlined in this Catalog. Students 
who have not decided their course of study before entering the University may take a 
general program exploring several fields. This approach need not result in loss of 
credits if carefully planned. 

Freshman students may consult faculty members during the summer months before 
the beginning of the fall term. Students planning to teach should consult the School of 
Education and Psychology to include teacher education courses as a part of their 
program in order to qualify for denominational and state certification. 

Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree requirements. They may 
choose to meet the requirements of any one Catalog in effect during the period of 
residency. If students discontinue their education for a period of twelve months or more, 
they must qualify according to the Catalog in force at the time of their return. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Master's Degree 

The general and specific degree requirements for a master's degree are described in 
a separate Graduate Catalog, available by writing to the graduate school. Master's 
degrees are available in the fields of Business, Counseling, Education, Nursing, and 
Religion. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate Degree 

The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as follows: 

♦ Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. 

♦ A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and cumulative grade point 
average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students earning the Bachelor of Music degree will 
take 138-142 semester hours. 

♦ A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at least 1 4 upper division 
hours in the major for a B. A. degree and at least 1 8 upper division hours in the major 
for all other degrees. 

♦ Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a B.A. degree or 
completion of a major for other degrees with a cumulative grade point average of 
2.25 in the major,* completion of the General Education requirements, and electives 
to satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades 
lower than a "C-" will not be applied on a major or minor. Grades of "C" or better 
are required for the Nursing major and grades of "C" or better are required for 
Nursing cognate courses. 

♦ More than one major may be earned provided all courses required for each major and 
its cognates are completed. Each major must include a minimum of 20 semester 
hours that do not overlap with any other major or minor. 

♦ More than one minor may be earned provided all courses required for each minor are 
completed. Each minor must include a minimum of 12 semester hours that do not 
overlap with any other major or minor. 



*For educational certification, all secondary and elementary majors must have a minimum overall grade point, major, 
and education average of 2.75, as well as achieve a minimum grade of "C" (2.00 ) in all teacher ed ucation cognate 
courses. The Nursing Major requires a GPA of 2 .50 in cognate courses as well as in the major. The Clinical Laboratory 
Science Major requires minimum grades of C- and a minimum average of 2.25 in the major and cognates. The School 
of Computing requires a minimum overall GPA of 2.25. The School of Religion and the Social Work Department 
requires a minimum overall GPA of 2 .50. 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



27 



GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate, continued 

♦ Bachelor of Art degrees are exempt from completing a minor if the student is a 
Southern Scholar or working towards certification. 

♦ Completion of an examination as required by the department or school. 

♦ Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to complete, beyond the 124 
minimum hours required, a minimum of 30 hours, including 16 hours upper division, 
and a new major. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree 

♦ A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative grade point average 
of 2.00 (C) or above. Nursing majors need 69 semester hours and a minimum 
cumulative GPA of 2.50. 

♦ Completion of a major, the General Education requirements, and electi ves to satisfy 
the total credit requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades lower 
than "C-" will not be applied on a major. 

♦ Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish to obtain another 
associate degree may do so upon completion of the curriculum prescribed for the 
second degree. 

The work completed for the second degree must include at least 24 hours in 
residence over and above the number of hours earned for the first degree. If the 
second associate degree is earned subsequent to the first associate degree, the 
requirements for the second degree will be governed by the provisions of the Catalog 
in effect at the time the student re-enters the University for work toward the second 
degree. 

♦ Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time they receive a 
baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are in different fields. If requirements 
for an associate and a baccalaureate degree in the same field are completed at the 
same time, only the higher degree will be conferred. 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

♦ A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements of a specific one-year 
program. 

♦ A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. Grades in the 
technical area below "C-" will not be accepted. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor 

♦ A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be upper division credit. 

CLASS STANDING 

Freshmen 0-23 semester hours 

Sophomores 24-54 semester hours 

Juniors 55-93 semester hours 

Seniors 94 semester hours 

Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a good 
citizenship record. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Degree Candidacy: A student becomes a degree candidate when s/he enters the 
school term during which it will be possible to complete all requirements for 
graduation. A senior contract for graduation must be made to the Records and 
Advisement Office by the end of October of the senior year. 

Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of commencement 
for those graduating in December or May and (b) for others, the last day of the month 
in which graduation requirements are met and an official transcript is received at the 



28 Academic Po 



Records and Advisement Office. Currently, there are three commencement services. 
One at the end of the first semester, another at the end of the second semester, and 
summer commencement in July. Beginning 2008 the summer graduation will be 
deleted. 

Transcripts: Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts of all 
correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the Records and Advisement 
Office. 

Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to participate in 
commencement exercises only if they have completed all the courses required for 
graduation. 

Deferred Graduation: Students ordinarily graduate under the requirements of the 
Catalog of the year in which they enter the University. Students who are studying for 
a baccalaureate degree and fail to graduate within six calendar years (four years for an 
associate degree), must plan to conform to the current Catalog. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 

Baccalaureate Degree: Twenty-five percent of the total semester hours required for 
the baccalaureate degree must be taken in residency including 30 of the last 36 hours 
completed preceding the conferment of the degree. The total hours taken in residence 
must include fifteen in upper division, nine of which must be in the major and three in 
the minor fields. 

Associate Degree: Twenty- five percent of the total semester hours required for the 
associate degree must be taken in residency including 30 of the last 36 hours completed 
preceding the conferment of the degree. The total hours taken in residence must include 
fifteen in the major field of study and three in the minor if a minor is taken. 

Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be completed in 
residence immediately preceding the conferment of a one-year certificate. 

Transfer Credit: Prior arrangements must be made with the Records and Advisement 
Office to take courses for transfer credit at another college or university during any 
session the student is simultaneously enrolled at Southern Adventist University and 
during any summer after initial enrollment. See department/school sections of the 
Catalog for classes which must be taken in residence. 

PREREQUISITE FOR TAKING UPPER DIVISION CLASSES 

Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level courses (lower 
division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course (upper division). The English 
Composition and mathematics requirements in area A, Basic Academic Skills, of 
General Education must be met before enrollment in upper division classes. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

General education is an important part of the student's experience at Southern 
Adventist University. The general education structure is designed to provide the student 
opportu nity to develop those values and competencies that mark an educated person and 
prepare him or her for leadership in today's complex society. While recognizing the 
validity of many different general education programs, the faculty of SAU have 
designed the following sequence that provides development of academic skills and 
opportunities for self- fulfillment and conveys basic values of both the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church and western civilization. S tudents may exercise considerable latitude 
when selected courses to comply with General Education requirements. 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



29 



As a requirement of graduation, all baccalaureate seniors must take the Measure of 
Academic Proficiency and Progress test in the fall of their senior year. Failure to 
achieve proficiency at level one in each category will necessitate retaking the entire 
exam at the student's expense. 

Writing Across the Curriculum: The Writing Across the Curriculum program at 
Southern Adventist University is one of the longest-running programs of its kind in the 
nation. The goal of the program is to assist students in developing writing skills suitable 
to various disciplines. Such skills will also make students more competitive in the job 
market. Thus, candidates for the bachelor's degree must complete three writing- 
emphasis classes as outlined in the General Education requirements. These classes are 
carefully tailored to emphasize personal growth in writing skills through both 
spontaneous and planned writing exercises. Students should also expect writing 
requirements in courses other than those designated as writing-emphasis courses. 

Community Service: Promotion of voluntary, unselfish service to mankind is a 
thread that runs through all programs of study at Southern Adventist University. 
Volunteerism, however, cannot be mandated. It can only be encouraged. Students at 
Southern are encouraged to volunteer for community service through government, 
philanthropic, cultural, political, church, medical, educational, environmental, and other 
organizations and agencies or through individual projects. Based on nominations from 
each academic department/school, Community Service Awards are presented each year 
at the annual Awards Convocation to students who have made an exceptional 
contribution of time and effort in serving others. 

Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA A. ACADEMIC, COMMUNICATION, 
AND COMPUTER SKILLS 

A graduate of Southern Adventist University can use the skills of 
reading, writing, mathematics, oral communication and basic 
computing skills. 

Underlying all General Education requirements are the basic 
academic skills of English and mathematics. It is important for a 
graduate to be able to discern an author's organization, arguments, 
and supports, and to write coherently, fluently, and grammatically. 
Graduates need numeric and symbolic computation skills to function 
successfully in our scientific and technological society. 
All English Composition and mathematics 
requirements in Area A must be completed before upper division 
work is undertaken. Upper division transfer students may take 
Area A requirements concurrently with upper division classes. 

I.English 6-9 6-9 

ENGL 101 and 102 are required for both the associate 
and bachelor's degrees. Students with an Enhanced ACT 
English score below 17 must take English 100 before enrolling 
in ENGL 101. ESL students with TOEFL scores below 550 
must take the designated ESL courses and raise their TOEFL 
scores to 550 before enrolling in ENGL 101 . 
2. Mathematics 0-3 0-3 

Students with a Mathematics ACT score below 22 must 
take one mathematics course (100 level or above). 
MATH 080 is required of all students who meet neither of 
the following criteria: 1) ACT Mathematics score of 16 
or above, 2) Completion of high school Algebra II with a 
grade of C or better. 

If MATH 080 is required, it must be completed with a 
grade of C or better before the student registers for any 
other mathematics course. 



30 Academic Po 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA A. ACADEMIC, COMMUNICATION, 
AND COMPUTER SKILLS, continued 

3. Candidates for the bachelor's degree must 
complete three writing-emphasis classes. 

These classes are identified by a "(W)" following the course name, 

[e.g., History of the South (W)] in the departmental listings. 

One such class must be in the student's major field and one must 
be outside the major field. The third may be chosen from any area. 
The writing done as a part of the program overseas completed 
by students majoring in International Studies, Spanish or French will be 
accepted in place of a specially designated "W" course in the major. 

4. Basic Computer Competencies 3 3 
Southern Adventist University defines computer competencies 

as including both concept-based competencies and skill-based 
competencies. 

All students must demonstrate the concept-based computer 
competencies by: 

a. Taking or challenging CPTE 1 00 which is offered in the 
classroom and online. 

OR 

b. Passing the Concept-Based Computer Competency Exam 
administrated by the School of Computing. 

OR 

c. Taking BUAD 317, CPTR 103, or EDUC 319. 

All students must demonstrate skill-based computer competencies 
by: 

a. Taking or challenging two hours or more in computer skill 
building courses that cover different application areas. 

OR 

b. Passing two different Skill-Based Computer Competency 
Exams administrated by the School of Computing. 

OR 

c. A combination of a and b. 

The computer skill building courses are CPTE 104, 105, 106, 107 
109, 110, 205, 245/345; BUAD 104 (covers three skill-based areas), 
105, 245/345; EDUC 319; MUED 250; TECH 248. 

5. Oral Communication 3 3 
To meet speaking and listening competencies, students are 

required to take COMM 135, Introduction to Public Speaking. 
Degree programs with alternate requirements approved by the Oral 
Communication Committee and meeting the criteria for quality 
oral communication experiences and competencies set by the 
University for minimum general education and accreditation 
standards are B.S.W. Social Work, B.S. Family Studies, and 
B.A. History. 

AREA B. RELIGION 6 12 

A graduate of Southern Adventist University has a knowledge 
of the Bible and a sense of Christian community based on the 
teachings, beliefs, and history of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

A correct understanding of the human condition results 
from a knowledge of the Bible as God's word, a commitment 
that springs from that truth, and a system of values derived 
from such knowledge and insight. 

Bachelor's degree students must take 12 hours of Religion 
and include one upper-division class. Transfer students must 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



31 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 



AREA B. RELIGION, continued 

take 3 hours at an accredited SDA college or university for 
each year or part thereof in attendance at an SDA college or 
university with a minimum of 6 hours. 

1. Biblical Studies 

All RELB courses. 

2. Religion and Theology Studies 
All RELT courses. 

3. Professional Studies 

One course may be chosen from RELP 240/340, 251, 
264, or 468. 

AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL, 

AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 

A graduate of Southern Adventist University has knowledge of 
history and the skill to analyze political and economic systems. 
It is essential that one have an historical perspective in a society 
that allows its members a voice in shaping its political, social, and 
economic institutions. CLEP exam credit for history will only be 
accepted for three of the six hours required for a bachelor's level 
degree. Students with less than one secondary school credit for 
World History must include one of the following: 
HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386, 387 or 388. 

1 . History 

All HIST courses except 490 and 497; HMNT 210. 

2. Political and Economic Systems 

A11PLSC courses; HMNT 215/415; ECON 213, 224, 225. 
[Students studying for licensure in elementary education 
may take GEOG 204 for C-2 credit.] 

AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, FINE ARTS 

A graduate of Southern Adventist University can recognize the 
impact of arts and humanities on life and integrate such knowledge 
into personal experience. 

Language, literature, and the fine arts convey ideas, values, 
and emotions. An acquaintance with these modes of communication 
enhances the ability to express oneself and fosters an appreciation of 
the cultural heritage of world civilization and the complexities of 
human existence. 

Bachelor's degree students must include at least 3 hours 
in two sub-areas. Students entering Southern Adventist 
University who have less than two secondary school credits 
of foreign language and who are pursuing a Bachelor of 
Arts degree must complete the elementary level of a foreign 
language. Students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must check 
with their School/Department prior to taking MDLG 240-241. 

1. ForeignLanguage 

FREN 101-102, 207-208; GRMN 101-102, 207-208; HAL 101-102, 
HAL 207-208; MDLG 240-241, 265; RELL 181-182, 191-192 
RUSS 101-102, 207-208; SPAN 101-102, 207-208, 243. 

2. Literature 

All literature courses offered either by the English Department, 
Modern Languages Department, and COMM 326. 

3. Music and Art Appreciation 

HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 118, 120, 320, 321, 322, 323; 
MUCH 216; ART 218/318, 342, 344, 345, 349. 



32 A, 



.CADEMIC O LIC IES 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 3-6 6-9 

A graduate of Southern Adventist University comprehends 
the basic concepts of science and can apply the scientific method to 
problem solving. 

A study of the sciences develops an inquiring attitude toward 
one's environment. It provides individuals with empirical and rational 
methods of inquiry and an awareness of both the potential and the 
limitations of pure and applied science in solving problems. 

Bachelor's degree students must take at least 3 

hours from each of 2 sub-areas or complete a 

science sequence course. Only one of the 

following may apply: BIOL 424, PHYS 317. 

Students who have less than two secondary school 

units in science must take 3 hours of science 

above the usual requirements; e.g. associate 

degree students must take 6 hours and bachelor's 

degree students must take 9 hours. 

Southern Scholars must take a sequence of two 

classes from the same department. See the "Honors 

Studies Sequence" section on page 34 of the 

Catalog for clarification. 

1. Biology 

BIOL 101-102, 103, 151-152, 225, 226, 250, 314, 424. 

2. Chemistry 

CHEM 107, 111-112, 113-114, 115, 151-152. 

3. Physics 

PHYS 127, 128, 155, 211-212, 213-214, 317. 

4. Earth Science 
ERSC 105. 

AREA F. BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, 

HEALTH SCIENCES 2 5 

A graduate of Southern Adventist University will have a 
knowledge of and be able to apply the dynamics of personal 
relationships, social interaction, and healthful living 
toward effective service. 

The basic social units significantly shape people's lives, 
and a knowledge of their workings is necessary to understand 
ourselves and others. 

Bachelor's degree students must include at least 2 

hours in 2 of the following sub-areas: 

1. Social Work and Family Studies 

PSYC 101, 122, 128, 129, 217, 220 224, 231, 233, 249, 
315, 349, 377, 415; SOCW211, 212, 230, 233, 249 
265/465, 296/496; EDUC 217; all SOCI courses 
except 201, 225, 245, 360, 365. 

2. Family Science 

BUAD 128; SOCI 201, 225, 233, 365; 
SOCW 233; PSYC 233. 

3. Health Science 

HLED 173; HLNT 135; NRNT 125. 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



33 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS 3 3 

A graduate of Southern Adventist University will understand 
how to live a balanced life by following the principles of 
wellness and using leisure time wisely. The Seventh-day 
Adventist philosophy stresses the balanced development of the 
whole person. Toward this goal, education in the use of leisure 
time is important, particularly in recreational, creative, 
and practical skills. Three hours are required for both the 
associate and bachelor's degrees. Two of these hours are PEAC 225 
and one PEAC activity course. The third hour may be from 
creative, practical, or recreational skills. 

1. Creative Skills 

All MUPF courses; ART 101,104-105, 109-110, 
221-222,223,235, 300,310; 
ENGL 312, 313, 314; JOUR 125, 315. 
[Students studying for licensure in elementary 
education may take ART 230 for G-l credit.] 

2. Practical Skills 

ACCT103, 221-222; ARTG 115, 210; BUAD 126; 
COMM 103; CPIS 220; CPTR 125, 215; 
ENGR 149; JOUR 105, 205; 
All TECH LD courses except TECH 278. 

3. Recreational Skills 

PEAC 225 is required for both the associate and 

the bachelor's degrees. An additional PEAC course 

is required for the bachelor's degree. Optional 

pass/fail grading is available for all PEAC courses except 225. 

SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program): 

The honors program is designed for students who bring to their baccalaureate studies a 
high degree of motivation and intellectual curiosity. Special projects, inter-disciplinary 
studies, and designated honors courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating 
educational experience. Degrees of depth and breadth are attained in this experience beyond 
those normally attained in regular baccalaureate studies. 

The program is administered by an Honors Committee which admits students to the 
program and discontinues honors status of those who fail to maintain minimum program 
standards. Its members also advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor 
their progress. 

Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars. Freshmen are eligible if 
they have a high school GPA of 3.70 or higher. Other students must have completed at least 
3 1 and at most 62 semester hours (exceptions may be granted under special conditions) with 
a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or higher. 

To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a minimum of twelve credits 
each semester and thirty-one credits each calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate 
honors sequence courses, receive a B (3.00) average or higher in the honors sequence 
courses and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors students are expected 
to graduate within a four-year period unless extenuating circumstances justify an extension 
by the honors committee. 

Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in residence. Limited 
exceptions may be made by the honors committee in the case of transfer students. Students 
already enrolled at Southern Adventist University who wish to take honors sequence classes 
at another institution must secure prior approval from the honors committee. 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern S cholars may receive a waiver 
for the cost of auditing one class each semester that they remain in the program. Once having 
earned junior status and having finished one year in the program, Southern Scholars will 
receive a tuition refund equivalent to one three-hour class for the last four semesters if they 



34 Academic Po 



are enrolled full-time. The "per hour" rate for a 16-hour class load will be the basis for 
calculating the refund. Southern Scholars also receive a 100 percent tuition waiver for 
Honors Seminar, HMNT 451 and 452. Refer to the scholarship on page 307. 

HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE 

A. General Education 

Honors students must meet regular General Education requirements with the following 
stipulations: 

1 . Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: RELT 3 1 7, 421 , 424, 458, 
or 467. 

2. Area D- 1 . Foreign language competency must be attained at the intermediate level. 

3. Area D-2. ENGL 445 must be selected. 

4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected. 

5 . Area E. MATH 1 8 1 or MATH 215 and one of the following science sequences must 
be selected: BIOL 151-152; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212 withPHYS 213-214. 

B. Honors Seminar 

HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight seminar sessions, one each month, September 
through April taken during the junior or senior year. 

C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study) 

A significant scholarly project, involving research, writing, or special performance, 
appropriate to the major in question, is ordinarily completed the senior year. Ideally, 
this project will demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the 
student's major field and some other discipline. The project is expected to be of 
sufficiently high quality to warrant a grade of A and to justify public presentation. 
The completed project submitted in duplicate must be approved by the Honors 
Committee in consultation with the student's supervising professor three weeks 
prior to graduation. The 2-3 hours of credit for this project is done as directed study 
or in a research class. 

GRADUATION WITH ACADEMIC HONORS 

Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will have the degree 
conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, magna cum laude; 3.90-4.00, 
summa cum laude. The appropriate designations will appear on the diploma. 

HONOR ROLL/DEANS LIST 

At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who have carried a 
minimum of 12 semester hours and who have attained the following grade point 
averages will be included in the honors group indicated: 

3.50 - 3.74 Honor Roll 

3.75 - 3.89 Dean's List 

3.90 - 4.00 Distinguished Dean's List 

STUDENT MISSION/TASK FORCE CREDIT 

Students may earn twelve hours of elective credit while participating in the Student 
Mission/Task Force programs. Details are available in the office of the University 
Chaplain. Students who wish to serve as student missionaries or task force workers 
must plan their programs a year in advance to fulfill necessary prerequisites. 

MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

Each major consists of 30 hours or more in the chosen field of specialization of 
which a minimum of 14 for a Bachelor of Arts degree and 18 for all other bachelor's 
degrees must be upper division credit. The total semester hours required for each maj or 
for the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



35 



Bachelor of Social Work, and Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees varies with the field of 
specialization chosen. 

All minors consist of at least eighteen semester hours. Six hours of a minor must be 
upper division credit. 

The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under the respective 
disciplines in the section "Courses of Study." 

DEGREES AND CURRICULA 

A Master's Degree consists of at least one additional year of course work beyond 
the bachelor's degree. It includes a field of concentration and may require a thesis. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree consists of four years of course work that places a 
student's major field of study in the context of a liberal arts education. To encourage a 
wide range of studies, a minor is required. A foreign language component is required. 

The Bachelor of Science degree consists of four years of course work that places the 
student's major field of study in the context of a liberal arts education. The degree 
permits greater concentration in the field of study. No minor or foreign language study 
is required except as specified for certain majors. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is a professional degree 
consisting of a four-year program with concentrations available in various fields of 
business. Requirements for this degree are outlined in the School of Business and 
Management section. 

The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree consists of four years of course work allowing the 
student the focus to develop a body of work in drawing and painting. No minor is 
required. 

The Bachelor of Music degree is a professional degree consisting of four years of 
course work designed to meet the needs of students wishing to receive teaching 
credentials. Requirements for this degree are outlined in the School of Music section. 

The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a professional degree consisting of a 
four-year program of courses designed to meet the needs of students wishing to go into 
the social work profession. Requirements for this degree are outlined in the Social 
Work and Family Studies Department section. 

The Associate of Arts degrees is a two-year program designed to meet the needs of 
students who wish to pursue a short general studies program. 

The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed to meet the needs 
of students who wish to pursue a short occupational or pre-professional program. 

The Associate of Technology degree is a two-year program designed to meet the 
needs of students who wish to pursue an occupational program. 

The One-Year Certificate is available for students in the Auto Mechanics 
Technician program. Requirements for this certificate are outlined in the Technology 
Department section. 

Paraprofessional Curricula are programs designed to prepare students to enter 
professional schools. In some cases paraprofessional curricula will lead to an associate 
degree. 



36 Academic Po 



Department/ 
School 
Allied Health 



CURRICULUM CHART 

Degree Major Minor 

B.S. Clinical Laboratory Science (Medical Technology) 

A.S. Pre-Dental Hygiene 

A.S. Pre-Health Information Administration 

A.S. Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 

A.S. Pre-Occupational Therapy 

A.S. Pre-Physical Therapy 

A.S. Pre-Respiratory Therapy 

A.S. Pre-Speech Language Pathology & Audiology 



Biology 


B.A. 


*Biology 




B.S. 


Biology 




B.S. 


Biology, Biomedical 


Business and 


M.B.A. 


Business 


Management 




Accounting 

Church and Nonprofit Leadership 

Healthcare Administration 

Human Resources 

Management 




M.F.S. 


Financial Services 




M.S. A. 


Administration 

(See Graduate Catalog) 




B.B.A. 


Financial Services 
Accounting 
Finance 
General 




B.B.A. 


Management 

Entrepreneurship 
General Management 
Human Resource Management 
International Business 




B.B.A. 


Marketing 




B.S. 


Business Administration 




B.S. 


Business Administration/Public Relations 




B.S./A.T. 


Business Administration/Auto Service 




B.S. 


Long-Term Care Administration 




A.S. 


Accounting 


Chemistry 


B.A. 


^Chemistry 




B.S. 


Chemistry 




B.S. 


Chemistry, Biochemistry 


Computing 


B.A. 


Computer Science 




B.S. 


Animation and Computer Science 




B.S. 


Computer Science 
Computer Science 
Embedded Systems 




B.S. 


Computer Information Systems 




B.S. 


Computer Systems Administration 


Education and 


M.S. 


Professional Counseling 


Psychology 




School Counseling 




M.S.Ed. 


Curriculum & Instruction 



Biology 



Business Administration 
Entrepreneurial Mgmt 
Human Resource Mgmt 
Management 
Marketing 



Chemistry 



Computing 



B.A. 
B.S. 
B.S. 
B.A. 
B.S. 



Educational Administration & Supervision 

Inclusive Education 

Literacy Education 

Outdoor Teacher Education 

(See Graduate Catalog) 

Psychology 

Psychology, Industrial/Organizational Cone 

Psychology, Psychobiology Concentration 

Liberal Arts Education (K-6 TN/K-8 SDA) 

Outdoor Education 



Education 

Industrial/Organiz Psyc 
Outdoor Education 
Psychology 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



37 



Department/ 




School Degree 


Major 


English B.A. 


^English 


General Studies A. A. 


General Studies 


A.S. 


General Studies 



Min 



English 



History 



B.A. 



* Hi story 

European Studies 



Interdisciplinary BS/BA/BBA Interdisciplinary 



History 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

Western Intellectual Tradition 



Journalism and B.A. 
Communication B.A. 

B.A. 

B.S. 



B.S. 
B.S. 
B.S. 
A.S. 



Broadcast Journalism 
Intercultural Communication 
Print Journalism 
Mass Communication 

Advertising 

Media Production 

New Media 

Photography 

Writing/Editing 
Nonprofit Administration & Development 
Public Relations 

Public Relations/Business Administration 
Media Technology 

Production 

Web 



Advertising 
Broadcast Journalism 
Intercultural Commun 
Journ (News Editorial) 
Media Production 
Nonprofit Leadership 
Photography 
Public Relations 
Sales 



Mathematics 


B.A. 




B.S. 


Modern 


B.A. 


Languages 


B.A. 




B.A. 


Music 


B.S. 



B.Mus. 
Nursing M.S.N. 



B.S. 

A.S. 



:|: Mathematics 
Mathematics 



Mathematics 



*French French 

International Studies German 

Emphasis in French, German, Italian or Spanish Italian 

♦Spanish Spanish 



Music 

General 

Music Theory & Literature 
Music Performance 
*Music Education 

Nursing 

Adult Nurse Practitioner 
Family Nurse Practitioner 
Nurse Educator 

Dual Degree— MSN and MBA 
Accelerated RN to MSN 
Accelerated Dual Degree 

(See Graduate Catalog) 

Nursing 

Nursing 



Music 



PE, Health B.S. *Health, PE, and Recreation 

and Wellness B.S. Health Science 

B.S. Corporate/Community Wellness Management 

B.S. Sports Studies 

Human Performance 

Journalism 

Management 

Marketing 

Psychology 

Public Relations/Advertising 

Recreation 



Health and Wellness 
Physical Education 



.58 A 


.CADEMIC rO LIC IE S 






Departm 


ent/ 








School 




Degree 


Major 


Minor 


Physics 




B.A. 
B.S. 
B.S. 
A.S. 


*Physics 

Physics 
Biophysics 
Engineering Studies 


Physics 


Religion 




M.A. 


Religion 

Church Leadership & Management 

Evangelism 

Homiletics 

Religious Education 

Religious Studies 

(See Graduate Catalog) 








B.A. 


Archaeology 

Classical Studies 
Near Eastern Studies 


Archaeology 
Biblical Languages 
Christian Service 






B.A. 


Pastoral Care 


Missions 






B.A. 


*Religious Education 


Practical Theology 






B.A. 


Religious Studies 


Religion 






B.A. 


Theology 


Youth Ministry 






A. A. 


Religion 




Social W 


ork and 


B.S. 


Family Studies 


Behavioral Science 


Family Studies 


B.S.W. 


Social Work 


Family Studies 










Sociology 


Technolo 


gy 


B.S./A.T. 


Business Administration/Auto Service 


Auto Service 






A.T. 


Architecture Drafting 


Technology 



A.T. Auto Service 

A.T. Construction Management 

Cert. Auto Service Technician 



Visual Art and 


B.A. 


Art 


Art 


Design 


B.A. 


Art-Therapy 


Art Education 




B.F.A. 


*Art Education 


Art-Graphic Design 




B.F.A. 


Fine Arts 






B.S. 


Animation 

Character Animation 
Commercial Animation 






B.S. 


Animation and Computer Science 






B.S. 


Film Production 






B.S. 


Graphic Design 
Interactive Media 
Print Design 






A.S. 


Graphic Design 





^Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 
Cert = One-year certificate program 



PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

Southern Adventist University offers preprofessional and pre-technical programs in 
a wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission to professional 
schools or to enter technical careers. The following nondegree pre-professional 
curricula are offered at Southern Adventist University: 

Anesthesia Osteopathic Medicine 

Dentistry Pharmacy 

Law Podiatric Medicine 

Medicine Pre-Physician Assistant 

Optometry Veterinary Medicine 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



39 



Detailed requirements for non-degree pre-professional curricula are outlined by 
department or in the section on "Interdepartmental Programs" (See Index). 

Associate degrees in Allied Health are available to students who fulfill pre- 
professional requirements for programs designated in the Allied Health section. 
Because pre-professional and technical admission requirements may vary from one 
professional school to another, students should become acquainted with the admission 
requirements of their chosen school. 

REGISTRATION 

Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration periods designated 
in the school calendar. Registration is complete only after the adviser has given 
approval online. New students are required to participate in the orientation activities. 

Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from the Director of 
Records and Advisement. Students failing to register during the scheduled registration 
periods will be charged a late registration fee. The course load of a late registrant may 
be reduced according to the amount of class work missed. No student may register after 
two weeks of the semester have elapsed. 

Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration, students should carefully 
consider the program of co urses necessary to meet their obj ectives. To avoid subsequent 
adjustments, a balance should be maintained between the course load, work program, 
and extracurricular activities. 

To make program changes, students must obtain the appropriate change of 
registration voucher at the Records and Advisement Office, obtain the necessary 
signatures indicating approval of the change, and return the form to the Records and 
Advisement Office. Course changes and complete withdrawals from the school become 
effective on the date the voucher is filed at the Records and Advisement Office. A fee 
will be assessed for each change in program after the first week of instruction. 

A student may not change from one section to another of the same course without the 
approval of the professor. 

When a student drops a class during the first week of the semester, the class is 
deleted from the student's record. A grade of "W" is issued when a student drops the 
class on the second week of the semester. A student may withdraw from a class up to 
two weeks after midterm and receive a grade of "W" automatically. A student 
withdrawing from a class after that date and up to two weeks before the last day of 
classes will be assigned a grade of "W" or "WF" by the professor. The grade for any 
withdrawal during the final two weeks of the semester will automatically be "F." 

Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department/school, students may register 
on an audit basis in courses for which they are qualified. Auditors are to be admitted 
to classes of limited enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish to 
enroll for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is expected but 
examinations and reports maybe omitted. With the approval of the professor, a student 
may change a course registration from audit to credit or from credit to audit only during 
the first week of instruction. No credit is given for courses audited, and the cost is 
one-half of the regular tuition charge. Audit tuition charge is in addition to a flat rate 
charge. 

Canceled Classes. The Vice President for Academic Administration or a 
department/school may cancel a class for which fewer than six tuition paying students 
enroll. This policy applies to ordinary classes but not to directed study courses, private 
lessons, and other special classes such as special methods of secondary teaching. 
Students enrolled in canceled classes should confer with their advisers to determine 
alternate means to complete their schedules. 



40 Academic Po 



Withdrawal Procedure for Students Called to Active Military Duty. Southern 
Adventist University community recognizes the sacrifices that those in the armed forces 
make while serving our country. We are proud of these individuals and have, therefore, 
adopted the following policy to deal with currently enrolled Southern Adventist 
University students who are called to active military duty. 

1. Upon presentation of official military orders, the student will be automatically 
withdrawn from all of his/her courses for the given semester and a grade of "W" 
with notice of reason for withdrawal will be recorded on his/her academic record. 

2. In addition, the student is eligible for a full-tuition refund or can choose to have 
the monies held on account to be used at a later date. 

3. In the case of a resident student, room and board charges will be prorated based 
on the period in the semester when the student is required to leave; and the 
remaining charges will be refunded or held on account based on the student's 
request. 

COURSE LOAD 

University courses are expressed in semester hours. A semester hour consists of one 
fifty-minute class period per week for one semester. Thus, two-semester-hour classes 
meet two hours a week and three-semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. 
Physical Education activity courses meet two fifty minute periods for one credit hour. 
A laboratory period of two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period. For 
every semester hour of credit a minimum of fifteen contact hours should be scheduled. 
Final exam periods may count as one contact hour. Students should expect to study up 
to two hours outside of class for each fifty- minute period the class meets. Ideally, a 
sixteen-semester-hour class load should require up to 32 hours of study each week by 
the student. Except by permission of the Vice President for Academic Administration, 
a student may not register for eighteen or more semester hours. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must average between 
fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer term may be used to advantage by 
students wishing to complete degree requirements in less than four years or by students 
having to take reduced programs of studies during the regular academic year. The 
typical class load during the summer is one three-hour class per session. 

Online Courses. An online course begins and ends within the same time frame as 
traditional courses during any semester or summer session in which the online course 
is scheduled. 

Student Status. An undergraduate student must be currently enrolled for a minimum 
of 12 semester hours to be considered full-time. Part-time status is maintained when 
a student is enrolled in 6-11 semester hours. Special status is given to the student 
enrolled in 5 or fewer hours. 

Study-Work Program. It is important that the student adjust the course load to 
achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. During registration the student should 
confer with his/her adviser in planning the proper balance of study and work. 

In determining an acceptable study-work program, the following will serve as a 
guide: 

Course Load Maximum Work Load 

16 hours 16 hours 

14 hours 20 hours 

12 hours 26 hours 

10 hours 32 hours 

8 hours 38 hours 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



41 



ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Southern Adventist University is committed to assist every student in the area of 
academic advisement. Full-time students are assigned an academic adviser from their 
major field and are required to consult with their advisers before registering for classes. 

The responsibility of meeting graduation requirements belongs to the individual 
student. In planning their schedules all students should carefully follow the instructions 
in the Catalog, recommendations of their advisers, and print a degree audit from the 
web. In the event of a discrepancy between an adviser's word and the Catalog, final 
interpretation of graduation requirements rests with the Records and Advisement 
Office. 

Seniors must file a senior contract in the Records and Advisement Office to graduate 
in October of their senior year. Previous to their senior year students should check 
periodically with the Records and Advisement office to determine whether they are 
meeting all curriculum requirements satisfactorily. 

In the process of curriculum planning, students who have chosen a career in teaching 
should consult the Teacher Certification Officer regarding the requirements for teaching 
credentials. Admission for Teacher Education should be completed during the 
sophomore year. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

Course grades are an expression of the student's mastery of the objectives for a 
particular course. Course objectives, in turn, focus exclusively on discipline- related and 
content-based knowledge and competencies which the student is expected to achieve 
as a result of participating in the particular course. Thus, a grade is a permanent record 
which informs other institutions of higher education, potential employers, and others, 
of the student's fluency in the subject matter. 

The student's grade may be calculated on a normal curve or as a percentage of 
mastery of the course objectives, or some combination of the two. In any case, a grade 
should clearly indicate the level of achievement which the student has reached relative 
to course objectives. Grades are usually based on both formative (i.e. quizzes, 
homework, group work) and summative (i.e. exams, major projects) activities, although 
proportions will vary. 

Letter grades are generally defined as follows: 

A Superior; the student demonstrates exceptional capability in handling course 
material 

B Above average; the student's demonstrated capability in handling course material 
exceeds the expectation of the professor 

C Average; the student demonstrates a satisfactory grasp of course material which the 
professor intends students to learn in the class 

D Below average; the student's demonstrated ability to deal with the course material 
is less than the professor intends students to learn 

F Failing; the student does not demonstrate sufficient capability with the course 
material to merit a passing grade 

W Withdrew from the class; is not calculated in the GPA 

WF Withdrew Failing; calculated as an "F" in the GPA 

AU Audit; no credit 

I Incomplete; is not calculated in the GPA 

IP In Progress; a temporary passing grade for interrupted course work still in 
progress; is not calculated in the GPA 



42 Academic Po 



P Pass; is not calculated in the GPA 

NR Not Reported; the professor did not issue a grade; is not calculated in the GPA 

The Pass/Fail option is available only in Physical Education activity classes (PEAC). 
Students enrolling in these classes must make a decision either to receive a grade 
of Pass/Fail or a conventional grade before the final grades are submitted. The 
decision will be final. Nursing Practicum, NRSG 191 , is also a Pass/Fail class. 

A student may receive an "F (Incomplete) because of illness or other unavoidable 
delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must secure from the Records and 
Advisement Office the proper form and file the application with the professor to receive 
an incomplete. There is a charge of $20 for processing grades of incomplete. Any 
incomplete which is not removed by the end of the following term (Fall, Winter) will 
automatically become an "F" A professor may assign a temporary "IP" (in progress) 
when an unavoidable problem prevents the issuance of a grade. 

A course may be repeated before the student takes a more advanced course in the 
same field. Only the last grade will be counted on repeated courses. No course may be 
repeated more than twice without permission from the Vice President for Academic 
Administration. 

Mid-semester and semester grade reports are available online for the student to 
access. Only semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record. The 
following system of grading and grade point values is used: 



A 

A- 

B+ 

B 

B- 

C+ 



4.00 grade points per hour 

3.70 grade points 

3.30 grade points 

3.00 grade points 

2.70 grade points pci uuui 

2.30 grade points per hour 



C 

C- 

D+ 

D 

D- 

F 

WF 



2.00 grade points per hour 
1 .70 grade points per hour 
1 .30 grade points per hour 
1 .00 grade points per hour 
0.70 grade points per hour 
0.00 grade points per hour 
0.00 grade points per hour 



The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number of grade points 
earned by the credit hours attempted. 

OUTCOMES ASSESSMENT 

In an ongoing attempt to improve its educational quality, the University administers 
a comprehensive assessment program. This involves periodic measurement of student 
academic achievement, student satisfaction, and personal, professional, and career 
development. Although participation in these assessment activities is expected of all 
students, not every student will be selected for every assessment; but during the course 
of enrollment, students are likely to be involved in at least one assessment activity. 



STUDENT RECORDS 

A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the record or of 
information contained therein is governed by regulations of the federal law on "Family 
Educational Rights and Privacy." Only directory information, such as a student's name, 
photograph, address, e-mail address, telephone listing, birthplace and date, major fields 
of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, 
degrees and awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency or 
institution attended, may be released by the institution without consent of the student 
unless the student has asked SAU to withhold such information. 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



43 



With the permission of the student, parents of students termed "dependent" for 
income tax purposes are entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law 
also provides for the release of information to university personnel who demonstrate 
a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in research (provided 
information is not revealed to any other parties), and certain federal and state 
government officials. 

A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to challenge the content of 
records. Students may access online a history of their coursework, grades, and degree 
audit. 

A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the Records and 
Advisement Office. The Director of Records and Advisement will further explain and 
clarify the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, parents, or interested 
parties upon request. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

Morally and spiritually, Southern Adventist University is dedicated to scholastic 
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to maintain high, ethical 
Christian levels of honesty. 

Faculty Responsibilities: 

1 . Professors must explain clearly the requirements for assignments, examinations, and 
projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer collaboration." 

2. Professors may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they state otherwise. 

Student Responsibilities: 

1. Students assume responsibility to avoid plagiarism by learning the proper procedures 
for acknowledging borrowed wording, information, or ideas. Otherwise students might 
innocently misrepresent others' material as their own. 

2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should confer with their 
professors. 

3. Students are to assume that all course work is "no collaboration" unless stated 
otherwise by the professor. 

Schools/Departmental Policies: 

Some departments/schools, because of the nature of their programs, have additional 
honesty policies which have the same force as those published here. Such policies will 
be presented to students before implementation. 

Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty: 

1. When a professor suspects that academic dishonesty has occurred, the professor 
should first privately discuss the incident with the student. After the meeting, if the 
professor is convinced the student was dishonest, he or she will file an incident report 
with the Associate Vice-President of Academic Administration describing the 
infraction and the penalty administered. The professor shall also give a copy of the 
report to the student. 

2. In verified instances of academic dishonesty, the commonly applied penalties 
include, but are not limited to the following: 

a. Record a failing grade on the exam, assignment, or project. 

b. Assign a failing grade in the class. 

c. Allow the student to resubmit the assignment with a reduced value for the 
assignment. 

d. Assign the student a paper, project, or activity that improves the student's 
understanding of the value and nature of academic integrity. 



44 Academic Po 



3. The University keeps a centralized file of dishonesty reports in the Academic 
Administration office. After two reported incidents of academic dishonesty, the 
Associate Vice President will notify the dean or chair of the student's major. Two 
incidents also make a student eligible for dismissal from the University. 

4. At any point, the student may appeal any of the above actions through the established 
appeal procedures spelled out in the "Academic Grievance Procedure" section of this 
Catalog. 

CONDITIONAL STANDING AND DISMISSAL 

Any student whose GPA does not meet the criteria for graduation is on conditional 
standing. The following are four categories of students who are on conditional standing: 

1 . Students whose Southern Adventist University or cumulative GPA falls below 2.00. 
They are not eligible to hold office in any student organization. 

2. Entering freshmen whose high school GPA is below 2.25 or if their composite ACT 
score is less than 18. 

3. Transfer students whose GPA is less than 2.00. 

4. Students in baccalaureate programs completing their sophomore year with a GPA in 
their major field less than the level required for graduation. For most degrees the 
institutional graduation requirement is 2.25, but some programs may designate a 
higher GPA. 

5. Students on conditional standing may enroll in a maximum of 13 hours and are 
required to enroll in NOND 080 Academic Power Tools.* There is an additional 
cost of $638 beyond the flat rate fee. 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree must achieve a minimum GPA of 2.00 after 
55 semester hours have been attempted. Candidates for an associate or certificate 
program must have a GPA of 2.00 before beginning their final semester. Veterans 
enrolled for baccalaureate degrees, associate degrees, or certificate programs must 
maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00, or they will not be certified for 
veterans benefits. Veterans may be certified for repeat of "F' grades or for a major that 
requires a specific minimum grade and the grade received was lower than specified. 

Government regulations require all financial aid recipients to maintain satisfactory 
academic progress towards a degree as measured both qualitatively and quantitatively 
in order to receive financial aid. This requirement applies to the entire enrollment at 
Southern Adventist University — even periods during which a student does not receive 
financial aid. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in a student becoming 
ineligible for financial aid. 

This policy defines the minimum standards for eligibility for state and/or federal 
financial aid. 

Students are subject to academic dismissal for any of the following categories: 

1. if they are on conditional standing for two consecutive semesters without 
demonstrating improvement; 

2. if they are on conditional standing for one or more semesters and have not received 
a grade of "C-" or better in NOND 080 Academic Power Tools; 

3. if their Southern Adventist University or cumulative GPA does not reach the levels 
indicated in the preceding paragraph or the levels in the following table: 

Cumulative Credit Hours Attempted Cumulative Grade Point Average 

- 23 1.50 or above 

24 or above 2.00 or above 



: * Students enrolled in less than 12 hours are exempt from Ac ad em ic Power Tools. 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



45 



At the end of each semester the Academic Review Committee reviews the records of 
students who are subject to dismissal and the Vice President for Academic 
Administration will notify students in writing whether or not they may continue. A 
student academically dismissed may be readmitted only after demonstrating maturity 
and motivation for a university career. The dismissed student may be required to 
complete successfully at least one term of college-level courses at another institution 
prior to readmission at Southern Adventist University. 

Students receiving financial aid must also meet an academic progress policy set by 
the federal government. For further explanation see page 314, "Academic Progress 
Requirements." 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance from or exception 
to an academic policy stated in the Catalog may make a petition to the Director of 
Records and Advisement for consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and 
signature of the department chair or school dean of their major. The petition must 
contain a statement of the request and supporting reasons. Highly unusual requests will 
be referred to the Vice President for Academic Administration. Students will be 
notified in writing by the Director of Records and Advisement of the action on 
petitions. Petition forms are available from the Records and Advisement Office or 
online at http://records.southern.edu. 

ACADEMIC GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 

Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed upon or that they 
have been treated unjustly with respect to their academic program are entitled to a fair 
and impartial consideration of their cases. They should do the following to effect a 
solution: 

1 . Present the case to the professor or professors concerned. 

2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chair or school dean. 

3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to the Vice President for 
Academic Administration. 

4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Academic Grievance Committee, chaired 
by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his designee and including three 
other faculty members and two students selected by the Academic Affairs Committee. 
Both the student and the professor involved in the case are entitled to appear before 
the committee or to present a written statement of the case. The decision of the 
committee shall be presented in writing to the individuals involved within three days 
of the committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon by both parties. The 
decision of the committee is binding and will be implemented by the professor 
involved or the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

ABSENCES 

Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is expected. Professors 
prepare an absence policy for each class, which includes an explanation of penalties, 
if any, for absences, and the procedure for making up work, if such is allowed. It is the 
responsibility of professors to publish their policies for each class at the beginning of 
each semester, but it is the students' responsibility to familiarize themselves with the 
practices of each professor from whom they are taking classes. Generally speaking, 
professors will not excuse absences for reasons other than illness, authorized school 
trips, or emergencies beyond the students' control. 

Students are not penalized if they incur absences while participating in 
school-authorized activities, but they are held responsible for work they miss. It is their 



46 Academic Po 



responsibility to initiate arrangements to make up their assignments. One and one-half 
absences are given for missing a 75-minute class, two for missing a 100-minute class, 
etc. 

Students who are on conditional standing are not eligible to participate in extra- 
curricular trips if the trip would require them to miss more than one day of classes per 
semester. 

Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and fairness, final 
examinations will be taken as scheduled in the official examinations schedule. In the 
case of illness verified by Student Health Service or a physician, death in the immediate 
family, three examinations scheduled consecutively in one day, or four or more 
examinations scheduled in one day, a final exam may be rescheduled upon approval by 
the professor and the Vice President for Academic Administration. The rescheduled 
examination will be given at a time convenient to the professor. 

When examinations are rescheduled because of three scheduled consecutively in one 
day or four in one day, the last examination of the day will normally be the one 
rescheduled. Examinations rescheduled for any reason other than those listed above, 
may require a fee of $65 per examination. All rescheduling requests will be made on 
a form available at the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

Convocation. Convocations are held each Thursday at 11:00 a.m. During weeks of 
prayer, convocations are held on Monday through Friday as well. Occasionally, 
convocation will be held in the evening or may begin at 10:30 a.m. on Thursday. All 
students are required to attend 14 convocations each semester. Failure to meet this 
convocation requirement may result in suspension of registration. Exceptions to the 
convocation attendance requirement are made by the Office of Student Services only 
for legitimate direct work conflicts with scheduled convocations. Any excuses for 
absences from convocation must be approved by the Vice President for Student 
Services. 

A special series of orientation convocations is scheduled during the SmartStart 
summer session. 

LIMITATIONS ON CLASS ATTENDANCE 

Classes at Southern Adventist University are open to registered students only. The 
learning experiences, class discussions, and the information disseminated in the 
classroom, or other places of learning, are services which the University provides to its 
students. The relationship of trust that is required for honest inquiry and open 
interaction between students and faculty is protected by asking visitors not to attend or 
participate in classes unless they are invited by the professor for a specific purpose. 

Professors and the institution reserve the right to remove students or visitors from 
classes if their speech or behavior threatens the purposes of the class by exceeding the 
bounds of normal academic freedom. 

Professors conducting extension classes from other institutions on the Southern 
Adventist University campus share the rights spelled out by this policy. 

WAIVER EXAMINATIONS 

Upon the approval of the department chair or school dean and the Vice President for 
Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of curricular requirements by 
successfully completing a comprehensive examination — written, oral, manipulative, or 
otherwise, as determined by the department/school involved. A fee of $50 per 
examination is charged. 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



47 



ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 

Southern Adventist University offers a program in English as a Second Language for 
Intermediate and Advanced level students whose English language skills are below the 
official admission level of the TOEFL score of 550 (CBT 213). For details, see the 
Admissions and English Department sections of the Catalog. 

NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT 

In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, Southern Adventist 
University accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge examinations and 
correspondence courses. 

The goals and objectives of the University emphasize not only facts and concepts but 
also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted through correspondence 
courses or measured by examinations. These values and attitudes can best be developed 
by the student's interacting over a period of time with peers and professors committed 
to moral excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, most 
university credits should be earned through class participation. However, the University 
will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit required for a given degree to be 
earned by these nontraditional means. 

Southern recognizes the International Baccalaureate as nontraditional credit and will 
record up to 12 hours of credit of courses taken on the Highest level (HL). 

University Credit by Examination. The University recognizes three types of 
examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a department/school which 
must be passed at "B" level or above, approved College Level Examination Program 
(CLEP) subject examinations which must be passed at the score of 50 or higher, and the 
Advanced Placement Examinations which must be passed with a score of three or 
better. 

Not all classes listed in the Catalog are open to challenge examinations. Students 
must obtain clearance from the department chair or school dean for the class they 
propose to challenge before petitioning to earn credit by examination. Students must 
also furnish evidence of adequ ate preparation to challenge a class before the department 
chair or school dean assigns a professor to prepare a challenge examination. A student 
may challenge a given course by examination only once. No CLEP or challenge exam 
may be attempted after the student has been enrolled in that course beyond the second 
week of a semester. CLEP exam credit for history will only be accepted for three of the 
six hours required for a bachelor's level degree. Students taking the CLEP exam for 
SOCI 125 must pass with a score of 59 or higher. The following subjects are not 
acceptable by CLEP exam: BIOL 151 , 152, CHEM 151, and CHEM 152. CLEP credit 
is not accepted by the Modern Languages Department. No course may be challenged 
as part of the last thirty hours of any degree. Grades are recorded for departmental 
challenge examinations and scaled scores are recorded for nationally formed 
examinations. Permission to take a challenge examination while in residence must be 
obtained from both the department chair or school dean and the Vice President for 
Academic Administration. A challenge test may not be taken if the student has audited 
the class. 

Students may earn a maximum of 12 hours of credit by examination in courses that 
do not appear in the University Catalog if the evaluating tests are approved by the 
Academic Affairs Committee. 

Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed on a student's 
permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable until that student has successfully 
completed 1 2 semester hours in residence at Southern Adventist University. 

Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under "Special Fees and 
Charges" in the financial section of this Catalog. 



48 Academic Po 



Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be obtained from the 
Records and Advisement Office or the Counseling and Testing Center. 

Correspondence. A maximum of 12 semester hours of correspondence or extension 
credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree program and eight hours toward an 
associate degree. 

Griggs University, a department of Home Study International, Silver Spring, MD, is 
the officially recognized correspondence school. Southern Adventist University 
recommends Home Study International for those students needing correspondence 
credit and accepts all such credits when the study program is approved by the University 
prior to enrollment. The University accepts credits from correspondence schools which 
are accredited by NUCEA (National University Continuing Education Association) on 
the basis that credits are accepted from other regionally accredited colleges or 
universities. 

A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in residence only if 
the required course is unobtainable at the University. Correspondence courses, whether 
taken while in residence or during the summer, must be approved in advance by the 
University. 

Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division requirements of the major 
or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned to apply on the lower division 
requirements for a major. A course in which the student earned a grade of "D" or "F" 
while in residence may not be repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit 
will be entered on the student's record until s/he has earned a minimum of 12 hours in 
residence with an average of at least "C." Official transcripts must be in the Records 
and Advisement Office before a diploma will be ordered. The graduation date will be 
the last day of the month after the official transcript is received. 

Practicum and Internships. Suggested departmental/school guidelines for practicum 
and internships. 

Practicum : 

a. A minimum of 50 clock hours per one credit hour. 

b. The process of learning a job on a part-time basis. 

c. The work may be done at various job sites. 

Internships : 

a. A minimum of 100 clock hours per one credit hour. 

b. The application of learning the skills of a job on a full-time basis. 

c. The work must be supervised on one job site. 

TRANSIENT STUDENT 

A Southern Adventist University student acquires transient student status when s/he 
is granted permission through the Southern Adventist University Records and 
Advisement Office to enroll for autom atically transferrable credit at another accredited 
institution. The credit that students may transfer must meet Southern Adventist 
University criteria for transfer credit and residence requirements. 

To receive transient status, a student must: 

1. have completed a minimum of 12 hours in residence at Southern Adventist 
University and 

2. be enrolled simultaneously at Southern Adventist University for a minimum of 
three hours of class credit. (This condition does not apply to summer classes.) 

Students may not receive transient status for more than one semester during which 
the amount of transferrable credit exceeds the amount of simultaneous credit earned at 
Southern Adventist University. 



LCADEMIC O LIC IES 



49 



EXTENSION CLASSES 

Extension classes are university classes offered on the campuses of Southern Union 
academies as an opportunity for seniors to earn university credit in skills areas that will 
fulfill part of the General Education requirements at Southern Adventist University. 
Instructors are academy teachers who are qualified with appropriate credentials and 
experience. 

To enroll in an extension class, students must be members of the senior class with a grade 
point average of 3.00 or above during the years of their secondary education. 

The extension classes must duplicate as nearly as possible their university counterparts 
in content, degree of difficulty, testing and grading. 

Southern Adventist University will bill each academy for its extension classes at the rate 
of $50 per credit hour. For example: The cost for ENGL 101, three credit hours, would be 
$150 ($50x3). 

CONTINUING EDUCATION 

Southern Adventist University makes continuing education credit available through 
the Records and Advisement Office. Sponsors of organizations wishing to offer 
Southern Adventist University continuing education certificates must complete the 
following steps: 

1 . Secure approval of the program by 

a. applying at the Records and Advisement Office at least two weeks before 
conducting the workshop/seminar/conference and 

b. submitting with their application the topic of the presentation, an outline of the 
presentation, and the name of the presenter(s) with evidence credentials. 

2. File an evaluation of the workshop/seminar/conference following the presentation. The 
University will furnish evaluation forms. 

3. Participants in continuing education events must pay institutional processing fees to 
receive their certificates. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Students may obtain transcripts of their academic record upon written request made 
by fax or letter to the Office of Records and Advisement. This request must include a 
hand-written signature as electronic generated signatures are unacceptable. Requests 
made by telephone, E-mail, or third party cannot be honored. Official transcripts given 
directly to a student will be enclosed in a sealed envelope with the registrar's signature 
across the back. Transcripts will be issued for those students whose accounts are current 
or paid in full and who are current in re-payment of student loans. 

Allow five to seven days for regular processing and mailed first class. Transcripts are 
free except for the following services: 

• Each additional five copies per single request is $10 

• Rush service (picked up or mailed first class within 48 hours) is $10 

• FedEx Service (sent out within 48 hours) is $25 

After the transcript is cleared by Student Finance, payment for special services may 
be made by credit/debit card, cash, money order or cashiers check. No personal checks 
will be accepted. 

A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes by applying in 
person or by fax with the Records and Advisement Office. Services of international 
faxing will cost $15. For further clarification regarding transcripts, diplomas, and test 
scores see page 326. 

SEQUENCE OF COURSES 

A student may not receive credit for a course which is a prerequisite to a course for 
which s/he has already received credit. 



50 D 



EPARTMENTAL 1^0 U R SE S OF 3T U D Y 



COURSE NUMBERS 

Each course number consists of three figures as follows: 

HIST 354 . Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

The first numeral indicates class year status as follows: 
— Developmental (no credit) 
1 — freshman level (lower division) 
2 — sophomore level (lower division) 
3 — junior level (upper division) 
4 — senior level (upper division) 

Within a given 100 sequence there is no significance in one course number being 
higher than another. For instance, 265 does not necessarily mean that the course is on 
a higher level than 235 . 

Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in which credit for 
the first course is a prerequisite to the second [e.g., ENGL 101-102. College 
Composition]. However, credit is given for the first semester when taken alone. 

Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester which are 
complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma [e.g., HIST 154, 155. American 
History and Institutions] represent complete units, either one of which is counted for 
graduation without reference to sequence. 

Designation in brackets following course titles, [e.g., MATH 106. Survey of 
Mathematics I (A-2) ] indicates the General Education area and sub-area that the class 
fulfills. Classes designated with a "(W)" are writing classes for General Education 
credit. 

Students may earn credit for a cross-listed course from only one 
department/school [e.g. HIST 356 and SOCI 356]. 

COGNATE COURSES 

Required courses related to the major which are not a part of the major are called 
cognate courses [e.g., students majoring in Nursing are required to take Microbiology 
as a cognate course]. 



51 





PREFIX GLOSi 


SARY 

Department/School 










Prefix 


Subject Area 


Section of Catalog 




AART 


Animation 


Visual Art and Design 




ACCT 


Accounting 


Business and Management 




ALHT 


Allied Health 


Allied Health 




ART 


Studio Art/Art History 


Visual Art and Design 




ARTF 


Film Production 


Visual Art and Design 




ARTG 


Computer Graphics 


Visual Art and Design 




ARTI 


Interactive Media 


Visual Art and Design 




BIOL 


Biology 


Biology 




BMKT 


Marketing 


Business and Management 




BRDC 


Broadcasting 


Journalism & Communication 


BUAD 


Business Administration 


Business and Management 




CHEM 


Chemistry 


Chemistry 




COMM 


Communication 


Journalism & Communication 


COOP 


Cooperative Education 


Nondepartmental Courses 




CPHE 


Hardware and Embedded Systems 


Computing 




CPIS 


Information Systems 


Computing 




CPTE 


Computer Technology 


Computing 




CPTR 


Computer Science 


Computing 




ECON 


Economics 


Business and Management 




EDOE 


Outdoor Education 


Education and Psychology 




EDUC 


Education 


Education and Psychology 




ENGL 


English 


English 




ENGR 


Engineering 


Physics 




ERSC 


Earth Science 


Physics 




ESL 


English Skills Language 


English 




FNCE 


Finance 


Business and Management 




FREN 


French 


Modern Languages 




GEOG 


Geography 


History 




GRMN 


German 


Modern Languages 




HIST 


History 


History 




HLED 


Health Education 


Physical Education, Health, 


& Wellness 


HLNT 


Nutrition for Life 


Physical Education, Health, 


& Wellness 


HMNT 


Humanities 


Nondepartmental Course/H 


istory 


HPER 


Health, Physical Ed, Recreation 


Physical Education, Health, 


Wellness 


ITAL 


Italian 


Modern Languages 




JOUR 


Journalism 


Journalism & Communication 


LTCA 


Long-Term Care Administration 


Business and Management 




MATH 


Mathematics 


Mathematics 




MDLG 


Modern Language 


Modern Languages 




MDTC 


Medical Technology 


Allied Health 




MGNT 


Management 


Business and Management 




MUCH 


Church Music 


Music 




MUCT 


Music Theory 


Music 




MUED 


Music Education 


Music 




MUHL 


Music History 


Music 




MUPF 


Individual and Group Instruction 


Music 




NOND 


Nondepartmental 


Nondepartmental Courses 




NRNT 


Nutrition 


Nursing 




NRSG 


Nursing 


Nursing 




PEAC 


General Ed Activity Classes 


Physical Education, Health, 


& Wellness 


PETH 


Physical Education Theory 


Physical Education, Health, 


& Wellness 


PHYS 


Physics 


Physics 




PLSC 


Political Science 


History 





3Z PREFIX I 


jLO SSA R Y 








Department/School 


Prefix 


Subject Area 


Section of Catalog 


PREL 


Public Relations 


Journalism & Communication 


PSYC 


Psychology 


Education and Psychology 


RECR 


Recreation 


Physical Education, Health, & Wellness 


RELB 


Biblical Studies 


Religion 


RELL 


Biblical Languages 


Religion 


RELP 


Professional Training 


Religion 


RELT 


Religion and Theology 


Religion 


RUSS 


Russian 


Modern Languages 


SOCI 


Sociology 


Social Work and Family Studies 


socw 


Social Work 


Social Work and Family Studies 


SPAN 


Spanish 


Modern Languages 


TECH 


Technology 


Technology 



Allied Health 



Chair: Keith Snyder 

Faculty: Earl Aagaard, Joyce Azevedo, David Ekkens, Ann Foster, Lee Spencer, 

Neville Trimm 
Program Adviser: Renita Klischies 
Adjunct Faculty: Kathy Tan, Nolan Wright 
Clinical Laboratory Science: Marcia Kilsby, Albert McMullen, Karen Reiner, 

Richard Show 

ALLIED HEALTH 

The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of specialization within the 
health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and pay scales are comparable to other 
professionals in health care. The department offers aB.S. degree in Clinical Laboratory 
Science (Medical Technology) and A.S. degrees in a number of Allied Health fields 
(listed on pages 55-56). 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The Allied Health branch of the Biology/Allied Health Department exists to 
coordinate the advising of students who require prerequisite courses for entrance into 
a variety of clinical programs in the medical, dental, and health professions, as well as 
to promote these professions as meaningful career options providing opportunities for 
Christian service. 

ASSESSMENT 

The programs in this department vary extensively depending on the particular health 
career and the requirements of the specific schools which offer the clinical programs. 
Southern Adventist University continually monitors the requirements of these clinical 
programs and modifies its preprofessional curricula to meet the changes when they are 
made. Continual assessment is made essentially by the advisers in the department who 
measure their effectiveness by their success in structuring programs to meet individual 
student needs and to meet requirements of the professional school where the student 
will transfer. The entrance rate of students into professional programs is also used to 
assess adequacy of class offerings and program requirements. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 
(Medical Technology) 
Adviser: Renita Klischies 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in clinical laboratory science (medical 
technology) consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern Adventist University 
and a 12- to 13-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology program 
accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation (CAHEA) 
of the American Medical Association. The hospital program affiliated with Southern 
Adventist University is Andrews University. Internship in other CAHEA-accredited 
programs requires prior university approval. 

The Clinical Laboratory Science degree qualifies a person to take a number of 
national certifying examinations, including those offered by the Board of Registry of 
the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and the National Accrediting 
Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals 
work in hospitals, clinics, physicians' offices, public health agencies, private 
laboratories, pharmaceutical firms, and research institutions. 



54 Allied H 



LLIED XlE A L T H 



The curriculum prescribed by Southern Adventist University is designed to meet the 
requirements of the University and of CAHEA. Hospitals with clinical programs may 
have additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or advisers of the 
specific hospitals for those requirements. 

Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and graduating seniors in 
biology or chemistry may wish to become certified Clinical Lab Scientists. This is 
possible if the student plans courses to fulfill the requirements of the University and the 
hospital program. 

During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for admission to an 
approved clinical program. Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year 
program is determined by the institution offering the clinical program. To be eligible 
for admission, a student must complete all of the University course requirements prior 
to beginning the clinical year. The overall grade point average must be acceptable to the 
University for graduation. Most clinical programs do not accept students with less than 
a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.00 system. Although clinical acceptances are granted 
during the junior year, they are conditional, pending satisfactory completion of the 
stated admission criteria. 

Written information about the affiliated clinical programs is available through the 
University Allied Health adviser. Acceptance criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, 
application procedures, tuition for the senior year, and program formats may vary at 
each approved clinical program. 

! MAJOR 2 

ALHT 225. Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science 2 

! COGNATES 45 

BIOL including 151-152, 311,330, 340, 397(W) 20 

*CHEM including 151-152, 311-312 16 

MATH 120*, 215 6 

Biology Elective — Recommended 315, 417,418 3 

*Waived if equivalent math was taken in high school with minimum grade of B. 

► Grades of C- or better and a minimum GPA of 2.25 are required in the major and 
cognates. 

► Twenty hours of upper division credit, including two writing (W) courses are 
required. One (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a noncognate area. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35 

AREA A 1. ENGL 101, 102; COMM 135; Computers (3 hrs.) 12 

See pages 29-30 for General Education requirements. 
2. (See Cognates) 

AREA B Religion (3 hrs must be upper division) 9 

AREA C History, Political Science, and Economics 6 

AREA D Language, Literature, and Fine Arts 3 

AREA E (See Cognates) 

AREA F Social Work, Family, or Health Sciences 3 

AREA G Recreational Skills, to include PEAC 225 2 



He a l t h 55 



LLLIED XlE A L T 



ELECTIVES 12 

Recommendations include: 
CHEM 315, 321,341 
MGNT 334 
PHYS 211-212,213-214 

TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 94 

Prior to the clinical year, 94 total hours must be completed. 

HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable 

Individual approved hospital programs should be consulted for their specific courses 
and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given in the twelve to fifteen-month 
clinical programs. Courses taught in approved programs include: 

Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematology, Hemostasis, 
Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Microbiology, Clinical Mycology, Clinical 
Parasitology, Clinical Biochemistry, Instrumentation, Research. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Clinical Laboratory Science (Medical Technology) 

Hours 

4 
4 
3 
3 

_2 
16 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH 

The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares the student 
for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda University, Andrews University, 
or other universities. Admission to any professional school is dependent on meeting the 
GPA and prerequisite requirements of the individual school. Students should consult 
the bulletin of the school of their choice to ascertain the entrance requirements. 

Students who plan to graduate from Southern Adventist University with an As sociate 
Degree in Allied Health must meet the A.S. degree General Education requirements of 
S AU as well as the entrance requirements of the clinical program to which they will be 
applying. 

Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied Health 
programs must be made late first semester of the final year at Southern Adventist 
University. The lowest acceptable grade for courses to be transferred is C. A minimum 
grade point average of 2.00 is required for the Associate of Science degree at Southern 
Adventist University, but grade point averages between 3.00 and 3.50 are considered 
minimal for entrance to the junior year of most clinical Allied Health programs. Some 
programs require the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT). 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




BIOL 151 


General Biology 


4 


BIOL 152 


General Biology 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 


4 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 


AreaC-1 


History 


AreaC-1 


History 
Electives 


3 

1 
16 




Electives 



56 Allied He 



Note : Due to rapidly changing health care requirements, please contact the individual 
college/university for recent curriculum changes. 

The major Allied health areas in which a two year Associate Degree may be earned 
at Southern Adventist University are: 

pre-Dental Hygiene pre-Physical Therapy 

pre-Health Information pre-Respiratory Therapy 

Administration pre-Speech Language Pathology 

pre-Nutrition and Dietetics & Audiology 

pre-Occupational Therapy 

The department also offers one- year curricula to meet requirements for entrance into 
the following Allied Health degree programs at Loma Linda University and most other 
university programs: 

Occupational Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 
Physical Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 
Radiation Technology (Associate and Bachelor of Science Degrees) 

For details on these or other programs not listed here and for Southern Adventist 
University curricula for entrance into them write: 

Allied Health Programs Adviser 
Southern Adventist University 
P.O. Box 370 
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

Adviser: Renita Klischies 

Dental hygienists provide preventative dental care and encourage patients to develop good 
oral hygiene skills. In addition to carrying out clinical responsibilities such as cleaning and 
scaling teeth, hygienists educate patients in ways to develop and maintain good oral health. 
Although most hygienists work with individual patients, some develop and promote 
community dental health programs. In addition to career opportunities within dental offices, 
dental hygienists apply their skills and knowledge in other career activities including office 
management, business administration, dental hygiene education, research and marketing of 
dental related equipment and materials. 

The program below meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University, as well as 
Southern Adventist University's requirements for an A.S. degree. This program can be 
modified to meet the requirements of other schools. For a complete description of 
Southern's General Education requirements, refer to pages 29-33. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; Math 100 level or above; COMM 135;CPTE 100, 105, 106(3hrs) 

See pages 29-30 for General Education requirements. 
Area B Religion, 6 hours 
Area C History, 3 hours 
Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hours* 

AreaE ALHT 111; BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 

Area F HLED 173**; SOCI 125; SOCI 150 or 230; 3 additional hours of Psychology*** 
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225 
Electives to make a total of 64 hours (Recommended: BIOL 255 Intro to Dentistry) 



• He 



57 









Sample 


Sequence 














A.S. 


. Pre-Dental Hygiene 










YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 






Semester 






1st 


2nd 








1st 


2nd 


ALHT ill 


Intro to Hlth Professions 




1 


BIOL 225 




Basic Microbiology 


4 




BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


4 


4 


CHEM 111- 


112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 


3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


CHEM 113- 


114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 


1 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HLED 173 




Health for Life :M: 


2 




MATH 106 


Survey of Math I 
OR 


3 




PEAC 225 
SOCI 150 




Fitness for Life 
Cultural Anthropology 




1 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 










OR 


3 




Area A 


CPTE 100,105,106 


3 




SOCI230 




Multicultural Relations 






AreaB 


Religion 




3 


SOCI 125 




Intro to Sociology 




3 


Area C- 1 


History 




3 


AreaB 




Religion 




3 


Area F-l 


Psychology*** 


3 

16 


17 


Area D 
Area G-3 




Forgn Lang/Lit/Fine Arts' 
Recreation Skills 


> 3 

76 


3 

1 
15 



*Three hours may be substituted by a course in History or Religion 

**May be substituted by NRNT 125 

***May be substituted by a course in Economics, Geography, or Political Science 

Recommended BIOL 255 Intro to Dentistry 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade 



PRE-HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION 

Adviser: Renita Klischies 

Health information Administration is an excellent career choice for those who would like 
to have a profession in healthcare that combines interests in computer science, business, 
management, law, and medicine. These professionals have opportunities to assist in the 
development of health information systems for quality patient care, financial reimbursement, 
medical research, health care planning, and health care quality evaluation. One of the many 
career options chosen by Health Information Administrators is the management of a health 
information department. In this position the manager will determine department policies, 
budget department resources, provide leadership in planning and organizing the department, 
and evaluate and motivate employees. 

Southern Adventist University offers a two-year associate degree that provides the 
prerequisite courses for entrance into the final two years of the bachelors degree program at 
Loma Linda University. The program can be modified to meet requirements of other 
schools. For a complete description of Southern's General Education requirements, refer 
to pages 29-33. 



Area A ENGL 101-102; Math 120; COMM 135; BUAD 104; BUAD 310; CPTE 100 or 

Challenge Exam 
Area B Religion, 6 hours 
Area C History, 3 hours 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hours from two different areas 
AreaE ALHT 111; BIOL 101-102; select PHYS/MATH/CHEM for 4 semester hours 

minimum 
Area F HLED 173 or NRNT 125; PSYC 122; SOCI 150 or 230; Sociology elective, 3 hours 
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225; ACCT 103 

Medical Terminology (not offered at SAU. See Allied Health adviser). 
Electives to make a total of 64 hours 



58 Allied He 



Sample Sequence 
A.S. Pre-Health Information Administration 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


1st 

4 


2nd 

4 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


1st 

3 


2nd 


CPTE 100 


Computer Concepts'* 




1 


BUAD 104 


Business Software 


3 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


BUAD 310 


Business Commun 




3 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 




HLED 173 


Health for Life** 




2 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 




1 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 




SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthropology 






Area B 


Religion 




3 




OR 


3 




Area D 


Forgn Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 


3 


SOCI230 


Multicultural Relations 








(From 2 different areas) 






COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


Area G-3 


Rec Skills 




1 


ALHT 111 


Intro to Hlth Professions 




1 




PHYS/MATH/CHEM*** 


4 




ArcaB 


Religion 




3 




SOCI/ECON/PLSC/GEOG 


3 


AreaC-1 


History 


3 






Elective 




1 






16 


16 






16 


16 



*May take challenge exam 

**OrNRNT 125 

***Three years high school math including Algebra I, II plus higher math or college algebra taken in college 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade 



PRE-NUTRITION AND DIETETICS 

Adviser: Renita Klischies 

Dietitians and nutritionists use their knowledge of the principles of nutrition to help 
people develop healthy eating habits. Dietitians may be involved in setting up and 
supervising food service systems for institutions such as hospitals, prisons, and schools; and 
promoting sound eating habits through education and research. Clinical dietitians provide 
nutritional services for patients in hospitals, nursing homes, clinics, or doctors' offices. 
Community dietitians counsel individuals and groups on nutritional practices designed to 
prevent disease and promote good health. Management dietitians are responsible for large 
scale meal planning and preparation in such places as hospitals, nursing homes, company 
cafeterias, and schools. 

Southern Adventist University offers associate degree programs which provide the 
prerequisite courses for entrance into the final two years of the bachelors degree programs 
of both Andrews University and Loma Linda University. These programs can be modified 
to meet requirements of other schools as well. 

ANDREWS UNIVERSITY TRACK 

The program below meets the admission requirements for Andrews University, as well as 
Southern Adventist University's requirements for an A.S. degree. For a complete 
description of Southern's General Education requirements, refer to pages 29-33. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120*; COMM 135; CPTE 100, 105, 106 

Area B Religion, 6 hours 

AreaC HIST 174, 175 

AreaD HMNT 205; Choose one course: ART 218, ENGL 216, JOUR 125, MUHL 115 

AreaE ALHT 111; BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-114 

Area F NRNT 125; PSYC 122; SOCI 125 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours 



*Three years of high school math including Algebra 1. II plus higher math or college algebra taken in college. 



He 



LLLIED XlE A L T 



59 



Sample Sequence 

A.S. Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 

Andrews University Track 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 


ALHT 111 


Intro to Hlth Professions 


1st 


2nd 

1 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


1st 2nd 

4 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


4 


4 


CHEM 111-114 


Survey Chem w/Lab 


4 4 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


HIST 174 


World Civ I 


3 


CPTE 100/105-106 Cptr Conc/Wrd Pr/Sprdsh 




3 


HIST 175 


World Civ II 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HMNT 205 


Arts & Ideas 


3 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 




NRNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 




1 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




Area B 


Religion 


3 


Area B 


Religion 


3 

16 


15 




Choose 1 course: 
MUHL 115, JOUR 125, 
ENGL 216, HMNT 205 
ART 218 


3 

16 17 



LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY TRACK 

The program below meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University, as well as 
Southern Adventist University's requirements for an A.S. degree. For a complete 
description of Southern's General Education requirements, refer to pages 29-33. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; Math*; COMM 135; CPTE 100, 105, 106 

Area B Religion, 6 hours 

Area C History, 3 hours 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hours from two different areas 

AreaE ALHT 111; BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151 or CHEM 111-114 

Area F NRNT 125; PSYC 122; SOCI 125; SOCI/PSYC/PLSC, 3 hours 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225 
Electives to make a total of 64 hours 



Sample Sequence 

A.S. Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 

Loma Linda University Track 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 


ALHT 111 


Intro to Hlth Professions 


1st 


2nd 

1 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


1st 


2nd 

4 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


4 


4 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry** 


4 




COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


NRNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




CPTE 100/105-106 


Cptr Conc/Wrd Pr/Sprdsh 


3 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 




1 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 




SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




Area B 


Religion 




3 


AreaB 


Religion 


3 




AreaC-1 


History 




3 




Math Course* 






Area D 


Forgn Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 


3 




OR 


3 






(from 2 different areas) 








Electives 




2 


Area G-3 


Recreation Skills 




1 






l~6 


16 




SOCI/PSYC/PLSC 

Elective 


3 

l~6 


1 
16 



:1 Three years of high school math including Algebra 1, II plus higher math or college algebra taken in college 

**Can substitute CHEM 1 11-114 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade 



60 Allied He 



PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

Adviser: Renita Klischies 

An occupational therapist works with people whose lives have been disrupted by physical 
injury or illness, developmental problems, the aging process, and social or psychological 
difficulties. Occupational therapists use selected educational, vocational and rehabilitative 
activities to help individuals reach the highest functional levels possible, become self reliant 
and build a balanced lifestyle of work and leisure. 

The program below meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University, as well as 
Southern Adventist University's requirements for an A.S. degree. This program can be 
modified to meet the requirements of other schools. For a complete description of 
Southern's General Education requirements, refer to pages 29-33. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; Math*; COMM 135; CPTE 100, 105, 106 (3 hrs) 

See pages 29-30 for General Education requirements. 
Area B Religion, 6 hours 
Area C History, 3 hours 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hours from two different areas 
AreaE ALHT 111; BIOL 101-102; CHEM/PHYS/ (3or4hours) 
Area F HLED 173; PSYC 122, 128; SOCI 125 
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225 
Nine hours of electives to make a total of 64 hours. 

A minimum of 40 hours work experience (volunteeror as an employee) in an occupational 
therapy department is required. 









Sample 


Sequence 






A.S. 


Pre 


-Occupational Therapy 




YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


ALHT 111 


Intro to Hlth Professions 




1 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 2 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


4 


4 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 1 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psyc 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 




CHEM/MATH/PHYS 3-4 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 




Area A 


CPTE 100,105,106 3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 




3 


Area B 


Religion 3 


Area B 


Religion 


3 




Area D 


Forgn Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 3 3 


AreaC-1 


History 




3 


Area G-3 


Recreation Skills 1 




Electives/Math* 


2-3 






Electives 5-6 3 




15-16 


17 




15-16 16 



* Three years of high school math including Algebra I, II plus higher math or college algebra taken in college 
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade 



PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Adviser: Renita Klischies 

Physical therapists work to improve the mobility, relieve the pain, and prevent or limit the 
permanent disability of patients suffering from injuries or disease. Their patients include 
accident victims or handicapped individuals with such conditions as nerve injuries, 
amputations, low back pain, arthritis, and heart disease. Some physical therapists treat a wide 
variety of problems and others specialize in such areas as pediatrics, orthopedics, and sports 
physical therapy. The working environment of physical therapists varies from specially 
equipped facilities in hospitals or clinics to schools, private offices, and private homes. 



• He 



61 



ANDREWS UNIVERSITY TRACK 

The program below meets Andrews University admission requirements, as well as 
Southern Adventist University's requirements for an A.S. degree. This program can be 
modified to meet the requirements of other schools. The Doctorate of Physical Therapy 
(DPT) program at Andrews is three years (nine semesters) in length. For a complete 
description of Southern's General Education requirements, refer to pages 29-33. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 215; COMM 135; CPTE 100, 105, 106 (3 hrs) 

See pages 29 and 30 for General Education requirements. 
Area B Religion, 9 hours (3 hours upper division) 

Area C World Civ I or n, 3 hours; Geog/Political Science/Economics, 3 hours** 
Area D-3 Music or Art Appreciation, 3 hours 
AreaE ALHT lll;BIOL 101-102*; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 127-128; BIOL 418 or 

PETH315 
Area F PSYC 101 or 122, 128; HLED 173 
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225 

Medical Terminology (not offered at SAU — See Allied Health adviser) 

Electives to make a minimum total of 92 hours, 15 of which must be upper division from three or more 
content areas. 

Andrews University Admission and Degree Requirements: Andrews University requires 
a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 in science prerequisites and general education 
prerequisite courses. C is the lowest acceptable grade for science and cognate courses. Also 
required is a minimum of 80 hours of observation or work experience under the supervision 
of a licensed physical therapist, in at least two distinctly different patient care settings. 
Twenty hours minimum must be spent in an inpatient setting. 

Sample Sequence 

A.S. Pre-Physical Therapy 

Andrews University Track 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 


ALHT 111 


Intro to Hlth Professions 


1st 


2nd 

1 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


1st 

4 


2nd 

4 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology^ 


4 


4 


MATH 215 


Statistics 




3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 




PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 




PSYC 128 


Developmental Psyc 




3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




PLSC/GEOG/ECON" 




3 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 




2 


Area B 


Religion 


3 




Area A 


CPTE 100,105,106 


3 




Area D-3 


Music or Art Appreciatior 


i 


3 


AreaB 


Religion 




3 


Area G-3 


Recreation Skills 


1 




AreaC-1 


World Civ I or II 


3 






Electives*** 


6 








16 


16 






15 


16 


YEAR 3 




Semester 










BIOL 418 


Animal Physiology 
OR 


1st 


2nd 

3-4 










PETH315 


Physiology of Exercise 














PHYS 127 


Exploring Physics I 


3 












PHYS 128 


Exploring Physics II 
Medical Terminology 
(Offered thru AU online) 


1 


3 










AreaB 


UD Religion 
UD Electives 
Electives*** 


3 
3 

4 


6 
3 














14 15-16 











*May be substituted by BIOL 151-1 52, General Biology 
**May be substituted by a course in Sociology 

***Suggested electives: Business, nutrition, service-related courses, arts and humanities, physical activities, culture and 
diversity courses 



62 Allied He 



LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY TRACK 

The program below meets Loma Linda University admission requirements, as well as 
Southern Adventist University's requirements for an A.S. degree. This program can be 
modified to meet the requirements of other schools. The program at Loma Linda is 3-1/4 
years in length. For a complete description of Southern's General Education requirements, 
refer to pages 29-33. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 215; COMM 135; CPTE 100, 105, 106 (3 hrs) 

See pages 29-30 for General Education requirements. 
Area B Religion, 9 hours (3 hours upper division) 
Area C History, 3 hours 
Area D Foreign Language/Lit/Fine Arts, (from at least two different areas), 9 hours (3 hours must 

be upper division) 
AreaE ALHT lll;BIOL 101-102*; BIOL UD or PETH 315, 3or4hrs;CHEM 151-152; 

PHYS 127-128 
Area F HLED 173**; PSYC 1 22, 1 28; SOCI/PSYC/PLSC 3 hours ; SOCI/PSYC 3 hours upper 

division 
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225 
Electives to make a minimum total of 92 hours, 12 of which must be upper division. 

Loma Linda University Admission and Degree Requirements: For admission into the 
Physical Therapy Program, Loma Linda University requires a 3.00 GPA in science 
prerequisites and total credits. C is the lowest acceptable grade for any transferable course. 
Also required is a minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or employee) in a 
physical therapy department, 20 of which must be in an inpatient setting. 

Sample Sequence 

A.S. Pre-Physical Therapy 

Loma Linda University Track 



YEAR 1 






Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 


BIOL 101- 


102 


Anatomy & Physiology 1 


1st 

> 4 


2nd 

4 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


1st 

4 


2nd 

4 


ENGL 101 


-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HLED 173 


Health for Life** 




2 


PSYC 122 




General Psychology 


3 




MATH 215 


Statistics 




3 


PSYC 128 




Developmental Psyc 




3 


Area A 


CPTE 100,105,106 


3 




COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


AreaB 


Religion 


3 




ALHT 111 




Intro to Hlth Professions 


1 


Area D 


Forgn Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 


3 


Area B 




Religion 




3 




(from 2 different areas) 






AreaC-1 




History 


3 






Electives 


3 


4 






SOCI/PSYC/PLSC 


3 

16 


17 






16 


16 


YEAR 3 






Semester 










PHYS 127- 


128 


Exploring Physics I & I] 


1st 

3 


2nd 

3 










PEAC 225 




Fitness for Life 




1 










Area B 




UD Religion 




3 










Area D 




UD Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 












Area G-3 




Recreation Skills 
UD Soci/Psyc 
UD Electives*** 
UD Biology Elective 

Or 
PETH 315 


1 
3 

3-4 


3 














Electives 

13- 


3-4 
14 13-14 











•May be substituted by BIOL 151-152 

"May be substituted by NRNT 125 

***May be lower division, but if planning to apply to Andrews University as well, these need to be upper division 



• He 



63 



PRE-RESPIRATORY THERAPY 

Adviser: Renita Klischies 

Respiratory therapists apply scientific knowledge and theory to practical clinical problems 
of respiratory care. The respiratory therapist is qualified to assume primary responsibility 
for all respiratory care modalities, including the supervision of respiratory therapy technician 
functions. The respiratory therapist may be required to exercise considerable independent 
clinical judgement, under the supervision of a physician, in the respiratory care of patients. 
Respiratory therapy personnel are employed in hospitals, nursing care facilities, clinics, 
physicians' offices, companies providing emergency oxygen services, and municipal 
organizations. 

Southern Adventist University offers a two-year associate degree that provides the 
prerequisite courses for entrance into the final two years of the bachelors degree program at 
Loma Linda University. The program can be modified to meet requirements of other 
schools. For a complete description of Southern's General Education requirements, refer 
to pages 29-33. 



ENGL 101-102; Math*; COMM 135; CPTE 100, 105, 106 (3 hrs) 

See pages 29-30 for General Education requirements. 

Religion, 6 hours 

History, 3 hours 

Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hours from two different areas 

ALHT 111; BIOL 101-102**, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 or CHEM 151, 152; 

PHYS 127 or 128*** 

HLED 173 orNRNT 125; PSYC 122; SOCI 150 or 230; PSYC/SOCI/PLSC/GEOG 

3 hours 

PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225 



Area A 

Area B 
Area C 
AreaD 
AreaE 

AreaF 

Area G 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 



Sample Sequence 
A.S. Pre-Respiratory Therapy 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 






Semester 


ALHT 111 


Intro to Hlth Professions 


1st 


2nd 

I 


BIOL 225 




Basic Microbiology 


1st 

4 


2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology** 


4 


4 


CHEM 111- 


112 


Survey of Chemistry***** 


3 


3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


CHEM 113 


-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 


1 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HLED 173 




Health for Life* ' ' ' 




2 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 




PEAC 225 




Fitness for Life 


1 




Area A 


CPTE 100,105,106 




3 


PHYS 127 




Exploring Physics I*** 




3 


AreaB 


Religion 




3 


Area B 




Religion 


3 




AreaC-1 


History 


3 




Area D 




Forgn Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 


3 




SOCI/PSYC/PLSC/GEOG 


3 
16 


77 


Area G-3 




Recreation Skills 
PSYC/SOCI 


1 
16 


3 
15 



'Three years of high school math including Algebra I, II plus higher math or college algebra taken in college. 
**May be substituted by BIOL 151-1 52, General Biology 
** i|: Physics required only if not taken in high school 
****OrNRNT 125 

*****Q enera \ Chemistry may be substituted 
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade 



PRE-SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY & AUDIOLOGY 

Adviser: Renita Klischies 

Speech-language pathologists identify, assess, and treat persons with speech and language 
disorders while audiologists assess and treat hearing impaired individuals. Because both 
occupations are concerned with communication, individuals competent in one area must be 
familiar with the other. The duties of speech-language pathologists and audiologists vary. 
Most, however, provide direct clinical services to individuals with communication disorders. 
In speech, language, and hearing clinics they may independently develop and implement a 
treatment program. In private medical centers and other facilities, they may be part of a team 
that develops and executes a treatment plan. In schools they may help administrators develop 



64 Allied He 



individual or group programs, counsel parents on prevention of hearing disorders, and assist 
professors with classroom activities. 

The program below meets admission requirements for Andrews University and Loma Linda 
University, as well as Southern Adventist University's requirements for an A.S. degree. This 
program can be modified to meet the requirements of other schools. For a complete description 
of Southern's General Education requirements, refer to pages 29-33. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; COMM 135; CPTE 100. 105, 106 (3 hrs) 

See pages 29-30 for General Education requirements. 
Area B Religion, 6 hours 

Area C History, 3 hours 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hours 

AreaE ALHT 111; BIOL 101-102; PHYS 127 or 128; MATH 215; ALHT265 

Area F HLED 173 or NRNT 125; PSYC 122, 128; SOCI/PSYC/PLSC, 3 hours 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 



Sample Sequence 
A.S. Pre-Speech-Language PaUiology & Audiology 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ALHT 111 


Intro to Hlth Professions 




1 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 


2 


ALHT 265 


TTntro to Speech-Lang 






MATH 215 


Statistics* 


3 




Path 




2 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


4 


4 


PHYS 127 


Exploring Physics I 


3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


Area A 


CPTE 100,105,106 


3 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 




AreaB 


Religion 


3 


ArcaB 


Religion 


3 




Area D 


Forgn Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 3 


AreaC-1 


History 




3 




SOCI/PSYC/PLSC 


3 


Area G-3 


Recreation Skills 
Electives 


1 

2 
16 


16 




Electives 


2 3 
16 16 



*MATH 21 5 needed for Andrews University. Loma Linda University accepts additional biology, physics, math or chemistry. 
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade 



ALLIED HEALTH COURSES 

ALHT 111. Introduction to the Health Professions 1 hour 

A survey course that heightens awareness of the options, expectations, and realities of the health 
professions. Students gain an overview of professional health careers through lectures, guest 
speakers, observation, and research. (Winter) 

ALHT 225. Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science 2 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint prospective clinical laboratory scientists with the profession. 
The history and standards of medical technology and employment opportunities will be surveyed. 
Elementary clinical laboratory procedures will be taught and laboratory tours will be conducted. 

ALHT 265. Topics in Allied Health 2 hours 

Formal course work designed to meet the needs and interests of students in specialty areas of the 
Allied Health professions not covered in regular courses. 



Biology 



Chair: Keith Snyder 

Faculty: Earl Aagaard, Joyce L. Azevedo, David Ekkens, L. Ann Foster, RickNorskov, 

Lee Spencer, Neville Trimm 
Adjunct Faculty: Roger Hall 
Adjunct Research Faculty: Scott Hodges 

BIOLOGY 

The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and important fields of 
scientific investigation, since it provides a better understanding of ourselves and the 
living things around us. Even the casual observer of Biology who pauses long enough 
to take a course may derive a lifetime of pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as 
bird watching, shell collecting, or wild flower photography. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The Biology Department exists as an integral part of Southern Adventist University 
with its mission to provide a quality Seventh-day Adventist Christian undergraduate 
education, emphasizing the balanced development of the spiritual, intellectual, physical, 
and social dimensions of men and women. Within the framework of a Christian 
understanding of the origin and workings of biological systems, the department seeks 
to provide opportunities for its academic and local communities to understand the 
value, process and limitations of scientific inquiry as well as to develop an awareness 
and understanding of the biological world and our responsibility to it. Its curricula are 
designed to provide students with high quality preparation for careers in the biological 
and biomedical professions. 

THE BIOLOGY MAJOR 

A major in Biology is an excellent starting point for numerous careers which are both 
rewarding and challenging. With a degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study 
leading to research in the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, microbiology, 
cytology, etc.), teaching at the college or graduate level, or employment in industry or 
government. A biology degree is also the degree of choice in preparation for 
high-school teaching, medicine , dentistry, optometry, careers in wildlife, forestry or zoo 
management, health education, public health, biostatistics, epidemiology, and 
environmental health, to name a few. 

The Biology Department makes available a number of experiences, both curricular 
and extracurricular, to enrich its students' academic programs. The department offers 
courses which include field experiences in Indonesia, Canada, Smoky Mountains, and 
the Okefenokee National Wildlife Refuge. The Tennessee Aquarium in nearby 
Chattanooga provides additional learning resources. The department is also affiliated 
with Walla Walla College's Rosario Beach Biological Field Station (see page 24). 

Extracurricular opportunities include membership in the Beta Beta Beta national 
biological honor society, a yearly lecture series on natural history and research topics 
(see page 23), as well as a premedical preceptorship program (see page 300). 

ASSESSMENT 

In order to help evaluate the department's teaching effectiveness and the academic 
achievements of its graduates, all seniors are required to take the ETS Major Field 
Achievement Test in Biology prior to their final semester. The results of these exams 
are used by the department staff to evaluate class offerings as well as program 
requirements. 



66 Biology 



DEGREES IN BIOLOGY 



Biology Core Courses (23 Hours) 



BIOL 151- 


152 


General Biology 


Hours 
8 


BIOL311 




Genetics 


4 


BIOL 317 




Ecology 


3 


BIOL 412 




Cell and Molecular Biology 


4 


BIOL 424 




Issues in Natural Sci/Rel (W) 


3 


BIOL 486 




Biology Seminar 


1 



Biology Elective Areas : 

B ask Z oology: 

BIOL 313 Developmental Biology 
BIOL 387 Animal Behavior 
BIOL 416 Human Anatomy 
BIOL 4 1 7 Animal H istology 
BIOL 418 Animal Physiology 



Botany & Ecology: 

BIOL 250 Intro to Marine Biology 

BIOL 252 Tropical Biology 

BIOL 321 Field Ecology 

BIOL 408 Flowering Plants and Ferns 

BIOL 409 Smoky Mountain Flora 



Clinical Sciences: 

BIOL 315 Parasitology 

BIOL 330 General Microbiology 

BIOL 340 Immunology 

Zoology Field: 

BIOL 312 Vertebrate Natural History 
BIOL 314 Ornithology 
BIOL 320 Entomology 
BIOL 411 Mammalogy 



Major — B.A. Biology (32 Hours) (Chemistry Minor Recommended) 



R e quired Biology Courses Hours 

Biology Core Courses 23 

Biology Electives* 9 

*One course minimum from three of the four biology 
elective areas. 

**Waived if equivalent math was taken in high school 
with minimum grade of B. 



Required Cognates 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 
CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry 
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra** 

Highly Recommended 

MATH 121 Precalculus Trigonometry* 

PHYS 211-214 General Physics & Lab 



Major — B.S. Biology (41 Hours) 

Required Biology Courses 

Biology Core Courses 
Biology Electives* 

Highly Recommended 

MATH 181 Calculus I 

BIOL 397 Intro to Biological Research (W) 

BIOL 497 Research in Biology (W) 



Hours 


Required Cognates 


23 


CHEM 151-152 i 


18 


CHEM 311-312 i 




MATH 120 1 




MATH 121 1 


3 


MATH 215 I 


1 


PHYS 211-214 < 


1-2 





General Chemistry 

Organic Chemistry 

Precalculus Algebra ** 

Precalculus Trigonometry* 

Statistics 

General Physics & Lab 



*One course minimum from each of the four biology elective areas. 
**Waived if equivalent math was taken in high school with minimum grade of I 



Major — B.S. Biology, Biomedical Emphasis (41 Hours) 



R equired Biology Courses Hours 

Biology Core Courses 23 

Biology Electives* 1 8 

* Select six (6) hours from Basic Zoology and six (6) 
from Clinical Sciences. Select one course from each of 
the two remaining elective areas. 

**Waived if equivalent math was taken in high school 
with minimum grade of B. 



Required Cognates 
CHEM 151-152 
CHEM 31 1-312 
CHEM 341 
MATH 120 
MATH 121 
MATH 2 1 5 
PHYS 211-214 



General Chemistry 

Organic Chemistry 

Biochemistry 

Precalculus Algebra** 

Precalculus Trigonometry* 

Statistics 

General Physics & Lab 



Highly Recommended 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 

BIOL 397 Intro to Research (W) 

BIOL 497 Research in Biology (W) 

MGNT 334 Principles of Management 



Bi 



67 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Biology, B.S. Biology, B.S. Biomedical Emphasis 

(Chemistry Minor Recommended) 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


BIOL 151 


General Biology 


4 


BIOL 152 


General Biology 


4 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 


MATH 121 


Precalculus Trigonometry 


2 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 




Area G 1/3, Skills 


1 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 




Electives 


3 




Area F-2/3, Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 

16 






16 



Major — B.A. Biology, Teacher Certification, 7-12 (36 Hours) 

Secondary certification in Biology requires a baccalaureate degree consisting of 36 
credits of specified biology courses, a minor in chemistry, specified cognates, and 
completion of professional education courses (page 117) for licensure. 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under ADMIS S ION PROCED URES in the School of Education and Psychology section 
of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). 



R e quired Biology Core Courses 





Biology Core Courses 


23 


BIOL 312 


Vertebrate Natural History 


3 


BIOL 330 


General Microbiology 


4 


BIOL 408 


Flowering Plants & Ferns 






OR 


3 


BIOL 409 


Smoky Mt. Flora 




BIOL 418 


Animal Physiology 


3 



Chemistry Minor 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 
CHEM 31 1-312 Organic Chemistry 
CHEM 341 Biochemistry I 



Required Cognates 

ERSC 105 Earth Science 

MATH 215 Statistics 

PHYS 127 Exploring Physics I 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Biology 

(Leading to Licensure 7-12) 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


BIOL 151 


General Biology 


4 


BIOL 152 


General Biology 


4 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 


4 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 


4 


EDUC 138 


Intro to & Fnd Secondary Educ 


3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 

17 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 

17 



Minor — Biology (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 

: *Biology Electives 10 

^A minimum of six hours must be upper division. 



68 Biology 



NON-MAJOR, NON-MINOR COURSES 

BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisite: Minimum composite ACT of 18 or permission of the department. 
A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first semester covers basic 
cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumentary, nervous, and endocrine systems. The 
remainder of the body systems are studied the second semester. Three lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. Lab fee 5 will be 
charged for each semester. 

BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

A basic general education biology course designed to give the student a modern treatment of the 
fundamental processes and principles of plant and animal life. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. Lab fee 4 will be assessed 
for this course. 

BIOL 225. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours 

A study of the principles of microbiology, disinfection, sterilization, elementary immunology, and 
microorganisms emphasizing their relationship to health and disease. Three lectures and two one 
and one-half hour laboratory periods each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. 
Lab fee 5 will be charged for this course. 

BIOL 421. Issues in Science and Society (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with RELT 421, School of Religion. A student may receive credit for this 
course from only one program. 

A study of the philosophicalbasis of modern natural science as it relates to current issues in origins, 
biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental responsibility. Special attention is given to Christian 
perspectives of the issues discussed. This is a writing class and enrollment is limited. Seniors will 
be given preference. BIOL 421/RELT 421 will not count toward a biology major or minor. 

CORE COURSES 

BIOL 151-152. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisite: Minimum composite ACT of 18 or permission of the department. 
This is a rigorous introductory course in Biology primarily for science majors and pre-professional 
students. It introduces the student to biology as a science; the scientific method; cell structure and 
function; cell energetics; Mendelian and molecular genetics; diversity of life-the plant and animal 
kingdoms; reproductive patterns; anatomy and physiology; and ecological interactions and life 
origin. It is prerequisite to most all other Biology major courses. Three lectures, one recitation, and 
one three-hour laboratory period each week. Lab fee 4 will be charged for each semester. 

BIOL 311. Genetics 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151 or 225. 

A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an investigation of gene 

structure and function. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 

BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their environment. This course 
examines these interactions in the context of energy flow, nutrient cycles, limiting factors, 
succession and population dynamics. Field work introduces various ecological sampling techniques 
and the student participates in an ecological analysis of various local communities as well as 
extended field trips. Two lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each week. Lab 
fee 1 1 will be assessed for this course. 



Biology 69 

BIOL 412. Cell and Molecular Biology 4 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 3 1 1 ; CHEM 3 1 1 . 

This course, designed for advanced Biology and Chemistry majors, deals primarily with cell 
structure and function. Building on cellular principles learned in BIOL 151-152 and BIOL 311, the 
student is exposed to methods of cellular and molecular research while learning about the 
appearance and operation of cellular organelles. The exciting details of cell integration and control 
provide the framework for this interdisciplinary study. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. 

BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (E-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

This course is cross-listed with RELT 424, School of Religion. A student may receive credit for this 
course from only one program. 

A study of the scientific, philosophical and religious basis of modern science as it relates to issues 
in origins and speciation. The course will involve a comparison of the data related to various 
theories on the origin and history of living organisms based upon current knowledge in biology, 
paleontology, genetics, and other related areas. Special consideration will be given to Christian 
perspectives of the issues discussed. Credit can be applied toward either Biology or Religion (see 
RELT 424). Recommended for the junior year. Three lectures each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 486. Biology Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Biology major or minor with senior standing. 

An introduction to oral scientific communication. Students learn to evaluate scientific literature, 
present their findings orally, and critically and constructively evaluate peer and expert presentations. 
The preparation and delivery of short oral presentations is required. 

BASIC ZOOLOGY 

BIOL 313. Developmental Biology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

An introduction to embryonic development from the formation of germ cells through the maturation 
of major organs culminating in parturition. Special reference is made to humans. Emphasis is 
placed on problems of growth, differentiation, and morphogenesis. Laboratory includes 
microscopic study and experiments with sea urchin, frog, and chick embryos. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. 

BIOL 387. Animal Behavior 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PSYC 387. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or PSYC 122 and 128. 

The behavior of animals is studied with a focus on both proximate causes (mechanisms) and 

ultimate causes (survival strategies) of behavior. Special importance is placed on understanding 

techniques of experimental study and hypothesis testing. Topics covered include: genetic, 

developmental, and physiological bases of behavior; instinct and learning; communication; habitat 

selection; feeding, antipredatory, reproductive, and parenting strategies; mating systems, social 

behavior and human sociobiology. Three lectures each week. 

BIOL 416. Human Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

An introductory study of human anatomy with an emphasis on the skeletal, muscular, nervous, and 
circulatory systems. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Lab fee 1 1 will 
be assessed for this course. 

BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

A descriptive study of normal tissues, primarily those of man. The microscopic identification and 
characteristics of stained sections are emphasized in the laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week. 



70 Biology 



BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; CHEM 151-152 or BIOL 101-102. 

Functional processes used by animals in adjusting to their external environment and controlling their 
internal environment. Laboratories involve analysis of functions of major organ systems. Three 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 

BOTANY/ECOLOGY 

BIOL 250. Introduction to Tropical Marine Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

A study of the major invertebrates and fish of the tropical coral reef and seashores. Emphasis is 
placed on the life habits of the organisms and their ecological niches. Habitats studied are coral 
reefs, rocky shores, sandy beaches, thalassia beds and mangrove swamps. Involves two weeks of 
on-campus class work and a one to two week field laboratory experience on tropical coral reefs. 
Additional fee required. (Summer) 

BIOL 252. Tropical Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

A general introduction to the tropical habitats of Asia with the plants and animals that inhabit them. 
Both terrestrial and marine habitats are studied through exploration of volcanoes, nature parks, and 
a marine preserve. Involves three weeks in tropical Asia. Additional fee required. (Summer, even 
years) 

BIOL 321. Field Ecology 3 hours 

This course covers general ecology principles and ecology of a selected field area, usually in 
Algonquin Provincial Park, Ontario, Canada. Emphasis will be placed on identification of 
mammals, birds, insects and plants and their ecological interactions. Five days of class lectures, 
approximately nine days of field trip, and post-trip writing assignments will be required. Lab fees 
7 and 13 will be assessed for this course. (Summer, odd years). 

BIOL 408. Flowering Plants and Ferns 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

This field study of trees, flowering plants and ferns emphasizes species identification with the aid 
of botanical keys, recognition of plant families and noting habitats where various species occur. 
Other taxonomic methods are introduced. Students prepare a collection of herbarium specimens. 
Two lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each week. 

BIOL 409. Smoky Mountain Flora 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 152. 

A field study of the wild flowers, shrubs and trees in the Great Smoky Mountain National Park, 
which contains the world's finest examples of temperate deciduous forest. Plants are identified by 
means of botanical keys, and observation lists are kept. Special attention is given to the different 
forest types and their associated plants. Involves a 10-day to three-week camping study experience. 
Field trips daily. Lab fee 11 will be assessed for this course. (Summer) 

CLINICAL SCIENCES 

BIOL 315. Parasitology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic animals. Two lectures and 

one three-hour laboratory period each week. 

BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their morphology, physiology, 
genetics and methods of control. Study is given to immunology topics: antigen-antibody properties, 
host- antigen interactions, humoral and cellular immune systems. The importance of microorganisms 
in environmental and applied fields is considered. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. 



Biology 71 

BIOL 340. Immunology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

A study of the basic aspects of the human immune system including topics such as antigen and 

antibody structure and reactions, humoral and cell mediated immunity, hypersensitivity, immune 

disease and transplantation immunology. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each 

week. 

ZOOLOGY FIELD 

BIOL 312. Vertebrate Natural History 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

Natural history of the vertebrate classes including ecology, physiology, behavior, classification and 
identification, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory each 
week. Lab fee 11 will be assessed for this course. 

BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours 

A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features, taxonomy, nesting and 
feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. An 
extended field trip, which applies toward laboratory credit, is planned. Lab fee 8 will be assessed 
for this course. 

BIOL 320. Entomology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

A systematic study of the insects of the world considering anatomy, physiology, behavior and 
relation to humans. In the laboratory, emphasis is placed on identifying local insects and a 
representative collection is turned in. Short field trips are planned as part of the laboratory work. 
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 

BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. Includes classroom and 
field study of systematics, distribution, behavior and ecology. A small collection is required in the 
laboratory. An extended weekend field trip will be required as part of laboratory credit. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory each week. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

SPECIAL COURSES 

BIOL 365. Topics in Biology (W) 1-3 hours 

Formal course work designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty areas of Biology 
not covered in regular courses. May be repeated in different specialized areas. Additional fee may 
be required. 

BIOL 197/397(W). Introduction to Biological Research 1 hour 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151. 

An introduction to the principles of scientific research, including the function of the scientific 
method, literature searches, research techniques, writing of grant proposals, and how to publish 
results. (Fall) 

BIOL 255. Introduction to Dentistry 1 hour 

An introduction to the field of dentistry covering basic dental terminology, dental nomenclature, and 
tooth morphology. Guest lecturers from various dental specialties share perspectives on dentistry 
as a career as well as giving an overview of the scope of treatment in the specialty. Factors 
necessary for good personal dental health are emphasized. Laboratory experiences introduce the 
student to dental waxing procedures as well as to practice manual dexterity carving skills. 



72 Biology 

BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only. 

Designed for the individual student or group of students who wish to do independent study in an 

area of biology not listed in the regular offerings. Content and method of study must be arranged 

for prior to registration. This course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Winter, Summer — upon 

request) 

BIOL 297/497 (W). Research in Biology 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 397. 

Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems will be selected according 
to the interest and experience of the student. Prior to registration, students are urged to contact all 
biology staff members with respect to the choice of available research problems. Thi s course should 
be taken not later than the first semester of the senior year. This course may be repeated for credit. 
(Fall, Winter, Summer — upon request) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum Content Methods/Biology 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, testing, and evaluating student 

performance; and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

ROSARIO BEACH 
MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION 

The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility operated by Walla 
WallaCollege in affiliation with Southern Adventist University and other Adventist colleges. 
Located seven miles south of Anacortes, Washington, the station occupies 40 acres of beach 
and timberland. In addition to some of the biology courses listed in this Catalog, the 
following are among those taught during the summer at Rosario Beach: For current class 
offerings, see http://rosario.wwc.edu . 

BIOL 460. Marine Ecology 3.3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

Study of interspecific, intraspecific, and community relationships demonstrated by marine 

organisms. (Summer) 

BIOL 463. Marine Phycology 3.3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

Systematic study of plants found in Puget Sound, with a survey of marine plants from other areas. 

(Summer) 

BIOL 468. Comparative Physiology 3.3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152, BIOL 412. 

Comparative study of the physiology and life processes of animals with emphasis on invertebrates. 

(Summer) 

BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3.3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will involve extensive 
collection, classification, and study of the marine invertebrates of the Puget Sound. (Summer) 

NOTE: The above classes are taught for 5 quarter credits through Walla Walla College 
and are equivalent to 3.3 semester hours. 



(E-l) (W) See 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



School of Business 

and Management 



Dean: Don Van Ornam 

Faculty: Michael Cafferky, Richard Erickson, H. Robert Gadd, Julie Hyde, 

Kimberly Miller, Robert Montague, Braam Oberholster, Cliff Olson, 

Verlyne Starr, Dennis Steele, Neville Webster, Leon Weeks, Jon Wentworth 
Adjunct Faculty: Doug Anderson, Robert Broome, Herbert Coolidge, 

William Dean, Henry Hicks, Mark Waldrop, Greg Willett 
Institute of Ethical Leadership: Carrie Harlin 
Students in Free Enterprise (SIFE): Carrie Harlin 
Business Advisory Board: Bud Cason, Russell Friberg, Charles Martin, 

Jay McElroy, Bill McGinnis, Chris McKee, Denzil McNeilus, 

Volker Schmidt 
Advisory Councils: 

Long-Term Care Administration: Doug Anderson, Robert Broome, Jo Edwards, 

Letitia S. Erdmann, Michelle Fetters, Doug Ford, Jan Rushing, Jeremy Stoner, 

Mark Waldrop, Robert Young 
Management and Marketing: Barry Anthony, Brian Bergherm, Ray Childers, 

Franklin Farrow, Danny Fell, Mike McKee, D. L. (Pete) Johnson, 

Debbie Shepard 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the School of Business and Management lies within the mission of 
Southern Adventist University. The mission of the School of Business and 
Management is to develop Christ-centered business leaders who integrate knowledge 
and application with high moral values. 

OBJECTIVES 

The courses and programs offered by the School of Business and Management are 
designed to prepare students for business-related careers in the for-profit and not-for- 
profit sectors and/or for further graduate education. 

The objectives of the school are: 

1 . To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free enterprise system 
within a framework of moral and ethical guidelines. 

2. To assist the student in developing a sound Christian philosophy toward our current 
economic environment and the ever-changing business world of the future. 

3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with basic business skills 
required for initial job placement. 

4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers and in positions of 
business leadership with organizations sponsored by this denomination when 
opportunities are available. 

5. To foster within all students a commitment to excellence and a concept of service in 
the workplace and to community. 

6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into graduate degree 
programs in business. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHOOL OF BUSINESS & 

MANAGEMENT 

1. Admission to the School of Business and Management is required before one may 
graduate with a degree program offered in the School. 

2. Students may be admitted who have met these criteria: 



74 School of B 



Ma 



USINESS AND IVlA NAGEMBNT 



a) Completed general education: ENGL 101 and 102; MATH 120 or equivalent. 

b) Completed nine hours of core business courses with a "C" or better. 

c) Earned overall major GPA of 2.25 or better. 

3. Those pursuing a degree program in the School of Business and Management and 
who qualify are admitted during their sophomore year (24-54 hours). 

4. Transfer students will be considered for admission after they have earned nine hours 
in residence in their major with a C or better and earned a major GPA of 2.25 or 
better. 

ACCREDITATION 

S outhern Adventist University has received specialized accreditation for its business 
and business-related programs through the International Assembly for Collegiate 
Business Education (ACBE), Olathe, Kansas. The following degree programs are 
accredited by the IACBE: 

• Bachelor of Business Administration degree 

• Bachelor of Science degrees in Business Administration, Computer Information 
Systems, Corporate Community Wellness Management, Long-Term Care 
Administration, and Sports Studies 

• Master of Business Administration 

• Master of Financial Services 

• Master of Science in Administration 

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT PROBATION 

1. If a student's cumulative GPA in the major falls below 2.25, the student will be 
placed on School of Business and Management probation and the course load 
restricted to a maximum of 13 credit hours per semester. 

2. A student will remain on probation, including the restricted course load, until the 
cumulative GPA in the major improves to 2.25. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

1 . A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.25 in the major. 

2. Courses with grades lower than "C" (2.00) in the major studies must be repeated. 

3. The following courses MUST BE TAKEN in residence at Southern Adventist 
University in various School of Business and Management majors: 



B.B.A./B.S. Core 


Hours 


BUAD 358 


Ethical, Social, & Legal 




EnvirofBus(W) 3 


BUAD 288/488 


Business Seminar 1 


FNCE 315 


Business Finance 3 


MGNT 464 


Business Strategies (W) 3 




10 



Financial Services Major: 

Six hours in concentration 

Management Major: 

Six hours in major including: 

MGNT 410 Org Theory & Design 

UD Management Elective 

Entrepreneurship Concentration: 

MGNT 37 1 Prin of Entrepreneur 

MGNT 372 Small Business Mgmt 



B.B.A./B.S. Degree, continued Hours 

International Business Concentration: 

Six hours in concentration 6 



Marketing Concentration: 



BMKT 328 


Sales Management 


3 


BMKT 424 


Marketing Strategy 


3 

6 


"CA Major: 




LTCA431 


Gen Admin LTC Facility 


3 


LTCA 432 


Tech Aspects of LTC 


3 


LTCA 434 


Fin MGNT LTC Facility 


3 


LTCA 435 


Human Resource MGNT & 






Mktg LTC Facility 


3 


LTCA 492 


LTC Internship 


4-8 
16-20 



BuSINESSAND Ma NAGEMBNT 75 



SCHOOL OF CO S I N E S S A N D 



ASSESSMENT 

To help the graduates in Business Administration to evaluate their academic progress 
and to aid the School in evaluating teaching effectiveness, students who major in 
business-related fields will be required to: 

1 . Participate in the university-wide testing program in general education. 

2. Take the area test in business prepared by the Educational Testing Service 
(ETS) during the last semester of their academic program. This test may be 
integrated into an upper division course and may constitute part of the grade 
for that course. 

3. Complete teacher evaluations for courses taken each semester. 

PROGRAMS 

The School offers the following degrees: 

1. Bachelor of Business Administration degree (B.B.A.) with majors in Financial 
Services, Management and Marketing. 

Within two of these majors, the student may choose a concentration: 
Financial Services major: 

Accounting 

Finance 
Management major: 

Entrepreneursh ip 

General Management 

Human Resource Management 

International Business 

2. Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) with majors in Business Administration and 
Long-Term Care Administration. 

3. Associate of Science degree in Accounting. 

4. A BBA/MBA concentration for the Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
and the Master of Business Administration degree or the Master of Financial 
Services degree in a five year period. 

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREES 
B.B.A. Core (40 Hours) 

R equired Core 

ACCT22I ' Principles of Accounting I 

ACCT 222 Principles of Accounting II 

BUAD 105 Business Spreadsheets 

BUAD 317 Management Info Systems 

BMKT 326 Principles of Marketing 

BUAD 31 Business Communications (W) 

BUAD 339 Business Law 

BUAD 358 Eth,Soc,& Legal Env of Bus (W) 
BUAD 288/488 Seminar in Business Admin 

ECON 224 Principles of Macroeconomics 

ECON 225 Principles of Microeconomics 

FNCE 315 Business Finance 

MGNT 334 Principles of Management 

MGNT 464 Business Strategies (W) 



3 


Required Co 

BUAD 104 


gliates 

Business Software 


Hours 

3 


3 


BUAD 128 




Personal Finance 


3 


3 


BUAD 221 




Business Statistics 




3 






OR 


3 


3 


MATH 215 




Statistics 




3 


•BUAD 412 




Preparing to Meet the Firms 


1 


3 


MATH 120 




Precalculus Algebra 


3 


3 

1 


PSYC 




Any 3-hour class 


3 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


*Recommenc 


Ito 


take in Junior year 





76 School of B 



Ma 



USINESS AND IVlA NAGEMENT 



Major — B.B.A. Financial Services (66 Hours) 



General (66 Hours) 



Required Courses 

ACCT 311 
ACCT 312 
ACCT 450 

FNCE 455 



BBACorc 

Intermediate Accounting I 

Intermediate Accounting II 

Advanced Accounting 

Fundamentals of Investment 

UD Electives in Accounting/ 

Finance 



40 
4 
4 
3 
3 



Finance Concentration (66 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

BBACore 40 

ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting I 4 

ACCT 312 Intermediate Accounting II 4 

ACCT 450 Advanced Accounting 3 

FNCE 455 Fundamentals of Investment 3 

UD Finance Electives 12 



Accounting Concentration (66 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

BBACore 40 

ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting I 4 

ACCT 312 Intermediate Accounting II 4 

ACCT 450 Advanced Accounting 3 

FNCE 455 Fundamentals of Investment 3 

UD Accounting Electives 12 



Accounting majors need 150 semester hours before 
sitting for the CPA examination in Tennessee and most 
other jurisdictions. 



Major — B.B.A. Management (61-64 Hours) 



General Management (64 Hours) 



Human Resource Management 



Required Course 


s Hours 




BBACore 40 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 3 


MGNT 344 


Human Resources Management 3 


MGNT 358 


Operations Management 




OR 3 


MGNT 368 


Multicultural Management 


MGNT 364 


International Busin & Econ 3 


MGNT 372 


Small Business Management 3 


MGNT 410 


Org Theory and Design 3 


MGNT 420 


Organizational Behavior 3 




UD Management Elective 3 


Entrepreneurship Concentration 


(64 Hours) 




Required Courses Hours 




BBACore 40 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 3 


MGNT 344 


Human Resources Management 3 


MGNT 368 


Multicultural Management 3 


MGNT 371 


Prin of Entrepreneurship 3 


MGNT 372 


Small Busin Management 3 


MGNT 410 


Org Theory and Design 3 


MGNT 420 


Organizational Behavior 3 




UD Business Elective 3 



Concentration (61 Hours) 


Required Course 


s Hours 




BBACore 40 


PSYC224 


Social Psychology 3 


PSYC253 


Industrial/Organizational Psyc 3 


PSYC 357 


Psychological Testing 3 


MGNT 344 


Human Resource Management 3 


MGNT 368 


Multicultural Management 3 


MGNT 420 


Organizational Behavior 3 


MGNT 460 


Compensation & Benefits 3 


International Business Concentration 


(61 Hours) 




Required Courses Hours 




BBACore 40 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 3 


BMKT 375 


International Marketing 3 


MGNT 344 


Human Resources Management 3 


MGNT 364 


International Busin & Econ 3 


MGNT 368 


Multicultural Management 3 


MGNT 410 


Org Theory and Design 3 




UD Business Elective 3 


Required Cognate 



Intermediate Foreign Lang 



Major — B.B.A. Marketing (67 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

ACCT 321 
BMKT 327 
BMKT 328 
BMKT 410 
BMKT 423 
BMKT 424 
BMKT 497 
MGNT 364 
MGNT 420 



Hours 

BBACore 40 

Managerial Accounting 3 

Consumer Behavior 3 

Sales Management 3 

Service Marketing 3 

Promotional Strategy 3 

Marketing Strategy 3 

Marketing Research 3 

Int'l Business & Economics 3 

Organizational Behavior 3 



Required Cognate Hours 

BUAD 345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 



B 



CHOOL OF JOU S I N E S S A N D 



M 



ANAGEMBNT 



77 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
All BBA Majors/Concentrations 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ACCT22I 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


ACCT 222 


BUAD 105 


Business Spreadsheets 




BUAD 105 




OR 


3 




ERSC 105 


Earth Science 




CHEM 107 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


BUAD 104 


Business Software 




BUAD 104 




OR 


3 




MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 




COMM 135 




Area B-l , Religion 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 

16 





Principles of Accounting 
Business Spreadsheets 

OR 
Chemistry of Everyday Life 
College Composition 
Business Software 

OR 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Area F- 1, Psychology 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



3 
3 
3 

3 
3 

16 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 



Major — B.S. Business Administration (46 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

ACCT 221 
ACCT 222 
ACCT 321 
BMKT 326 
BUAD 105 
BUAD 317 
BUAD 310 
BUAD 339 
BUAD 358 
BUAD 288/488 
ECON 224 
ECON 225 
FNCE 315 
MGNT 334 
MGNT 464 



Hours 

3 



Principles of Accounting I 

Principles of Accounting II 3 

Managerial Accounting 3 

Principles of Marketing 3 

Business Spreadsheets 3 
Management Information Systems 3 

Business Communications (W) 3 

Business Law 3 

Eth,Soc,& Legal Env of Bus (W) 3 

Seminar in Business Admin 1 

Principles of Macroeconomics 3 

Principles of Microeconomics 3 

Business Finance 3 

Principles of Management 3 

Business Strategies (W) 3 

Elective in Business 3 



Required Cognates 

BUAD 104 Business Software 

BUAD 128 
BUAD 221 
•BUAD 412 
MATH 107 



Hours 

3 
Personal Finance 3 

Business Statistics 3 

Preparing to Meet the Firms 1 

Survey of Math (or above) 3 



•Recommend to take in Junior year 



Major — B.S. Long-Term Care Administration (52-56 Hours) 



R equired C 



ACCT 221 
ACCT 222 
ACCT 321 
BUAD 105 
BMKT 326 
BUAD 339 
BUAD 358 
ECON 224 
ECON 225 
FNCE 315 
LTCA431 

LTCA 432 

LTCA 434 

LTCA 435 

LTCA 492 

MGNT 334 
MGNT 464 



purses Hours 

Principles of Accounting I 3 

Principles of Accounting II 3 

Managerial Accounting 3 

Business Spreadsheets 3 

Principles of Marketing 3 

Business Law 3 
Eth,Soc,& Legal Env of Bus (W) 3 



Prin of Macroeconomics 3 

Prin of Microeconomics 3 

Business Finance 3 
General Admin of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 
Technological Aspects of 

Long-Term Care 3 
Financial Management of 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 
Human Res Mgmt and Marketing 

of Long-Term Care Facility 3 
Long-Term Care 

Administration Internship 4-8 

Prin of Management 3 

Business Strategies (W) 3 



Required Cognates Hours 

MATH 107 Survey of Math (or above) 3 

PSYC 349 Aging and Society (W) 3 

Recommended Cognates 

BUAD 104 Business Software 3 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 

BUAD 221 Business Statistics 3 

•BUAD 412 Preparing to Meet the Firms 1 

RELT 373 Christian Ethics 3 

SOCI 249 Death and Dying 2 

•Recommend to take in Junior year 



78 School or B 



Ma 



U SINESS AND IVlA NAGEMENT 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 

B.S. Business Administration and 

B.S. Long-Term Care Administration 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ACCT22I 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


ACCT 222 


BUAD 104 


Business Software 




BUAD 104 




OR 


3 




BUAD 105 


Business Spreadsheets 




BUAD 105 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 




BUAD 128 




OR 


3 




ERSC 105 


Earth Science 




CHEM 107 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


COMM 135 




Area B-l , Religion 


3 


ENGL 102 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 

16 





Principles of Accounting 
Business Software 

OR 
Business Spreadsheets 
Personal Finance 

OR 
Chemistry of Everyday Life 
Introduction to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



3 

3 

J_ 
16 



Students who have previously earned a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or 
university and who have completed all course work equivalent to the B.S. Business 
Administration required courses excluding BUAD 317, BUAD 310, and BUAD 488, may 
receive a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in long-term care upon the completion of 
20 hours of courses including (LTCA 431, 432, 434, 435, 492; MGNT 344). 

This exception to the 30-hour residence requirement applies only to those who have 
completed all other major course requirements for the long-term care degree at another 
institution and have received a bachelor's degree. Regular admission to the LTCA program 
is subject to receipt of an official transcript showing completion of the 
bachelor's degree from an accredited institution. 



Combined Majors- 
(85 Hours) 



-B.S. Business Administration and Public Relations 



Business Administration (40 Hours) 



Public Relations (45 Hours) 



Required C< 


aurses 


Hours 


ACCT 221 




Principles of Accounting I 


3 


ACCT 222 




Prin ciple s of A ccou ntin g II 


3 


ACCT 321 




Managerial Accounting 


3 


BUAD 105 




Business Spreadsheets 


3 


BUAD 310 




Business Communication (W) 


3 


BUAD 317 




Management Information Systems 3 


BUAD 339 




Business Law 


3 


BUAD 288/488 


Seminar in Business Admin 


1 


BMKT 326 




Principles of Marketing 


3 


ECON 224 




Principles of Macroeconomics 


3 


ECON 225 




Principles of Microeconomics 


3 


FNCE 315 




Business Finance 


3 


MGNT 334 




Principles of Management 


3 


MGNT 464 




Business Strategies (W) 


3 


Required O 

BUAD 104 


agnates 

Business Software 


Hours 

3 


BUAD 128 




Personal Finance 


3 


BUAD 221 




Business Statistics 


3 



Required Courses Hours 

BRDC 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 

COMM 103 Intro to Communication 3 

COMM 397 Communication Research 3 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 3 

JOUR 125 Intro to Photography 3 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 

JOUR 208 Publication Tools & Techniques 3 

JOUR 242 Intro to Web Design 3 

JOUR 313 Publication Editing 3 

JOUR 488 Mass Comm & Society (W) 3 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda (W) 3 

PREL 482 The Public Relations Campaign 3 

PREL 485 Public Relations Techniques 3 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 

BUAD 358 Eth, Soc, & Legal Env of Bus (W) 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law & Ethics 



The dual major provides students with the option to develop skills in two fields of study. Because of the joint course 
requirements, the dual major requires only four hours above the graduation requirements from a single major in Business 
Administration. 



B 



CHOOL OF DV S I N E S S A N D 



M 



ANAGEMENT 



79 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Business Administration & Public Relations 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ACCT22I 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


ACCT 222 


BUAD 105 


Business Spreadsheets 




BUAD 105 




OR 


3 




ERSC 105 


Earth Science 




CHEM 107 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


BUAD 104 


Business Software 




BUAD 104 




OR 


3 




MATH 107 


Survey of Math (or above) 




COMM 135 




Area B-l , Religion 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 

16 





Principles of Accounting 
Business Spreadsheets 

OR 
Chemistry of Everyday Life 
College Composition 
Business Software 

OR 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Area F- 1, Psychology 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
16 



Majors — B.S. Business Administration and A.T. Auto Service (80 Hours) 



Business Administration (43 Hours) 



Auto Service (37 Hours) 



Required Courses 



ACCT 221 
ACCT 222 
ACCT 321 
BUAD 105 
BUAD 317 
BUAD 310 
BUAD 339 
BUAD 358 
BUAD 288/488 Seminar in Business Admin 



Principles of Accounting I 
Prin ciple s of A ccou ntin g II 
Managerial Accounting 
Business Spreadsheets 
Management Information Systems 
Business Communication (W) 
Business Law 
Eth,Soc,& Legal En v of Bus (W) 



BMKT 326 Principles of Marketing 

ECON 224 Principles of Macroeconomics 

ECON 225 Principles of Microeconomics 

FNCE315 Business Finance 

MGNT 334 Principles of Management 

MGNT 464 Business Strategies (W) 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
1 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 



Required Cognates 

BUAD 104 Business Software 

Personal Finance 
Business Statistics 



BUAD 128 
BUAD 221 

*BUAD412 



Preparing to Meet the Firms 
^Recommend to take in Junior year 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 

1 



Required Courses Hours 

TECH 114 Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 

TECH 115 Arc Welding 2 

TECH 166 Auto Electrical Systems 2 

TECH 167 Suspension, Steering & Alignment 3 

TECH 168 Man Drive Train, Axles & Brakes 3 

TECH 175/375 Engine Rebuilding & Machining 4 

TECH 178 Heating & Air Conditioning 2 

TECH 230 Automatic Transmission 3 

TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3 

TECH 273 Estimating &Auto Business Prac I 

TECH 276/377 Engine Performance & Cptrs 3 

TECH 277 Eng Fuel & Emission Controls 4 

TECH 291 Practicum 3 

TECH 299 Adv Engine Performance 3 

Required Cognates Hours 

MGNT 371 Principles of Entrepreneurship 3 

MGNT 372 Small Business Management 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Business Administration & A.T. Auto Service 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ACCT 221 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


ACCT 222 


BUAD 105 


Business Spreadsheets 




BUAD 105 




OR 


3 




ERSC 105 


Earth Science 




CHEM 107 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


BUAD 104 


Business Software 




BUAD 104 




OR 


3 




MATH 107 


Survey of Math (or above) 




COMM 135 




Area B-l , Religion 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 

16 





Principles of Accounting 
Business Spreadsheets 

OR 
Chemistry of Everyday Life 
College Composition 
Business Software 

OR 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Area F- 1, Psychology 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



3 

3 

3 

3 

3 
J_ 

16 



Major — A.S. Accounting (32 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

ACCT 221 Principles of Accounting I ~" 3 

ACCT 222 Principlesof Accounting II 3 

ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting I 4 

ACCT 312 Intermediate Accounting II 4 

BUAD 105 Business Spreadsheets 3 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 

BUAD 358 Eth, Social & Legal Env Bus (W) 3 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

ECON 224 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 

Accounting Elective 3 

Business Elective 3 

Required Cognates 

BUAD 104 Business Software 3 



80 School or B 



Ma 



U SINESS AND IVlA NAGEMENT 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.S. Accounting 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


ACCT22I 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


ACCT 222 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


BUAD 104 


Business Software 




BUAD 104 


Business Software 






OR 


3 




OR 


3 


BUAD 105 


Business Spreadsheets 




BUAD 105 


Business Spreadsheets 




BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 




BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 






OR 


3 




OR 


3 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 




CHEM 105 


Chemistry of Everyday Life 




ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 




Area B-l , Religion 


3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 



MINORS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ENTREPRENEURIAL 

MANAGEMENT, MANAGEMENT, AND MARKETING 



Minor — Business Administration 
(18 Hours) 



Minor — Management (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

ACCT 221 
ACCT 222 
ECON 224 
MGNT 334 



MGNT 344 



Principles of Accounting I 
Principles of Accounting II 
Principles of Macroeconomics 
Principles of Management 

OR 
Human Resource Management 
UD Electives in Business 



Required Courses 



3 


ACCT 221 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


3 


MGNT 334 


Principles of Management 


3 


3 


MGNT 344 


Human Resource Management 


3 




MGNT 371 


Principles of Entrepreneurship 




3 




OR 


3 




MGNT 372 


Small Business Management 




6 




UD Electives Business 


6 



Minor — Entrepreneurial 
Management (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

*ACCT 103 College Accounting 

*ECON 213 Survey of Economics 

MGNT 371 Principles of Entrepreneurship 

MGNT 372 Small Business Management 

Electives in Mgmt/Mktg 

* Does not apply for business majors 



Minor — Marketing (18 Hours) 





R equired C 


ourses 


Hours 




ACCT 221 




Principles of Accounting 


3 


rs 


BMKT 326 




Principles of Marketing 


3 


3 


BMKT 327 




Consumer Behavior 


3 


3 


BMKT 328 




Sales Management 


3 


3 


BMKT 424 




Marketing Strategy 


3 


3 
6 






UD Electives in Marketing 


3 


Recommended C 


ognate 





Minor — Human Resource 
Management (24 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

BUAD 310 
BUAD 358 
MGNT 334 
MGNT 344 
MGNT 420 
PSYC224 
PSYC 253 
PSYC 357 



3usiness Communications (W) 3 

Eth, Social & Legal Env Bus (W) 3 

Principles of Management 3 

Human Resource Management 3 

Organizational Behavior 3 

Social Psychology 3 

Industrial/Organizational Psyc 3 

Psychological Testing 3 



Required in General Education 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 



BuSINESSAND Ma NAGEMBNT 81 



SCHOOL OPDOSINESSAND 



ACCOUNTING 

ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the bookkeeping and 
accounting functions forthe small business, professional offices, merchandisingfirms and service 
organizations. This course does not apply for credit to a BBA or BS business major. (Fall) 

ACCT 221. Principles of Accounting I (G-2) 3 hours 

Principles of Accounting I focuses on how accounting events affect financial statements. Topics 
include accruals/deferrals, receivables, inventory, long-term operational assets, long-term liabilities, 
stockholders' equity, recordingprocedures, and financial statement preparation. This course should 
be taken in the freshman year. 

ACCT 222. Principles of Accounting II (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: A final grade of C or higher in ACCT 221. 

This course continues the study of financial accounting and introduces managerial accounting. 
Topics may include accounting for partnerships and corporations, the cash flow statement, 
financial statement analysis, and various managerial accounting topics such as job order and 
process cost systems, cost behavior, cost-volume-profit analysis, and budgeting. This course 
should be taken in the freshman year. 

ACCT 311. Intermediate Accounting I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221. 

An in-depth course in financial accounting. Topics include the accounting conceptual framework, 
the hierarchy of GAAP, accounting for cash, receivables, inventories, plant assets, intangibles, and 
current and long-term liabilities and accounting for investments. (Fall) 

ACCT 312. Intermediate Accounting II 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 311. 

This course is a continuation of ACCT 311. Topics include; accounting for contributed capital, 
retained earnings investments, income taxes, pensions, and OPEB' s, leases, reporting earnings per 
share, the Statement of Cash Flows, financial statement disclosure requirements, and financial 
statement analysis. (Winter) 

ACCT 316. Governmental and Fund Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

Accounting theory and practice are applied to governmental units and nonprofit organizations, 
including universities and hospitals. The classification and use of funds, fiscal procedures, 
budgetary controls, and financial reporting are covered. (Fall, even years) 

ACCT 321. Managerial Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BUAD 105; ACCT 222. 

This course is a study of selected quantitative management decision-making tools. Topics may 
include cost behavior, cost- volume-profit analysis, budgeting, pricing decisions, relevant costs, out- 
sourcing decisions, the effect of constraints, capital budgeting, and performance measurement. 

ACCT 323. Cost Accounting 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems, including job cost and 
process cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual, standard, and direct cost 
methods. Process cost is emphasized. Quantitative techniques are covered, and may include 
decision-making under uncertainty, inventory control, cost behavior and regression analysis, and 
variance investigation. (Fall, odd years) 

ACCT 326. Accounting Software Tools 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

This course introduces students to the utilization of computerized accounting software for 
maintaining a business accounting information, including controls in a computerized accounting 
environment. Students will be introduced to low, medium, and high-end software programs. (Fall, 
odd years) 



82 School of Bi 1 s i n e s s a n d M, 



USINESS AND IVlA NAGEMENT 



ACCT 450. Advanced Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 312. 

This course is cross-listed with ACCT 550 in the MBA and MFS programs. A student may receive 

credit for this course from only one program. 

This course is an in-depth study of selected accounting topics such as consolidated financial 

statements, partnerships, business firms infinancial difficulty, estates and trusts, foreign exchange, 

and segment reporting. (Winter) 

ACCT 452. Auditing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 312. 

This course is cross-listed with ACCT 552 in the MBA and MFS programs. A student may receive 

credit for this course from only one program. 

Basic auditing theory and practice with emphasis on the application of current auditing standards 

and the preparation of working papers and audit reports are addressed. Topics include generally 

accepted auditing standards, ethics, audit planning procedures, types of audit evidence internal 

controls, and sampling methods. Provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are also discussed. 

(Winter) 

ACCT 456. Federal Taxation 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

This course is cross-listed with ACCT 556 in the MBA and MFS programs. A student may receive 

credit for this course from only one program. 

This course is a study of the Federal tax system. The primary emphasis is the Federal income tax 

as it applies to individuals. A study of other selected Federal taxes and the taxation of other entities 

is included. (Winter) 

ACCT 457. Advanced Federal Taxation 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 456. 

This course is cross-listed with ACCT 557 in the MBA and MFS programs. A student may receive 
credit for this course from only one program. 

This course is a continued study of the Federal tax system. The primary emphasis is the Federal 
income tax as it applies to for-profit and not-for-profit entities other than individuals. A study of 
other selected taxes is included. (Fall) 

ACCT 491. Accounting Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior or Senior Status. 

A practicum consists of supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of accounting on 
a part-time basis. The work may be done at various job sites. A minimum of 50 clock hours of 
work experience is required for each semester hour of credit. (Note: A maximum of 3 credit hours 
of practicum and/ or internship may apply as an elective in the major.) 

ACCT 492. Accounting Internship 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior or Senior Status. 

An internship consists of on-the-job experience working under supervision in an accounting office 
on a full-time basis. All hours must be completed on one job site. A minimum of 100 clock hours 
of work experience is required for each semester hour of credit. (Note: A maximum of 3 credit 
hours of practicum and/or internship may apply as an elective in the major.) 

ACCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of the Dean of the School 

A directed study involves individualized research into a selected topic chosen by the faculty adviser 

and the student. 



BuSINESSAND Ma NAGEMBNT 83 



SCHOOL OF CO S I N E S S A N D 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUAD 104. Business Software (A -4) 3 hours 

A hands-on course designed to actively involve the student in the powerful capabilities of word 
processing, database, presentation software, and with document management using Adobe. 

BUAD 105. Business Spreadsheets (A -4) 3 hours 

An application course where students use spreadsheets to present business data. In a hands-on 
environment a spreadsheet is the vehicle for classifying, summarizing, analyzing, automating, and 
presenting data to enhance management's decision-making capability. 

BUAD 126. Introduction to Business (G-2) 3 hours 

A course designed to provide a basic understanding of the American business system and free 
enterprise concepts. Business practices, business terminology and contemporary business issues 
are covered. Students who have 1 8 or more hours of credit in business courses are ineligible to take 
this course for credit. 

BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and practices designed to provide 
the techniques to manage personal finances. Budgeting, consumerism, insurance, home ownership, 
and investments are included in the topics covered. 

BUAD 221. Business Statistics 3 hours 

The emphasis is on applied statistics as a tool for management decision- making. Topics include: 
descriptive statistics, elementary probability, sampling, hypothesis testing, inferences, correlation 
and regression, time series analysis, forecasting, variance analysis, and decision theory. 

BUAD 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (A -4) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with CPTE 245/345, School of Computing. A student may receive credit 
for this course from only one school. 

An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials such as 
newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation of camera-ready services 
using specialized desktop publishing software such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox Ventura to do 
page layout. 

BUAD 310. Business Communications (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BUAD 104; COMM 135; ENGL 101-102. 

Provides students with a theoretical and practical framework for understanding and conducting 
effective oral and written communication. Special emphasis on business letter writing, report 
development, presentation delivery, resume writing, and interviewing skills. Lab fee 3 will be 
assessed for this course. 

BUAD 317. Management Information Systems (A-4) 3 hours 

Covers the use and effect of computer information processing in a business environment with 
emphasis on management, internal control, the technical foundations of information processing, 
the systems development life cycle, legal, security, and ethical issues, database management, and 
artificial intelligence. 

BUAD 339. Business Law 3 hours 

A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including social control through 
law and the law of commercial tran sactions (u niform commercial code) and business organizations. 
Contracts, the law of commercial transactions (UCC), business organizations, torts, agency, strict 
liability, and property are covered in depth. Evolution of legal trends are also noted. 

BUAD 358. Ethical, Social, and Legal Environment of Business (W) 3 hours 

A study of how business should operate within the ethical, social, legal, and political environment, 
and how individuals in leadership should relate to various social and ethical problems. 



84 School of Bi 1 s i n e s s a n d M, 



USINESS AND IVlA NAGEMBNT 



BUAD 412. Preparing to Meet the Firms 1 hour 

This course is made up of a series of topics presented in a seminar setting to provide students with 
necessary tools to actively pursue and acquire internships and jobs. Topics will include but are not 
limited to: Resumes, Networking, Corporate Climate, Interviewing, Dress, Portfolios, Company 
Research, Etiquette. Besides listening to guest presentations, opportunities will exist to interact 
with guest lecturers and professors about thoughts and theories regarding the area of job 
acquisition. (Should be taken in Junior year of study). (Winter) 

BUAD 265/465. Topics in Business 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Selected topics designed to meet the needsor interests of students in specialty areas of business and 

management. This course may be repeated for credit with permission. 

BUAD 288/488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour 

Includes the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. Top men and women in their field 
present lectures in insurance, real estate, finance, retailing, production management. Attendance 
at ten lectures is required. This course may be repeated for credit. (Winter) 

BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of the Dean of the School. 

A directed study involves individualized research into a selected topic chosen by the faculty adviser 
and the student. 

BUAD 296/496. Business Administration Study Tour 1 hour 

A trip designed to acquaint the student with important large business centers and facilities. Focus 
will be on financial, merchandising, advertising, and cultural organizations. An additional fee will 
be required to cover travel expenses. 

ECONOMICS 

ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student. It provides an understanding of the United 
States' mixed economy through a study of the market system, the role of money, the government's 
fiscal policy, and the impact of the foreign sector. No credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has 
been taken. This course does not apply for credit to a BBA or BS Business major. 

ECON 224. Principles of Macroeconomics (C-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PLSC 224, History Department. A student may receive credit for 

this course from only one program. 

A study of economics as it affects the national interest. Topics include total employment, output 

and income, with inflation and recession, and with the variables that influence these conditions. 

(Fall) 

ECON 225. Principles of Microeconomics (C-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 224, a high school economic class, or consent of instructor. 
Analyzes specific market environments which influence business policy. Topics include scarcity 
and choice, individual goods and markets, and the price mechanism showing how it automatically 
directs the society's resources into the most desirable uses. (Winter) 

ECON 452. Money and Banking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 224. 

This course is cross-listed with FNCE 452. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks and their services, the Federal Reserve System, and 

other financial institutions are considered. (Winter) 



BuSINESSAND Ma NAGEMBNT 85 



SCHOOL OPDOSINESSAND 



FINANCE 

FNCE315. Business Finance 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis is on instruments of 
finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to working capital, and corporate expansion 
and reorganization. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

FNCE 452. Money and Banking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 224 

This course is cross-listed with ECON 452 and FNCE 552. A student may receive credit for this 
course from only one program. 

Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks and their services, the Federal Reserve System, and 
other financial institutions are considered. (Winter) 

FNCE 455. Fundamentals of Investments 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with FNCE 555. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential investor of institutional or 
personal funds through the use of problems, readings, and cases. Topics covered will include 
stocks and bonds in the security market, real estate, and fixed equipment investments. (Winter) 

FNCE 461. Portfolio Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FNCE 455 or permission of instructor. 

This course is cross-listed with FNCE 561. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

Includes consideration of investment instrument choices that are available to the investor and the 
purpose and operation of U.S. and global capital markets. The course also covers the methods of 
evaluation for current and future investment opportunities in the expansion of a portfolio of 
investments that satisfies an investor's risk- return goals. (Fall) 

FNCE 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of the Dean of the School. 

A directed study involves individualized research into a selected topic chosen by the faculty adviser 

and the student. 

LONG-TERM CARE ADMINISTRATION 

LTCA 431. General Administration of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MGNT 464 

Introduces the mission, values, organization, and strategies of nursing homes and other 
organizations in the long-term care field and reviews their history and philosophy. Applies the 
concepts of management to the areas of staffing, governance, operations, and physical environment 
of the care facility. Reviews the regulations for licensing, operating, and insuring various risks 
within the regulatory setting of the industry. (Summer) 

LTCA 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours 

A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration. Their relationship to 
other health care facilities in the total health care system, and technically related medical 
relationships and services. A complete review of COBRA is also included. (Summer) 

LTCA 434. Financial Management of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FNCE 315. 

A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for management decision- 
making in the long-term care facility. (Summer) 



86 School of Bi 1 s i n e s s a n d M, 



USINESS AND IVlA NAGEMENT 



LTCA 435. Human Resource Management and 

Marketing of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MGNT 344 

A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employees with a view to 
maintaining their productivity and morale at a high level. Selection, compensation, financial 
incentives, work standards, and leadership are the topics that will be covered. Marketing functions, 
problems, services, and competitive practices will also be covered. (Summer) 

LTCA 492. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 4-8 hours 

The internship is a tailored program of 400- 1 000 clock hours of management training experience 
in a long-term care facility approved by the University. The hours are determined by the minimum 
required by the state in which the student wants to be licensed. Two on-site visits by the program 
director will be arranged by the student. Three reports must be submitted at each 100-hour interval: 
a written narrative description of the experience, an intern's report form, and an administrator's 
report and evaluation form. These are described in the Long-Term Care Internship Manual. 

LTCA 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

A directed study involves individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be 
arranged. Approval must be secured from Dean of the School prior to registration. 



MANAGEMENT 

MGNT 334. Principles of Management 3 hours 

A study of basic business management including an analysis of business policies viewed from the 
standpoint of the functional characteristics of the management process and current ethics. 

MGNT 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MGNT 334. 

An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employees with a view 
to maintaining their productivity and morale at high levels. Among topics covered are selection, 
training, compensation and financial incentives, work standards, techniques of supervision and 
leadership. (Winter) 

MGNT 354. Principles of Risk Management 3 hours 

An introductory study in the field of risk management. Material covered includes insurance 
categories of liability, property, health and life. The primary emphasis will be on business 
applications, but some consideration will be given to the personal risk. (Winter, odd years) 

MGNT 358. Operations Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MGNT 334. 

The design, operation, and continued improvement of the systems that create a firm's primary 
products or services. This course presents operations management tools and principles, such as 
total quality management, forecasting, inventory management, just- in-time production, waiting line 
management. (Fall) 

MGNT 364. International Business and Economics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ECON 224, 225; MGNT 334. 

A survey of the world environment of business including aspects of economics, cultures, trade 
theories, governments, exchange and finances, multinational firms' strategies. The impact on 
business operations of each of these is considered, including a study of the economic relationships 
between countries and the cooperation that is necessary for stable economic world growth. 

MGNT 368. Multicultural Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MGNT 334 or permission of instructor. 

Develops an understanding of the role and impact of cultural diversity in the workplace. The 
course focuses on how multiculturalism influences the local and internationalenvironments within 
which organizations operate, including economic, legal, and politicalaspects; markets and business 
customs; dealing with foreign governments and nationals; formulating, implementing, and 
evaluating cross- functional and cross-cultural decision processes that enable an organization to 
achieve its objectives. (Winter) 



BuSINESSAND Ma NAGEMBNT 87 



SCHOOL OPDOSINESSAND 



MGNT 371. Principles of Entrepreneurship 3 hours 

A study of the theory and practice of initiating a business venture and organizing the necessary 
resources. Provides an understanding of the risks and rewards associated with entrepreneurship. 
Topics include start-up financing, marketing, risk management, development and implementation 
of a business plan. (Fall) 

MGNT 372. Small Business Management 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 103 or ACCT 222; MGNT 334. 

Examines the principles and problems of operating a small business after it is established. Topics 
covered include a procedural system for operating a small business, providing physical facilities, 
financing, organizing, marketing, and managing of the small business. (Winter) 

MGNT 410. Organizational Theory and Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MGNT 334 

A management capstone course for the development of thinking about organizations. Missions, 
goals, strategies, and effectiveness are blended into learning about organizational design as it is 
influenced by external realities. Students learn design alternatives to create a fit between the 
strengths of the organization and its external environment to achieve a sustainable competitive 
advantage. (Winter) 

MGNT 420. Organizational Behavior 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MGNT 334 

Investigates the impact that individuals and groups have on values, attitudes, job satisfaction, 
motivation, and how the resultant organizational structure and culture are affected. The purpose 
of the course is the application of this knowledge toward improving an organization 's effectiveness. 
Students learn the dynamics of leadership and management as they influence organizational 
behavior. (Fall) 

MGNT 460. Compensation and Benefits 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MGNT 344. 

Part one of the course covers employee and executive compensation components, theory, and 
strategies. Compensation is an integral part of attracting and retaining organizational talent. Part 
two of the course covers executive and employee benefits and strategies. In the climate of 
expensive medical coverage, emphasis will be given to cost containment strategies. Great 
organizations offer benefits that satisfy a wide range of employees' needs and delivers competitive 
advantage in attracting and retaining a quality employee base. 

MGNT 464. Business Strategies (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: All core courses or concurrent registration. 

A capstone course that integrates the functional business areas. It is designed to give the student 
experience in strategic analysis and decision-making using the case method. Students learn to 
identify, analyze, propose alternative solutions, and make decisions about business strategy. 
Attention is given to matching organizational resources to the external environment to achieve a 
strategic competitive advantage. 

MGNT 491. Management Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior status. 

A practicum consists of supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of management on 
a part-time basis. The work may be done at various job sites. A minimum of 50 clock hours of 
work experience is required for each semester hour of credit. (Note: A maximum of 3 credit hours 
of practicum and/ or internship may apply as an elective in the major.) 

MGNT 492. Management Internship 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: Junior or senior status and school approval. 

Students obtain on-the-job experience working under supervision in a management position or a 
tailored program of management experience in a selected office or facility on a full-time basis. All 
hours must be completed on one job site. A minimum of 100 clock hours of work experience is 
required for each semester hour of credit. (Note: A maximum of 3 credit hours of practicum and/or 
internship may apply as an elective in the major.) 



88 School of Bi 1 s i n e s s a n d M, 



USINESS AND IVlA NAGEMENT 



MGNT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of the Dean of the School. 

A directed study involves individualized research into a selected topic chosen by the faculty adviser 
and the student. 

MGNT 497. Management Research 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BUAD 221; MGNT 334. 

This course permits students to apply principles of research and statistical analysis of data leading 

to the completion of a research project. 

MARKETING 

BMKT 326. Principles of Marketing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ECON 213, 225 or concurrent enrollment. 

A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing institutions, basic problems 

in the marketing of commodities and services, price policies, and competitive practices. 

BMKT 327. Consumer Behavior 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

An analysis of the consumer decision- making process where behavioral science is combined with 
marketing theory to enable the marketer to understand and predict consumer behavior in the various 
stages of the buying decision. (Winter) 

BMKT 328. Sales Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326 or permission of instructor. 

An examination of the basic sales processes necessary to achieve organizational objectives and the 
professional techniques used in the management of the sales force ranging from planning-recruiting 
to day-to-day management. (Fall) 

BMKT 410. Service Marketing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

A study of the knowledge needed to implement strategies for quality service to provide companies 
a competitive advantage. The customer-focused management model includes strategies for 
increasing customer satisfaction and retention through the design and implementation of service 
strategies. Topics include customer expectations, service development and design, service delivery, 
management and measurement of service quality, service recovery, and the financial effect of 
service strategies. 

BMKT 423. Promotional Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

An analysis of integrated marketing communications, with an emphasis on the role of advertising, 

promotion, direct marketing, and public relations. Topics include setting advertising objectives and 

budget, media strategy, creative strategy, and evaluating promotional effectiveness. Focus is on the 

design and management of a complete promotional strategy for an organization. (Winter, even 

years) 

BMKT 424. Marketing Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BMKT 326, 327. 

A case study approach to the solving of major marketing problems of various organizations and the 

ability to formulate appropriate strategies in responding to the presented case problems. (Winter) 

BMKT 491. Marketing Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior status. 

A practicum consists of supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of management on 
a part-time basis. The work may be done at various job sites. A minimum of 50 clock hours of 
work experience is required for each semester hour of credit. (Note: A maximum of 3 credit hours 
of practicum and/ or internship may apply as an elective in the major.) 



BuSINESSAND Ma NAGEMBNT 89 



SCHOOL OPDOSINESSAND 



BMKT 492. Marketing Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Junior or senior status and school approval. 

Students obtain on-the-job experience working under supervision at an ad agency, marketing 
department, marketing research company, wholesaler, retailer, or company sales department on a 
full-time basis. All hours must be completed on one job site. A minimum of 100 clock hours of 
work experience is required for each semester hour of credit. (Note: A maximum of 3 credit hours 
of practicum and/ or internship may apply as an elective in the major.) 

BMKT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of the Dean of the School. 

A directed study involves individualized research into a selectedtopic chosen by the faculty adviser 

and the student. 

BMKT 497. Marketing Research 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BMKT 326, 327; BUAD 221. 

A study of the role of research in marketing decision-making; research design, implementation, and 
analysis and interpretation of research findings. Students will do research for a real business 
organization, concluding with a research and marketing recommendation report to the sponsoring 
organization. (Winter) 

( A-2) (B- 1 ) (C- 1 ) (C-2) (G-2) (F- 1 ) (F-2) (D-4) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



Chemistry 



Chair: Rhonda Scott 

Faculty: Loren Barnhurst, Brent Hamstra, Mitch Menzmer, Bruce Schilling 

CHEMISTRY 

A major in chemistry can prepare you for a rewarding and challenging career in 
traditional areas such as chemical engineering, environmental chemistry, quality 
assurance, basic or applied chemical research, and teaching at the high school or post 
secondary level. A major in chemistry is also excellent preparation for a career in 
biomedical research, medicine or dentistry, pharmacology, patent law, and forensic 
science. In a recent article published in the Journal of Forensic Science, crime lab 
directors stated they would preferentially hire individuals with aB.S. in chemistry. 

The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for graduate study 
leading to research oriented careers in chemistry, professional applications of chemistry, 
or post-secondary education. The B.S. degree in Chemistry, Biochemistry emphasis, 
is recommended for students preparing for careers in medicine or dentistry as well as 
graduate study, research or teaching in biochemistry, molecular biology, or 
biotechnology. The B.A. degree is the preferred degree for high-school teaching, pre- 
paramedical fields, and some business applications. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

Within a Christian environment of learning, the Chemistry Department seeks to 
provide undergraduate students with the knowledge and skills necessary for 
distinguished professional performance in chemistry or other fields that require a strong 
background in chemistry. 

ASSESSMENT 

To aid the chemistry department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, nationally 
standardized tests prepared by the American Chemical Society are administered at the 
end of each course for which an appropriate test is available. Students majoring in 
chemistry are expected to achieve a minimum score of 40 th percentile on these exams 
and achieve a grade of C- or above in their chemistry courses. Students who score 
below the 40 Ih percentile but have passed the corresponding course will be given self- 
paced instructional materials to strengthen areas of identified weakness. 

Major — B.A. Chemistry (30 hours) 



Required C 

CHEM 151- 


ourses 

152 


General Chemistry 


Hours 

8 


Required Cognates 

MATH 181 Calculus I 




Hours 

3 


CHEM311- 


312 


Organic Chemistry 


8 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 






CHEM315 




Quantitative Analysis 


4 




OR 




3-4 


CHEM 385 




Chemistry Seminar 


1 


MATH 215 


Statistics 






CHEM 41 1 
CHEM 497 




Physical Chemistry I (W) 
Intro to Research ( W) 
Chemistry Electives 


4 
1 
4 


PHYS 211-212 
PHYS 213-214 


General Physics 
General Physics 


Lab 


6 

2 



NOTE: Some upper division courses are offered in alternate years; the student should 
plan accordingly. 



^HEMISTRY 



91 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Chemistry 



1st Semester 
CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 


Hours 

4 


2nd Semester 

CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 


Hours 

4 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 


MATH 121 


Precalculus Trigonometry 


2 




Area F 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Minor 


4 

16 




Minor 


4 
16 



Major— B.S. Chemistry (41 Hours) 



R equired Courses 
CHEM 151-152 
CHEM 31 1-312 
CHEM 315 
CHEM 321 
CHEM 341 
CHEM 385 
CHEM 41 1 
CHEM 415 
CHEM 435 
CHEM 497 



General Chemistry 
Organic Chemistry 
Quantitative Analysis 
Instrumental Analysis 
Biochemistry I 
Chemistry Seminar 
Physical Chemistry I (W) 
Physical Chemistry II 
Inorganic Chemistry 
Intro to Research (W) 



Required Cognates 



s 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 


X 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


4 


4 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 


3 


4 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


6 


4 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


2 


1 
4 
3 
4 
1 


PHYS 215-216 


General Physics Calculus Appl 


2 



NOTE: Some upper division courses are offered in alternate years; the student should 
plan accordingly. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Chemistry 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 


4 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 


4 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


4 




Area B, Religion 


3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 




Area C-l , History 


3 

16 




Area A-4, Cptrs 


2 

16 



Major — B.S. Chemistry, Biochemistry Emphasis (40 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

BIOL 412 Cell & Molecular Biology 


Hours 

4 


Required Cognates 

BIOL 151,152 General Biology 


Hours 

8 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


8 


BIOL 311 


Genetics 


4 


CHEM 31 1-312 


Organic Chemistry 


8 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 


CHEM 315 
CHEM 341, 342 


Quantitative Analysis 
Biochemistry 


4 
6 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 
OR 


3-4 


CHEM 343 


Biochemistry Lab 


1 


MATH 215 


Statistics 




CHEM 385 


Chemistry Seminar 


1 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


6 


CHEM 41 1 
CHEM 497 


Physical Chemistry (W) 
Intro to Research (W) 
Chemistry Electives 


4 
1 
3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


2 



NOTE: To meet the recommendations of the American Society for Biochemistry and 
Molecular Biology (ASBMB) and the American Chemical Society (ACS) the second math 
course must be MATH 182. 

Some upper division courses are offered in alternate years; the student should plan 
accordingly. 



92 Chemistry 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Chemistry, Biochemistry Emphasis 



1st Semester 




Hours 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 


4 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


BIOL 151 


General Biology 


4 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 




Area B, Religion 


3 

15 



2nd Semester 




Hours 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 


4 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


BIOL 152 


General Biology 


4 




Area C-l, History 


3 




Area F-2, Family Science 


2 
16 



Major — B.A. Chemistry, Teacher Certification (30 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

CHEM 151-152 
CHEM 31 1-312 
CHEM 315 
CHEM 341 
CHEM 385 
CHEM 41 1 
CHEM 497 



General Chemistry 
Organic Chemistry 
Quantitative Analysis 
Biochemistry 
Chemistry Seminar 
Physical Chemistry I (W) 
Intro to Research (W) 



Required Cognates 



BIOL 151 
ERSC 105 



MATH 181 
MATH 182 

MATH 215 

PHYS 211-212 
PHYS 213-214 
RELT 317 



RELT 424 



General Biology 
Earth Science 

OR 
Descriptive Astronomy: 
Creation and Cosmology 
Calculus I 
Calculus II 

OR : 

Statistics 
General Physics 
General Physics Lab 
Issues in Physical Sci & Rlgn 

OR 
Issues in Natural Sci & Rlgn (W) 



It is strongly recommended that students work towards certification in a second area of 
study such as mathematics or another science area. See the School of Education and 
Psychology for listing of professional requirements (35 hours, listed on page 117) and 
general education requirements (44-47 hours). 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under ADMISSION PROCEDURES in the School of Education and Psychology section 
of the catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Chemistry, Teacher Certification 



1st Semester 




Hours 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 


4 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


BIOL 151 


General Biology 


4 


PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 

17 



2nd Semester 


Hours 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 4 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 3 


EDUC 138 


Intro to & Fnd Secondary Educ 3 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 2 


PSYC 220 


Growth Years 3 




Area A-4, Computers 1 




16 



Endorsement for Teacher Certification (20 hours) 

An endorsement to teach chemistry as an additional field may be obtained by 
completing a major in another field (preferably mathematics or another science with 
secondary certification), completing a minor in chemistry that includes the courses 
listed below, and taking and passing the PRAXIS II licensure exams required for 
certification in chemistry. 



^HEMISTRY 



93 



Endorsement for Teacher Certification (20 hours), continued 

R equired Courses Hours 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 

CHEM 31 1-312 Organic Chemistry 8 

Upper Division* _4 

20 

*The upper division course should be carefully chosen in consultation with your adviser and a faculty 
member in the chemistry department to determine what course will best help you prepare for the 
PRAXIS exams needed for certification in chemistry. Most often this course will be either CHEM 315 
Quantitative Analysis or CHEM 341 Biochemistry L 

Minor — Chemistry (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 

'"Chemistry Electives 10 

* A minimum of six hours must be upper 
division. 

CHEMISTRY 

CHEM 107. Chemistry of Everyday Life (E-2) 3 hours 

This course is a qualitative look at the chemistry of everyday living for non-science majors. 
Topics may include household chemicals, drugs (prescription, over-the-counter, or illicit), hazards 
and risks, food chemistry, polymers, cosmetics, forensic science, and sports equipment. This 
course does not apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. 

CHEM 111. Survey of Chemistry I (E-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: A course in high school algebra. A minimum Mathematics ACT score of 1 6 or a 
minimum grade of "C" in MATH 080 are also required. 

A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles of inorganic 
chemistry. Three hours of lecture each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. 
(Fall, Winter, Summer) 

CHEM 112. Survey of Chemistry II (E-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 111. 

A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles of organic and 
biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in 
Chemistry. (Fall, Winter) 

CHEM 113. Survey of Chemistry Laboratory I (E-2) 1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111. 

Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in CHEM 111. Two and one-half hours of 

laboratory each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall) 

CHEM 114. Survey of Chemistry Laboratory II (E-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 112. 

Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in CHEM 112. Two and one-half hours of 
laboratory each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Winter) 

CHEM 115. Introductory Chemistry (E-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: A course in high school algebra. A minimum Mathematics ACT score of 16 or 
a minimum grade of "C" in MATH 080 are also required. 

A course for elementary education majors that uses a "hands-on" approach to teach the basic 
principles of chemistry (including the useof basic scientific instruments) and the interrelationships 
among the other disciplines of science and technology. Does not apply to a major or minor in 
Chemistry. (Winter) 



94 Chemistry 



CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through high school Algebra II. 
An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories of chemistry. Areas to be studied 
include stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure and bonding, states of matter, equilibrium, 
kinetics, thermodynamics, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction and electrochemistry, descriptive 
chemistry, and nuclear chemistry. To enroll in CHEM 152, a student must complete CHEM 151 
with a grade of C- or better. Three hours of lecture, one hour of recitation, and three hours of 
laboratory each week. 

CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 4,4 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of CHEM 152 with a grade of C- or higher. 

Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic compounds are studied. 
Attention is given to spectroscopy, relative reactivities, reaction mechanisms, and physical 
properties of these compounds. Laboratory experiments acquaint students with basic organic 
chemistry laboratory techniques and illustrate reactions that are discussed in lecture. To enroll in 
CHEM 312, a student must complete CHEM 311 with a grade of C- or better. Three hours of 
lecture, one hour of recitation, and four hours of laboratory each week. 

CHEM 315. Quantitative Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of CHEM 152 with a grade of C- or higher. 

A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of determinations, sampling, 

handling of data, and the detailed chemistry involved are studied in terms of quantitative 

determinations. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, alternate 

years) 

CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of CHEM 315 with a grade of C- or higher. 

A study of the theories, techniques, and instruments involved in spectrometry, chromatography, 
and electrochemistry. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory each week. (Winter, 
alternate years) 

CHEM 341. Biochemistry I 4 hours 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of CHEM 312 and BIOL 151 with a grade of C- or higher 
or consent of instructor. 

A study of the basic principles of the chemistry of living organisms. Topics presented include 
the structure, properties, and functions of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins; an introduction to 
bioenergetics; enzyme kinetics and mechanisms; carbohydrate, lipid, and energy metabolism. Four 
hours of lecture each week. (Fall) 

CHEM 342. Biochemistry II 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of CHEM 341 with a grade of C- or higher. 

A continued study of the basic principles of the chemistry of living organisms. Topics presented 
include the metabolism of proteins and nucleic acids and the regulation of gene expression. Two 
hours of lecture each week. (Winter, alternate years) 

CHEM 343. Biochemistry Laboratory 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of CHEM 315 and previous or concurrent enrollment in 
CHEM 342. 

An introduction to the fundamental techniques used in the study of biochemicalsy stems, including 
the separation and analysis of biological molecules, enzyme kinetics, and metabolism studies. 
Four hours of laboratory each week. Requires computer data analysis. (Winter, alternate years) 

CHEM 385. Chemistry Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of CHEM 312 and COMM 135. 

An introduction to the use of chemical literature as a source of information and the techniques 
involved in making scientific presentations. Oral and written presentations are made on specific 
topics in chemistry. These presentations must utilize Power Point and word processing skills. 
This course is to be taken in the junior year, prior to taking CHEM 497. (Winter) 



^HEMISTRY 



95 



CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry I (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of CHEM 152, MATH 181, PHYS 212, with a grade of C- 
or higher. 

A study of the fundamental concepts of chemical thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, properties 
of pure substances and mixtures, phase changes, kinetic theory, and reaction kinetics and 
dynamics. This class is offered alternate years and is not open to students who have taken PHYS 
411. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, alternate years) 

CHEM 415. Physical Chemistry II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of CHEM 152, MATH 315, PHYS 212, with a grade of C- 
or higher. 

An introduction to quantum chemistry. Areas to be studied include: wave mechanics; boundary 
problems; the Schroedinger equation and its solution for one electron atoms and extension to 
multielectron systems; chemical bonding; and atomic and molecular spectroscopy. This class is 
offered alternate years and is not open to students who have taken PHYS 412. Three hours of 
lecture each week. (Winter, alternate years) 

CHEM 425. Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 312 with a grade of C- or higher. 
Compound types, reactions, and intermediates not considered in Organic Chemistry will be 
studied. Once a sufficient background has been established, an introduction to medicinal chemistry 
and synthesis of medicinal compounds will be studied. (Winter, alternate years) 

CHEM 435. Inorganic Chemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 312 with a grade of C- or higher; completion of 
CHEM 411 is recommended. 

A study of structures and chemical properties of inorganic compounds. Particular focus is placed 
on the description of chemical bonds between elements, the effects of bond properties on the 
structures, reactivity, and characterization of these compounds, and the periodic trends observed 
in the properties of the elements. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory each week. 
(Winter, alternate years) 

CHEM 465. Topics in Chemistry 1-4 hours 

Selected topics presented in a formal classroom setting in specialty areas of chemistry not covered 
in regular courses. May be repeated for credit for different topics. 

CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 152. 

A course emphasizing individual directed study by a student who wishes to explore an area of 

chemistry not listed in the regular course offerings. 

CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior chemistry major who has successfully completed CHEM 312. 
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. (This course should be taken 
no later than the first semester of the senior year.) Prior to registration, students are urged to 
contact all chemistry staff members about choice of available projects. (Fall) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum Content Methods/Chemistry 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. Pre- or co-requisite: CHEM 312. 
Attention is given to national science education standards, methods and materials of instruction, 
planning, testing, and evaluating student performance, the survey and evaluation of textbooks, and 
the planning of laboratory experiments, including safety considerations and waste disposal. 

(E-2) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of general education requirements. 



School of Computing 



Dean: Rick Halterman 

Faculty: Scot Anderson, John Beckett, Jared Bruckner, Tyson Hall, 
Timothy D. Korson, P. Willard Munger, Eduardo Urbina 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of S outhern Adventist University' s S chool of Computing is to provide 
an exemplary Christian learning environment that enables students to become Christian 
computing professionals, who, in addition to being competent in their chosen 
profession, realize their responsibility to God, church, family, employer, colleagues, and 
society. 

MAJORS IN COMPUTING 

The rapidly expanding field of computing continues to demand an ever-increasing 
number of technically educated people. The type of computer education needed also 
continues to shift. Computer graduates this year will be taking jobs that were not even 
available when they entered college four years ago. Southern Adventist University 
offers several computer curricula designed to meet the needs of students desiring to 
enter the computing field but coming to the University with a wide-range of interests 
and abilities. 

The B.S . degree in Computer Science, Computer Science Concentration, is designed 
to prepare for a wide range of computing professions. Software engineers, software 
developers, systems analysts, programmer/analysts, network engineers, database 
administrators, and data specialists are among the professions held by computer 
scientists. The computer science concentration curriculum is based on the guidelines 
developed by the ACM, AIS, and IEEE Computing Curricula 2005. The B.S. degree 
in Computer Science, Embedded Systems Concentration, is designed to prepare 
students for work in the exciting field of embedded systems. Embedded systems 
professionals are a type of computer engineer who deals with the use of computers 
which are embedded in other systems, such as automobiles, robots, PDAs, etc. 
Computer science professionals in both areas are distinguished by the high level of 
theoretical expertise and innovation they apply to complex problems and to the 
application of new technologies. 

The B.A. degree in Computer Science allows students to combine a computing 
degree with a minor or major in another academic area offering a B.A. , for instance 
English, history, or music. This combination is useful in occupations such as teaching 
high school. 

The B.S. in Computer Information Systems combines classes in computing and 
systems management with classes in accounting, economics, and business 
administration. With a few years experience graduates will be equipped to manage a 
data processing department in a hospital, business, or industry. The bachelor degree in 
Computer Information Systems, offered in conjunction with the School of Business and 
Management, is accredited by the International Assembly for Collegiate Business 
Education. 

The B.S. in Computer Systems Administration is designed to prepare graduates who 
will administer the complex computer systems and networks now common in the 
business world. It requires a minimum of programming, mathematics, and business 
courses, while concentrating on the technical issues needed to administer and support 
modern network computing systems and software. 



School of L,o m p u t in g 



97 



The B.S. in Technical Animation is offered in conjunction with the School of Visual 
Art and Design. This combined degree in animation and computer science prepares the 
student to pursue a career in technical animation. See page 28 1 for more information. 

ADMISSIONS AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Admission to the School of Computing is required to graduate with a major offered 
by the School of Computing. Declaration as a major is not the equivalent of acceptance 
to the School of Computing. Minimum requirements for admission to the School of 
Computing are: 

1 . Acceptance to Southern Adventist University. 

2. Complete general education: ENGL 101 and 102. 

3. Completion of 6 hours of computer courses required in the major with a grade of 
"C" or better. 

4. Earned overall GPA of 2.25 or better. 

5. Earned School of Computing GPA of 2.25 or better. 

Students pursuing a major offered by the School of Computing should apply for 
admission at the end of the freshman year. Transfer students will be considered for 
admission after completing 6 hours of major courses in residence. 

SCHOOL OF COMPUTING PROBATION 

If a student's GPA falls below 2.25 in either the major or overall, the student will 
be placed on School of Computing probation. If the GPA does not improve to 2.25 by 
the end of one semester on probation, the student must repeat courses in an effort to 
increase the GPA. The faculty of the School of Computing must approve each 
probation student's course load before the student may register. 

ASSESSMENT 

In the last semester of the senior year all computing students will be required to take 
a written two-hour exam. The results of this exam are used by the School's staff to 
evaluate class offerings as well as program requirements. 

INTERNSHIP PROGRAM 

The School of Computing coordinates an internship program that encourages 
employers to utilize the skills of our students in exciting and productive ways and 
allows students to take advantage of the opportunities these employers provide. 
Currently the core of this effort is an innovative program called Meet the Firms, which 
includes job fair events and Preparing to Meet the Firms, a course that prepares students 
for finding jobs. Most of the internships are paid summer internships for which the 
student may also register to receive academic credit. 

NETWORK USAGE POLICY 
AT SOUTHERN ADVENTIST UNIVERSITY 

Students must comply with the Network Usage Policy. 

See http://computing.southern.edu/netpolicy . A hard copy of the policy is available 
from the Campus Card Desk. 



98 School or Co 



PROGRAMS IN COMPUTING 



Major — B.A. Computer Science (30 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

CPTR103 Principles of Computing 3 

CPTR 124 Fundamentals of Programming 4 

CPTR 215 Fundamentals of Software Design 4 
CPTR 220 Organization, Architecture, and 

Assembly Language 4 
CPTR 314 Data Structures, Algorithms, & 

Knowledge Systems 4 

CPTR 319 Database Management Systems 3 

CPTR 365 Operating Systems 3 

CPTR 405 Organization of Programming Lang 3 

CPTR 486 Seniors Seminar (W) 2 



Required Cognates Hours 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

MATH 280 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 



Major — B.S. Computer Science (47-49 Hours) 



R equired Core 
CPTR 103 
CPTR 124 
CPTR 215 
CPTR 220 



Principles of Computing 
Fundamentals of Programming 
Fundamentals of Software Design 
Org, Arch & Assembly Lang 



Hours 

3 
4 
4 
4 



: "CPTR 314 is recommended in sophomore year 



Required Core , continued Hours 
CPTR 314 Data Structures, Algorithms & 

Knowledge Systems'* 4 

CPTR 365 Operating Systems 3 

CPTR 486 Senior Seminar (W) 2 

CPTR 488 Senior Project 2 



Computer Science Concentration (47 Hrs) 



Embedded Systems Concentration (49 Hrs) 



Required Courses 

Core 



CPTR 209 Intro to Software Engineering 

CPTR 319 Database Management Systems 

CPTR 405 Organization of Prog Language 

Computer Electives (CPHE/CPTR) 
(3 hrs must be UD; 8 hrs may be 
from CPHE) 



Hours 

26 
4 
3 
3 

11 



Required Cognates Hours 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 

MATH 182 Calculus II 4 

MATH 200 Elementary Linear Algebra 2 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

MATH 280 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 

Select twelve (12) hours from the following courses 
Including one two-semester sequence with lab: 
BIOL 151,152 and any upper division BIOL except 
BIOL 421 or 424; CHEM 151,152 and any upper division 
CHEM course; PHYS 211,212,213,214,215,216 and any 
upper division PHYS course. 

Select an additional three (3) hours from the above list, 
MATH 21 8, or any upper division MATH course. 



Required C 


ourses 


Hours 






Core 


26 


CPHE 200 




Digital Logic & Design 


4 


CPHE 310 




Intro to Signal Processing 


4 


CPHE 320 




Circuit Analysis 


4 


CPHE 380 




Microcontroller Design 


4 


CPHE 410 




Computer Interfacing 


4 


CPTR 328 




Principles of Networking 


3 


Required C 


ognates 


Hours 


ENGR 121 




Intro to Engineering 


1 


MATH 181 




Calculus I 


3 


MATH 182 




Calculus II 


4 


MATH 200 




Elementary Linear Algebra 


2 


MATH 215 




Statistics 


3 


MATH 280 




Discrete Mathematical StructU] 


:es 3 


MATH 315 




Differential Equations 


3 


PHYS 211-214 


Gen Physics with Lab 


S 



Select four (4) hours from the following courses: 
BIOL 151 General Biology 

CHEM 151 General Chemistry 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. or B.S. Computer Science 



1st Semester 

COMM 135 
CPTR 103 
CPTR 124 
ENGL 101 



Intro to Public Speaking 
Principles of Computing 
Fundamentals of Programming 
College Composition 
Area B-l , Religion 



rs 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


3 


CPTR 215 


Fund of Software Design 


4 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


4 




Math Elective 


3 


3 
3 




Area C, History 

Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 


3 
3 


6 






16 



School of L^o m p u t in g 



99 



Major — B.S. Computer Information Systems (45 Hours) 



R eqiiired C 


ourses Hours 


CPTR 103 


Principles of Computing 


3 


CPTR 124 


Fund of Programming 


4 


CPIS210 


Inform Tech Hardwr& Softwr 


3 


CPTE212 


Web Programming 


3 


CPIS 220 


Applications Programming 


3 


CPTE 228 


Becoming a Power User 


3 


CPIS 315 


Requirements&Systems Analysis 


3 


CPTR 319 


Database Management Systems 


3 


CPTR 327 


User Interface Design 


3 


CPTR 328 


Princ of Networking 


3 


CPIS 430 


Phys Design & Implementation 


3 


CPTE 433 


Network Administration 






OR 


3 


CPTE 446 


Web Services 




CPIS 435 


Project Mgmt & Practice 


3 


CPTR 486 


Senior Seminar (W) 


2 




Computing Elective 


3 



Required Cognates 

ACCT 221 ,222 Principles of Accounting 


Hours 

6 


BUAD 317 


Mgmt Information Systems 


3 




(Recommended in sophomore 


yr) 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 


3 


ECON 


Elective 


3 


FNCE 315 


Business Finance 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


MGNT 334 


Principles of Management 


3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Computer Information Systems 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


CPIS 220 


CPTR 103 


Principles of Computing 


3 


ENGL 102 


CPTR 124 


Fund of Programming 


4 




ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 






Area B-l, Religion 


3 
16 





Applications Programming 
College Composition 
Math Elective 
Area E, Natural Science 
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 



3 
3 
3 
3 

2 

15 



Major — B.S. Computer Systems Administration (47 Hours) 



R eqiiired C 


ourses 


Hours 


CPTR 103 


Principles of Computing 


3 


CPTR 124 


Fundamentals of Programming 


4 


CPIS 210 


Inform Tech Hardwr & Softwr 


3 


CPTE 212 


Web Programming 


3 


CPTE 228 


Becoming a Power User 


3 


CPTE 254 


UNIX Systems Administration 


3 


CPTE 316 


Application Software Support 


3 


CPTR 319 


Database Mgt Systems 


3 


CPTR 327 


User Interface Design 


3 


CPTR 328 


Principles of Networking 


3 


CPTR 427 


Network Security 


3 


CPTE 433 


Network Administration 


3 


CPTE 442 


Software Evaluation 


2 


CPTE 446 


Web Services 


3 


CPTR 486 


Senior Seminar (W) 


2 




Computer Elective 


3 



Required Cognates 

BUAD 126 Intro to Business 

JOUR 242 Intro to Web Design 

MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 

MATH 215 Statistics 



PSYC 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 

3 



Any 3 hr Psychology course 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Computer Systems Administration 



COMM 135 Intro to Public Speaking 

CPTR 103 Principles of Computing 

CPTR 124 Fundamentals of Programming 

ENGL 101 College Composition 

Area B-l , Religion 



IS 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


3 


CPTE 228 


Becoming a Power User 


3 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


4 


JOUR 242 


Intro to Web Design 


3 


3 




Area E, Natural Science 


3 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 


3 


16 






15 



Minor — Computing (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

CPTR 103 Principles ofComputing 3 

CPTR 124 Fundamentals of Programming 4 

Computing Electives 11 

(A minimum of 6 hrs must be UD) 



100 School of Co 



HARDWARE AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 

CPHE 200. Digital Logic and Design 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 220. 

Digital design principles and implementation of digital systems. Number systems, Boolean 
algebra, architectural concepts, combinational and sequential logic, combinational datapath 
elements, memory, I/O design, CAD tools, project design methodologies, and logic synthesis. The 
objective of this course is to prepare the essential and rudimentary basis for students to become the 
next generation of digital circuit designers. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory 
each week. (Fall) 

CPHE 310. Introduction to Signal Processing 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Introduction to signal processing for discrete-time and continuous-time signals. Filtering, 
frequency response, Fourier transform, Z transform, and sampling. Laboratory emphasizes 
computer-based signal processing. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. 
(Fall, odd years) 

CPHE 320. Circuit Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 212, 214. 

Basic concepts of DC and AC circuit theory and analysis. Basic concepts of circuit behavior, 
circuit analysis theorems and methods, RLC circuits and introduction to microelectronics. 
Introduction to test and measurement instrumentation, experimental techniques for analysis and 
characterization of electrical circuits, and technical writing and documentation skills. Three hours 
of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Winter, even years) 

CPHE 380. Microcontroller Design 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 220. 

Microcontroller structure, instruction set and addressing modes. Introduction to embedded system 
development, microcontroller resource allocation, assembly and C language programming, 
interrupt handlers, real-time operation, timing and basic communication interfaces. Three hours 
of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, even years) 

CPHE 410. Computer Interfacing 4 hours 

Prerequisites: CPHE 380; CPTR 220. 

Fundamentals of computer interfacing and embedded system development. Processors, chipsets, 
commercial busses, and I/O devices for high-end embedded systems. Embedded and real-time 
operating systems, device drivers, multitasking, instruction set architectures, DMA, common bus 
standards, and current I/O interfaces. The laboratory component emphasizes a team design 
experience and requires students to incorporate concepts from the lecture into a cap stone emb edded 
system design project. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Winter, 
odd years) 

CPHE 295/495. Directed Study in Hardware and Embedded Systems 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and school dean. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer science students. Formal 

written report required. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 



5CHOOL OF 1^0 M PC T IN G 



101 



INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

CPIS 210. Information Technology Hardware and Software 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 103; skills in using PC's, Word Processing, Spreadsheets, and Database 
software. 

Hardware: CPU architecture, memory, registers, addressing modes, busses, instruction sets, multi 
processors versus single processors; peripheral devices: hard disks, CDs, video display monitors, 
device controllers, input/output; operating systems functions and types; operating systems 
modules: processes, process management memory and file systems management; examples of 
hardware architectures; examples of operating systems; basic network components, switches, 
multiplexers and media; installation and configuration of multiuser operating systems. (Fall) 

CPIS 220. Applications Programming (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 124. 

This course focuses on the design and implementation of business computing systems utilizing a 
modern programming environment such as Visual Basic and/or Dephi. (Winter) 

CPIS 315. Requirements and System Analysis 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Computing; CPIS 220. 

Requirements analysis. Object-oriented analysis and design. Use of data modeling tools. 
Emphasizes the factors for effective communications and integration with users and user systems. 
It encourages interpersonal skill development with clients, users, team members, and other 
associated with development, operation, and maintenance of the system. (Fall) 

CPIS 430. Physical Design and Implementation 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPIS 315; CPTR 319. 

Selection of development environments and standards; software construction; structured, event 
driven and object-oriented application design; testing; software quality assurance; system 
implementation; user training; system delivery; post implementation review; configuration 
management; maintenance; reverse engineering and re-engineering; distributed systems; design 
and implementation of net-centric applications. (Winter) 

CPIS 435. Project Management and Practice 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Computing; CPIS 315; Co-requisite: CPTR 319 or 
CPIS 430. 

Managing the system life cycle; requirements determination, logical design, physical design, 
testing, implementation; system and database integration issues; network and client-server 
management; metrics for project management and system performance evaluation; managing 
expectations; superiors, users, team members and others related to the project; determining skill 
requirements and staffing the project; cost-effectiveness analysis; reporting and presentation 
techniques; effective management of both behavioral and technical aspects of the project; change 
management. (Winter) 

CPIS 265/465. Topics in Computer Information Systems 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Topics selected from areas of computer information systems not covered in other courses. May 

be repeated with permission. 

CPIS 295/495. Directed Study in Computer Information Systems 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and school dean. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer information systems 

students. Formal written report required. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 



102 School of Co 



COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 

CPTE 100. Computer Concepts (A-4) 1 hour 

Important computer competencies including understanding how the history of computers and the 
Internet can aid in our capability to prepare for future changes in computing technology, the ability 
to appreciate the potential and limitations of computers and the Internet, how to maintain a 
"healthy" personal computer system, and how to use computers and the Internet safely, 
responsibly, and effectively. 

CPTE 104. Introduction to Microcomputer Operating Systems (A-4) 1 hour 

Limited to students with no computer background or permission of the instructor. It is designed 
to introduce the student to the functions and features of DOS, Windows, and UNIX as a 
preparation for other computer application courses. Some general information about the hardware 
will be presented so students may feel less intimidated about adding a new board to the computer 
or hooking up a new mouse. Students will learn how to format disks, manipulate files, and use 
many utilities. Does not apply toward a baccalaureate major or minor in computer science. 

CPTE 105. Introduction to Word Processing (A-4) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor. 

Creating, editing and formatting documents; creating multiple-page reports; simple desktop 
publishing; mail merge; creating styles, outlines, tables, table of contents, form letters, mailing 
labels, and web pages; collaborating with others on a document. 

CPTE 106. Introduction to Spreadsheets (A-4) 1 hour 

Using spreadsheet software to manage data, use formulas and functions, develop professional- 
looking spreadsheets, create charts and graphs, manage lists, work with multiple spreadsheets and 
files, use editing and web tools, and develop spreadsheet applications. 

CPTE 107. Introduction to Database (A-4) 1 hour 

Using database software to manage data, create and manage a database, query a database, create 
forms and reports, create advanced queries, create custom forms, create custom reports, integrate 
the database with the Web and with other software applications. 

CPTE 108. Software Installation and Configuration 1 hour 

Installation, configuration, and troubleshooting of different system and application packages 
concentrating on current popular operating systems for the PC. 

CPTE 109. Presentation Technology (A-4) 1 hour 

An investigation of various presentation software packages and their use in making effective 
presentations. Generalpresentation design, graphics for presentations, use of animation, video and 
sound in presentations, and display technology. Students will design, create, enhance and use 
electronic overheads, outlines, speaker's notes, and audience handouts. 

CPTE 110. Introduction to Web Development (A-4) 1 hour 

Web development using HTML. Designing and developing web sites using web site creation 
software. Maintaining and updating web sites. 

CPTE 205. Advanced Office Applications (A-4) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: CPTE 105, 106, 107, or equivalent. 

Advanced application topics such as creating on-screen forms, advanced table techniques, using 
solver for complex problems, scenario management, importing data, automating tasks with macros, 
using query wizards and action queries. Introduction to using Visual Basic for Applications with 
documents, spreadsheets, and databases. 

CPTE 212. Web Programming 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 124. 

Pre- or co-requisite: JOUR 242 or CPTE 110 or permission of instructor. 

Programming for e-commerce using the World Wide Web. Application architecture, languages, 

scripting tools, HTML editors, Web design packages and authoring tools. (Fall) 



5CHOOL OF 1^0 M PC T IN G 



103 



CPTE 228. Becoming a Power User 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Basic skills in using PC operating systems; word processing, spreadsheet, and 
database software. 

Developing high-level skills in using both applications and systems software: Windows OS, 
Windows Server, utilities, word processor, spreadsheet, database, presentation, charting, and 
planning programs. Integrating applications. Building new applications using off-the-shelf 
software packages. (Winter) 

CPTE 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (A -4) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTE 100. 

This course is cross-listed with BJJAD 245/345, School of Business and Management. A student 
may receive credit for this course from only one school. 

An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials such as 
newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation of camera-ready 
documents without conventional paste-up and typesetting services using specialized desktop 
publishing software. 

CPTE 254. UNIX Systems Administration 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTE 228. 

Installation and management of UNIX operating systems in the business environment. Use of 

common UNIX tools for support and administration. Comparison of common UNIX variants. 

(Fall) 

CPTE 316. Application Software Support 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Computing; CPTE 228. 

This course focuses on methods of mastering applications software in order to be able to provide 
technical support. Practice in mastering a wide range of software applications. Software 
troubleshooting. Interpersonal issues relative to giving support to non-technical personnel. 
Mentoring and software training issues. (Winter) 

CPTE 433 . Network Administration 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Computing; CPTR 328 or permission of instructor. 
Network administration to support internal operations and e-commerce. The role of the supervisor 
in managing user accounts, file systems, directories, security systems, resources, etc. Managing 
backups, printers, application, and operating system updates and Internet connections. (Winter) 

CPTE 442. Software Evaluation 2 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 124. 

This course focuses on methods for evaluating popular application software packages. 
Performance and feature evaluation, reliability, usability, maintainability, security issues, and 
licensing issues. (Fall) 

CPTE 446. Web Services 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTE 212 or CPTR 209. 

This is a practical course in web-centric computing from the server perspective. Topics include 
selection of web services servers, technical architecture of web services sites, security issues, 
implementation, management and maintenance of web services servers, web services design, and 
database integration. (Winter) 

CPTE 265/465. Topics in Computer Technology 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Topics selected from areas of computer technology not covered in other courses. May be repeated 

with permission. 

CPTE 295/495. Directed Study in Computer Technology 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and school dean. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of technical computer support students. 

Formal written report required. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 



104 School of Co 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CPTR 103. Principles of Computing (A-4) 3 hours 

A comprehensive introduction to the many areas of computing, including algorithmic problem 
solving, computer organization, operating systems, networking, net-centric computing, e- 
commerce and information systems. Introduction to the key issues and concepts throughout the 
field. Social and ethical issues in computing. (Fall) 

CPTR 124. Fundamentals of Programming (G-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: Math ACT >=22 or MATH 090 or permission of instructor. 
Control structures, datatypes, data representation, compiling, debugging, modularity, and standard 
programming algorithms are introduced, using an object-oriented language. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory each week. 

CPTR 209. Introduction to Software Engineering 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 215 or CPIS 220. 

Techniques for the management, development and maintenance of large complex software systems. 
Life cycle issues, requirements and domain analysis, architecture and formal and human-computer 
interaction design, implementation, testing, and quality assurance. Netcentric computing. Team 
projects. (Winter) 

CPTR 215. Fundamentals of Software Design (G-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 124. 

Introduction to software design methods. Elementary data structures. Development of reliable, 
modifiable programs. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Winter) 

CPTR 220. Organization, Architecture and Assembly Language 4 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 103, 124. 

Basic machine organization and architecture. Processor components, instruction sets, memory 
types and hierarchy. Introduction to data representation, instruction formats, addressing 
techniques, and assembly language. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory each 
week. (Winter) 

CPTR 314. Data Structures, Algorithms and Knowledge Systems 4 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Computing; CPTR 215; MATH 120 or equivalent. 
Recommended: MATH 181. 

Advanced data structures including heaps, hash tables, height-balanced trees, and graphs. 
Techniques for data abstraction. Algorithms that have application in many areas of computer 
science including searching, sorting, and graph algorithms. Recursive algorithms. Analysis of 
algorithms including time and space complexity analysis. Criteria for choosing data structures and 
algorithms. Fundamental issues in intelligent systems, search and constraint satisfaction, 
knowledge representation, and reasoning. (Fall) 

CPTR 319. Database Management Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 103 and CPIS 220 or CPTE 212 or CPTR 215. 

Introduction to database management systems, including data modeling, query languages and 

processing, database design, data integrity and security. Issues related to distributed database 

systems, object-oriented database systems, and legacy database systems are also discussed. 

(Winter) 

CPTR 327. User Interface Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 124. 

Applying the basic principles of human-computer interaction to the design of computer interfaces. 
Analysis of interface design and system integration problems. Comparison of standard graphical 
user interfaces (GUI) and application of guidelines for window, menu, and other dialogue 
techniques. Evaluate usability and compare interface design methodologies. (Fall) 



5CHOOL OF 1^0 M PC T IN G 



105 



CPTR 328. Principles of Networking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 103. 

Principles and issues related to computer networking and data communications. Network 
topologies, network protocols, network models, routing, congestion control, Internet working, 
security and privacy. (Fall) 

CPTR 365. Operating Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Computing; CPTR 220, 314. 

Detailed study of operating system concepts. Process management, scheduling, time slicing, 
concurrency, mutual exclusion, semaphores, resource management, memory mapping, virtual 
systems, mass storage, file systems, and security. Case studies of operating systems. (Fall) 

CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 215, 220. Recommended: CPTR 314. 

Computer language definition via formal syntax and semantics. Design and implementation issues 
of features found in most programming languages but including some features found only in 
modern programming languages. Programming language paradigms. (Winter) 

CPTR 412. Preparing to Meet the Firms 1 hour 

This course is made up of a series of topics presented in a seminar setting to provide students with 
necessary tools to actively pursue and acquire internships and jobs. Topics will include but are not 
limited to: resumes, networking, corporate climate, interviewing, dress, portfolios, company 
research, etiquette. Besides listening to guest presentations, opportunities will exist to interact with 
guest lecturers and professors about thoughts and theories regarding the area of job acquisition. 
(Winter) 

CPTR 415. Compiler Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 405; MATH 280. 

Principles and techniques of lexical analysis, parsing, semantic analysis, code generation, and 
optimization. Students will be required to design and implement a functional compiler for a given 
programming language. (Winter, even numbered years) 

CPTR 418. Artificial Intelligence 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 314. 

Search techniques and methods of knowledge representation. Application to areas such as 
planning, learning, expert systems, neural networks, intelligent agents, natural language processing, 
image processing, and speech recognition. Introduction to the languages used in AI. (Fall, even 
numbered years) 

CPTR 425. Computer Graphics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 314; MATH 182. Recommended: MATH 200. 

This course teaches the principles of generating graphical images on a computer with an emphasis 
on the underlying mathematical theory and its programming implementations. Topics include 
graphics primitives, windowing techniques, clipping, 2-D and 3-D transformations, projections, 
3-D viewing techniques, cubic interpolating and approximating curves, bicubic 3-D surface 
patches, fractal curves and surfaces, hidden line and surface removal, shading, surface mapping, 
ray tracing, animation techniques. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

CPTR 427. Network Security 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 328. Recommended: CPTE 254. 

This course provides an overview to key issues and solutions for information security and privacy. 
Introduction to cryptography and its application to network and operating system security; security 
threats; applications of cryptography; secret key and public key cryptographic algorithms; hash 
functions; basic number theory; authentication; security for electronic mail and network scripting 
languages. (Winter) 

CPTR 430. Algorithms 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 314; MATH 181, 280. 

Techniques for the design and analysis of algorithms, divide-and-conquer, greedy, and dynamic 
programming algorithms. Computational complexity and analysis of particular algorithms of 
practical or theoretical importance in computer science. (Fall, even numbered years) 



106 School of Co 



CPTR 442 . Theory of Computation 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 314; MATH 280. 

Formal models of computation such as finite state automata, push-down automata and Turing 
machines. Formal languages. Computability and complexity theory along with the practical 
implications of theoretical results. (Winter, odd numbered years) 

CPTR 265/465. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses. Possible topics 
include: neural networks, information retrieval, distributed computing, advanced compiler design, 
computer architecture, advanced operating systems, systems programming, visualization of data, 
computer simulation, and parallel computing. May be repeated with permission. 

CPTR 486. Senior Seminar (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Computing ; S enior standi ng or permission of instructor. 
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current computer science literature. 
Resume writing, interviewing, application to graduate school, GRE testing, social and professional 
issues, witnessing on the job and at graduate school are also discussed. A comprehensive 
assessment exam will be taken as a class requirement. (Winter) 

CPTR 488. Senior Project 2 hours 

Team-based, capstone project that demonstrates the student's ability to integrate various elements 
oftheundergraduatecomputer science experience. Project will include proposal, implementation, 
and presentation phases. Particular attention will be given to literature review, budgeting, societal 
effects, and design process. (Fall) 

CPTR 292/492. Computing Internship 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor and school dean. 

Individual or group work in current computing technologies. May be repeated for credit up to six 

hours. 

CPTR 295/495. Directed Study in Computer Science 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and school dean. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer science students. Formal 

written report required. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 



(A-4) (G-3) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



School of Ed u c ation 

and Psychology 



Dean: Denise Dunzweiler 

Faculty: Krystal Bishop, Charles D. Burks, Myrna Colon, Robert Coombs, 

Alberto dos Santos, Ileana Freeman-Gutierrez, Michael Hills, Cathy Olson, 

Carleton Swafford, John Wesley Taylor V, Penny Webster, 

Ruth WilliamsMorris 
Adjunct Faculty: Linda Dickinson, Richard Dube, Jeff Frances, Jean Lomino, 

Bonnie Mattheus, Patricia Salazar 
Teacher Education Council: Denise Dunzweiler, Chair 

PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 

The School of Education and Psychology subscribes to the philosophy that human 
beings were created in the image of God but as a result of willful disobedience sin has 
marred their God-given attributes and divine likeness. This philosophy recognizes that 
the object of education is also the object of redemption — to restore in people the image 
of their Maker and bring them back to the perfection in which they were created. Thus 
the work of redemption is also the work of education, involving the development of the 
whole person — physical, mental, spiritual, and social. 

The teacher education, outdoor education, and psychology programs are founded 
upon the basic assumption that there is a body of critical knowledge and practice for the 
professions of teaching, outdoor education, and psychology. 

STATEMENT OF MISSION 

The mission of the School of Education and Psychology at Southern Adventist 
University is to prepare students at both undergraduate and graduate levels who can 
function effectively in a culturally pluralistic society and who are dedicated to assisting 
individuals in reaching their maximum potential in service to God and humanity. 

POLICIES 

Students required to perform field or practicum experiences will accept personal 
responsibility for their learning and professional behavior. Each student contracts to 
abide by policies of the School of Education and Psychology. 

Students will be expected to provide their own transportation for all field and 
practicum experiences. 

Education students will be required to provide evidence of having passed the 
Tennessee Board of Investigation background check prior to entering classrooms. 
Students admitted to Student Teaching are encouraged to become familiar with policies 
outlined in the Student Teaching Handbook. 

The School of Education and Psychology reserves the right to revise, add, and 
withdraw policies and/or courses as necessary to ensure a quality program. 

GRADUATE DEGREES 

The School of Education and Psychology offers two Master of Science degrees: 
1. Master of Science in Education (five emphases) 

a. Curriculum and Instruction 

b. Educational Administration and Supervision 

c. Inclusive Education 

d. Literacy Education 

e. Outdoor Teacher Education 



108 School of Ei 



■DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



2. Master of Science in Counseling (two emphases) 

a. Professional Counseling 

b. School Counseling 

Degree requirements are described in a separate Graduate Catalog, available by 
contacting the School of Education and Psychology. 

UNDERGRADUATE PSYCHOLOGY DEGREES 

Undergraduate programs in psychology are pre-professional in that they are 
designed to introduce students to a wide knowledge base in the field and to prepare 
them for further training and education in specialized fields of psychology at the 
graduate level. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 

The B.A. degree in psychology is recommended for students who wish to become 
psychologists or professional counselors, and are planning to gain admission into 
graduate programs. In addition, this degree is recommended for students who desire 
to combine psychology with another academic discipline such as law, business, English, 
or history. 

Major — B.A. Psychology (33 Hours) 



Major 


33 




Cognates 


12-13 




Minor 


18 




General Education 


61 




TOTAL 


124-125 




Required C 


ourses 




Hours 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 




3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychology 


3 


PSYC 227 


Cognitive Psychology 




3 


PSYC 297 


Research Design & Stat: 


il (W) 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psychology 




3 


PSYC 346 


Intro to Personality Theories 


3 


PSYC 357 


Psychological Testing 




3 


PSYC 416 


History & Systems of Psyc (W) 


3 


PSYC 490 


Psychology Seminar 




1 


PSYC 491 


Psychology Practicum* 




2 


PSYC 497 


Research Design & Stat: 


ill(W) 


3 


PSYC 


Psychology Electives 




3 



Required Cognates Hours 

BIOL 421 Issues in Science and Society (W) 3 

RELT 373 Christian Ethics 3 

MATH One math course (MATH 106 or 3 

higher) 

Science course with lab 3-4 



: * Start in the junior year 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Psychology 



1st Semeste: 


r 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 
PEAC 225 


College Composition 
Fitness for Life 


3 
1 


CPTE 100 
ENGL 102 


Computer Concepts 
College Composition 


1 
3 


PSYC 122 
HIST 

LIT/MUS/ 
ART 


General Psychology 
LD History 

LD Lit, Music/Art Appr or 
Foreign Language 


3 
3 

3 


MATH 106 
PSYC 128 
HIST 
LIT/MUS/ 


Survey of Math I 
Developmental Psychology 
LD History 
LD Lit, Music, Art Appr or 


3 
3 
3 


REL 


LD Religion 


3 

16 


ART 


Foreign Language 


3 

16 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 



■E: 



CHOOL OF HiD U C A T 10 N AND PSYCHOLOGY 



109 



Industrial/Organizational Psychology Concentration 

This B.S. degree is recommended for students planning to gain admission into 
graduate programs in industrial or organizational psychology. The degree program is 
general enough to allow entrance into several other areas of psychology at the graduate 
level, or to consider moving into the more applied aspects of psychology, such as 
human resource management, ergonomics, or business related fields. No foreign 
language is required for this major. However, a foreign language is encouraged as an 
elective. 



Major — B.S. Psychology, Industrial/Organizational Concentration (57 Hours) 



Psychology 
Business 
Cognates 

General Education 
TOTAL 



39 

18 

12-13 

55-56 

124 



Required Courses Hours 

Psychology (39 hours) 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 3 

PSYC 224 Social Psychology 3 

PSYC 227 Cognitive Psychology 3 

PSYC 231 Multi-Cultural Relations 3 

PSYC 253 Industrial/Organization Psyc 3 

PSYC 297 Research Design and Statistics I 3 

PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 3 

PSYC 346 Intro to Personality Theories 3 

PSYC 357 Psychological Testing 3 

PSYC 416 History* Systems of Psyc (W) 3 

PSYC 460 Group Processes 3 

PSYC 490 Psychology Seminar 1 

PSYC 491 Psychology Practicum* 2 

PSYC 497 Research Design and Stats II (W) 3 



Required Courses Hours 

Business and Management (IS hours) 

BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior** 3 

BUAD 358 Eth, Social* Legal Env of Bus (W) 3 

ECON213 Survey of Economics {or equivalent) 3 

MGNT 334 Principles of Management 3 

MGNT 344 Human Resource Management 3 

MGNT 420 Organizational Behavior 3 

Required Cognates 

BIOL 421 Issues in Science and Society(W) 3 

RELT 373 Christian Ethics 3 

MATH One math course (MATH 106 3 

or higher) 

Science Course with Lab 3-4 



* Practicum for this degree would be particularly geared towards a placement that matches the major (i.e. in an I/O or HR area). 
It should be started in the junior year. 

**BMKT 327, Consumer Behavior, stipulates BMKT 326, Principles of Marketing, as prerequisite. Completion of this 
prerequisite as an elective or permission of instructor would be required to take this course. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Psychology, Industrial/Organizational Concentration 



1st Semester 






Hours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 




3 


CPTE 100 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 




1 


ENGL 102 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 




3 


MATH 106 


HIST 


LD History 




3 


PSYC 128 


LAN/LIT/ART 


LD Lang, Lit, or Fine 


Arts 


3 


HIST 


REL 


LD Religion 




3 

16 


LAN/LIT/ART 



Hours 

Computer Concepts 1 

College Composition 3 

Survey of Math 3 

Developmental Psychology 3 

LD History 3 

LD Lang, Lit, or Fine Arts 3 

16 



Psychobiology Concentration 

This B.S. degree is recommended for students planning to gain admission into 
graduate programs in specific areas of psychology such as neuroscience, and in related 
professions such as behavioral medicine, behavioral ecology, genetic counseling, and 
health psychology. This degree may also be desirable for those students planning for 
medical careers. 



Major — B.S. Psychology, Psychobiology Concentration (58-60 Hours)* 



Psychology 


37 


Biology 


21-23 


Cognates 


17 


General Education 


47-49 


TOTAL 


124 



Major — B.S. Psychology, Psychobiology Concentration (58-60 Hours), continued 



110 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



Required Courses H 

Psychology (37 hours) 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 

PSYC 227 Cognitive Psychology 

PSYC 297 Research Design and Stats I 

PSYC 326 Physiological Psychology 

PSYC 384 Experimental Psychology 

PSYC 387 Comparative Psychology 

PSYC 390 Health Psychology 

PSYC 416 History* Systems of Psyc(W) 

PSYC 490 Psychology Seminar 

PSYC 497 Research Design and Stats II (W) 

Psychology Electives 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 

PSYC 220 Growth Years 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 

PSYC 349 Aging and Society (W) 

PSYC 422 Adolescent Psychology 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 
PSYC 224 Social Psychology 

PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 

PSYC 346 Personality Theories 



Required Courses Hours 

Biology (21-23 hours) 

BIOL 151,152 General Biology 8 

BIOL 311 Genetics 4 

Select one of the following course sequences: 

BIOL 1 1 , 1 02 Anatom y & Ph ysiology 4,4 

OR 
BIOL 416,418 Human Anatomy/Animal Physiol 3,3 

Select three (3) hours from 3 

BIOL 313 Developmental Biology 

BIOL 340 Immunology 

BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology 

BIOL 4 1 7 Animal H istology 

Required Cognates 

CHEM 151,152 General Chemistry 

OR 8 

CHEM 111-114 Survey of Chemistry 
HMNT210 Introduction to Philosophy 3 

MATH One MATH course MATH 120 3 

or higher 
RELT 421 (W) Issues in Science and Society 

OR 3 

RELT 424(W) Issues of Natural Science and Religion 



'"Students should avail themselves of advisement in both psychology and biology. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Psychology, Psychobiology Concentration 



1st Semester 

BIOL 101 
COMM 135 
ENGL 101 
PSYC 122 
RELB 



Anatomy and Physiology 
Intro to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
General Psychology 
LD Religion 



irs 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


4 
3 


BIOL 102 
ENGL 102 


Anatomy and Physiology 
College Composition 


4 
3 


3 
3 
3 

16 


HIST 155 
MATH 120 
PSYC 128 


American History 
Precalculus Algebra 
Developmental Psychology 


3 
3 
3 

16 



Minor — Industrial/Organizational 
Psychology (21 Hours) 



R equired C< 


aurses 


Hours 


MGNT 334 


Principles of Management 


3 


MGNT 344 


Human Resource Management 


3 


MGNT 420 


Organizational Behavior 


3 


PSYC 224 


Social Psychology 


3 


PSYC 253 


Industrial/Organizational Psyc 


3 


PSYC 297 


Research Design & Statistics I 


3 


PSYC 357 


Psychological Testing 


3 



Minor — Psychology (18 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC Electives 12 

(6 hours must be upper division) 



Required in General Ed (pre-req for PSYC 297, 357) 

AREAF 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 

Strongly Recommended 

AREAC 

ECON 213 Survey ofEconomics (or equivalent) 



ASSESSMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY MAJORS 

During their last academic year in the undergraduate program, students are required 
to write a major position paper that demonstrates both their knowledge and application 
of various issues in the field of psychology. This major paper is part of the capstone 
course, History and Systems of Psychology, which takes a comprehensive view of the 
field of psychology. In addition, all psychology seniors are required to complete the 
Psychology Major Field Test during the final semester of their enrollment. This 
examination is administered by the School of Education and Psychology. 



■E: 



CHOOL OF r>D U C A T 1 N AND PSYCHOLOGY 



111 



UNDERGRADUATE OUTDOOR EDUCATION DEGREE 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN OUTDOOR EDUCATION 

The Outdoor Education degree program prepares students for a profession in or 
related to the outdoors. A student may choose from four concentration areas. Each area 
allows the student to develop skills in wilderness experiences and obtain outdoor 
professional certification necessary for employment in the area of choice. Graduates 
from this program find opportunities in state and national parks, environmental 
interpretative centers, camps, outdoor schools, adventure business, therapeutic outdoor 
programs, and mission organizations. 

Major — B.S. Outdoor Education (55-56 Hours) 

Major 55-56 

Required Cognates 17 

General Education 52-53 

TOTAL 124-126 



Required Core Courses 

EDOE 138 
EDOE 301 
EDOE 345 
EDOE 391 
EDOE 420 
EDOE 430 
EDOE 492 
EDOE 



Hours 

Outdoor Basics 3 

Outdoor Ministries 3 

Environmental Education 2 

Outdoor Education Seminar (W) 1 

Natural & Cultural Interpretation 3 

Adventure Leadership 3 

Outdoor Education Internship 10 

Electives 10 

Select two (2) or three (5) hours from the 
following courses: 2-3 

EDOE 154 Wilderness First Aid 

EDOE 319 First Responder 

EDOE 465 T: WEMT 

Select eighteen (18) hours from one of the following concentrations: 
Counseling Concentration Hours Naturalist Concentration 



Required Cognates Hours 

EDUC325 Phil of Christian Educ(W) 2 

ERSC 105 Earth Science 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

PSYC 122* General Psychology 

OR 3 

PSYC 128* Developmental Psychology 

PSYC/EDOE 221 Challenge Course Facilitator 3 

RELT 317 Issues in Physical Sci & Religion 

OR 3 

RELT 424 Issues in Biol Sci & Religion ( W)* 

*Both classes required for Counseling Concentration 



PSYC 122 General Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (W) 3 

PSYC 422 Adolescent Psychology 3 

PSYC 460 Group Processes 3 

PSYC 479 Family Counseling 3 



BIOL 151,152 General Biology 
BIOL 295/495 Directed Study 
Select three (3) hours from: 

Any Ecology Course 
Select six (6) hours from: 
Any Botany, Ecology, or Zoology Field Courses 



Cultural Interpreter Concentration 

Any HIST or GEOG courses 
UD HIST or GEOG courses 



Outdoor M inistry C oncentration 

RELP 251 
RELP 264 



Intro to Youth Ministry 3 

Christian Witnessing 3 

Any RELB, RELP or RELT 4 

UD RELB, RELP or RELT 8 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Outdoor Education 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


CPTE 


Computer 


3 


EDOE 138 


Outdoor Basics 


3 


EDOE 


Outdoor Concentration Elective 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 


3 


HIST 


LD History 


3 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 


REL 


LD Religion 


3 
16 


REL 


LD Religion Elective 


3 

16 



Minor — Outdoor Education (19 Hrs) 

R equired Courses 



EDOE 138 Outdoor Basics 

EDOE 301 Outdoor Ministries 

EDOE 345 Environmental Education 

EDOE 356 Outdoor Field Experience 

Outdoor Education Electives 



Hours 

3 
3 

2 
3 



112 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES IN TEACHER EDUCATION 

The School of Education and Psychology is approved by the Tennessee State Board 
of Education for the preparation of secondary and elementary teachers. It is accredited 
by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and by the 
Accrediting Association of Seventh-day Adventists Schools, Colleges and Universities, 
Inc. 

PRAXIS II PASS RATE 

The completers of the Teacher Education Program at Southern have achieved a 100% 
pass rate in the Praxis II licensure exams. 

Objectives of the Teacher Education Program 

The goal of the Teacher Education Program is to nurture the development of the 
wholistic teacher. This goal is reflected in the conceptual framework, a goal in which 
we seek to provide opportunities for the candidate to become effective in the following 
roles : (a) a caring person, (b) an informed facilitator of learning, (c) a reflective decision 
maker, (d) a committed professional. 

Southern Adventist University has approved teacher certification programs at three 
levels: 

K-8 SDA Elementary Education 

B.A. in Liberal Arts Education Leading to Licensure (K-6 TN) 
K-12 Secondary Education 

B.EA. in Art Education 

B.Mus. in Music Education 

B.S. in Physical Education/Health 
7-12 B.A. in Biology Education 

B.A. in Chemistry Education 

B.A. in English Education 

B.A. in History Education 

B.A. or B.S. in Mathematics Education 

B.A. in Physics Education 

B.A. in Religious Education 

B.A. in French Education 

B.A. in Spanish Education 

ADMISSION PROCEDURES 

Admission to Southern Adventist University does not automatically admit the student 
into teacher education . There are three stages that students must go through to 
successfully complete the Teacher Education Program prior to student teaching. 
A. Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 

Each student accepted at Southern Adventist University who indicated that 
teaching is his/her professional objective is assigned an educational program 
adviser by the Records and Advisement Office. The advisers assist in planning a 
student's academic program each year and guide their advisees through the stages 
of the Teacher Education Program. Advisers and advisees should work closely to 
follow the professional sequence of courses. 

Students assume responsibility for making necessary applications, meeting the 
requirements, and other relevant deadlines. 

At the time of a student's Initial Admission to the Teacher Education 
Program, the current and subsequent catalogs will determine the 
requirements for completion of the program and graduation. Deviations to 



Ed dcation and Ps ycbology 113 



this policy will be valid only if mandated by the North American Division 
and/or the State of Tennessee Department of Education. 

NOTE: Courses with grades lower than "C" (2.00) in the major studies or 
professional education must be repeated. 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the third semester) after completing all requirements as 
outlined below. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in most 
upper division education courses. The following criteria are required for each 
applicant. 

1. Be in residence at the University 

2. Show evidence of physical, mental, spiritual and moral fitness 

3. Possess an overall grade point average of 2.75 or above 

4. Have successfully completed EDUC 129 Introduction to and Foundations 
of Elementary Education or EDUC 138 Introduction to and Foundations 
of Secondary Education, and ENGL 101 and 102 with a grade of C (2.00) 
or higher 

5. Possess an enhanced ACT/SAT composite or average score of 22 OR 
have passed all three sections of the PRAXIS I (Pre-Professional Skills 
Test) which is the entrance competency test required by the State of 
Tennessee. The ACT composite or average score of 22 or above will 
EXEMPT the PPST 

6. Have submitted a formal application which includes a brief essay in the 
student's own handwriting about the kind of teacher he/she plans to be, 
including goals for students, classroom setting, and personal goals 

7. Have obtained recommendations from the Vice President of Student 
Services and the student's academic adviser as part of the application 
process 

8. Have presented a beginning professional portfolio to the Teacher 
Education Faculty 

9. Have successfully completed an initial interview with the Teacher 
Education Faculty 

10. Have provided evidence of having passed the Tennessee Board of 
Investigation background check. 

11. Have provided evidence of membership in a professional organization 

Applications meeting the above criteria are approved by the School of 
Education and Psychology Faculty and recommended to the Teacher 
Education Council. The student will be informed in writing as to the status of 
the application for admission following the action of the Teacher Education 
Council. 
Candidacy and Retention in Teacher Education 

After the applicant has been admitted to the Teacher Education Program, 
his/her progress may be reviewed by the Candidacy Committee. As a teacher 
candidate, the applicant will be given an opportunity to interact with the 
Candidacy Committee in a non-threatening atmosphere. During the interview the 
candidate can strengthen his/her commitment to teaching or express his/her 
concerns and questions about the teaching profession. 

Retention in the Teacher Education Program is contingent on successful 
completion of courses attempted and maintenance of the academic standard 
required for initial admission to the program. Teacher candidates are expected 
to maintain consistent personal representation of the standards and objectives of 
Southern Adventist University and the Teacher Education Program. 



114 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



C. Authorization to do Student Teaching 

The teacher candidate must file a formal application with the faculty of the 
School of Education and Psychology for authorization to do student teaching. 
Application forms may be obtained from the School secretary in Summerour 
Hall. A late application may delay the student teaching experience. Student 
teaching is regarded as the culminating experience of the Teacher Education 
Program. 

NOTE: Prior to the professional semester, the student must take and 
pass the PRAXIS II licensure exams — both the appropriate section of 
the Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty 
test(s) for the licensure area(s). Each student must arrange for a 
Designated Institution Report to be sent by the testing service to 
Southern Adventist University as evidence of passing scores. All 
students planning to student teach in the fall semester must complete all 
required Praxis II exams by the preceding June test date. All students 
planning to student teach in the winter semester must complete all 
required Praxis II exams by the preceding September test date. 

The following criteria are required for each applicant: 

1 . Completion of all professional education courses 

2. Cumulative minimum GPA of 2.75 
Major Studies minimum GPA of 2.75 
Professional Education minimum GPA of 2.75 

3. Courses in the major studies and the professional education courses with 
grades lower than "C" (2.00) must be repeated. 

4. Evidence of good physical and mental health 

5. Adherence to standards and objectives of Southern Adventist 
University and the Teacher Education Program 

6. Formal application for student teaching at least one 
semester in advance 

7. Completion and passing of all applicable PRAXIS II examinations 

8. Completion of a successful student teaching interview 

9. Formal presentation of completed Professional Development Portfolio. 
Minimum acceptable score is 75% 

10. Evidence of having passed the Tennessee Board of Investigation 
background check 

1 1 . Evidence of current CPR Certification 

12. Evidence of current First Aid Certification 

Teacher candidates who meet the above criteria are approved by the School of 
Education Faculty and recommended to the Teacher Education Council. Candidates are 
informed in writing as to the status of their application following the action of the 
Teacher Education Council. 

In the event that the candidacy committee recommends a conditional acceptance 
student teachers will be notified of the condition(s). Student teachers accepted 
conditionally will receive additional coaching from the supervisor. Failure to meet the 
conditions will result in termination of the student teaching placement. The candidacy 
committee will then determine eligibility for continuing student teaching. 

ADVISEMENT 

The major goal of the advisement process is to orient the teacher candidate with the 
total teacher education program, with major emphasis on its three components, namely, 
general education, professional education, and major studies. This is accomplished by 



Ed dcation and Ps ycbology 115 



the academic adviser as he/she interacts with his/her advisees during advisement 
sessions. 

Secondary majors have an adviser in their major. However, they should seek 
advisement related to the Teacher Education Program from the Secondary Coordinator 
and/or the Certification Officer in the School of Education and Psychology. 

APPEAL PROCEDURES 

Criteria and standards for admission to teacher education are explicit, but allow for 
second chance attempts. Courses may be repeated to raise GPA or students may follow 
the Grievance Procedures found under Academic Policies (page 45). Also, students who 
do not meet all the criteria required to do Student Teaching may appeal to the Teacher 
Education Council. Any applicant who determines to follow this alternative policy 
must seek counsel from the Dean of the School of Education and Psychology. 

ASSESSMENT OF EDUCATION MAJORS 

Final assessment of senior education majors takes place during their full semester 
of student teaching. It involves continuous monitoring of the student's classroom 
performance using both verbal and written feedback. Seniorassessment consists of two 
phases. 

Phase One, Formative Evaluation, consists of ongoing monitoring and feedback. 
The cooperating teacher conducts informal conferences as well as a one-hour weekly 
formal conference providing anecdotal records. A formative evaluation is completed 
by the University supervisor and the cooperating teacher at midpoint of each placement. 

Phase Two, Summative Evaluation, is completed by both the cooperating teacher 
and the University supervisor. Performance assessments used are the Student Teaching 
Summative Evaluation and the Student Teaching Portfolio. The student teacher is also 
evaluated by his/her students when they complete the Pupil Evaluation of the Student 
Teacher. A self-evaluation is completed by the student through a video-taped lesson. 
A capstone interview is conducted with all student teaching candidates. 

The faculty of the School of Education and Psychology will monitor a candidate' s 
academic progress, emotional stability, and social and professional skills during the 
student teaching placements. If at any time, after being admitted to student teaching, 
a teacher candidate gives evidence of failing to maintain commitment to criteria or 
preparation for teaching, he/she may be asked to postpone student teaching placements 
and submit to further requirements as deemed necessary to ensure success in the 
teaching profession. 

The final letter grade for the student's performance is decided by the Education 
Faculty. Failure to complete student teaching with a satisfactory grade of C (2.00) or 
above results in students being reassigned for an additional practicum. 

Graduate follow-up is carried out through the Program Effectiveness Assessment 
completed by the first-year and third-year teachers. Feedback for the Teacher Education 
Program is solicited from administrators of school systems using the Program 
Effectiveness Assessment. 

TEACHER LICENSURE 

Licensure and certification are synonymous terms for the process of granting legal 
authorization to teach in the public or private elementary or secondary schools of a state 
or of the Seventh-day Adventist Church based on meeting predetermined qualifications. 
Certification has been established to give professional status to qualified teachers and 
to assure school boards and parents that the teacher is well prepared. 

WHO CAN OBTAIN CERTIFICATION? 

Every student who successfully completes the requirements for teaching in the 
elementary or secondary school and graduates from Southern Adventist University will 
receive recommendation for certification based upon the following criteria: 



116 School of Ei 



■DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



A. Successful completion of student teaching assignments 

B. Satisfactory completion of all credential requirements 

C. Recommendation of major departments/schools 

D. Passing scores on the following PRAXIS II Examinations: 

(1) Principles of Learning and Teaching, and (2) appropriate specialty area(s) 

Certification is not automatic. The eligible candidate must make the necessary 
application to the Southern Union Conference, and to any other appropriate union 
conference for denominational certification; and to the State of Tennessee and to 
any other specific state department of education where the candidate expects to 
teach. Information regarding certification is available through the Southern Adventist 
University certification officer. Since teacher certification regulations are always in the 
process of change, graduating teacher education candidates are urged to make their 
applications for certification immediately. If the candidate does not make application 
within two years for denominational certification, or within three years for Tennessee 
State certification, she/he will have to take additional courses before certification can 
be issued. 

WHAT CERTIFICATES MAY BE OBTAINED? 

A. Initial Certificate (Tennessee) 

A certificate is issued on the basis of a minimum of a Bachelor's Degree with 
a major in at least one su bject teaching field and the completion of an approved 
teacher education program. Passing scores on the following PRAXIS II 
Examinations: (1) Principles of Learning and Teaching, and (2) appropriate 
specialty area(s) must be obtained. 

B. Basic Certificate (SDA denominational) 

Required by the Department of Education of the North American Division of 
Seventh-day Adventists. This three-year denominational certificate is issued on 
the basis of completing the following courses in addition to the above 
requirements : 

EDUC 220 Growth Years 

OR 3 hours 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 

HLED 173 Health for Life 2 hours 

RELB Biblical Studies 3 hours 

REL Upper division religion elective 3 hours 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION 

Candidates for state certification must complete the appropriate teacher preparation 
curriculum. This consists of three components: general education, professional 
education, and major studies. 

A. General Education: 

This component represents that portion of the total teacher education 
program designed to foster the development of those competencies that are 
basic to all life's responsibilities and provide intellectual foundation in the 
liberal arts. Students pursuing a teacher education curriculum must work 
closely with their advisers for guidance in the selection of general education 
courses that are appropriate to their individual needs. Relevant courses are 
listed in this Catalog under the seven main areas of the General Education 
requirements, pages 29-33. 



Ed dcation and Ps ycbology 117 



Professional Education: 

Elementary : The elementary program with the degree requirements is 
listed on pages 118-119 of this Catalog. 

Secondary : The following courses are required for secondary teaching 
certification. In order to be eligible for certification, students must have a 
minimum grade point average of 2.75 in the major, professional education, and 
cumulative areas. They must also include one literature class and one 
mathematics class in their programs, each at the 100 level or above. 

EDUC 138 Introduction to & Foundations of Secondary Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 220 Growth Years 

OR 3 hours 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 

EDUC 319 Technology in Education 3 hours 

EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Education (W) 2 hours 

EDUC 340 Differentiating Instruction for Diverse Students 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 2 hours 

EDUC 422 Behavior Management — Secondary 2 hours 

EDUC 434 Literacy in the Content Areas 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 1 hour 

EDUC 438 Curriculum Content Methods, Grades 7-12 1 hour 

EDUC 464 Teaching Seminar 2 hours 

EDUC 472 Enhanced Student Teaching 7- 12 

OR 10 

EDUC 473* Enhanced Student Teaching K- 12 

TOTAL HOURS 35 hours 

*Art, music, and physical education majors must enroll in EDUC 473 

Major Studies: 

Major studies requirements: Preparation for teaching in the elementary 
school requires aB.A. in Liberal Arts Education leading to licensure K-8 SDA 
(K-6 TN). See program descriptions on pages 118-119 of this Catalog. 

The following departments/schools offer majors that can be combined with 
professional education courses resulting in licensure to teach: 

Art Modern Languages 

Biology (French and Spanish) 

Chemistry Music 

Education & Psychology Physical Education 

English Physics 

History Religion 

Mathematics 

Students are to complete the degree requirements as specified by their 
chosen majors plus the professional education courses as listed under B above. 

Miscellaneous Information Relative to Teacher Training: 

1. A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is required in each teacher education 
cognate. 

2. Because of time commitments during the student teaching experience, it 
is expected that any student entering student teaching will not be enrolled 
in additional classes without approval of the Candidacy Committee. 



118 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



3. Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of the 
credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four semester 
hours in education are applied on the professional education requirement. 
If personal circumstances demand a correspondence course, a petition must 
be filed with the School of Education and Psychology and its approval 
obtained before registering for the course. The course must be completed 
and the grade filed in the Records and Advisement Office before student 
teaching is begun. 

4. For certification a major is not always required for additional endorsements. 
A minor may be acceptable in some disciplines as a second field 
endorsement area. 

5. Students should contact the School of Education and Psychology for 
information on specific requirements in the area(s) of endorsement sought. 

6. NOTE: The Teacher Education Program at Southern Adventist 
University is constantly being refined to meet any and all North 
American Division, NC ATE, and/or State of Tennessee's changing and 
mandated licensure requirements for teacher preparation. As a result, 
changes may occur in the course offerings and in the program 
requirements for students preparing to become teachers. 

Teacher education students must meet any and all such additional 
requirements mandated by NAD, NC ATE, or the State of Tennessee, 
even though such changes may not be listed in the Teacher Education 
programs in the particular catalog under which the student entered. 
Students should stay in contact with the School of Education and 
Psychology to be aware of any changes that may affect them. 

DEGREE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHING LICENSURE 

Major — B.A. Liberal Arts Education (41 Hours) 
Leading to Licensure K-8 SDA, K-6 TN* 

Major 41 

Cognates 9 

General Education 32-38 

Professional Education _43 

TOTAL 125-131** 

*Meets Tennessee K-8 standards for Seventh-day Adventist Schools and Tennessee "No Child Left Behind" standards. 

: "*A student who has two units of sequential high school foreign language can complete this degree program in 125 semester 

hours 

Required Courses Hours Required Cognates Hours 

BIOL 103 Principles of Biology 3 EDUC 232 Survey of Children's Literature 2 

CHEM115 Introductory Chemistry 3 EDOE 345 Environmental Education 2 

EDUC 319 Technology in Education 3 EDUC 322 Educational Research & Statistics (W) 3 

EDUC 336 Lang Acquisition & Development 2 PETH 463 Elementary School PE Methods 2 

ENGL 304 Grammar & Linguistics 

OR 3 
ENGL 312 Creative Writing: LA Elem Teacher 

ERSC 105 Earth Science 3 

GEOG 204 World Geography 3 

HIST 174 World Civilization I 3 

HIST 356 Natives and Strangers (W) 3 

MATH 106 Survey of Math I 3 

MATH 107 Survey of Math II 3 

PLSC254 Amer National* State Govt 3 

ENGL LD Literature Elective 3 

3 hrs UD Electives in COMM/ENGL 3 

HIST/SCI 



■E: 



CHOOL OF r>D U C A T 1 N AND PSYCHOLOGY 



119 



Major — B.A. Liberal Arts Education (41 Hours), continued 

General Education (32-38 Hours) 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; COMM 135; A-2, A-4 included in major 9 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELT 138, 255; UD RELB orRELT, 3 hours 12 

AREA C C-l, C-2 (GEOG 204; HIST 356(W); PLSC 254) included in major 

AREA D D-2 in major, Foreign Lang (or two years in high school) 0-6 

AREA E E-l (BIOL 103; CHEM 115; ERSC 105) included in major 

AREA F EDUC 220; HLED 173, EDUC 217 7 

AREA G PEAC 225, PEAC elective 2 

AREA D/G Select either MUED 23 1 or ART 230 2 



Professional Education (43 Hours) 

EDUC 129 Intro/Found Elementary Education 

EDUC 320 Emergent Literacy 

EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Education (W) 

EDUC 335 Reading & Language Arts Methods 

EDUC 340 Diff Instruction for Diverse Students 

EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 

EDUC 421 Behavior Management — Elementary 



3 


EDUC 426 


2 


EDUC 450 


2 


EDUC 457 


4 


EDUC 458 


2 


EDUC 463 


2 


EDUC 464 


2 


EDUC 471 



K-2 Multiage Methods 2 

Reading Assessment & Instruction 3 

Pre-Session Practicum 1 

K-6 Teaching Methods & Strat 6 

Small Schools Seminar 2 

Teaching Seminar 2 

Enhanced Student Teaching K-6 10 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Liberal Arts Education 

Leading to Licensure K-8 SDA,K-6TN 



1st or 2nd Semester* 



2nd or 1st Semester* 



ART 230 Intro to Art Experiences 

OR 

MUED 231 Music & Movement 

EDUC 129 Intro/Found of Elementary Educ 

EDUC 220 Growth Years 

EDUC 232 Survey of Children's Literature 

ENGL 101 College Composition 

RELB LD Religion Course 





BIOL 103 


Principles of Biology 


3 


2 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 




EDUC 217 


Psyc Foundations of Education 


2 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition II 


3 


3 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 


2 


2 


MATH 106 


Survey of Math I 


3 


3 
3 
6 






16 



: 'Order of semesters may be reversed. 

Minor — Education (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

Select eighteen (18) hours from the following courses: 18 
EDUC 129 Intro to & Fnd Elementary Education 

OR 
EDUC 138 Intro to & Fnd Secondary Education 

EDUC 220 Growth Years 

EDUC 217 Psyc Foundations of Education 

EDUC 232 Survey of Children's Literature 

EDUC 319 Technology in Education 



Required Courses , continued Hour 

EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Educ (W) 

EDUC 336 Language Acquisition & Development 

EDUC 340 Diff Instruction for Diverse Students 

EDUC 368 School Leadership 

EDUC 423 Adolescent Psychology 



This minor does not lead to either elementary or secondary certification, both of which 
require a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses for 
licensure. See the Requirements for Certification beginning on page 115. 



PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT 
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS 
FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICATION 

Twenty-four (24) to twenty-six (26) semester hours selected from the courses listed 
below are required. A minimum of 12 semester hours from these courses must be 
completed after the date the applicant became eligible for the original certificate endorsed 
in a subject area in grades 7-1 2 or in a subject area in grades K- 1 2. Grades must be C 
(2.00) or better. 



120 School of Ei 



■DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



A. Required Courses: 

EDUC 319 Technology in Education 3 

EDUC 335 Reading and Language Arts Methods 4 

EDUC 426 K-2 Multiage Methods 2 

EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods* 2 

EDUC 455 Bible Methods* 2 

EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods* 2 

B. Six semester hours to include three of the following four areas: 

ART 230 Intro to Art Experiences 2 

EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods* 2 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 

PETH 463 Elementary School PE Methods 2 

C. Two semester hours must be in Education of Exceptional Children if not 
previously successfully completed. If Differentiating Instruction for Diverse 
Students (EDUC 340) or any of the above required courses in Section A or 
Section B have been previously completed, the remaining semester hours must 
be taken from the following courses: 

a. EDUC 232 Survey of Children's Literature 

b. EDUC 463 Small Schools Seminar 

c. HLED 173 Health for Life 

D. Two semester hours of student teaching. 

*Can be met by EDUC 458 K-6 Teaching Methods and Strategies 6 

PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT 
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS 
FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CERTIFICATION 

The student must take ten hours of credit after the date the original certificate was 
earned. Six semester hours of the ten must be in specialized professional education 
appropriate to grades 7-12 and must include a minimum of 2 semester hours of 
appropriate methods. The credit for at least one area of endorsement in grades 7-12 may 
have been earned at any time prior to the application for adding the endorsement. 
Grades must be C (2.00) or better. The student must also fulfill the following: 

1. Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for endorsement in at least one teaching 
field (this will vary from 18 to 51 hours). 

2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional education including: 

A. EDUC 434 Literacy in the Content Areas 

B. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438 Curriculum and General or Content Methods 

C. Any other courses designated by the School of Education and Psychology. 

3. Four semester hours of electives. 



Ed u cation and Psychology 121 



OUTDOOR EDUCATION 

EDOE 138. Outdoor Basics 3 hours 

This course is a practical survey of outdoor adventure experiences available for recreational, 
educational, and professional use. Instruction in canoeing, top rope rock climbing, caving, low- 
impact camping, orienteering, team building dynamics and processing, and ropes courses is 
included. Leadership skills are emphasized as students learn to apply teaching techniques, safety, 
group dynamics, and basic wilderness ethics to field experiences. Lab fee 8 will be assessed for 
this course. 

EDOE 141. Fly-Fishing 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 141, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See PEAC 141 for course description. 

EDOE 142. Canoeing 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 142, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 

A leadership skills course in flat and moving water canoeing (up to Class III). Students learn how 
to apply current industry standards and techniques to safely lead group trips and expeditions. 
Instruction is done in the classroom culminating with a 5-day canoeing expedition. May be taken 
for American Canoe Association certification. Lab fee 13 will be assessed for this course. (Fall 
or Spring break) 

EDOE 144. Rock Climbing I 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 145, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See PEAC 145 for course description. 

EDOE 145. Rock Climbing II 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 147, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 
Prerequisite: EDOE 144 or permission of the instructor. 

Enhancement of the climbing skills and teaching abilities of students with a basic climbing 
background. Mastering of advanced top rope skills, anchor systems, and advanced rescues, as well 
as traditional (trad) and sport climbing theory and technique, including big wall and multi-pitch 
experience. Additional emphasis will be on teaching techniques for rock climbing. Lab fee 6 will 
be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

EDOE 146. Whitewater Rafting Guide 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 146, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 

An entry-level course emphasizing the technical and educational proficiencies necessary to be a 
safe and professional white water rafting guide. Students will work closely with their instructor 
and local guiding organizations to learn skills such as participant safety, reading and understanding 
the river, and customer service. Course leads to certification as a local river rafting guide. Lab fee 
8 will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

EDOE 148. Basic Horsemanship 1 hour 

This course is an introduction to basic horseback riding, designed for students with no previous 
horse handling experience. Ground instruction teaches proper, safe, and organized horse handling 
as well as horse care. Mounted instruction focuses on teaching the student a basic riding position 
and use of aids to effectively and efficiently communicate with the horse at the walk and trot. Lab 
fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 

EDOE 151. Scuba 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 151, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See PEAC 151 for course description. 



122 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



EDOE 152. Caving 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 152, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 

Overview of sport caving as it applies to the outdoor classroom. Students will receive instruction 
in specialized equipment usage, cave selection, Leave No Trace ethics, conservation and cave 
ecology, group management, and participant and personal safety. The course leads to certification 
in K- 12 Project Underground curriculum. Lab fee 6 will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

EDOE 154. Wilderness First Aid 2 hours 

This class is an excellent starting point for backcountry travelers with little or no medical 
background. The course covers the essentials of Wilderness Advanced First Aid including long 
term care considerations and the American Red Cross Wilderness Protocols. At least half of the 
training is hands-on and outside, with many opportunities to practice assessment and treatment 
techniques. The Wilderness Advanced First Aid course satisfies Forest Service requirements for 
backcountry guides in most jurisdictions and is recognized by the Coast Guard for the captain's 
license first-aid prerequisite. It is recommended for anyone who spends time hiking and paddling 
out of the reach of immediate medical care. Leads to Red Cross certification. Lab fee 4 will be 
assessed for this course. 

EDOE 155 . Basic Kayaking 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 155, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See PEAC 155 for course description. 

EDOE 156. Land Navigation 1 hour 

The use of map and compass is one of the most fundamental of outdoor skills. This class is 
designed to provide information and practical experience that students will use in their roles as 
outdoor educators and adventure leaders. Topics include map symbols, Universal Transverse 
Mercator Coordinate System, latitude and longitude, map scales, declination, resection and map 
and field bearings, and curriculum development. Students will participate in several map and 
compass practica as well as a three-day cross country experience. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for 
this course. Offered on a rotating basis. 

EDOE 212. Backpacking 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 212, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See PEAC 212 for course description. 

EDOE 214. Mountain Biking 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 214, School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 
A student may receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See PEAC 214 for course description. 

EDOE 215 . CHA Horsemanship Certification 1 hour 

Prerequisite: EDOE 148 or permission of instructor. 

For group riding instructors dealing with progressive skill building in all levels of riders, both in 
the arena and on the trail. Certification may be earned in English and/or Western disciplines; 
minimum age for assistant certification is sixteen (16), minimum age for instructor certification 
is eighteen (18). Eight levels of certification may be earned in both English and Western 
disciplines, ranging from assistant instructor to CHA clinician. Level of certification is the sole 
discretion of the clinic staff. Previous horse experience is required. Lab fee 1 3 will be assessed 
for this course. 

EDOE 221 . Challenge Course Facilitator 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PSYC 221. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See PSYC 221 for course description. 



Education and Psychology 123 



EDOE 248. Intermediate Horsemanship 1 hour 

This course continues to develop the student's basic understanding and application of universal 
horsemanship skills. Ground instruction includes basic horse health care and maintenance. 
Mounted instruction in the arena and cross country focuses on correct riding position for the rider 
and use of aids to effectively communicate with the horse at the trot and canter. Students will also 
be introduced to beginning jumping techniques. Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 

EDOE 301. Outdoor Ministries 3 hours 

This course is designed to assist teachers and youth leaders in the development of relationships 
between children and nature for the purpose of enriching the spiritual life of children and youth. 
The student will learn to plan object lessons from nature and how to enliven Sabbath School 
programs with nature. Leadership in Pathfindering and summer camp ministries will be 
emphasized. A variety of laboratory skills will be required in area school and church programs (up 
to 30 hours). A knowledge of nature is suggested but not required. Lab fee 6 will be assessed for 
this course. 

EDOE 319. First Responder 3 hours 

To provide participants with the skills and knowledge to recognize and care for life threatening 
emergencies. First responders provide advanced first aid care until emergency personnel arrive. 
This course is specifically designed for participants who wish to pursue a career in emergency 
response fields. Topics of discussion include, but are not limited to, understanding the EMS 
system and operations, patient assessment, airway management, professional rescue CPR, medical 
illnesses, care for traumatic injuries, and pediatric emergencies. Course leads to American Red 
Cross certification. Lab fee 8 will be assessed for this course. 

EDOE 335. Challenge Course Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: EDOE 221 or permission of instructor. 

This course equips students with the skills required for the management of a challenge course as 
part of an outdoor education, adventure, or therapy facility. Topics include the construction of 
ropes course elements, instructional techniques, group debriefing skills, site inspection, safety and 
rescue, and equipment maintenance. This course meets the industry standards of Project 
Adventure and The Association of Challenge Course Technology (ACCT). (Alternating years) 

EDOE 345. Environmental Education 2 hours 

This course is designed to give "hands-on" learning in the use of the outdoor classroom. Recent 
trends in methods, materials, strategies, laboratory techniques, assessment, and professional 
guidelines for the elementary and senior high school curriculum will be covered. Up to four (4) 
days field experience will be required as apart of the class project. Lab fee 6 will be assessed 
for this course. 

EDOE 346. Swift Water Rescue 2 hours 

This course teaches river professionals and recreational users how to handle swift water emergency 
situations. Classroom training combined with hands on, in- water scenarios will teach students 
skills such as swift water safety, self rescue, shore-based and boat-based rescues, unpinning boats, 
use of rope systems, and more. Leads to swift water rescue certification. Requires off-campus 
labs. Participants must be competent swimmers and must have their own swift water PFD. Lab 
fee 12 will be assessed for this course. Offered on a rotating basis. (Alternating years) 

EDOE 352. Vertical Caving 1 hour 

Pre- or Co-requisite: EDOE 152 or permission of instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the knowledge and skills needed to participate in and to lead 
vertical caving activities. Emphasis will be placed on site use and management, specialized 
vertical caving equipment, descending and ascending single rope techniques, selection of personal 
equipment, group safety andrescue. Due to the nature of this course, all students will be required 
to make class field trips to caving sites in the surrounding area. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this 
course. (Alternating years) 



124 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



EDOE 354. Rope Technician I 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDOE 144 or permission of instructor. 

Beyond a "get-to-know-your- knots" introduction, this is an advanced technical level, rope-rigging 
course that teaches concepts and skills used by high angle search and rescue teams, firefighters, 
event riggers, and other professionals. Students will learn to apply the principles of mathematics 
and forces in the construction and operation of anchoring systems, pulley systems, and high lines. 
Leads to NFPA 1006 Rope Technician certification. An extended three day field trip will be 
required for this class. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this class. (Alternating years) 

EDOE 356. Outdoor Education — Field Experience 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Five (5) hours of Outdoor Education. 

Field experience in an appropriate outdoor school, park, nature center, camp or other educational 

setting approved by the instructor. At least one hundred fifty (150) clock hours of work experience 

are required. Procedures and guidelines are available from the School of Education and 

Psychology. 

EDOE 391. Outdoor Education Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. 

This course is designed to present an overview of outdoor education issues and contemporary 

problems. 

EDOE 420. Natural and Cultural Interpretation 3 hours 

The course will emphasize the development of living and natural history programs for use in parks, 
nature centers, and other outdoor facilities. Included in this course are twenty (20) hours of active 
learning experience, which may include field experiences outside the classroom. 

EDOE 430. Adventure Leadership 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Minimum 12 EDOE credit; EDOE 154 or 319. 

This capstone course develops the design, knowledge, techniques and implementation for teaching 
and leading wilderness travel experiences and technical adventure activities. Topics relative to the 
wilderness leader covered by this course include: environmental ethics and issues, individual and 
group dynamics, accessibility, safety and liability considerations, and permitting agencies. Physical 
and emotional requirements appropriate to wilderness field experiences and the administration of 
adventure activities are also addressed. Students will develop aprofessional portfolio documenting 
their leadership experiences, professional resume, research project and certifications earned. An 
extended field trip is required for this class. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 
(Alternating years) 

EDOE 265/465. Outdoor Education Topics 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDOE 138 or permission of the instructor. Junior or senior standing for EDOE 465. 
Selected topics in outdoor education curriculum, skills, counseling, environmental study, etc. May 
be repeated. Maximum of six (6) hours. A lab fee will be assessed for this course. 

EDOE 492. Outdoor Education Internship 10 hours 

Note: Senior status as an Outdoor Education major required. 

Students work at an outdoor facility in the area of their specialization. This internship is a tailored 
program of seven hundred (700) clock hours of outdoor training experience in an outdoor program 
approved by the university. The time may be divided between two facilities to allow seasonal 
programming. Two on-site visits by the program director will be arranged by the student. 
Evaluation and reports will be required at one hundred (100) hour intervals. Procedures and 
guidelines are available from the School of Education and Psychology. 

EDOE 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to pursue independent study 
in special fields. This course may be repeated for credit. 



Education and Psychology 125 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 129. Introduction to and Foundations of Elementary Education 3 hours 

This course is designed to give college students an opportunity to be immersed in their first 
Professional Development School experience and is required of all students seeking elementary 
education licensure. Additionally, weekly focused reading and discussion will include teaching 
as a profession, current issues and trends in public and Seventh-day Adventist education, as well 
as the foundations and history of education. Practical experience in the classroom is gained while 
assigned to an elementary class. Students will be expected to provide their own transportation for 
all classroom assignments. Students will be required to show evidence of passing a Tennessee 
Board of Investigation background check prior to entering the classroom. 

EDUC 138. Introduction to and Foundations of Secondary Education 3 hours 

This course is designed to give college students an opportunity to be immersed in their first 
Professional Development School experience and is required of all students seeking secondary 
education licensure. Practical experience in the classroom is gained while assigned to a secondary 
class. Additionally, weekly focused reading and discussion will include teaching as a profession, 
current issuesand trendsin public and Seventh-day Adventist education, as well as the foundations 
and history of education. Students will be expected to provide their own transportation for all 
classroom assignments. Students will be required to show evidence of passing a TennesseeBureau 
of Investigation background check prior to entering the classroom. 

EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

The study of psychological information and its application to the processes of teaching and 
learning. The course covers subjects such as theories of learning, pupil characteristics, pupil 
variability, culture and community, motivation, creating learning environments, and student 
assessment. 

EDUC 220. Growth Years (F-l) 3 hours 

This course Is cross-listed with PSYC 220. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A study of life from the prenatal period through the adolescent years. Although the course 
incorporates a holistic perspective and integrates dimensions of physical, social, emotional, and 
moral development, particular emphasis is given to cognitive development and to the applications 
of cognitive processes to the teaching/learning environment. 

EDUC 232. Survey of Children's Literature 2 hours 

A survey of children's literature K-8. Each genre of children's literature will be explored. 
Emphasis is placed on reading for relationship and pleasure, reading aloud as a teaching strategy, 
and using literature to enhance the curriculum. 

EDUC 319. Technology in Education (A-4) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTE 100 and 105 or equivalent high school computer class. 
This course examines educational technology as an effective means for supporting instruction and 
maximizing learning. Particular emphasis is given to the selection, development, and utilization 
of electronic instructional media, as well as educational issues related to the use of technology. 
Studentsparticipate in a variety of hands-on experiences in the utilization of technology resources, 
as well as in the creation of technology-rich learning elements and environments. Lab fee 3 will 
be assessed for this course. Note: This course meets the technology requirements for NAD 
recertification. 

EDUC 320. Emergent Literacy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education 

A course designed to prepare K-4 teachers to incorporate developmentally appropriate practices 
that support literacy into the instructional program. The course will focus on a comprehensive 
study of evidence-based practices related to phonemic awareness, phonics, reading and writing 
process, spelling, and oral language. A minimum of twelve (12) hours of field experience is 
required. (Fall) 



126 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



EDUC 322. Educational Research and Statistics (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education 

This course examines research methodology as well as basic descriptive and inferential statistics. 
The emphasis is on the practical aspects of educational research, including research proposals and 
the critique of published research. APA style and computer-aided analysis will be required. (Fall) 

EDUC 325. Philosophy of Christian Education (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the instructor. 
A study of the scriptural principles and philosophic base of Christian education as expounded by 
Ellen G. White and implemented by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

EDUC 330. Library Materials for Children 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education 

This course presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related materials 
for children, grades K-8. Develops an appreciation for books and reading that can be 
enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through critical evaluation and selection of booksand 
materials. Correlates the use of books and materials to the specific needs and interests of young 
readers. (Winter) 

EDUC 332. Elementary Reading Methods 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elementary grades. It 
emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including phonics instruction. Fifteen (15) hours 
of observations, micro-teaching, and field experience are required. 

EDUC 335. Reading and Language Arts Methods 4 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Survey of the principles and methods used for effective and evidence-based literacy instruction. 
Emphasis is placed on creating literacy frameworks including literature focus units, reading and 
writing workshops, and basal approaches. Students will learn methods for teaching literacy 
strategies and skills that apply to all content areas. A minimum of twenty- five (25) hours of field 
experience is required. (Winter) 

EDUC 336. Language Acquisition and Development 2 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PSYC 336. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program 

Prerequisite: EDUC 220. 

A study of the major theories of language acquisition, with emphasis on language development 

beginning at birth and extending through middle childhood. This course incorporates ten (10) 

hours of active learning experiences, five (5) hours of which require field experiences outside the 

classroom. (Fall) 

EDUC 337. Middle School Methods 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education 

This course focuses on applied methods of teaching the middle school curriculum. It will provide 
general knowledge of current teaching methods, strategies of learning, lesson planning, evaluation, 
textbook selection and critical curriculum issues facing educators today. A minimum of fifteen 
(15) hours of field-based experience are required. (Fall) 

EDUC 340. Differentiating Instruction for Diverse Students 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course is based on the assumption that all students are capable of learning. The course seeks 
to familiarize teacher candidates with the broad range of exceptionalities found in elementary and 
secondary classrooms. Emphasis is placed on learning to differentiate instruction to meet the needs 
of students in inclusive classrooms. Based in a professional development school setting, twenty 
(20) hours of field experience will include an action research project. 



Education and Psychology 127 



EDUC 356. Classroom Assessment 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of school dean. 
This class is designed to prepare preservice teachers in the assessment of classroom learning and 
testing. Discussion will include current and future trends, test construction, and appropriate use 
of test results. Ten (10) hours of clinical and field experience are required. 

EDUC 368. School Leadership 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the school dean. 
Knowledge, skills, and relationships to be an effective educational leader. Includes an introduction 
to theoretical administrative and organizational foundations of management and leadership in small 
school and outdoor school facilities. (Winter) 

EDUC 421. Behavior Management — Elementary 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course examines basic principles of discipline applicable to elementary school children. A 
variety of philosophical approaches to discipline are reviewed, discussed, and applied in a 
professional development school setting. This course requires fifteen (15) hours of field 
experiences. (Winter) 

EDUC 422. Behavior Management — Secondary 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Behavior problems arising as a result of the adolescent's psychological and social dynamics will 
be addressed utilizing contemporary behavioral management techniques appropriate for clinical 
and educational settings. This course requires fifteen (15) hours of field experience. (Winter) 

EDUC 423. Adolescent Psychology 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PSYC 422. A student may receive credit for this course form only 

one program. 

Prerequisite: EDUC 220. 

See PSYC 422 for course description. 

EDUC 426. K-2 Multiage Methods 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program planning, materials, and 
strategies for teaching in kindergarten and multiage classrooms. Emphasis is given to application 
of the principles of child development and learning to promoteharmoniousphysical, mental, social, 
and emotional growth. A minimum of fifteen (15) hours of observations, micro-teaching, and field 
experience are required. 

EDUC 434. Literacy in the Content Areas 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will help teachers focus on those literacy skills essential for the needs of each student. 
It will include modeling the process necessary for literacy and learning concepts in a subject area 
and instructing students so they can become independent learners. Additionally, the development 
of vocabulary, comprehension and study /reference skills in grades 7- 12 will be covered. Causes 
of literacy problems, assessment procedures, and organization of a sound literacy program are 
stressed. Principles learned will be applied in classroom settings. A minimum often (10) hours of 
field experiences required. This course meets secondary reading methods requirements. 

EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education and EDUC 356. 

This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that influence change, the most 
important current practices, and critical curriculum issues facing educators today. It will provide 
general knowledge of current teaching methods, strategies of learning, and evaluation procedures. 
A minimum of ten (10) hours of field-based experience are required. 



128 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



EDUC 438. Curriculum Content Methods, Grades 7-12 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The majors which require methods courses are: Biology, Chemistry, English, French, History, 
Mathematics, Physics, Religious Education, and Spanish. Directed observation in selected schools 
and attendance at local professional meetings are considered part of this course. Among the 
student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization of a file of teaching materials, the 
preparation of lesson plans as set forth in the Teacher Education Program, and evaluation of 
textbooks. Twenty (20) hours of field experiences in selected schools and attendance at selected 
local professional meetings are considered a part of the course. 

EDUC 439. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades K-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will include kindergarten through secondary curriculum content, factors that influence 
change, and the most important current practices and critical curriculum issues facing K-12 
educators today. It will provide general knowledge of current K-12 teaching methods, strategies 
of learning, and evaluation procedures. A minimum of ten (10) hours of field-based experience 
are required. 

EDUC 450. Reading Assessment and Instruction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 335. 

An advanced course in comprehensive reading instruction. Candidates will become familiar with 
classroom reading assessments that inform effective reading instruction. This is a field-work 
intensive class with three (3) hours weekly devoted to assessments and instruction of small groups 
of elementary students, in addition to classroom instruction. (Fall) 

EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional aids with emphasis on 

multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the sequential skill development and to changes in 

the mathematical contents, technology and pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required. 

A minimum of fifteen (15) hours of observations, micro-teaching, and field experience are 

required. 

EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with emphasis on multi-grade 

classrooms. Techniques and materials are examined using basic principles of the scientific method. 

A minimum of fifteen (15) hours of observations, micro-teaching, and field experience are 

required. 

EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical education with 
emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration of faith and learning. Special attention 
will be given to multigrade classrooms. A minimum of fifteen (15) hours of observations, micro- 
teaching, and field experience are required. 

EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Curriculum organization, methods, materials, and instructional aids with emphasis on multigrade 
classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing, spelling, grammar, literature, and composition are 
developed. A minimum of fifteen (15) hours of observations, micro-teaching, and field experience 
are required. 

EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials, and methods when 
integrating social studies, geography, and the worldwide mission of the church. Special attention 
will be given to multi-grade classrooms. A minimum of fifteen (15) hours of observations, micro- 
teaching, and field experience are required. 



Education and Psychology 129 



EDUC 458. K-6 Teaching Methods and Strategies 6 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course focuses on applied K-6 curriculum content for Mathematics, Science, Health, Social 
Studies and Bible. It will provide a general knowledge of current teaching methods, strategies of 
learning, lesson planning, evaluation, textbook selection, and critical issues facing education today. 
A minimum of thirty (30) hours of filed-based experience is required. (Winter) 

EDUC 460. Special Education Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Provides opportunity for the prospective teacher to develop appreciation for children who require 
special modalities for learning. Field experiences (up to thirty [30] hours) will permit interaction 
with students with various exceptionalities. 

EDUC 461. Multicultural Education Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A course designed to develop a global perspective in the teacher. Opportunities will be given for 
interaction in an educational setting with students from varied cultural and minority groups. 
Adaptation of teaching methods and content to students' backgrounds will be prominent in the 
fifteen (15) hours of field experiences. 

EDUC 463 . Small Schools Seminar 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Required of all candidates seeking licensure K-8. Topics will include the specialized needs of the 
multi-grade teacher in administration, record keeping, curriculum management, and organization 
in small schools. 

EDUC 464. Teaching Seminar 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching. 

This course is designed to provide candidates with opportunities to enhance the student teaching 
experience through in-depth discussion and analysis of topics relevant to student teaching. The 
seminar will include an overview of major principles/theories of learning and teaching as they 
relate to actual classroom practice. Practitioners will make presentations related to areas of the 
teaching experience. Guidance will be given in the development and presentation of the Student 
Teaching Portfolio. 

EDUC 465. Pre-Session Practicum 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching. 

This course is designed to give experience in the "start up" dynamics of elementary programs. It 
involves 40 clock hours of on-site work with a qualified supervising teacher for two (2) weeks 
prior to the Fall Semester. The student is required to arrange for his/her own placement and to 
submit a practicum application to the School of Education and Psychology office by May 15 of 
the year in which the practicum is to be done. 

EDUC 471 . Enhanced Student Teaching K-6 10 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching. 

Co-requisite: EDUC 464. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are assigned to two (2) placements 

(K-3, 4-6). Cooperating teachers, determined by the district and university personnel, are selected 

accordingto experience, certification, and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with 

university faculty, who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. 

EDUC 472. Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 10 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching. 
Co-requisite: EDUC 464. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are assigned to two (2) placements 
(7-8, 9-12). Cooperating teachers, determined by the district and university personnel, are selected 
accordingto experience, certification, and competence, and share supervisionresponsibilities with 
university faculty, who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. 



130 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



EDUC 473 . Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 10 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching. 

Co-requisite: EDUC 464. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are assigned to three (3) placements 

(K-4, 5-8, 9-12). The time spent will be approximately six weeks in each area. Cooperating 

teachers, determined by the district and university personnel, are selected according to experience, 

certification, and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with university faculty, who 

assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. 

EDUC 474. Enhanced Student Teaching 5-8 10 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching. 

Co-requisite: EDUC 464. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are assigned to two (2) placements, 

one in each area of emphasis. Cooperating teachers, determined by the district and university 

personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and competence, and share 

supervision responsibilities with university faculty, who assume responsibility for the final 

summative evaluation. 

EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on curriculum problems. 
Credit is also available for preservice students as an elective. 

EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and gather new facts in content 
fields at various levels. Credit is also available for preservice students as an elective. 

EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to pursue independent study 

in special fields. This course may be repeated for credit. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYC 101. Psychology of Personal and Social Adjustment (F-l) 3 hours 

This course will provide an opportunity for students to gain insight into their own behavior as well 
as that of others. Goals for this course include: understanding strategies for personal adjustment 
and growth across the life span, dealing with life changes and developing adequate coping 
mechanisms for making self-affirming life choices, maintaining health, managing stress, relating 
to others in one's social environments, and developing effective interpersonal relationships. 
Strategies for exploring life options and making effective decisions are emphasized. Importance 
is placed on the role of beliefs and values in the decision-making process and the problems that 
arise out of value conflicts. 

PSYC 122. General Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. Special attention is given 
to provide an exposure to a wide variety of human behaviors, which may include but are not 
limited to: sensation, perception, learning, memory, thinking, development motivation and 
personality. Included in this course are twenty (20) hours of active learning experience, which may 
include field experiences outside the classroom. Required of PSYC majors. 

PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of human development from a lifespan perspective. Emphasis is placed on the scientific 
study of growth and change in the areas of physical, cognitive, socioemotional, and spiritual 
development of the individual. This course requires fifteen (15) hours of community service. 



Ed u cation and Psychology 131 



PSYC 129. Developmental Psychology for Nursing (F-l) 2 hours 

A life-span approach to the study of the physical, cognitive, social-emotional, and spiritual 
development of the individual from the prenatal period through the adult years, from a nursing 
perspective. This two credit-hour course, comprising 1.5 credit hours of theory and 0.5 hours of 
clinical nursing application per week, provides nursing students opportunity through selected 
activities and field observations to make beginning levels of developmental assessments of 
individuals at various points on the life span. 

PSYC 220. Growth Years (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with EDUC 220. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See EDUC 220 for course description. 

PSYC 221. Challenge Course Facilitator 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 221. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

This course presents the content, methods, and safety measuresused for cooperative initiatives and 
challenge course facilitation. Students will learn to use and implement the challenge course as a 
personal growth and development tool for different age groups and diverse populations. They will 
learn how trust, goal setting, peak experiences, challenge, stress, problem solving, and fun are key 
elements in effective challenge course facilitation. Lab fee 7 will be assessed for this course. (Fall) 

PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 224. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A study of human behavior as affected in the context of the social world. Dynamics of groups, 
social roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of consideration. (Fall) 

PSYC 227. Cognitive Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122. 

This course is an introduction to the area of psychology which deals with how human beings 
process information about the world. The course focuses on how individuals attend to and obtain 
information about the world, how the brain stores and processes that information, and how 
individuals think, solve problems and use language. Specific topics such as attention, perception, 
memory, problem solving, and artificial intelligence are addressed. (Fall) 

PSYC 231. Multicultural Relations (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 230 and SOCW 230. A student may receive credit for this 

course from only one program. 

See SOCI 230 for course description. 

PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 233 and SOCW 233. A student may receive credit for this 
course from only one program. 
See SOCI 233 for course description. (Credit not permitted if SOCI 233 has been taken.) 

PSYC 241. Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

This course provides an overview of a wide range of exceptional individuals — from those with 
disabilities to the economically disadvantaged. The course addresses the learning and adjustment 
problems of exceptional children and youth from birth to twenty-one (21) years of age. Issues 
relevant to families with exceptional children, professionals serving this population, and 
community and societal factors are considered. (Winter) 

PSYC 249. Death and Dying (F-l) 2 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 249/449, SOCW 249 and NRSG 449 . A student may receive 
credit for this course from only one program. 
See SOCI 249/449 for course description. 



132 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



PSYC 253. Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 hours 

A study of human behavior in industries and organizations. Major theories, issues, research, and 
methods will be introduced. Emphasis is given to acquainting students with the possible 
applications of psychology to the fields of business and organizational management. (Winter, even 
years) 

PSYC 297. Research Design and Statistics I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122 or PSYC 128. 

This course provides an introduction to scientific inquiry in psychology and other social and 
behavioral sciences. Students are introduced to APA (American Psychological Association) style, 
descriptive statistics, and basic research design. Emphasis is placed on 'doing research' in 
psychology. Students are guided in understanding the role of statistics in research design and are 
introduced to computer-aided data analysis using SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social 
Sciences). (Fall) 

PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122 or PSYC 128. 

A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors relating to good adjustment and 
mental health. Attention is paid to several continuing or recent controversial issues in the field of 
psychopathology. Included in this course are active learning experiences. 

PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122. 

A study of the brain: neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and neural control of behavior. The 
biochemical substrates of behavior such as memory, sleep, emotion, learning, and motivation are 
examined. (Winter, even years) 

PSYC 336. Language Acquisition and Development 2 hours 

This course is cross-listed with EDUC 336. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122 or PSYC 128. 

See EDUC 336 for course description. 

PSYC 346. Introduction to Personality Theories 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122, 128. 

This course is an exploration of the major paradigms of personality theory from a Christian 
perspective. Psychoanalysis, behaviorism, humanism, existentialism, and others will be covered. 
It will focus on the modern theorists, including White, Rogers, Skinner, May, Bandura, Mischel, 
Wilson, and Barash. A study of human motivation and an exploration of individual personality 
perspective will provide useful personal information. 

PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 349 and SOCW 349 . A student may receive credit for this 

course from only one program. 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

PSYC 357. Psychological Testing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PSYC 122 and PSYC 297 or Math 215 or BUAD221. 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of testing, particularly as it relates 
to the practice of psychology. Specifically, the course examines the purpose of individual 
assessment of ability, aptitude, achievement, interest, and personality. Theory and basic concepts 
underlying the individually administered and group tests will be evaluated. N on- standardized tests 
and other techniques for psychological assessment will also be addressed. (Fall) 

PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: PSYC 315 or PSYC 346. 

This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual counseling. The dynamics 
of the helping relationship are analyzed. Theory and practice will be integrated. 



Education and Psychology 133 



PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 297. 

This course focuses on experimentation in the field of psychology. Specifically, students will be 
introduced to conducting simple experiments in such areas as learning, cognition, sensation, 
perception, and social psychology. (Fall, odd years) 

PSYC 387. Comparative Psychology 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with BIOL 387. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See BIOL 387 for course description. (Winter, odd years) 

PSYC 390. Health Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122. 

A study of the principles of human behavior in understanding how the mind and body interact in 
health and disease. The course examines topics such as alcohol, other drugs and behavior, health 
promotion, psychosomatic illness, stress and coping, pain management, and health damaging 
behaviors. (Winter, odd years) 

PSYC 416. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122 and senior standing for BA/BS in Psychology. 

This course examines the beginnings of modern psychology from its origins in theology, 
philosophy, and the natural sciences to its contemporary schools, systems, and theories. This is 
the capstone course of the psychology undergraduate program. (Winter) 

PSYC 422. Adolescent Psychology 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with EDUC 423. A student may receive credit for this course form only 

one program 

Prerequisite: PSYC 122 or PSYC 128. 

The determinants and implicationsof behavioral characteristics and developmental patterns during 

adolescence will be studied. Content will include the psychological and social dynamics 

underlying the crises and issues specific to adolescents in modern society. (Fall) 

PSYC 460. Group Processes 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 377. 

This course will offer the advanced student the opportunity to explore through practice the various 
roles of group dynamics. The experience will provide skill development for the management of 
small groups in therapy, school, and church settings. (Winter, odd years) 

PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Psychology major with junior or senior standing. 

Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: psychology of religion, ethics, 
individual differences, psychology of women, sensation and perception, etc. This course may be 
repeated for credit with an appropriate change in topics. 

PSYC 479. Family Counseling 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 377. 

An advanced counseling techniques course including an emphasis on family and individual 
counseling and how to direct persons to make changes towards more effective interpersonal 
relationships. (Fall, even years) 

PSYC 490. Psychology Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Psychology major or minor with senior standing. 

This course is designed to present an overview of psychology issues and contemporary problems. 

(Fall) 

PSYC 491. Psychology Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Psychology major with junior or senior standing and approval of the instructor. 
Supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of psychology. At least forty (40) clock 
hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. This class should be taken 
no later than fall of the senior year. May be repeated for credit for up to 3 hours. Grades will be 
assigned on an A, B, or F basis. 



134 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



PSYC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. 

This course permits the student with adequate preparation to pursue independent study in specific 
areas in psychology. The area of study will appear on the transcript. Directed study arrangements 
are to be completed by the student in advance of registration after consulting with the adviser and 
following an application process. Procedures and guidelines are available from the school. May 
be repeated for credit. 

PSYC 497. Research Design and Statistics II (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 297 or MATH 215, either with a minimum grade of C-. 
This course is the second of the two-part series, Research Design and Statistics. The focus is on 
research methodology, inferential statistics, and non-parametric methods of data analysis. Each 
student is required to complete an independent research project. Data analysis techniques utilize 
SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences). 



(A-) (F-l) (F-2) (G-2) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements 



Engineering St u d ie s 



Engineering Studies Committee: 

Henry Kuhlman (Chair), Ken Caviness, Ray Carson 

Southern Adventist University Physics Department offers the first two years of a 
baccalaureate degree in engineering. Upon completing thetwo-yearengineering studies 
program, students transfer to the Walla Walla College School of Engineering, with 
which Southern Adventist University is affiliated, for the final two years. Southern 
Adventist University awards an Associate of Science degree in Engineering Studies. 
Walla Walla College, located in Washington State, awards a Bachelor of Science in 
Engineering degree with concentrations in civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering 
and a pre-professional Bachelor of Science degree in bioengineering. 

The WWC School of Engineering offers a high quality program that is fully 
accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology — the only 
nationally recognized organization which accredits engineering programs. It has an 
enrollment of approximately 250 students, many of whom are transfer students from 
affiliated Seventh-day Adventist colleges or universities. 

The Southern Adventist University affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the 
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering program essentially the 
same as if the first two years were taken there. Even though transfer to Walla Walla 
College is simpler than to a non-affiliated school, the Southern Adventist University 
engineering studies program is compatible with baccalaureate engineering programs of 
many colleges and universities. 

ASSESSMENT 

The engineering studies program is designed to parallel the first two years of the 
baccalaureate engineering degree at Walla Walla College. It is regularly assessed by 
means of one or two campus visits each year by engineering faculty from their College 
of Engineering. 

PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING STUDIES 



Major — A.S. Engineering Studies (32 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours Required Courses, continued Hours 

ENCR 149 Intro to Mech Drawing & C ADD 3 MATH 200 Elem Linear Algebra 2 

ENGR211 Eng Mech: Statics 3 MATH218 Calculus III 4 

ENGR212 Eng Mech: Dynamics 3 PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2 

MATH 182 Calculus II 4 PHYS 215-216 Gen Physics Calc App 2 

Required Cognates Hours 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 

CPTR124 Fundamentals of Programming 4 



136 School of Ei 



DUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.S. Engineering Studies 



1st Semester 






Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 




4 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 


4 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 




3 


CPTR 124 


Fundamentals of Programming 


4 


ENGR 121 


Intro to Engineering 




1 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


4 


ENGR 149 


Intro to Mech Drawin 


g/CADD 


3 


PEAC 125 


Fitness for Life 


1 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 




2 


RELB 125 


Life and Teachings 


3 


MATH 181 


Calculus I* 




3 

16 






16 



♦Engineering students are expected to have taken a year-long precalculus course (beyond Algebra II) 
in high school. Precalculus Algebra (MATH 120) is taught during the SAU August summer session. 

The total number of hours for the A.S. degree in engineering studies is 64. Students 
who plan to continue their education at an engineering school other than Walla Walla 
College should take that school's Catalog to the engineering adviser for guidance in 
selecting general education courses. 



ENGINEERING COURSES 

ENGR 121. Introduction to Engineering 1 hour 

Exposure to the diverse aspects of the profession and practice of engineering and engineering 
design. Class will include guest lecturers and engineering design projects. (Fall) 

ENGR 149. Introduction to Mechanical Drawing and CADD (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with TECH 149. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

An introductory level course in Computer-Aided Drafting Design (CADD) using AutoCAD 
software in orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial representation, 
dimensioning, and working drawings. Drawings plotted to scale on A, B, C, and D size paper. 
Six periods of laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Lab fee 3 will be 
assessed for this course. (Fall) 

ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours 

Pre- or co-requisites: MATH 182; PHYS 211, 213. 

Two and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; centroids and center of 
mass, virtual work, and moments of inertia. (Fall) 

ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours 

Pre- or co-requisites: ENGR 211; MATH 218; PHYS 212, 214, 215, 216. 
One and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector calculus; dynamics 
of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative motion; work and energy; impulse and 
momentum. (Winter) 



(G-3) See pages 29-33 for General Degree and General Education requirements. 



English 



Chair: Wilma McClarty 

Faculty: Rachel Byrd, Joandos Santos, Jan Haluska, Debbie Higgens, Dennis Negron, 
Helen Pyke (Composition Coordinator), Jodi Ruf, Marcus L. Sheffield 

ENGLISH 

The English Department offers two categories of classes that view man's search for 
truth and its most convincing expression through a Christian perspective. Language 
courses aid students in developing ease, confidence, and competence in the art of 
effective communication and in acquiring knowledge of the science of language; 
literature courses develop the ability to discern and appreciate the best literary works. 

Students majoring or minoring in English must meet the specific requirements of the 
English Department (below) and the General Education program (pages 29-33). For the 
English major, intermediate foreign language is required. College Composition does not 
count toward an English major or minor, but students majoring or minoring in English 
must earn a grade of C or higher in College Composition. The upper division literature 
classes are all writing (W) courses and hence require word processing skills. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the Department of English is to provide general education students 
with basic communication and literary analysis skills in a Christian context, to offer 
support services for students needing help with their writing, and to prepare English 
majors for graduate school and/or the job market. 

ASSESSMENT 

As a requirement for graduation and as part of a departmental assessment process, 
senior English majors take a written exam (Literature in English Major Field Test) and 
do a written evaluation of departmental programs. Results provide information used to 
improve departmental programs; the EMFT is administered by the Counseling Center. 
Majors are informed about the purpose and nature of these assessment activities when 
they enter the English program. 

PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 
Major— B. A. English (30 Hours) 



Required Courses 


Hours 






Hours 


ENGL 214 


Survey of American Lit 


3 


Select nine (9) 


hours from the following courses: 


9 


ENGL 215 


Survey of English Lit 


3 


ENGL 217 


World Lit in Translation 




ENGL 216 


Approaches to Literature 


3 


ENGL 335 


Biblical Literature (W) 




ENGL 305 


Advanced Grammar 


3 


ENGL 336 


Medieval & Ren Lit (W) 




ENGL 315 


Introduction to Linguistics 


3 


ENGL 337 


1 9th -Century Brit Lit (W) 




ENGL 445 


Ancient Classics (W) 


3 


ENGL 338 


Twentieth-Century Writers (W) 




ENGL 313 


Expository Writing (W) 




ENGL 444 


Restor & 1 8th-Century Lit (W) 






OR 


3 


ENGL 323 


19th-century Amer Lit (W) 




ENGL 314 


Creative Writing (W) 




ENGL 425 
ENGL 313 


OR 
Literature of the South (W) 
Expository Writing (W) 

OR 
Creative Writing (W) 










ENGL 314 










ENGL 442 


Shakespeare (W) 










ENGL 491 


English Practicum 
OR 










ENGL 492 


English Internship 




Majors may 


substitute a journalism writing cl; 


iss or English topics course for 


one English elective. 




Required Cognates 


Hours 


Recommended for teaching majors: 


Hours 


HMNT 205 


Arts and Ideas 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


HIST 374 


History of England 


3 




OR 






Intermediate Foreign Language 


6 


JOUR 174/475 Journalism Workshop 


1-3 



138 English 



Students planning to obtain educational certification will need to include the required 
professional education courses and additional General Education requirements in their 
program as outlined in the Education and Psychology section of this Catalog. Students 
preparing for secondary teacher certification must also take ENGL 430. English majors who 
minor in journalism or public relations are eligible for internships through the School of 
Journalism and Communication. 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under ADMISSIONPROCEDURES in the Schoolof Education and Psychology section 
of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 



area(s). 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. English 







(Non 


-Teat 


hing) 






1st Semester 

ENGL 101 


College Composition 


Hours 

3 




2nd Semester 

ENOL 102 


College Composition 


Hours 

3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 
Area B, Religion 


3 
3 




ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 
Area D-l, Inter 


3 




Area C, History 


3 






Foreign Lang 


3 




Area D-l , Inter For Lang 


3 






Area E, Nat Science 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 

16 






Minor 


3 
15 



1st Semester 

EDUC 138 
ENGL 101 
RELT 138 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. English 



Intro to & Fnd Secondary Educ 

College Composition 

Adventist Heritage 

Area C, History 

Area D-l, Inter For Lang 



(T 


eacli 


ing) 


is 




2nd Semester 


3 


ENGL 102 


3 




ENGL 216 


3 




HLED 173 


3 




COMM 135 


3 






15 







College Composition 

Approaches to Lit 

Health for Life 

Intro to Public Speaking 

Area D-l, Inter Foreign Lang 

Area E, Nat Science 



3 
3 

2 
3 

3 
_3 

17 



Teaching Endorsement (21 Hours) 

Students certified in another area who want an endorsement for teaching English 
must take the following classes: 



R equired Courses Hours 

ENGL 214 Survey of American Literature 3 

ENGL 215 Survey of English Literature 3 

ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature 3 

ENGL 305 Advanced Grammar 3 



Required Courses, continued 
ENGL 313 Expository Writing 

OR 
ENGL 314 Creative Writing 

ENGL 430 Library Mat for Young Adults 

ENGL 445 Ancient Classics 

EDUC 438 English Methods 



Minor — English (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses 



ENGL 214 Survey of Amer Lit 

ENGL 2 1 5 Survey of English Lit 

ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature 

ENGL 304 Grammar & Linguistics for Elem Teh 

OR 3 

ENGL 305 Advanced Grammar 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 



Required Courses, continued Hours 

ENGL 313 Expository Writing (W) 

OR 3 

ENGL 314 Creative Writing (W) 

Upper Division Electives 3 



English 139 

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE PROGRAM (ESL) 

Students whose native language is not English and whose TOEFL (paper-pencil 
test) scores are between 450-549, or whose TOEFL Computer Based Test (CBT) scores 
are between 133-212, or whose English ACT score is below 17 will be required to take 
special English classes offered by the English Department. These students are ineligible 
for Basic Writing or College Composition until they have completed these special 
English classes. Students with TOEFL scores below 450 (CBT 133) have not met 
admissions requirements and hence are ineligible to take classes in the English 
Department. 

Southern Adventist University offers an ESL program with Intermediate and 
Advanced levels to aid students whose native language is not English. The ESL 
program is designed to help ESL students improve their English reading, speaking, and 
writing skills and to prepare for their success in regular academic programs. For details 
on international ESL students, see the Admissions section of the Catalog. 

Placement in the ESL program is based on the TOEFL Michigan Test score of the 
past 12 months. 

Intermediate Level: 1—450-474 (CBT 133-151) (Michigan 70-74) 

(ESL031,041,051) 
2—475-499 (CBT 152-172) (Michigan 75-79) 
(ESL 032,042,052) 
Advanced Level: 1—500-524 (CBT 173-195) (Michigan 80-84) 

(ESL 121,131) 
2—525-549 (CBT 196-212) (Michigan 85-89) 
(ESL 122,132) 

To progress from one level to the next, students must earn a minimum grade of C 
in the course work and achieve a minimum TOEFL score as follows: 

Intermediate Level: 1—475 (CBT 152) (ESL 031,041,051) 

2—500 (CBT 173) (ESL 032,042,052) 

Advanced Level: 1—525 (CBT 196) (ESL 121,131) 

2—550 (CBT 213) (ESL 122,132) 

Intermediate Level Courses Hours Intermediate Level Courses, continued 

(Non-Credit) 

ESL 031 Language Skills I: Writing 1 3 

ESL 032 Language Skills I: Writing 2 3 

ESL 041 Language Skills I: Grammar 1 3 

ESL 042 Language Skills I: Grammar 2 3 

Students are allowed to take three additional non ESL credit hours for elective college credit. 



Advanced Level Courses: * Hours Advanced Level Courses, continued 





(Non-Credit) 


ESL 051 


Language Skills I: 




Reading/Discourse 1 3 


ESL 052 


Language Skills I: 




Reading/Discourse 2 3 


ESL 061 


Language Skills I: TOEFL Prep 1 



ESL 121 


Language Skills II: 




ESL 132 


Language Skills II: 






Writing/Grammar 1 


3 




Reading/Discourse 2 


3 


ESL 122 


Language Skills II: 
Writing/Grammar 2 


3 


ESL 141 


Language Skills II: TOEFL Prep 


1 (n/c) 


ESL 131 


Language Skills II: 
Reading/Discourse 1 


3 









*lr\ the Advanced level students may earn up to a maximum of 6 elective credit hours based on the highest grades earned. 
Students are allowed to take 6 additional non ESL credit hours for elective college credit. 



140 English 



ESL 031. Language Skills I: Writing 1 3 hours (non-credit) 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 450-474 (CBT 133-151) or 70-74 on the Michigan Test 
A study of the steps in the writing process, the parts of the paragraph and basic essay, and several 
important patterns of organization. Emphasis on sentence structure and practice in academic 
writing skills. Students who do not both earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum 
designated TOEFL score of 475 (CBT 152) will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the 
TOEFL test will be charged to the student' s account. 

ESL 032. Language Skills I: Writing 2 3 hours (non-credit) 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 475-499 (CBT 152-172) or 75-79 on the Michigan Test 
A study of the steps in the writing process, the parts of the paragraph and the basic essay, and 
several important patterns of organization. Emphasis on sentence structure and practice in 
academic writing skills. Students who do not both earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the 
minimum designated TOEFL score of 500 (CBT 1 73) will be required to repeat the course. A fee 
for the TOEFL test will be charged to the student's account. 

ESL 041. Language Skills I: Grammar 1 3 hours (non-credit) 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 450-474 (CBT 133-151) or 70-74 on the Michigan Test 
A study of form, meaning and use of standard American English grammar. Emphasis on the 
application of correct grammatical structures in spoken and written English. Students who do not 
both earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum designated TOEFL score of 475 (CBT 
152) will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the TOEFL test will be charged to the 
student's account. 

ESL 042. Language Skills I: Grammar 2 3 hours (non-credit) 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 475-499 (CBT 152-172) or 75-79 on the Michigan Test 
A study of form, meaning and use of standard American English grammar. Emphasis on the 
application of correct grammatical structures in spoken and written English. Students who do not 
both earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum designated TOEFL score of 500 (CBT 
173) will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the TOEFL test will be charged to the 
student' s account. 

ESL 051. Language Skills I: Reading/Discourse 1 3 hours (non-credit) 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 450-474 (CBT 133-151) or 70-74 on the Michigan Test 
A student of basic reading strategies and practice in analysis of interpretation. Emphasis also given 
to oral communication skills in academic and non-academic situations. Students who do not both 
earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum designated TOEFL score of 475 (CBT 1 52) 
will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the TOEFL test will be charged to the student's 
account. 

ESL 052. Language Skills I: Reading/Discourse 2 3 hours (non-credit) 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 475-499 (CBT 152-172) or 75-79 on the Michigan Test 
A study of basic reading strategies and practice in analysis of interpretation. Emphasis also given 
to oral communication skills in academic and non-academic situations. Students who do not both 
earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum designated TOEFL score of 500 (CBT 173) 
will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the TOEFL test will be charged to the student's 
account. 

ESL 061. Language Skills I: TOEFL Preparation 1 hour (non-credit) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the ESL program 

A course designed to help Intermediate students prepare for the TOEFL test, giving practice and 

experience in all areas of the test. 



English 141 

ESL 121. Language Skills II: Writing/Grammar 1 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 500-524(CBT 173-195); Michigan Test 80-84, and for 
students who have entered the program with TOEFL scores below 500 (CBT 173), a minimum 
grade of C in each of the Language Skills I classes. 

This course focuses on the composing of well-developed texts for a variety of writing tasks. It 
explores the writing process and how the correct use of grammar improves writing effectiveness. 
Students who do not both earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum designated 
TOEFL score of 525 (CBT 1 96) will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the TOEFL test 
will be charged to the student's account. 

ESL 122. Language Skills II: Writing/Grammar 2 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 525-549 (CBT 196-212); Michigan Test 85-89, and for 
students who have entered the program with TOEFL scores below 525 (CBT 196), a minimum 
grade of C in each of the Language Skills I classes. 

This course focuses on the composing of well-developed texts for a variety of writing tasks. It 
explores the writing process and how the correct use of grammar improves writing effectiveness. 
Students who do not both earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum designated 
TOEFL score of 550 (CBT 213) will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the TOEFL test 
will be charged to the student's account. 

ESL 131. Language Skills II: Reading/Discourse 1 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 500-524 (CBT 173-195); Michigan Test 80-84, and for 
students who have entered the program with TOEFL scores below 500 (CBT 173), a minimum 
grade of C in each of the Language Skills I classes. 

An integrated course to develop reading, speaking, and listening skills for academic related 
situations. Students who do not both earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum 
designated TOEFL score of 525 (CBT 196) will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the 
TOEFL test will be charged to the student's account. 

ESL 132. Language Skills II: Reading/Discourse 2 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score between 525-549 (CBT 196-212); Michigan Test 85-89, and for 
students who have entered the program with TOEFL scores below 525 (CBT 196), a minimum 
grade of C in each of the Language Skills I classes. 

An integrated course to develop reading, speaking, and listening skills for academic related 
situations. Students who do not both earn a minimum grade of C and achieve the minimum 
designated TOEFL score of 550 (CBT 213) will be required to repeat the course. A fee for the 
TOEFL test will be charged to the student's account. 

ESL 141. Language Skills II: TOEFL Preparation 1 hour (non-credit) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the ESL program 

A course designed to help Advanced students prepare for the TOEFL test, giving practice and 

experience in all areas of the test. 



142 English 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION 

ENGL 100. Basic Writing 3 hours 

Focuses on development of writing skills necessary for successful entry into ENGL 101 and for 
increasing English ACT scores. Students whose English ACT score is 16 or below are required 
to register for this class. In special cases where a Basic Writing student demonstrates the skills to 
succeed in ENGL 101, the composition coordinator and the professor of Basic Writing may agree 
to admit a student to ENGL 101 whose ACT is 16 or below. Students successfully completing this 
course will earn three institutional elective credits. To pass this course, students must earn a 
minimum grade of C. Near the end of the course, students will be required to take the English 
section of the ACT test and must score 17 or higher in order to progress into College Composition 
101. The test fee will be charged to their accounts. ENGL 100 does not count toward an English 
major or minor. 

ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite to ENGL 101: ACT score of 17 or higher, or SAT score of 430 or higher, or TOEFL 
score of 550 or higher. ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102. 

A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially revision. ENGL 101 
emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which readily apply to most writing tasks. 
Students write expository essays organized according to pre-scribed modes. ENGL 1 02 reinforces 
the proficiencies developed in ENGL 101 while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills which 
apply to various persuasive and research writing activities. Students write persuasive essays and 
a research paper. This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, Winter, 
Summer) 

ENGL 304. Grammar and Linguistics for Elementary Teachers 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

The course is a thorough review of traditional grammar and stand ard American usage, a survey of 

other grammatical approaches, and an introduction to linguistic topics relevant to the prospective 

elementary teacher. These topics include the history and development of the English language, the 

nature of language and its pedagogical implications, and issues surrounding dialects in the 

classroom. 

ENGL 305. Advanced Grammar 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 304 or a challenge exam. 

The course is a systematic study of English grammar from a structuralist point of view with 
assistance from concepts found in transformational generative grammar. Traditional diagramming 
is used to help students see and understand English syntax. (Fall) 

ENGL 312. Creative Writing: Language Arts 

Elementary Teacher (G-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on placement exam. 

A workshop experience designed to provide teachers with tools and skills needed in the elementary 
classroom. Work provides opportunities to experiment with various genres suitable to the student' s 
chosen level of teaching as well as experience in evaluating creative writings. (Winter) 

ENGL 313. Expository Writing (G-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A workshop approach that provides practical instruction in expository writing for all disciplines. 
Emphasis on developing a natural writing style; writing economical but lively prose; increasing 
vocabulary; and cultivating a writing process which frees writer's block and facilitates thoughtful, 
cogent, focused, coherent, and fluent writing. Involves reading and analysis of a wide variety of 
writing. Helpful for all students wishing to improve their writing skills, particularly those headed 
for graduate school or for professions in which writing is important. Tailored to the needs and 
interests of students who enroll. (Fall) 



English 143 

ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours of literature. 

A workshop setting in which students study the principles of writing in literary genres. Each 
student will propose the contents of a personal portfolio. Upon approval, the students will work 
closely with the instructor to develop their chosen collection: poetry, fiction, creative nonfiction, 
or drama. They will participate in critiquing the work of classmates online, in hard copy, and in 
the classroom. Students will be encouraged to develop their own style and to find possible markets 
for manuscripts that maybe worthy of publication. This class is not available for audit. (Winter) 

ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 305. 

A survey course introducing the student to the origin, history, and development of the English 
language. The course focuses on the nature of language and language change, language variety, 
phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and ethical issues in language use. (Winter) 

ENGL 414. Advanced Creative Writing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ENGL 314 and approval of the instructor. 

A course designed to refine the skills of experienced creative writers who plan to publish their 
work. Students wi shing to enroll will submit a collection of their finished writings and a proposal 
outlining their persona goals for the semester; students will be accepted only on the approval of the 
instructor. Reading assignments will be designed to match the needs of each student. In order to 
enrich the workshop environment for both groups, class will meet with ENGL 314. Instruction 
will include marketing strategies and manuscript format. This class is not available for audit. 
(Winter) 

ENGL 491 . English Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: 18 hours in the major, ENGL 313 Expository Writing or ENGL 314 Creative 
Writing, and formal approval by the department. 

The student gains on-the-job experience using English skills in a part-time work situation 
(maximum of 25 hours per week). A department coordinator works with the student and a local 
business to oversee placement and evaluation. Both the student and the business assess in writing 
the quality and nature of the work experience. The student receives 1 credit hour for each 50 hours 
of work experience. Positions can be paid or non-paid. Procedures and guidelines are available 
from the department. (Pass/Fail credit). 

ENGL 492. English Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites: 18 hours in the major, ENGL 313 Expository Writing or ENGL 314 Creative 
Writing, and formal approval by the department. 

The student gains on-the-job experience using English skills in a full-time work situation 
(minimum of 35 hours per week). A department coordinator works with the student and a selected 
business to oversee placement and evaluation. Both the student and the business assess in writing 
the quality and nature of the work experience. A minimum of 150 hours of supervised work is 
required. Positions can be paid or non-paid. Procedures and guidelines are available from the 
department. (Pass/Fail credit). 

LITERATURE 

ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial through modern, with 
emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having individual, national, and universal interest. (Fall) 

ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections by British writers, with special emphasis on the author's 
philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible-based thinking, and a review of literary trends 
and influences from thelate Roman period to the present. Among writers receiving strong attention 
are Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Milton, Wordsworth. 



144 English 



ENGL 216. Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

A study of what recognized poets, short-story writers, dramatists, and novelists have to say about 
the human condition, emphasizing the various approaches to literature and including an 
introduction to literary terms and critical evaluation. 

ENGL 217. World Literature in Translation (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

World Literature in Translation is a study of significant selections from poetry, drama, and prose, 
of western and non- western literature from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. (Winter, even 
years) 

ENGL 251. Survey of Nonfiction Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

Survey of Literary Nonfiction is a course in the close reading and discussion of a wide variety of 
important works of literary nonfiction. Does not apply to a major or minor in English. 

ENGL 323. Nineteenth-Century American Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

English 323 is a chronological study of some of the most important works of American literature 
written during the nineteenth century. The literary works in this course are by Washington Irving, 
Ralph Waldo Emerson, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman Melville, Henry David Thoreau, Henry 
James, and Mark Twain. (Fall, even years) 

ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

Biblical Literature is a study of the literary masterpieces of the Bible in translation. The course 
applies the techniques of oral interpretation and literary analysis to forms of literature such as 
narrative, lyric poetry, proverb, parable, epistle, and speech. (Winter, odd years) 

ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

From Chaucer through Milton, the writers and their times. Readings in Middle English narrative, 
allegory, play, and meditation; in sixteenth and seventeenth-century prose, poetry and dramatic 
literature, with the study of genre, conventions, and trends. Specific attention to moral and 
religious issues. (Winter, odd years) 

ENGL 337. Nineteenth-Century British Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of British writers from the Romantic and Victorian periods (1785-1901), with special 
emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, 
Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and Wilde. (Winter, even years) 

ENGL 338. Twentieth-Century Writers (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of twentieth -century writers with an emphasis on American and/or British works, although 
world literature in translation may be included. (Winter) 

ENGL 425 . Literature of the S outh (D- 2) (W) 3 hours 

Literature of the South is a study of theliterary works of established Southern writers who embody 
the cultural heritage of the American South. Authors for this course include Mark Twain, William 
Faulkner, Zora Neale Hurston, Eudora Welty, Flannery O'Connor, and Dennis Covington. 
(Fall, odd years) 

ENGL 430. Library Materials for Young Adults 2 hours 

A survey of the variety of books and related materials available for grades 7-12. Designed for 
prospective teachers in SD A junior and senior academies as well as those in public middle and high 
schools, this course correlates critical evaluation and selection to the uses, and specific needs of 
your adults as they develop their reading habits and skills. Includes a study of censorship and 
copyright law. (Winter) 



English 145 

ENGL 440. C. S. Lewis (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A survey and critical study of the literature of C. S. Lewis. Major fictional work, his 
autobiography, and theological works are selected for study from the post-conversion period of 
Lewis' s life. Critical literary theorists and primary source authors are examined in connection with 
the literature. The courses will focus on issues of faith and literary techniques as demonstrated in 
this popular 20 ,h Century author' s various literary genres. 

ENGL 442. Shakespeare (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

Celebrated as the greatest of English writers, Shakespeare continues to influence world culture. 
This course employs a variety of critical strategies to read and discuss several plays. Topics 
discussed include authority and ethical government, art and the shaping of history, social unity and 
the influence of the theatre, staging and performance, music and costume, superstition and magic, 
identity and the self, honor and cowardice, obedience and the conscience. 

ENGL 444. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course considers British literature written between the Restoration and Romantic Revolution. 
Included are poets and essayists from Milton to Johnson, novelists like Defoe and Fielding, and 
comic playwrights such as Gay and Goldsmith. (Winter, odd years) 

ENGL 445. Ancient Classics (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

After beginning with the three great epics that underlie the literature of the Western World — the 
Iliad, the Odyssey, and The Book of Job — the course considers a range of Greek and Roman 
works. Collateral emphasis is on enhancing a student's ability to distinguish between classical 
Greco-Roman and Judeo-Christian modes of thought. (Fall) 

ENGL 457. U.S. Latino Literature (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SPAN 457. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See SPAN 457 for course description. 

ENGL 465. Topics in English 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in English presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will determine how 
the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for credit. 

ENGL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the student. This course 
also includes credit offered by the English Department on directed study tours. Open only to 
English majors or minors with the approval of the department chairman in consultation with the 
prospective instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/English, Grades 7-12 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course is designed to be the final step before students are placed for their student teaching 
practicum. As such, the class combines discussion, guided practice in various teaching activities, 
and actual teaching experience in area middle schools and high schools/academies. Attention is 
given to Southern Union and Tennessee curriculum standards, as well as methods and materials 
of planning, instruction, and evaluating student performance. Requirements for both state and 
denominational certification are addressed, including PRAXIS test preparation. 



(A-l) (D-2) (D-4) (G-l) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



History 



Chair: Benjamin McArthur 

Faculty: Lisa Clark Diller, Mark Peach, Dennis Pettibone 

HISTORY 

History is the study of the human experience. It investigates mankind's ideas, 
institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investigation, history courses at Southern 
Adventist University emphasize the Christian view of humanity. This perspective 
recognizes both the potential and the limitation of human endeavor and thereby permits 
a broader comprehension of the past and a greater hope for the future. 

APPROVAL OF STUDY PROGRAMS FOR HISTORY MAJORS 

Departmental approval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history 
must plan his/her entire study program with a member of the history faculty. Approval 
is then considered on an individual basis and is granted on the following conditions: 

1 . Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere in the Catalog. 

2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

4. Completion of senior year assessment. 

ASSESSMENT 

Assessment of seniors consists of two parts. First, in the spring semester of their 
senior year students will take the ETS Majo r Field Achievement Test in history. S econd, 
at the beginning of the fall semester seniors will take a departmental exam. Preparation 
for this exam will constitute a one-hour independent study course involving: 1) reading 
a selected few classics of historical literature; 2) reviewing one's history course work 
utilizing several thematic questions provided by the history faculty. The subsequent 
examination will be in the form of a one-hour interview of the candidate by the history 
faculty. This will be based on the above mentioned materials and also on the student's 
portfolio of major papers accumulated during his/her history course work. The oral 
examination is graded on an Honors, Pass, or Fail basis. A failure requires further 
preparation by the student and another interview before graduation. 

Upper division history classes seekto improve skills of writing and speech. All such 
classes require analytical writing as part of the course work. Additionally, many classes 
involve discussion and oral class reports as partial basis for the student's grade, most 
notably HIST 497, Research Methods in History, which requires an extended formal 
presentation of student research. 

History majors must display the ability to apply computer usage to their discipline 
in two ways: first, a facility with word processing; and second, by a facility in 
accessing information via the Internet. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY 

Major— B. A. History (30 Hours) 



Required Courses 

HIST 154, 155 


American History & Instit 


Hours 

6 


Required Cognates 

Inter Level of Foreign Lang 


Hours 

3-6 


HIST 174, 175 


World Civilizations 


6 


Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 


3 


HIST 297 
HIST 490 
HIST 497 


Historiography 

Senior Exam Preparation 

Research Meth in History (W) 


2 
1 
3 


PLSC 224 Principles of Macroeconomics 
GEOG 204 World Geography 





Of the remaining 12 hours, 10 UD hours are required, two from American and two from non- 
American courses. Six hours of political science may apply to the major. 



Hi 



147 



Major — B.A. History (30 Hours), continued 



R equired Courses : Hours 

Select six (6) hours from the following courses: 6 

(American History) 

HIST 351 Colonial Latin America (W) 

HIST 353 From Colony to Nation (W) 

HIST 355 History of the South (W) 

HIST 356 Natives and Strangers (W) 

HIST 357 Modern America (W) 

HIST 359 Trans of American Culture (W) 

PLSC 254 American National & State Gov 

PLSC 353 From Colony to Nation (W) 

PLSC 357 Modern America (W) 



Required Courses : Hours 

Select six (6) hours from the following courses: 6 

(European History) 

HIST 345 Middle Eastern Politics & Hist (W) 

HIST 374 History of England (W) 

HIST 375 Ancient Mediterranean World (W) 

HIST 386 Rise of the West (W) 

HIST 387 Europe in the 1 9" Century (W) 

HIST 388 Contemporary Europe (W) 

HIST 471 Classics of West Thought I (W) 

HIST 472 Classics of West Thought II (W) 

PLSC 345 Middle Eastern Politics & History 

PLSC 388 Contemporary Europe (W) 

PLSC 471 Classics of West Thought I (W) 

PLSC 472 Classics of West Thought II (W) 

HIST 364 Christian Church I (W) 

OR 
HIST 365 Christian Church II (W) 



European Studies Concentration (33 Hours) 

In addition to completing the above-described program for the history major, a 
studentmust: 1) complete an additional three hours of upper-divisionEuropeanhistory; 
2) complete as a cognate requirement a minor or a major in a modern European foreign 
language (including a summer, a semester, or a year of study abroad in an ACA 
program). 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. History 



1st Semester 

ENGL 101 


College Composition 


Hours 

3 


2nd Semester 

ENGL 102 


College Composition 


Hours 

3 


HIST 154 


American History 


3 


HIST 155 


American History 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area F, Behav/Family/ 








Area F, Behav/Family/ 






Health Science 


3 






Health Science 


2 




Area D, Lit/Fine Art 








Area D, Lit/Fine Art 






OR 


3 






OR 


3 




Area D-l , Beg For Lang 


15 






Area D-l, Beg For Lang 
Electives 


5-2 
16 



Minor — History (18 Hours) 

R equired C purses Hours 

HIST 174 World Civilizations 3 

HIST 175 World Civilizations 3 

The additional twelve hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, six 
hours of which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours must be chosen from 
each of the American and European areas. Three hours of political science may be taken 
in lieu of three hours of history. 

Denominational Certification in History 

A non-history major planning to obtain denomination teaching certification in 
history must take the following 18 hours of classes: HIST 154, 155, 174, 175, PLSC 
254, and either GEOG 204 or PLSC 224. A student wishing a minor in history must 
take an additional six hours of upper-division history courses. 



Minor — Political Economy (18 Hours) 

Combines an interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school 
preparation. For a further description of this pre-law preparation program, see page 300. 



148 History 



Minor — Political Science (18 Hours) 

This minor provides opportunity for students to gain practical experience in 
governmental work as part of an academic program. There are two types of internships 
for the minor: a Washington D.C. internship supervised by Columbia Union College; 
and a Tennessee State legislative internship in Nashville. Either internship will give 
intensive exposure to state or federal government or public advocacy work. There are 
also opportunities to work in a religious advocacy organization in the nation's capital 
with the CUC program. 

The Political Science minor is an 18-hour program, 9 or 12 hours of which 
(depending on whether a summer or semester-long internship was taken) would consist 
of the internship credit. The balance of the minor would require: 

1. PLSC 254 American Government 

2. 3 to 6 hours of other PLSC courses 

For more details on the program, see the History Department chair. 
Minor — Western Intellectual Tradition (18 Hours) 

R eq II i red Courses Hours Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 

ENGL 445 Ancient Classics (W) 3 ENGL 217 World Lit in Translation 

HIST471 Classics of Wstrn Thought I (W) HIST 471 Classics of Wstrn Thought I (W) 

OR 3 HIST 472 Classics of Wstrn Thought II (W) 

HIST 472 Classics of Wstrn Thought II (W) PHYS/RELT 317 Issues in Phys Sci & Religion (W) 

HIST 295/495 Directed Study 1 RELT 467 Phil & the Christian Faith (W) 

HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3 

HMNT210 Introduction to Philosophy 3 

HMNT 451,452 Honors Seminar 2 

History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in history who plans to 
enter a professional school in an area such as medicine or law must present a balanced 
program of general education classes and electives that will support the professional 
objectives. 

History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in history who plans 
to prepare for secondary teacher certification must include six hours upper division 
Political Science in the major and must also take PLSC 224, 254; and GEOG 204. It is 
strongly recommended that the student also earn teaching credentials in a field outside 
of history. No specific supporting field is required but art, behavioral science, business, 
English, modern languages, and religion are recognized as intimately related to the 
study of history. A student may receive denominational certification to teach history as 
a second area by completing a minor in history (see under Minor below). Since the 
entire second semester of the senior year is devoted to certification requirements, 
students earning teacher certification must finish all history class work before reaching 
the final semester. Students applying for teacher certification must consult with the 
S chool of Educatio n and Psycholo gy to draft a schedule of classes meeting certification 
requirements. 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under AD MIS S ION PROCEDURES in the School of Education and Psychology section 
of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). 



History 149 

History Department tours: The Department of History regularly sponsors study 
tours to foreign countries. The purpose of these tours is to provide students and other 
participants with an enhanced understanding of history and culture through a 
combination oftraditional lecture and reading with direct observation of historical sites. 
Academic activities connected with the tours require students to spend an amount of 
time equal to that expected in a regular classroom setting. Preparatory meetings and 
assigned reading are included in this computation. Course credit is offered under HIST 
295/495 Directed Study in History. Cost of the tours includes charge for academic 
credit. 

History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students earning general 
education credit in history normally take courses from the 100 and 200 level. Junior and 
senior students meeting General Education requirements in history should select courses 
from the 300 and 400 level. 



HISTORY 

HIST 145. Civil War: Soldiers and Civilians 3 hours 

This on-line course covers the American Civil War with particular attention to the experience of 
common soldiers and civilians. A variety of resources are used in the class, including on4ine 
material, a compact disc, a textbook, and a Civil War memoir. (Only for qualified academy 
seniors). 

HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present. The development of its 
politics, government and social institutions is covered in each semester of the sequence. This 
course is recommended as general education for freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

HIST 174, 175. World Civilizations (C-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the development of Western and non-Western culture and government, 
emphasizing the evolution of European society and its interaction with non-European 
civilizations. This course is recommended as general education forfreshmen and sophomores. 

HIST 297. Historiography 2 hours 

A course examining historiography, which is the study of historical consciousness and 
historical writing. The class will focus on Western historiography (classical, European, and 
the United States). General education credit will not be given. 

HIST 345. Middle Eastern Politics and History (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PLSC 345. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

This course traces the major religious and political developments in the Middle East from the rise 
of Islam through the twentieth century. Any or all of the following topics may be included: Islamic 
empires; Crusades; Ottoman nationalism; Islam's encounter with the West; the issue of Islamic- 
Arab nationalism. 

HIST 351. Colonial Latin America (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

Set in the context of Spanish empire and imperial ideology, the course begins with the cultural 
legacy of high pre-Columbian civilizations in Latin America and traces the interaction of the native 
people with Spanish exploration and conquest. It focuses primarily on Spanish political and social 
organization, the responses of the native people to growing Spanish political hegemony, and the 
gradual development of theories of race, empire, faith which culminated in a recognizably unified 
Spanish American world. 

HIST 353. From Colony to Nation (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A detailed survey of American political and social history from 1607 to 1800, including the 
founding of the thirteen colonies, the American Revolution, and the establishment of the new 
nation. 



150 History 



HIST 355. History of the South (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the American South from the Early National period through Reconstruction. Prominent 
issues will include slavery, sectionalism, the Civil War, and Reconstruction. 

HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 356. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society. Special emphasis on the 
tension between assimilation and pluralism in the national character. 

HIST 357. Modern America (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the progressive era, 
normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the United States in world affairs. (Fall) 

HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth-century American history, focusing on the 
modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered are entertainment, the media, urban 
culture, social relations, transportation, and art and architecture. 

HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church 

Through the Middle Ages (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic period to the end of the 
Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and theological development. (Fall) 

HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the Twentieth Century (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the Protestant Reformation and 
culminating with contemporary religious trends. (Winter) 

HIST 374. History of England (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth century, emphasizing 
political, cultural, and economic developments which have influenced western civilization as a 
whole. 

HIST 375. Ancient Mediterranean World (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East, Greece, Rome, and the 
contribution each has made to the development of western culture. 

HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the modern age, focusing 
on those developments which have influenced the institutions and values of modern western 
civilization. The chronological emphasis is on the eleventh through the sixteenth centuries. 

HIST 387. Europe in the Nineteenth Century (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of Europe's "long century," from the French Revolution of 1789 to the beginning of World 
War I in 1914. The course traces Europe's development from a predominantly aristocratic and 
agricultural culture to an emerging democratic and industrial civilization, devoting particular 
attention to cultural and social changes. 

HIST 388. Contemporary Europe (C-l) [465 (W)] 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PLSC 388. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

An assessment of political developments and international relations since the outbreak of World 
War I. Such antithetical forces as peace and war, power and weakness, and sovereignty and 
dependence are studied in their historical setting. Students may earn either history or political 
science credit, depending on individual assignments. 

HIST 265/465. Topics in History (C-l) [465 typically qualifies as a (W) course] 3 hours 

Selected topics in history presented in classroom setting. Subjects covered will determine whether 
credit is granted in Area I or Area II. This course may be repeated for credit. 



History 151 

HIST 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PLSC 471. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A study of the key thinkers in western thought from the Heroic Age of Greece to the Renaissance. 
Reading from original sources, this class will emphasize the discussion and analysis of ideas that 
have formed the basis of western thought. Included in the readings are selections from Herodotus, 
Cicero, St. Augustine, Boccaccio, Montaigne, and St. Ignatius of Loyola. 

HIST 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PLSC 472. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A study of the key thinkers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reading from original 
sources, this class will emphasize discussion of critical ideas that have effected the evolution of 
contemporary social and political thought. Included in the readings are selections from Locke, Mill, 
Marx, Nietzsche, Lenin, and Hitler. 

HIST 490. Senior Exam Preparation 1 hour 

Independent Study and reading in preparation for the one hour oral assessment exam taken by 
senior history majors. A student may earn a grade of Honors ("A" on the transcript), Pass or Fail. 
One must earn at least a "Pass" in order to graduate with a history major. 

HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l) [495(W)] 1-3 hours 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a student is assigned will 
determine whether credit is upper or lower division. This course also includes credit offered by the 
History Department on directed study tours. Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Approval 
of the department is required prior to registration. 

HIST 497. Research Methods in History (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Word processing and familiarity with Internet searches are prerequisites to this 
course. Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in conjunction with 
the preparation of a research project. (Fall) 

HUMANITIES 

HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours 

This class is administered by the History Department. 

A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual movements in western 
civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and the arts will be studied with appropriate works 
from music, art, and literature. Students may participate in activities involving specific art forms. 
Resource persons may assist as available. This course is also offered by the History Department 
as part of the European study tour program during selected summer sessions. 

HMNT 210. Introduction to Philosophy (C-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the major schools of Western philosophy, e.g. Platonic, Aristotelian, Medieval, 
Enlightenment, Hegelian, Analytical. The course will suggest how philosophy can help students 
think more critically and coherently. Issues of logic, epistemology, freedom of w ill, and ethics w ill 
be explored. 

HMNT 150/350. International Travel 1 hour 

One credit hour is available to participants in college tours outside the United States. The trip must 
last seven days excluding travel to and from the tour location, and must include a minimum of 20 
hours in museums, historical sites, concerts, drama, and sightseeing. Students will submit written 
summaries/reflections of their experiences. Credit for this course is not granted simultaneously 
with credit earned in other tour classes. 

HMNT 215/415. Cross-Cultural Experience (C-2) 3 hours 

A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the United States. Focuses on 
geographic and social characteristics. Activities include journal of on-site observations, and two 
formal papers after return to campus. Prior to departure, the student will make all arrangements 
with an instructor assigned by the Department of History. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to 
this class. Refer to policy on page 307. 



152 History 

HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour 

A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science that have shaped western 
culture. Required of students in the Southern Scholars program during their junior or senior year. 
Open to other students with permission of department chair. A complete tuition waiver for this 
class applies to Southern Scholars students only. Refer to the scholarship on page 307. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PLSC 224. Principles of Macroeconomics (C-2) 3 hours 

This course Is cross-listed with ECON 224, School of Business and Management. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See ECON 224 for course description. 

PLSC 254. American National and State Government (C-2) 3 hours 

An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government 
of the national, state, and local levels. 

PLSC 353. From Colony to Nation (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the colonial phase of American history with particular emphasis on the political texts 
of the age. 

PLSC 345 Middle Eastern Politics and History (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with HIST 345. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See HIST 345 for course description. 

PLSC 357. Modern America (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of Twentieth-century political developments in the United States, focusing especially on 
the presidency, Supreme Court, and foreign affairs. 

PLSC 388. Contemporary Europe (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with HIST 388. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 
See HIST 388 for course description. 

PLSC 465. Topics in Political Science (C-2) 3 hours 

See HIST 465 for course description. 

PLSC 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with HIST 471. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 
See HIST 471 for course description. 

PLSC 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with HIST 472. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 
See HIST 472 for course description. 

PLSC 291/491. Political Science Practicum 3-6 hours 

Supervised work experience in a state legislative, congressional, or other governmental office. A 
minimum of 50 clock hours for each hour of credit is required. 

PLSC 292/492. Political Science Internship 9-12 hours 

Supervised work experience in a state legislative, congressional, or other governmental office. A 
minimum of 100 clock hours of work experience is required for each semester hour of credit. 

PLSC 295/495. Directed Study C-l) [495(W)] 1-3 hours 

See HIST 295/495 for course description 



History 153 

GEOGRAPHY 
GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours 

(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only). 

Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are considered. Man's adjustment 

to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC. 438. Curriculum Content Methods/History 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and evaluating student 

performances, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 



(C-l) (C-2) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Interdisciplinary 



The student-designed major is an interdisciplinary program available to any student 
who wishes to develop a more individualized program of study than those provided by 
existing majors. It is a coherent program of study that crosses disciplinary lines. One 
of the major disciplines must be chosen as the primary discipline to provide a coherent 
focus for the major. In planning the interdisciplinary major, the student selects an 
advisory committee of three faculty members, two from the primary discipline 
(including the department/school chair or dean) and one of the secondary disciplines. 
The Associate Vice-President of Academic Administration also serves on the advisory 
committee. 

All students interested in developing an interdisciplinary major or in applying to the 
major must meet with the Associate Vice-President of Academic Administration. The 
requirements are intended to ensure that the interdisciplinary major is integrally related 
to the goals of a liberal arts education and appropriately reflect the disciplines involved. 
Each course of study is approved only on a case-by-case basis. 

Interdisciplinary major is a privilege granted by the University to students who display 
unusual motivation to study an area not included among its degree programs. Although 
the individual student is responsible for the design and planning of the program, he or 
she must fulfill the following requirements: 

1 . Completion of General Education requirements (including the intermediate level 
of a foreign language for B.A. degree). 

2. The advisory committee must approve the admission to the major. Applications 
must be made no later than fall semester of the junior year. An applicant should 
have a minimum grade point average of 3.50. Continuation in the program 
requires a grade point average of at least 3.30 each semester. 

3. Majors will be approved only where university faculty and courses can provide 
a degree program of high quality. New courses will not be created for a student; 
however, a directed study course may be provided. In special cases up to nine (9) 
hours of transfer credit from another institution may apply to a major, particularly 
of specialized courses not available at SAU. 

4. Bachelor of Art degree majors must have 30 hours, of which a minimum of 14 
hours will be upper division. A second major or a minor from SAU's degree 
programs must be included. 

5. Bachelor of Science majors must have 42 hours, of which a minimum of 1 8 hours 
will be upper division. 

6. Courses for the major shall be chosen from at least two and not more than four 
disciplines. 

7. Both B.A. and B.S. majors must include a three (3) hour research project 
(accomplished under a directed study number). Students will provide a defense 
of their project before their advisory committee. 

8. In order to graduate, the student must have a minimum of 124 semester hours, 40 
upper division hours, and three writing classes. 

At least 30 of the semester hours in the major must be taken in residence after the 
student's application and proposal for the major have been approved by the advisory 
committee. A grade of C or better must be obtained in all courses in the 
interdisciplinary major. 



Interdisciplinary 155 



For the students who design their major, their transcript will give the degree and 
major: "Interdisciplinary" with the concentration as approved by the Advisory 
Committee. 

It should be noted that any students receiving VA education benefits must have their 
interdisciplinary major and course of study submitted to and approved by the Tennessee 
Higher Education Commission as the State Approving Agency before certification to 
theVA. 



School of Jo u r n a l is m 

& Communication 



Dean: Greg Rumsey 

Faculty: Lorraine Ball, T. Lynn Caldwell, A. Laure Chamberlain, Denise R. Childs, 

Linda Potter Crumley, Andy Nash, Stephen Ruf 
Adjunct Faculty: David Barasoian, Jennifer Cummins, Wesley Hasden, 

John Keyes, Barry Melton, Billy Weeks 
Advisory Council: A current list of Advisory Council members is kept in the 

School of Journalism & Communication. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

In harmony with Southern Adventist University's Christian environment, the 
School's programs integrate theory and practical skills necessary for graduates to serve 
in communication- related careers or to enter graduate school. 

ADMISSION CRITERIA 

To graduate with a degree from the School of Journalism & Communication, 
acceptance to the School is required. Declaration as a major is not the equivalent to 
acceptance to the School of Journalism & Communication. Minimum requirements for 
admission to the School of Journalism & Communication are: 

• Acceptance to Southern Adventist University. 

• Completion of category A general education English and Math requirement. 

• Completion of COMM 103, or for Nonprofit majors, PREL 233. 

• JOUR 105 with a grade of "C" or better. 

• Earned overall GPA of 2.25 or better. 

Students pursuing a major offered by the School of Journalism & Communication 
should apply for admission at the end of the freshman year (24-32 hours). Declared 
School of Journalism & Communication majors may not take upper-division 
departmental classes without admission to the School. Transfer and change-of-major 
students will be considered for admission on a case-by-case basis. 

The School of Journalism & Communication provides an educational environment 
in which future leaders in telecommunications, journalism, public relations, and related 
areas can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, the intellectual discipline, and the 
professional abilities necessary for the mastery and management of a wide range of 
writing, editing, and other journalistic and public relations skills and techniques. 

The School offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in Broadcast Journalism, 
Intercultural Communication, and Print Journalism, a Bachelor of Science Degree in 
Mass Communication, Nonprofit Administration and Development, Public Relations, 
and a Bachelor of Science Degree (combined major) in Public Relations and Business 
Administration as well as an Associate of Science Degree in Media Technology. 
Minors are also available in Advertising, Broadcast Journalism, Intercultural 
Communication, Journalism (News Editorial), Media Production, Nonprofit Leadership, 
Photography, Public Relations, and Sales. 

Students enrolling in the Broadcast Journalism major receive preparation for 
careers in commercial and non-commercial radio and television as reporters, producers, 
videographers, and managers. 

Students graduating with a degree in Intercultural Communication may find work 
in multi-national corporations, nonprofit organizations, government agencies, and a 
variety of religious and educational institutions. Students who pursue this degree are 



ScHOOLOF Jo RN A LISM S Co M M U NIC A T 10 N 157 



prepared to seek employment as communication specialists in culturally diverse 
settings. 

The Print Journalism major prepares students for careers as reporters, writers and 
editors for daily and weekly newspapers, magazines, wire services, publishing houses 
and for the vast array of publications that serve the church, business, industry, 
governmental agencies, the medical field, colleges and universities, and other nonprofit 
organizations. 

Students graduating with the Bachelor of Science in Mass Communication have a 
broad communication education with a selected specialty that prepares them for a large 
variety of communication jobs in the church, in corporations, and also in nonprofit 
organizations. 

Southern Adventist University's Nonprofit Administration and Development 
degree is designed to meet the demand for entry-level managers with fund development 
expertise. 

Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in business, industry, government, 
the church, colleges, universities, hospitals, and other medical institutions, and in a 
wide range of organizations. 

The dual major of Public Relations and Business Administration is a unique degree 
program. Because it contains the core classes from both majors, it equips students with 
public relations and business skills and makes graduates especially competitive in the 
corporate world. 

All of the Scho ol' s bachelor's degree majors prepare students for entry into graduate 
schools nationwide. 

The associate degree in Media Technology prepares the student for entry level 
positions in media production, desktop publishing, or web design. 

Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study program that is 
supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree requirements of the School of 
Journalism & Communication, and fulfills General Education requirements. 

RESIDENCY 

All baccalaureate degrees offered by the School of Journalism & Communication 
require that at least 12 upper division hours of the respective degree requirements must 
be taken at Southern Adventist University. 

AMERICAN HUMANICS CERTIFICATION 

The Nonprofit Administration and Development program is affiliated with American 
Humanics, Inc., in Kansas City, MO, which offers certification for students who 
graduate with this degree. American Humanics is an alliance of colleges, universities, 
and nonprofit organizations preparing undergraduates for careers with youth and human 
service agencies through specified curriculum, co-curricular activities, and internships. 
American Humanics focuses on leadership and service to humanity, professionalism, 
measurable competencies, and certification. 

American Humanics ' mission is "to prepare and certify future nonprofit professionals 
to work with America's youth and families." American Humanics is affiliated with 
national nonprofit partners including: 

• American Red Cross 

• Big Brothers Big Sisters of America 

• Boys & Girls Clubs of America 

• Boy Scouts of America 

• Camp Fire Boys and Girls 

• Girls Incorporated 



158 School of Jo i i 



^0 M M UN IC A TIO N 



Girl Scouts of the U.S.A. 
Habitat for Humanity International 
Junior Achievement Inc. 
National Network for Youth 
Special Olympics, International 
United Way of America 
Volunteers of America 
YMCAof the U.S. A. 
YWCAof the U.S. A. 
and other nonprofits 

Certification is not automatic with the completion of the degree; American Humanics 
certification requires competencies in the following: 

• career development 

• communication 

• personal leadership attributes 

• historical and philosophical foundations 

• youth and adult development 

• board/committee development 

• fund-raising principles and practices 

• human resource development and supervision 

• general nonprofit management 

• nonprofit accounting and financial management 

• nonprofit public relations 

• program planning 

• risk management 

Besides nonprofit certification, the American Humanics certification program offers 
the following: 

• one-to-one mentoring 

• networking with prospective employers 

• opportunity to "try out" various nonprofit roles 

• potential for references and referrals 

• exposure to national nonprofit network 

• scholarships 

AMERICAN HUMANICS CERTIFICATION FOR OTHER MAJORS 

Certification in American Humanics for students majoring in other areas is also 
available. Certification can be attained by means of the Nonprofit Leadership minor. 
To make arrangements and apply for certification, contact the campus director. 

AMERICAN HUMANICS ASSESSMENT 

Assessment will take place through the American Humanics certification process and 
with internship and practicum supervisors. 

JOB OUTLOOK 

Because of the decline in government support of nonprofit, it is more valuable than 
ever that nonprofit managers have fund development skills. The B.S. in Nonprofit 
Administration and Development degree is designed to provide both training and 
internships in fund development as well as in management. 

The demand for graduates with these competencies is high with an estimated 50,000 
needed annually to fill new staff vacancies. More than one million nonprofit 



ScHOOLOF Jo RN A L ISM 8 Co M M U NIC A T 10 N 159 



organizations are at work across the country, employing 9 million people and aided by 
nearly 90 million volunteers. 

MEET THE FIRMS 

Meet the Firms is a program sponsored by the Schools of Business and Management, 
Computing, Journalism & Communication, and Nursing to facilitate students in locating 
internships and jobs in their fields of study. Meet the Firms seminars are held each fall 
and a one-hour seminar style class is offered each winter semester in preparation for the 
Meet the Firms event. A variety of invited companies meet with students to interview, 
network, and mentor in preparation for placement. 

INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 

Because of the strong relationships which the school has developed with the 
Chattanooga area mass media, students in journalism, broadcasting, and public relations 
have many opportunities to meet and work with professionals in television and radio 
news, in public relations, advertising, and on daily and weekly newspapers. 

Internships: Helping students locate internships on newspapers, in publishing houses, 
in public relations and fund development departments in hospitals, in advertising 
agencies, and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital part of the education program 
provided by the school. 

An Advisory Council and a Consulting Board advise the school in providing 
internships that give on-the-job experience. The school also participates in the General 
Conference internship program in which students work in various denominational 
institutions. The University radio station, WSMC FM90.5, and other media outlets 
provide learning opportunities for students in a number of courses. 

Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as writers, editors, and 
producers by working on Student Association publications such as Southern Accent, the 
campus newspaper; Southern Memories, the yearbook; and Strawberry Festival, the 
annual multi-media review of the year. 

ASSESSMENT 

To make satisfactory progress toward preparation for the job market, students 
majoring in the school will be expected to attend school assemblies and other 
professional meetings sponsored by the school. 

Students should demonstrate their growing professionalism through involvement in 
the operation of WSMC FM90.5; in the publication of the Southern Accent, Southern 
Memories, or some other publication; or in communication activities for a campus, 
church, or community organization. 

Participation in the School Communication Club and the Society of Adventist 
Communicators as well as student membership in a national professional organization 
such as the Society of Professional Journalists, or the Public Relations Student Society 
of America are also evidence of prof essional commitment. 

School files for each student majoring in the School serve as a source of information 
for professors asked to provide recommendations for students seeking practicum, 
internships, or job positions. 

Students in the School will be given a writing skills test when they take JOUR 105. 
On the basis of the results, advisers will recommend any needed remediation, which 
students must complete before registering for other writing courses offered by the 
School. 

School effectiveness will be assessed by combining the results of the cumulative 
evaluations, student evaluations of courses, questionnaires completed by supervisors 



160 School of Jo u i 



^0 M M UN IC A TIO N 



of interns, alumni, and workshop attendees. To determine that the curriculum meets the 
objectives of the School and the standards of the Accrediting Council of Education in 
Journalism and Mass Communication, the faculty makes an ongoing analysis of courses 
required for majors. 

PROGRAMS IN JOURNALISM 

Major — B A. Broadcast Journalism (33 Hours) 

(If a student both majors and minors in the School, at least 12 hours must not overlap between the 
major and the minor.) 



Required Courses Houi 

BRDC 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 

BRDC 202 Digital Audio Production 

BRDC 227 TV Studio Production 

BRDC 314 Broadcast News Writing (W) 

BRDC 327 Digital Video Production 

BRDC 417 Electronic Media Management 

BRDC 426 TV News Reporting & Perform 

COMM 397 Communication Research 

OR 

JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society(W) 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law & Ethics 



Required Cognates 



COMM 103 


Intro to Communication 


3 


ECON213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


JOUR 208 


Publication Tools & Techniques 


3 


JOUR 242 


Intro to Web Design 


3 


PLSC 254 


Amer National & State Govt 


3 




Intermediate foreign language 


6 


Recommended Electives 




ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


COMM 330 


Intercultural Communication (W) 


3 


HMNT 205 


Arts & Ideas 


3 


JOUR 492 


Internship: Broadcasting 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Broadcast Journalism 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


COMM 103 


Intro to Communication 


3 


ENGL 102 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


JOUR 105 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


JOUR 201 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D-l, InterForeign Lang 


3 





College Composition 
Writing for the Media 
Found of Broadcast 
Area D-l, InterForeign Lang 
Gen Ed, Minor or Electives 



3 

3 
3 
3 

_4 
16 



Major — B A. Print Journalism (32 Hours) 

(If a student both majors and minors in the School, at least 12 hours must not overlap between the 
major and the minor.) 



Required C 

JOUR 105 


ourses Hours 

Writing for the Media 3 


Required Cognates 

COMM 103 Intro to Communication 


Hours 

3 


JOUR 125 


Intro to Photography 


3 


COMM 397 


Communication Research 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


ECON213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


JOUR 208 


Publication Tools & Techniques 


3 


HMNT 205 


Arts & Ideas 




JOUR 242 


Intro to Web Design 


3 




OR 


3 


JOUR 313 


Publication Editing 


3 


SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthropology 




JOUR 315 


Advanced Photography 


2 


PLSC 254 


American Nat & State Gov 


3 


JOUR 316 


Mag & Feature Art Writing (W) 


3 




Literature Electives 


3 


JOUR 356 


Advanced Reporting (W) 


3 




Inter level Foreign language 


6 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law & Ethics 


3 








JOUR 488 


Mass Communication & Soc (W) 


3 


Recommended Electives 










JOUR 492 


Journalism Internship 
OR 


1-3 








JOUR 391 


Journalism Practicum 










MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 








PREL 235 


Public Rel Princ & Theory 


3 








TECH 244 


Graphic Production 


3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Print Journalism 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


COMM 103 


Intro to Coram unication 


3 


ENGL 102 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


JOUR 105 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


JOUR 125 




Area D-l, InterForeign Lang 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 

15 





College Composition 
Writing for the Media 
Intro to Photography 

{if needed) 
Area D-l, InterForeign Lang 
Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 



3 
3 
3 

3 
_4 

16 



School of Jo u 



RN A L IS M S KsO M M OKIC ATIO N 



161 



PROGRAMS IN COMMUNICATION 



Major — B.A. Intercultural Communication (31-33 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

COMM 103 Intro to Communication 

COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (W) 

COMM 336 Interpersonal Communication 

COMM 397 Communication Research 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law & Ethics 

JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Soc (W) 

PREL 235 Public Rel Principles & Theory 

PREL 406 Persuasion & Propaganda ( W) 

RELT 458 World Religions (W) 

Select one {I) from the following courses: 
COMM 291/391 Intercultural Comm Practicum 
COMM 495 Directed Study (with an 

intercultural topic) 
JOUR 492 Journalism Internship 



Recommended Electives 



BMKT 375 
MGNT 364 
SOCI 125 
SOCI 196/496 



International Marketing 
International Business & Econ 
Introduction to Sociology 
Study Tour 



Hours 


Required Cognates 


Hours 


3 


ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 


3 


V) 3 


HMNT 205 


Arts & Ideas 


3 


3 


SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthropology 


3 


3 
3 
3 


SOCI 230 


Multicultural Relations 


3 


Select nine (9) hours front the following courses: 


9 


i) 3 


ART 345 


Contemporary Art (W)* 




3 


ENGL 445 


Ancient Classics (W)* 




3 


HIST 356 


Natives & Strangers (W) 




3 


MGNT 368 


Multicultural Management 






HIST 387 


Europe in the 19"' Century (W) 
OR 




1-3 


HIST/PLSC 388 


Contemporary Europe (W) 






RELB 237 


Archaeology & the OT 




3 


RELB 247 


Archaeology & the NT 




3 


RELB 340 


Middle East Study Tour 






RELB 455 


Archaeological Fieldwork 






RELP 240/340 


World Missions 




3 

3 


*Satisfies humanities component for International Stud 


ies 


Required Minor (18 hours) 




3 


An Intercultural 


Communication major will com 


plete a 


3 


non-English lang 


uage minor. 





Option 1 

A language minor with a minimum of nine hours 

completed at an "overseas" school. 

Option 2 

A language minor with courses completed on our campus, 

but with one school year traveling or serving abroad. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Intercultural Communication 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


COMM 103 


Intro to Communication 


3 


ENGL 102 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


JOUR 105 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


PREL 235 




Area B, Religion 


3 






General Education or Minor 


3 
15 





College Composition 

Writing for the Media 

Public Relations Princ & Theory 

Area C, Science 

General Education or Minor 



Major — B.S. Mass Communication (49-55 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

BRDC201 
COMM 103 
JOUR 105 
JOUR 125 
JOUR 205 
JOUR 208 
JOUR 242 
JOUR 427 
JOUR 488 
PREL 235 



Foundations of Broadcasting 3 

Intro to Communication 3 

Writing for the Media 3 

Intro to Photography 3 

News Reporting 3 

Publication Tools & Techniques 3 

Intro to Web Design 3 

Mass Media Law & Ethics 3 

Mass Commun & Society (W) 3 

PR Principles & Theory 3 
Concentration 19-25 



Required Cognates Hours 

Select nine (9) hours from the following courses: 9 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 

ART 109 Design Principles 

ARTI 115 Intro to Interactive Media 

BUAD 126 Intro to Business 

OR 
MGNT 371 Principles of Entrepreneurship 

CPTE 104 Intro Microcptr Operatg Systems 

CPTE 107 Intro to Database 

COMM 412 Preparing to Meet the Firms 

TECH 244 Graphic Production 



*Electives: In consultation with your adviser choose 19-25 hours of electives within one of the 
following concentrations. Your selections must include at least 12 hours of upper division credit 

with most selected from JOUR/PREL courses. 



162 School of Jo i i 



^0 M M UN IC A TIO N 



Major — B.S. Mass Communication (49-55 Hours), continued 



Advertising C onccn tratio 



(52 Hours) 





Mass Communication Core 


30 




Advertising Core 




COMM 397 


Communication Research 


3 


PREL 244 


Sales 


2 


PREL 344 


Fundamentals of Advertising 


3 


PREL 354 


Advertising Copywriting 


2 


PREL 406 


Persuasion & Propaganda (W) 


3 


Select nine (9) 


hours from the following courses: 


9 


ARTG210 


Vector Graphics 




ARTG212 


Raster Graphics 




ARTG 332 


Advertising Design 




BMKT 326 


Principles of Marketing 




BMKT 327 


Consumer Behavior 




COMM 330 


Intercultural Communication (W) 




JOUR 315 


Advanced Photography 




PREL 391 


Practicum 




PREL 492 


Internship 




Media Production Concentration (49 Hours) 



Mass Communication Core 
Media Production Core 
BRDC 202 Digital Audio Production 

BRDC 227 TV Studio Production 

BRDC 327 Digital Video Production 

BRDC 426 TV News & Performance 

BRDC 445 Senior Project 

COMM 315 Scriptwriting(W) 

OR 
BRDC 314 Broadcast News Writing (W) 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 

ARTF215 Lighting 

BRDC 391 Practicum 

BRDC 417 Electronic Media Management 

BRDC 492 Internship 



Photography 


Concentration (55 Hours) 




Mass Communication Core 30 




Photography Core 


ARTF215 


Lighting 3 


ARTG 226 


Digital Imaging 3 


BRDC 227 


TV Studio Production 3 


COMM 326 


Film Evaluation (W) 3 


JOUR 315 


Advanced Photography 3 


JOUR 445 


Senior Project 1 


JOUR 492 


Internship 3 



Select six (6) hours from the following courses: 
BRDC 327 Digital Video Production 

JOUR 391 Practicum 

JOUR 465 Topics in Journalism 

JOUR 495 DS: Photography 



Writing/Editing 


Concentration (49 Hours) 




Mass Communication Core 30 




Writing/Editing Core 


COMM 397 


Communication Research 3 


JOUR 313 


Publication Editing 3 


JOUR 316 


Mag & Feature Article Wrtg (W) 3 


JOUR 356 


Advanced Reporting (W) 3 


Select seven (7) h 


ours from the following courses: 1 


BRDC 314 


Broadcast News Writing (W) 


COMM 315 


Scriptwriting (W) 


ENGL 313 


Expository Writing (W) 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing (W) 


JOUR 175/475 


Communication Workshop 


JOUR 291/391 


Practicum 


JOUR 492 


Internship 


PREL 354 


Advertising Copywriting 



New Media Concentration (53 Hours) 




Mass Communication Core 


30 




New Media Core 




BRDC 227 


TV Studio Production 


3 


BRDC 327 


Digital Video Production 


3 


CPTE 110 


Intro to Web Development 


1 


CPTE212 


Web Programming 


3 


CPTR 124 


Fundamentals of Programming 


4 


JOUR 342 


Interactive Online Journalism 


3 


JOUR 445 


Senior Project 


1 


Select five (5) 


hours from the following courses: 


5 


BRDC 202 


Digital Audio Production 




CPTE 446 


Web Services 




JOUR 313 


Publication Editing 




JOUR 492 


Internship 




PREL 391 


Practicum 





Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Mass Communication 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


CPTE 105 


Intro to Word Processing 


1 


BRDC 201 


CPTE 106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 


1 


ENGL 102 


CPTE 107 


Intro to Database 


1 


JOUR 105 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 




COMM 103 


Intro to Communication 


3 




COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 
15 





Found of Broadcasting 
College Composition 
Writing for the Media 
Area A, Math 
Area C, Science 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 
_3 
15 



School of Jo u 



RN A L IS M S KsO M M OKIC ATIO N 



163 



B.S. Nonprofit Administration and Development (46 Hours) 



R equired Courses 
COMM 336 
COMM 397 
JOUR 105 
JOUR 205 
JOUR 208 
JOUR 242 
PREL 233 
PREL 235 
PREL 344 
PREL 368 
PREL 370 
PREL 406 
PREL 482 
PREL 485 
PREL 498 
PREL /CO MM 



Interpersonal Communication 

Communication Research 

Writing for the Media 

News Reporting 

Publication Tools & Techniques 

Intro to Web Design 

Intro to the Nonprofit Sector 

PR Principles & Theory 

Fundamentals of Advertising 

Fund Development 

American Humanics Mgnt Instit 

Persuasion & Propaganda (W) 

The PR Campaign 

PR Techniques 

American Humanics Internship 

UD Elective 



Required Cognates I 

Accounting & Management 
ACCT 103 College Accounting 

MGNT 334 Principles of Management 

MGNT 344 Human Resource Mgmt 

MGNT 354 Principles of Risk Mgmt 

MGNT 371 Princ of Entrepreneurship 



Required Cognates , continued Hours 

Child & Human Development 
(Choose 1) 3 

Developmental Psychology 

Social Psychology 

Adolescent Psychology 

Human Services & Social Work 

(Choose 1) 3 

Intro to Social Work 

Social Welfare as an Institution 

Multicultural Relations 

Family Relations 



PSYC 128 
PSYC 224 

PSYC 422 



SOCW2II 
SOCW212 
SOCI230 
SOCI365 



Recommended Electives 

HLNT 135 Nutrition for Life 3 

HLED476 Wellness Meth, Mat & Mgmt 3 

PEAC 261 Intro to Camping 1 

RELP 251 Intro to Youth Ministry 3 

RELT 373 Christian Ethics 3 

RELT 458 World Religions (W) 3 

RELT 467 Philos & the Christian Faith (W) 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Nonprofit Administration and Development 



1st Semester 

ACCT 103 
COMM 135 

ENGL 101 



College Accounting 
Intro to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Area B, Religion 
Area C, History 



irs 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 3 


3 


JOUR 105 


Writing for the Media 3 


3 


PREL 233 


Intro to the Nonprofit Sector 3 


3 




Area E, Science 3 


3 




General Education 3 


15 




15 



Major — B.S. Public Relations (52 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

COMM 103 Intro to Communication 3 

COMM 397 Communication Research 3 

COMM 412 Preparing to Meet the Firms 1 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 3 

JOUR 125 Intro to Photography 3 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 

JOUR 208 Publication Tools & Techniques 3 

JOUR 242 Intro to Web Design 3 

JOUR 313 Publication Editing 3 

JOUR 316 Mag & Feature Art Writing (W) 3 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law & Ethics 3 

PREL 233 Intro to the Nonprofit Sector 3 

PREL 235 Public Rel Principles & Theory 3 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3 

PREL 406 Persuasion & Propaganda (W) 3 

PREL 482 Public Relations Campaign 3 

PREL 485 Public Relations Techniques 3 
PREL 492 Public Relations Internship 

OR 3 
UD Journalism/Comm Elective 



Required Cognates Hours 

FREN/GRMN Elementary Foreign Lang 6 

ITAL/SPAN 

ACCT/BUAD Business Elective 3 

ECON/FNCE/ (Upper division recommended) 

MGNT/BMKT 

Strongly Recommended Electives 

COMM 336 Interpersonal Communication 3 

JOUR 315 Advanced Photography 2-3 

PREL 368 Fund Development 3 

Intermediate Foreign Lang 6 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Public Relations 



1st Semester 






Hours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 




3 


COMM 135 


COMM 103 


Intro to Communication 




3 


ENGL 102 


JOUR 125 


Intro to Photography 




3 


JOUR 105 




Area D-l, Elem Foreign 


Lang 


3 






Area B, Religion 




3 
15 





Intro to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Writing for the Media 
Area D-l, Elem Foreign Lang 
Gen Ed or Electives 



3 
3 
3 
3 
_4 
16 



164 School of Jo i i 



^0 M M UN IC A TIO N 



Combined Major — B.S. Public Relations & Business Administration (85 Hours) 



Public Relations (45 Hours) 



Business Administration (40 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

BRDC 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 

COMM 103 Intro to Communication 3 

COMM 397 Communication Research 3 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 3 

JOUR 125 Intro to Photography 3 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 

JOUR 208 Publication Tools & Techniques 3 

JOUR 242 Intro to Web Design 3 

JOUR 313 Publication Editing 3 

JOUR 488 Mass Coram & Society (W) 3 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda (W) 3 

PREL 482 The Public Relations Campaign 3 

PREL 485 Public Relations Techniques 3 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 

BUAD 358 Eth, Social* Legal Env of Bus (W) 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law & Ethics 



Required C 


ourses 


Hours 


ACCT 221-222 


Principles of Accounting 


3,3 


ACCT 321 




Managerial Accounting 


3 


BUAD 105 




Business Spreadsheets 


3 


BUAD 310 




Business Communication (W) 


3 


BUAD 317 




Mgnt Information Systems 


3 


BUAD 339 




Business Law 


3 


BUAD 288/488 


Seminar in Business Admin 


1 


BMKT 326 




Principles of Marketing 


3 


ECON 224 




Principles of Macroeconomics 


3 


ECON 225 




Principles of Microeconomics 


3 


FNCE 315 




Business Finance 


3 


MGNT 334 




Principles of Management 


3 


MGNT 464 




Business Strategies (W) 


3 


Required C 


ognates 


Hours 


BUAD 104 




Business Software 


3 


BUAD 128 




Personal Finance 


3 


BUAD 221 




Business Statistics 


3 



The combined major provides students with the option to develop skills in two fields of study. A student will be assigned an 
adviser in their first-chosen major and a secondary adviser in the other major. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Public Relations & Business Administration 



1st Semester 

BUAD 104 
COMM 103 

ENGL 101 



Business Software 
Intro to Communication 
College Composition 
Area B, Religion 
Area C, History 



irs 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


3 


BUAD 105 


Business Spreadsheets 


3 


3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


JOUR 125 


Intro to Photography 


3 


3 




Area E, Science 


3 


15 






15 



Major — A.S. Media Technology (30 Hours) 



R eqiiired Courses 


Hours 


BRDC 291 


Practicum: Media Tech 


2 


COMM 103 


Intro to Communication 


3 


CPTE 109 


Presentation Technology 


1 


JOUR 125 


Intro to Photography 


3 


JOUR 208 


Publication Tools & Techn 


iques 3 


JOUR 242 


Intro to Web Design 


3 


TECH 244 


Graphic Production 


3 



Production Concentration 

Select twelve (12) hours from the following courses: 12 

BRDC 201 

BRDC 202 

BRDC 227 

BRDC 327 

JOUR 315 



Foundations of Broadcasting 
Digital Audio Production 
TV Studio Production 
Digital Video Production 
Advanced Photography 



Web Concentration 

Select twelve (12) hours from the following courses: 12 

ARTG 226 Digital Imaging 

CPTE 110 Intro to Web Development 

CPTE 212 Web Programming 

CPTR 124 Fund of Programming 

JOUR 342 Interactive Online Journalism 

JOUR 445 Senior Project 



1st Semester 

ENGL 101 
COMM 103 
JOUR 125 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.S. Media Technology 



College Composition 

Intro to Communication 

Intro to Photography 

Emphasis 

Area B, Religion 



ours 


2nd Semester 


3 


ARTG 219 


3 


BRDC 201 


3 


COMM 135 


3 


ENGL 102 


3 


TECH 244 


15 





Publication Design 
Foundations of Broadcasting 
Intro to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Graphic Production 



3 
3 
3 
3 

2 

15 



School of Jo u 



RN A L IS M S KsO M M OKIC ATIO N 



165 



Minor — Advertising (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

PREL 244 Sales " 2 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3 

PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 2 



Required Courses, continued 

Select eleven {11) hours from the following courses: 

ARTG 332 Advertising Design 

BMKT 326 Principles of Marketing 

BMKT 328 Sales Management 

COMM 103 Intro to Communication 

COMM 330 Intel-cultural Communication (W) 

JOUR 242 Intro to Web Design 



Minor — Broadcast Journalism (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

BRDC 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 

BRDC 202 Digital Audio Production 3 

BRDC 314 Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 3 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 



Required Courses, continued ] 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 
BRDC 417 Electronic Media Management 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law & Ethics 

JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society 



Minor — Intercultural Communication (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

COMM 336 Interpersonal Communication (W) 3 

COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (W) 3 

SOCI 150 Cultural Anthropology 3 

SOCI230 Multicultural Relations 3 



Required Courses, continued Hours 

Select six (6) hours of which three (3) must be upper 
division: 6 

COMM 291/391 Intercultural Comm Practicum 

OR 
COMM 295/495 Directed Study (non-Anglo- 
American topic) 
GEOG 204 World Geography 

OR 
HMNT 215/415 Cross-Cultural Experience 
JOUR 488 Mass Comm & Society (W) 

RELT458 World Religions (W) 



Minor — Journalism (News Editorial) (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 3 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 

JOUR 208 Publication Tools & Techniques 3 

JOUR 313 Publication Editing 3 



Required Courses, continued Hours 

JOUR 316 Mag & Feature Art Writing (W) 

OR 3 

Advanced Reporting (W) 
Mass Media Law & Ethics 

OR 3 

Mass Comm & Society (W) 



JOUR 356 
JOUR 427 



JOUR 488 



Minor — Media Production (19 Hours) 



R equired Courses 


Hours 


ARTF215 


Lighting 


3 


BRDC 201 


Foundations of Broadcasting 


3 


BRDC 202 


Digital Audio Production 


3 


BRDC 227 


TV Studio Production 


3 


BRDC 327 


Digital Video Production 


3 


BRDC/COMM/ 


Elective 


1 


JOUR 







Required Courses, continued Hours 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 
BRDC 417 Electronic Media Mgnt 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law & Ethics 

JOUR 488 Mass Comm & Society (W) 



Minor — Nonprofit Leadership (22 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 3 

MGNT 334 Principles of Management 3 

MGNT 344 Human Resource Management 3 

PREL 233 Intro to the Nonprofit Sector 3 

PREL 368 Fund Development 3 



Required Courses, continued Hours 

PREL370 American Humanics Mgnt 

Institute (AHM I) 1 

PREL 482 The PR Campaign 3 

PREL 498 American Humanics Internship 3 

Cognate for American Humanics Certification 

SOCW2II Intro to Social Work 3 



166 School of Jo i i 



^0 M M UN IC A TIO N 



Minor — Photography (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

JOUR 125 Intro to Photography ' 3 

JOUR 208 Publication Tools & Techniques 3 

JOUR 315 Advanced Photography 3 



Minor — Public Relations (18 Hours) 



R equired C purses, continued 

Select nine (9) hours from the following courses: 

ARTF 215 

ARTG 226 

BRDC 291/391 

BRDC 227 

BRDC 327 

COMM 326 



Lighting 

Digital Imaging 

Practicum 

TV Studio Production 

Digital Video Production 

Film Evaluation (W) 



Required Courses Hours 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 3 

PREL235 Public Rel Principles & Theory 3 

PREL482 Public Relations Campaign 3 



Required Courses, continued Hours 

Select nine (9) hours of which three (3) hours must 

be upper division: 9 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 

JOUR 208 Publication Tools & Techniques 

JOUR 313 Publication Editing 

JOUR 465 Topics in Communication 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 

PREL 368 Fund Development 

PREL 406 Persuasion & Propaganda (W) 

PREL 485 Public Relations Techniques 



Minor — Sales (19 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3 

BMKT 328 Sales Management 3 

COMM 103 Intro to Communication 3 

PREL 244 Sales 2 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3 

PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 2 



Required Courses, continued Hours 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 

BMKT 375 International Marketing 

PREL 291/391 Practicum: Sales 

PREL 406 Persuasion & Propaganda (W) 



BROADCASTING 

BRDC 201. Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

Provides an understanding of broadcasting and related industries. Basic theories and practices of 
radio, television, cable operations, and other electronic media are covered. 

BRDC 202. Digital Audio Production 3 hours 

An introduction to audio production, including use of microphones, digital media, non-linear audio 
editing, recording, mixing, and post-production. Oral communication emphasis includes 
instruction on announcing, interviewing, and other broadcast techniques. Lab fee 1 1 will be 
assessed for this course. 

BRDC 227. TV Studio Production 3 hours 

An introduction to the basics of producing both studio and multi-camera video programs. Students 
produce individual and group projects in the School' s studio in Brock Hall. Emphasis also given 
to lighting, audio, and video editing. Lab fee 10 will be assessed for this course. 



BRDC 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: JOUR 202, 205. 

Gathering information, interviewing, writing, and editing for the broadcast media. How to start, 
develop, and polish hard news and feature stories by writing to sound and pictures. Students write, 
copy, and produce sound documentaries for the University radio station and Adventist World 
Radio. Lab fee 7 will be assessed for this course. 



ScHOOLOF Jo RN A LISM S Co M M NIC A T 10 N 167 



BRDC 327. Digital Video Production 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BRDC 227. 

An advanced video production class with a focus on digital video acquisition, non-linear editing, 
and the production of television graphics. Students will produce a series of single-camera video 
projects, utilizing non-linear editing and digital effects programs. This course will also include an 
introduction to video streaming on the Web. Lab fee 10 will be assessed for this course. 

BRDC 291/391. Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum. 

Supervised work in a broadcast station or media production environment. At least 90 clockhours 
of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Procedures and guidelines are 
available from the School. 

BRDC 417. Electronic Media Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BRDC 201. 

An analysis of the challenges involved in planning and operating electronic media including 
personnel, programming, business ethics, community relations, sales, FCC policies and promotion. 
Students interview media managers during field trips to area radio, TV, and cable operations. 
Added emphasis on Christian broadcasting and WSMC-FM, the University's 100,000-watt radio 
station. Case study method is involved. 

BRDC 426. TV News Reporting and Performance 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BRDC 314, 227/327 or COMM 315. 

Studentsbecome reporters, videographers, producers, and anchors for a weekly newscast produced 
in the School's Brock Hall studio. Students learn basics of visual storytelling as they use digital 
equipment to shoot and edit packages for broadcast. In addition, each student is required to create 
a resume (tape) essential for getting a first job. Emphasis on visual storytelling and performance 
skills. Includes lectures and one three-hour lab per week. Lab fee 10 will be assessed for this 
course. (Fall, odd years) 

BRDC 445. Senior Project 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

Required of all B.S. seniors taking the Media Production or Photography Concentration, this 
student-selected, department-approved project demonstrates the student's ability to perform in 
his/her major field. Students in this course meet with their supervising professor as needed. A 
written proposal for a project must be submitted to the advising professor by three weeks into the 
term. Satisfactory completion of this course is required before the school grants the bachelor's 
degree. Graded S for "satisfactory" or NC for "not complete." Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this 



BRDC 265/465. Topics in Broadcasting 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in broadcast and related areas presented in a classroom setting. This course may 
be repeated for credit. 

BRDC 492. Broadcast/Media Production Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in broadcast journalism 
or media production and School approval before arranging for internship. 

Students work at a broadcast station or media production facility to obtain on-the-job experience, 
preferab ly during an 8 to 1 2 week period the summer between the junior and senior year when no 
other college course is taken. At least 300 clock hours of work experience are required. 
Procedures and guidelines are available from the School. 

BRDC 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and/or media production. Directed study topics 
will be selected with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in 
carrying out the project. 



168 School of Jo i i 



^0 M M UN IC A TIO N 



COMMUNICATION 

COMM 103. Introduction to Communication (G-2) 3 hours 

Overview of the development and characteristics of mass media, with emphasis on media in the 
United States including newspapers, radio, television, photography, film, sound recording, books, 
magazines, advertising, public relations, and new media technology. Attention is given to theories 
of communication and how to be a critical and discriminating consumer of mass media. 

COMM 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (A -5) 3 hours 

Preparing, presenting, listening to, and critiquing speeches of various kinds — particularly 
informative and persuasive ones — with emphasis on the selection and organization of supporting 
material, reasoning, methods of securing interest, persuasive strategies, and elements of delivery. 
(Fall, Winter, SmartStart) 

COMM 230. Intro to Acting 3 hours 

This introductory level course is designed to present fundamental acting techniques to students 
unfamiliar with the theater. In addition, the student will gain a better understanding of theater as 
an art form, as well as learn the basic vocabulary specific to theater and acting. 

COMM 315. Scriptwriting (W) 3 hours 

This course provides an introduction to scriptwriting in a variety of forms. Students will be 
introduced to and get experience in the style and preparation of scripts for television, corporate 
video production, documentary and narrative film, motion pictures, animation, radio, and stage 
plays. 

COMM 326. Film Evaluation (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

The primary goal of this class is to help each student develop a set of criteria for critically 
evaluating films. Besides regular assigned reading, class activities include discussion of the 
contributions films make to our culture, studying how films are made, and how to write about 
films. Films are screened as a part of the class and weekly evaluation papers based on the screened 
film are expected. 

COMM 330. Intercultural Communication (W) 3 hours 

"Four trends of the modern world make intercultural communication inevitable: (1) technological 
development, (2) globalization of the economy, (3) widespread population migrations, and (4) 
development of multiculturism," say Howard University's William J Starosta and the University 
of Rhode Island' s Guo-Ming Chen. To help students communicate and interrelate positively and 
productively within these current and ever changing contexts, this course deals with: 
communication and culture; cultural perception and values; language and culture; nonverbal 
communication and culture; sociocultural, psychocultural, and environmental influences on the 
processes of communication; intercultural communication ethics; and intercultural relationships, 
adaptation, and listening. 

COMM 336. Interpersonal Communication 3 hours 

Introduces students to the theory, research, and practice of communication in personal 
relationships. Topics include listening, verbal and nonverbal communication, emotions, conflict 
management, and the development and maintenance of effective personal relationships. This 
course utilizes readings and learning activities as well as out-of-class activities to help students 
understand and apply interpersonal communication principles. 

COMM 291/391. Intercultural Communication Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum. 

Supervised work experience in intercultural communication. At least 90 clock hours of work 
experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Work experience may be completed in 
the United States or overseas. Procedures and guidelines are available from the School. 



ScHOOLOF Jo RN A LISM S Co M M NIC A T 10 N 169 



COMM 397. Communication Research 3 hours 

Introduces students to scientific inquiry and the basic research techniques of advertising, 
communication, journalism, and public relations. Uses interdisciplinary approach to explain 
research methodology and to evaluate the strengths, weaknesses, and limitations of different 
research designs. Helps students understand the importance of the development and exchange of 
scholarly information. This class should becompleted before taking 400 level classes in the School 
of Journalism & Communication. 

COMM 406. Persuasion and Propaganda (W) 3 hours 

Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of public opinion; 
motivational tools and techniques to achieve public response; characteristics of public and how 
they are influenced. Credit can be applied toward COMM 406 or PREL 406. 

COMM 412. Preparing to Meet the Firms 1 hour 

This course is made up of a series of topics presented in a seminar setting to provide students with 
necessary tools to actively pursue and acquire internships and jobs. Topics will include but are not 
limited to: resumes, networking, corporate climate, interviewing, dress, portfolios, company 
research, etiquette. Besides listening to guest presentations, opportunities will exist to interact with 
guest lecturers and professors about thoughts and theories regarding the area of job acquisition. 
(Winter) 

COMM 265/465. Topics 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in speech and related areas presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine general education credit status. This course may be repeated for credit. 

COMM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the student. Open only 
to students approved by the School dean in consultation with the prospective instructor. This 
course may be repeated for credit. 



JOURNALISM 

JOUR 105. Writing for the Media (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: No less than a "C" in ENGL 101. 

Basic writing skills for newspaper, magazines, advertising, public relations, online and 
broadcasting, with emphasis on learning the Associated Press Stylebook. 

JOUR 125. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours 

Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that constitute good photo 
composition, darkroom techniques involving film development, negative enlargement, and print 
finishing. Students supply their own 35mm cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. A 
limited number of rental cameras are available. Two hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each 
week. Lab fee 10 will be assessed for this course. 

JOUR 205. News Reporting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 105. 

News gathering and research techniques; development of news writing skills and style. Emphasis 
on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and fairness, and on meeting deadlines. Students are 
required to contribute bi-weekly stories to the University's newspaper, The Southern Accent. Oral 
communication emphasis: Interviewing. 

JOUR 208. Publication Tools and Techniques 3 hours 

An introductory course in using computer-based tools in the creation of publications such as 
newsletters, brochures and newspapers. The course integrates elements of design with specialized 
software packages including Photoshop and Quark Express in order to prepare photographs, 
illustrations and text for publication. Lab fee 8 will be assessed for this course. 



170 School of Jo i i 



^0 M M UN IC A TIO N 



JOUR 242. Intro to Web Design 3 hours 

Prerequisites: JOUR 208 or CPTE 245/345 or BUAD 245/345 or CPTR 103. 
This course introduces the student to Web design theory and techniques. Both commercial and non- 
commercial sites will be evaluated in class for design elements. Students will learn how to use this 
medium effectively as well as learn how it differs from other more traditional media. Besides 
learning basic design elements and Web writing, students will be introduced to HTML 
programming and learn Web page creation utilizing M acromedia Dreamweaver. As an exhibit of 
the skills learned, each student will design a small Web site. Lab fee 7 will be assessed for this 
course. 

JOUR 3 13 . Publication Editing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: JOUR 205, 208. 

Students will learn to edit according to the Associated Press Stylebook; write effective headlines 
and photo captions; select articles, photos, graphics and typefaces; become familiar with legal issues 
and tools that assist in research and fact verification; evaluate press estimates; and stay within 
budget. Use of color and the differences between editing for newspapers, magazines, and 
newsletters will be considered. Students will produce a newsletter and develop editing skills through 
various projects. 

JOUR 315. Advanced Photography (G-l) 2-3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 125. 

Advanced digital photography with emphasis on photojournalism, studio and corporate 
photography. The major focus will be on using the camera in producing photo essays and photo 
collections for exhibit. The course will focus on digital techniques — including film scanners, 
digital processing using Photoshop, and preparing digital photos for publication. One hour lecture, 
three hours of laboratory each week for 2 hours credit. Students registering for 3 hours credit will 
complete extra projects and additional laboratory and field work. Lab fee 10 will be assessed for 
this course. Limited supply of digital cameras are available for a $100 rental fee. 

JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours 

The study and practice of researching, writing, and marketing non-fiction feature stories for 
magazines, newspapers, and other periodicals. Discusses the writing process from idea 
development and story focus through final revision and marketing of articles via query letters to 
editors. 

JOUR 342. Interactive Online Journalism 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 242. 

This course builds on the skills a student has acquired in Introduction to Web Design by focusing 

on advanced Web design tools. In this course, the student will utilize Macromedia Flash and learn 

how to produce online photo essays, audio and interactivity (e.g., forms and back-end databases) ; 

and experiment with best practices for Web site navigation and information design. (Winter, odd 

years) 

JOUR 356. Advanced Reporting (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205. 

Students learn in-depth research and interviewing skills. Emphasis on public affairs reporting 
including assigned articles in politics, government, law enforcement, society, science, medicine, 
education, religion, the arts, and business. Also includes an introduction to computer-assisted 
reporting. (Winter, even years) 

JOUR 291/391. Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum. 

Supervised work experience in writing or print journalism. At least 90 clock hours of work 
experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Procedures and guidelines are available 
from the S chool. 

JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media and the news gathering and 
dissemination process. Concepts of libel, privacy, free press, fair-trial, contempt of court, access 
to information, protection of sources, copyright law, and government regulation of the media. 



ScHOOLOF Jo RN A LISM S Co M M NIC A T 10 N 171 



JOUR 445. Senior Project 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

Required of all B.S. seniors taking Web Publication, this student-selected, department-approved 

project demonstrates the student' s ability to perform in his/her major field. Students in this course 

meet with their supervising professor as needed. A written proposal for a project must be submitted 

to the advising professor by three weeks into the term. Satisfactory completion of this course is 

required before the school grants the bachelor' s degree. Graded S for "satisfactory" or NC for "not 

complete." 

JOUR 265/465. Topics in Communication 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in print journalism or related areas of communication. 

JOUR 488. Mass Communication and Society (W) 3 hours 

This course provides for informed student participation in the examination of the role and function 
of the mass media system in the United States. Among the topics considered are: the concept of 
social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; and ethical, social, economic and political 
issues involved in the function of newspapers, magazines, radio, television, new media advertising, 
and public relations. Emphasi s on reading, writing media critiques, and on analysis of concepts and 
ideas. 

JOUR 492. Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in broadcast or print 
journalism and School approval before arranging for internship. 

Students work at a new spaper, magazine, broadcast station, or other agency to obtain on-the-job 
journalism experience, preferably during an 8 to 1 2 week peri od the summer between the junior and 
senior year when no other college course is taken. At least 300 clock hours of work experience are 
required. Procedures and guidelines are available from the School. 

JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area of the mass 
media. Directed study topics will be selected with guidance from the instructor who will serve as 
a consultant to the student in carrying out the project. 

PUBLIC RELATIONS 

PREL 233. Introduction to the Nonprofit Sector 3 hours 

This course offers the student an overview of the development and current status of the nonprofit 
sector in the United States with specific focus on youth and human service agencies. Students will 
study the unique philosophical, financial, and administrative qualities of this rapidly growing sector 
of society, as they observe and assess local nonprofit agencies at work. 

PREL 235. Public Relations Principles and Theory 3 hours 

Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy, and theory as they relate to the historical 
development and contemporary practice of public relations; analysis of the public relations role in 
business, industry, and nonprofit organizations, and of the functions and responsibilities of the 
public relations practitioner. 

PREL 244. Sales 2 hours 

Principles and techniques of selling products and services based on understanding of buyer 
behavior, time and stress management, and effective persuasion. 

PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 3 hours 

This course is designed to give the student a thorough overview of the business of advertising. 
Principal topics considered include advertising theories, the relationship between marketing and 
advertising, Integrated Marketing Communication, media planning, and advertising research. The 
course also includes an introduction to creative direction, copywriting, advertising research, and 
the process of planning and preparing advertisements. 



172 School of Jo i i 



^0 M M UN IC A TIO N 



PREL 354. Advertising Copywriting 2 hours 

Princip lesandpractices in writing and preparing advertising me ssagesfor the mass media. Analysis 
of successful advertising copy as well as opportunity for students to develop their own copywriting 
skills are part of the course. Social responsibility and ethics of the advertiser and copywriter are an 
integral part of instruction. 

PREL 368. Fund Development 3 hours 

Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning, organizing, and 
carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospect lists, writing proposals, identifying and 
training development leadership, and working with foundations. 

PREL 370. American Humanics Management Institute (AHMI) 1 hour 

This course is designed to help students attain their American Humanics certification. Sessions 
held at AHMI give students certification in skills needed for American Humanics certification. Lab 
Fee 12 will be assessed for this course. Travel, food, and lodging is not included in lab fee. 
(Pass/Fail) 

PREL 291/391. Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum. 

Supervised work experience in public relations, advertising, or sales. At least 90 clock hours of 
work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Procedures and guidelines are 
available from the school. 

PREL 406. Persuasion and Propaganda (W) 3 hours 

Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of public opinion; motivational 
tools and techniques to achieve public response; characteristics of public and how they are 
influenced. Credit can be applied toward either PREL 406 or COMM 406. 

PREL 265/465. Topics in Public Relations 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in public relations and related areas presented in a classroom setting. This course 
may be repeated for credit. 

PREL 482. The Public Relations Campaign 3 hours 

The public relations function in the context of the organizational communications and 
decision-making process. Application of communications theory and techniques in developing both 
internal and external communications campaigns; selected case studies. 

PREL 485. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

Prerequisites: JOUR 205, 208. 

Communication techniques used in public relations to identify and reach specified audiences 
through mass media channels and through controlled media. Preparation of press releases, 
brochures, newsletters, reports, audio-visuals, speeches, and media campaigns; planning and 
conducting special events. 

PREL 492. Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Completion of at least half the requirements for a major or minor in public relations, 
advertising, or sales and School approval. 

Students work in the field of advertising, sales, or public relations to obtain on-the-job experience, 
preferably during an 8 to 12 week period the summer between the junior and senior year when no 
other college course is taken. At least 300 clock hours of work experience are required. Detailed 
procedures and guidelines are available from the School. 

PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area of public 
relations, adverti sing or marketing. Directed study topics will be selected with guidance from the 
instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the project. 



ScHOOLOF Jo RN A LISM S Co M M NIC A T 10 N 173 



PREL 498. American Humanics Internship 3 hours 

Students work in the field of nonprofit organizations to obtain on-the-job experience, preferably 
during an eight to twelve week period during the summer between the junior and senior year when 
no other college course is taken. At least 300 clock hours of work experience are required. 
Detailed procedures and guidelines are available from the School. 

WORKSHOPS 

JOUR 175/475. Communication Workshop 1-3 hours 

One semester-hour credit will be available for 40 clock hours of active participation in workshops 
conducted by the School in such areas as free-lance writing, news writing, video production, editing 
newsletters, crisis communication, public relations writing, fund raising, writing for student 
publications, editing student publications, and advising student publications. Advanced students 
may earn additional credits by completing a project started during the workshop. May be repeated 
for credit. (Summer) 



(A-5) (D-2) (G-l) (G-2) (W) See pages 26-27 and 29-33 for explanation of General Degree and 
General Education requirements. 



Mathematics 



Chair: Arthur Richert 

Faculty: Patricia Anderson, Kevin Brown, Ronald D. Johnson 

Adjunct Faculty: Al Morford 

MATHEMATICS 

Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical thinking have 
influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well-educated people fail to 
appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the invention of a place-value numeration system, 
the invention of the calculus, the development of statistical inference, and more recently 
the development of computers, to name just a few, are mathematical contributions to 
civilization which have significantly affected the philosophies, commerce, science, and 
technology of mankind. 

The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical heritage to the 
students of Southern Adventist University by (1) introducing students to mathematical 
concepts and techniques and the disciplined, logical thinking required to successfully 
apply them to a variety of problem-solving experiences, (2) providing a stage in the 
formal education of professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of 
mathematics, and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of mathematics. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

Within a Christian environment of learning, the Mathematics Department seeks to 
provide students with mathematical skills and co ncepts appropriate to their chosen field 
of study and to prepare mathematics majors and minors for distinguished professional 
performance in mathematics or other fields that require a strong mathematical 
background. 

ASSESSMENT 

All mathematics majors are required to take the Educational Testing Service Major 
Field Achievement Test in mathematics during their senior year. The results of this 
examination are used in ongoing review of the departmental curriculum. 

PROGRAMS IN MATHEMATICS 
Major — B.A. Mathematics (30 Hours) 

Required Cognates Hours 

CPTR124 Fundamentals of Programming 4 



Required Courses 

MATH 181 Calculus I 
MATH 182 Calculus II 


Hours 

3 
4 


MATH 200 
MATH 216 


Elementary Linear Algebra 
Set Theory and Logic 


2 
2 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


4 


MATH 318 


Abstract Algebra 


3 


MATH 411 


Intermediate Analysis 


3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar (W) 


1 




Math Electives (7 UD) 


8 



Mathematics 175 



Major — B.S. Mathematics (40 Hours) 



R eqiiired Courses 

MATH 181 Calculus I 
MATH 182 Calculus II 


Hours 

3 
4 


Required Cognates (Select Option J or 2) Hours 

Option 1 

CPTR 124 Fundamentals of Programming 4 


MATH 200 
MATH 216 
MATH 218 
MATH 317 
MATH 318 


Elementary Linear Algebra 
Set Theory and Logic 
Calculus III 
Complex Variables 
Abstract Algebra 


2 
2 
4 
3 
3 


CPTR215 

Option 2 
PHYS 211-212 
PHYS 213-214 


Fundamentals of Software Design 4 
OR 

General Physics 6 
General Physics Lab 2 


MATH 411 


Intermediate Analysis I 


3 






MATH 412 
MATH 485 


Intermediate Analysis II 
Mathematics Seminar (W) 
Math Electives (5 UD) 


3 

1 

12 







Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. or B.S. Mathematics 

1st Semester Hours 2nd Semester Hours 

CPTR 124 Fundamentals of Programg 4 MATH 182 Calculus II 4 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 ENGL 102 College Composition 3 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 Area B, Religion 3 

Area F-2, Family Sci Area F-l , Behav Sci 3 

OR 2 Area D-l/Beg For Lang _3 

AREA F-3, Health Sci 16 

Area G-3, Recreation 1 

Area D-l/Beg For Lang 3 

16 

See pages 26-27 and 29-33 for General Degree and GeneralEducation requirements. Note especially requirementsof make-up of admissions 
deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Teacher Certification, 7-12 

Secondary certification in Mathematics requires a baccalaureate degree and 
completion of professional education courses (page 117) for licensure. Students 
preparing for secondary teacher certification must include MATH 215 Statistics and 
MATH 415 Geometry in the major. See further explanations in the Education and 
Psychology section, beginning on page 107. 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under ADMIS SION PROCEDURES in the School of Education and Psychology section 
of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). 

An endorsement to teach mathematics as an additional field may be obtained by 
completing a major and secondary certification in another field and by completing a 
minor in mathematics that includes the following courses (21 hours): MATH 181 
Calculus I, MATH 1 82 Calculus II, MATH 200 Elementary Linear Algebra, MATH 215 
Statistics, MATH 216 Set Theory and Logic, MATH 415 Geometry, one three-hour 
upper-division MATH course, and EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods, 
Grades 7-12/Mathematics. 

Actuarial Studies 

Students interested in the actuarial profession should consult with departmental 
faculty regarding appropriate courses from the School of Business and Management to 
include in their course of study. 



176 Mathematics 



Minor — Mathematics (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 

MATH 182 Calculus II 4 

Math Electives (6 UD) 11 



MATHEMATICS 

MATH 080. Elementary Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

This remedial course covers the content of first-year high school algebra. It is required of all 
students who meet NEITHER of the following criteria: 1) ACT math standard score of 16 or 
above; 2) high school Algebra II with a grade of C or better. Tuition for three semester hours will 
be charged for this course. (Fall) 

MATH 090. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption. 

Number systems and their properties, exponents and radicals, equations and inequalities, 
polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equations, logarithms. Tuition for three semester 
hours will be charged for this course. (Fall) 

MATH 106. Survey of Mathematics I (A-2) 3 hours 

Topics chosen from problem solving techniques, numeration systems, the real number system, the 
metric system, financial management, probability, statistics. Thiscourse does not apply on a major 
or minor in mathematics. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

MATH 107. Survey of Mathematics H (A-2) 3 hours 

Topics chosen from set theory, logic, algebra, functions (polynomial, exponential, logarithmic), 
systems of linear equations and inequalities, matrices, linear programming, graph theory, geometry, 
voting and apportionment. This course does not apply on a major or minor in mathematics. 
MATH 106 is not a prerequisite for MATH 107. (Fall, Winter) 

MATH 120. Precalculus Algebra (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Either completion of high school Algebra II with a grade of C or better and an ACT 
Mathematics score of 19 or above, or completion of MATH 090 or MATH 107 with a grade of C 
or better. 

The real and complex number systems; algebraic equations and inequalities; functions and their 
graphs including polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions; conic sections. This 
course does not apply on a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

MATH 121. Precalculus Trigonometry (A-2) 2 hours 

Pre or Co-requisite: MATH 120 or equivalent. 

The trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions and their graphs, trigonometric equations 
and identities, trigonometric form of complex numbers, vectors, and other applications. This course 
does not apply on a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall, Winter) 

MATH 181. Calculus I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 1 20 or a high school precalculus course. 

Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions (non-trigonometric) including limits, 
continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications of the derivative, the definite 
integral, the fundamental theorem of calculus, computation of antiderivatives, applications of the 
definite integral. (Fall, Winter) 

MATH 182. Calculus II 4 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 121 or equivalent and MATH 181. 

Precise definitions of limits, calculus of the trigonometric functions, further topics in differential 
and integral calculus, polar coordinates, analytic geometry, parametric equations, sequences, 
infinite series, Taylor series. (Winter) 



Mathematics 177 



MATH 200. Elementary Linear Algebra 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 1 8 1 . 

Systems of linear equations, matrices and determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, 

eigenvalues and eigenvectors, applications. (Winter) 

MATH 215. Statistics (A -2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two years of high school 
algebra, or MATH 090, or MATH 106, or MATH 107. 

An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organization and analysis of data, 
elementary probability, probability distributions (binomial, normal, Student's t, chi-square, F), 
estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and regression. (Fall, Winter) 

MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 1 8 1 . 

An introduction to the ideas, terminology, and notation of logic, sets, equivalence relations, and 

functions. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. (Winter) 

MATH 218. Calculus HI 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Partial derivatives, multiple integrals, vector calculus including Green's theorem, Stokes's theorem, 

and the divergence theorem. (Fall) 

MATH 280. Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 1 20 recommended; Familiarity with a programming language. 
An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use tocomputer scientists. The 
topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and 
circuit design, proof techniques, and finite state automata. (Fall) 

MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Introduction to dynamical systems, solutions of various types of ordinary differential equations, 
systems of linear differential equations, the Laplace transform, applications to problems in the 
physical sciences. (Winter) 

MATH 316. Partial Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bessel functions, Legendre 

polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 216, 218. 

An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, including mappings by 
elementary functions, complex integration, the Cauchy-Goursat theorem, Cauchy's integral 
formula, power series, Laurent series, the theory of residues, and conformal mapping. (Winter, 
even years) 

MATH 318. Abstract Algebra 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 216, 218. 

The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 319. Linear Algebra 2 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 200, 216. 

Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of linear equations, linear 
transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner product spaces. 
(Winter, odd years) 

MATH 325. Probability Theory 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Basic probability theory, combinatorial problems, independence and dependence, numerical- valued 
random phenomena, mean and variance of a probability law, normal, Poisson, and related 
probability laws. (Fall, even years) 



178 Mathematics 



MATH 326. Mathematical Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 215, 218, 325. 

Random variables, conditional probability, standard distributions of random variables, 

distributions of functions of random variables, interval estimation, point estimation. (Winter, odd 

years) 

MATH 411-412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 216, 218. 

The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity, uniform continuity, 
introduction to point set topology, properties of the derivative and integral, convergence and 
uniform convergence of sequences and series of functions, orderings. (Fall, odd years; Winter, 
even years) 

MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216. 

Topics selected from the following: Euclidean geometry, axiomatic systems and finite geometries, 
transformational geometry, hyperbolic geometry, projective geometry, other non-Euclidean 
geometries, applications of geometry. (Fall, odd years) 

MATH 265/465. Topics in Mathematics 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Topics selected from areas of mathematics not covered in other courses. This course may be 

repeated for credit with permission. 

MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Permission of mathematics staff. 

Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematics including topics in current 
mathematical literature. Mathematics majors obtaining secondary certification must choose topics 
in the history and philosophy of mathematics. (Fall, odd years) 

MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty. 

Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation with an instructor. This 

course may be repeated for credit. (On demand) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum Content Methods/Mathematics 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methodsand materials of instruction, planning, testing, and evaluating student 

performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. (Fall, odd years) 



(A-2) (W) See pages 26-27 and 29-33 for General Degree and General Education requirements. 



Modern La n g u a g e s 



Chair: Carlos H. Parra 

Faculty: Carmen Jimenez, Pierre Nzokizwanimana 
Adjunct Faculty: Darwin Ayscue, Claryce Caviness, Magdalena Jesiak, 
Jeffrey Jordan, Gwendolyn Smith 

MODERN LANGUAGES 

The Modern Languages Department at Southern Adventist University combines 
language study with experience abroad and academic courses. Southern offers 
interdisciplinary degrees in French, French Teaching, International Studies, Spanish, 
and Spanish Teaching. The International Studies degree will enhance students' ability 
to live and work in an international setting. Students discover French, German, Italian, 
Spanish and Russian not only as living languages but also as reflections of many 
cultures. 

The Modern Languages Department also offers majors in French and Spanish, minors 
in French, German, Italian, and Spanish language courses in Italian and Russian, for 
those students wishing to gain a deeper understanding of cultures within a global 
context through the study of language, literature, and society. The French and Spanish 
majors also provides the necessary background for graduate study. In addition, the 
department offers French and Spanish Teaching Licensure majors for students 
interested in secondary education. Students seeking teacher certification should also 
pursue the teaching major. 

The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in today's global 
community, and knowledge of other cultures and cultural experiences should be a key 
part of the background of a well-educated individual, particularly of those with a sense 
of world mission. By introducing students to another language and giving them 
opportunity and exposure to experience other cultures, the Modern Languages 
Department at Southern Adventist University strives in helping to overcome stereotypes 
and prejudices, foster a spirit of appreciation and inclusiveness, and facilitates easier 
communication and interaction with persons of other languages and cultures. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The Modern Languages Department at Southern Adventist University provides a 
Christian learning environment that enhances the understanding of other cultures, and 
promotes a global dialogue by widening horizons, broadening, perspectives, and 
deepening self-understanding as a worldwide family. 

ASSESSMENT 

The assessment of majors in International Studies consists of three basic parts: First 
the candidates write an evaluation of the departmental program to state their perception 
of the program's effectiveness in achieving its objectives. Second, the candidates take 
a departmental exam to demonstrate their degree of success in achieving near native 
mastery of the target language in the areas of listening, reading, writing, and speaking. 
Third, the candidates take an oral examination focusing on their knowledge and 
appreciation of the culture of the peoples who speak the target language. A key element 
of this interview is the candidates' ability to compare and contrast the target culture with 
their own, and to show how they relate, contribute to, and enrich each other. 

The assessment of students majoring in Spanish, and Spanish Teaching consists of 
a departmental oral and written examination. Candidates will demonstrate a passing 
degree of knowledge and appreciation of Spanish speaking cultures, their literary 



180 Modern L 



ANGUAGES 



expression, and the ability to understand many of the complexities affecting and 
resulting from the Spanish, and Spanish- American experience in their own contextand 
when in contact with other cultures not only in the American continent, but in relation 
to global society. The assessment of students majoring in French and French Teaching 
is also a departmental oral and written examination. Candidates will demonstrate a 
passing degree of knowledge and appreciation of French speaking cultures, their literary 
expression, and the ability to understand the complexities in their own context not only 
in Europe and America, but as part of global society. 

FOREIGN STUDY 

Adventist Colleges Abroad. Southern Adventist University is a member of the 
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspice of the General 
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist Colleges Abroad 
program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of French, German, Italian, or 
Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign language amid the added advantages of 
an authentic cultural setting. 

Students can also contact ACA at: http://aca-noborders.org 

The language schools operated by the following institutions are affiliates of ACA: 
in Austria, Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Centre Universitaire et 
Pedagogique du Saleve, Collonges-sous-Saleve; in Spain, Colegio Adventista de 
Sagunto, Sagunto; in Argentina, Universidad Adventista del Plata, Libertador San 
Martin; in Italy, Istituto Avventista Villa Aurora; in Germany, Friedensau Adventist 
University; and in Mexico, Universidad de Montemorelos. 

MAJOR PROGRAMS 

Degrees. B.A. French, International Studies, Spanish. French and Spanish Teaching. 
Placement Level. Students who intend to enroll in a French or Spanish language 
course, who have had any background in the language must take the "Placement 
Examination." 

Exceptions. Students who are native speakers or who have otherwise acquired 
advanced language proficiency are encouraged to take the "Challenge Examination" 
offered by the department. Otherwise, students with no background in a language must 
begin at the 101 level. 

Departmental Majors. The Modern Languages Department offers language courses 
to satisfy the B.A. language requirement. A major in International Studies with 
emphasis in Spanish, French, German or Italian is offered. Majors in French, Spanish, 
and French or Spanish Teaching are also offered. 

Students planning majors or minors should contact the department early in their 
studies for a list of required courses. Those students with questions about their major 
or minor should refer to the Catalog and/or contact Modern Languages faculty. Those 
students with transferred language credit from another college or university should meet 
with a faculty adviser early in their studies regarding major or minor course equivalents. 

Students must earn a grade of C or better in all course work that is to count toward 
a department major or minor. 

Departmental Minors . The department offers minors in Spanish, French, German, and 
Italian. 

Language Emphasis. American Sign Language (ASL), Italian, and Russian. 
Teaching Major, Certification. Students planning to obtain Teaching certification 
must include the required professional education courses and any additional General 
Education requirements in their program as outlined in the School of Education and 
Psychology section of this Catalog under "Requirements for Certification." 



Modern La k g i a c e s 181 



The student must apply for initial admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sopho more year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under ADMIS SION PROCEDURES in the School of Education and Psychology section 
of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before a student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
principles of Learning and Teaching, and particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). 

Students returning from any of Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA), after fulfilling 
studies in French, Spanish, German, or Italian languages must meet with the Modern 
Languages Department Chair upon returning to SAU. This meeting is an assessment 
of the course work finished abroad, and advising of subsequent required course work 
towards a major offered at Southern. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES MAJORS 

ALL International Studies majors in Spanish or French MUST take from the Modern 
Languages Department at SAU, two (2) upper division courses upon returning from 
ACA and before graduation. These students will earn a minimum grade of "C" (2.00) 
in these courses. ALL students majoring in International Studies with emphasis in 
French, German, Italian, or Spanish MUST take a "Departmental Exit Examination" 
(DEE) during their last semester prior to graduation. Students will earn a minimum 
grade of "B-" in this examination. 

FRENCH AND SPANISH MAJORS 

ALL Spanish/French majors who studied abroad for one (1) full academic year at any 
of our ACA locations (Argentina, France, or Spain), who took a Culture and 
Civilization course equivalent to 3 SH, a literature course also equivalentto 3 SH, upon 
returning to SAU will need to take three (3) upper division courses in their majors from 
the required course list, SPAN/FREN 490, and cognate courses, if necessary. These 
courses MUST be taken at SAU. These students will earn a minimum grade of "C" 
(2.00) in all courses. 

If any Spanish/French major has not taken any of the courses mentioned above, they 
MUST take five (5) upper division courses from the Modern Languages Department at 
SAU, SPAN/FREN 490 and cognate courses, if necessary. These students will earn a 
minimum grade of "C" (2.00) in all courses. ALL SPAN/FREN majors MUST pass a 
written/oral "MajorComprehensive Examination" (MCE) during their last semesterand 
priorto graduation. This examination evaluates candidate's writing, reading, speaking, 
and listening skills in the language of study, and provides a platform for analysis and 
discussionof courses' content in their respective majors. Students will earn a minimum 
grade of "B-" in this examination. 



182 Modern L. 



A N G A G E S 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 



Major — B.A. French (34 hours) 

R equired Core Hours 

ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature 3 

FREN 490 Comprehensive Exam Prep 1 

Required Courses 

Select 27 hours from the following courses: 27 

FREN 207 Intermediate French I 

FREN 208 Intermediate French II 

FREN 244 French Comp & Conv 

FREN 305 French for Business 

FREN 344 Adv French Comp & Conv 

FREN 350 French Linguistics 

FREN 353 Contemp French Culture & Civ 

FREN 357 Survey Fren Med & Renaissance Lit 

FREN 358 Survey Fren 17"& 18" Cent Lit 

FREN 458 Survey Fren 19" & 20" Cent Lit 

FREN 459 Francophone Cultures & Lit 



Required Courses Hours 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 
ART 342 Renaissance Art History 

OR 
ART 349 Medieval Art History 
ENGL 336 Medieval & Renaissance Lit 
HIST 471 Classics of Western Thought I (W) 
HIST 472 Classics of Western Thought II (W) 



Students majoring in French are required to travel abroad for one ( 1 ) academic year 
to conduct studies at ACA (Collonges, France). They are also highly recommended to 
fulfill this requirement during their sophomore year . Students who minor in French are 
STRONGLY ADVISED to study one semester or one summer at ACA (Collonges, 
France). 

NOTE: French-speaking students who completed secondary education in France 
or in a French-speaking country are exempt from this requirement. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. French 



1st Semester 
COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


Hours 

3 


2nd Semester 

ENGL 102 


College Composition 


Hours 

3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


FREN 102 


Elementary French II 


3 


FREN 101 


Elementary French I 


3 




Area F, Beh Sciences 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E, Natural Sciences 


3 




Area C, History 


3 




Minor 


3 




AreaG-1, Rec Skills 


1 

16 






15 



Major — B.A. French, Teacher Certification, 7-12 (31 hours) 



R equired Core 

ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 




Hours 

3 


FREN 207 


Intermediate French I 




3 


FREN 208 


Intermediate French II 




3 


FREN 244 


French Comp & Conv 




3 


FREN 344 


Adv French Comp & Conv 




3 


FREN 350 


French Linguistics 




3 


FREN 353 


Contemp French Culture & Civ 


3 


FREN 357 


Survey Fren Med & Renais 


Lit 


3 


FREN 490 


Comprehensive Exam Prep 




1 



Required Courses Hours 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 
FREN 358 Survey Fren 17" & 18" Cent Lit 

FREN 458 Survey Fren 19" & 20" Cent Lit 

FREN 459 Francophone Cultures & Lit 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 
ART 342 Renaissance Art History (W) 

ART 349 Medieval Art History (W) 

HIST 386 Rise of the West (W) 



Students majoring in French who are seeking teaching certification are required to 
travel abroad for one ( 1 ) academic year to conduct studies at ACA (Collonges, France). 
They are also highly recommended to fulfill this requirement during their sophomore 
year . Students who minor in French are STRONGLY ADVISED to study one semester 
or one summer at ACA (Collonges, France). 

NOTE: French-speaking students who completed secondary education in France 
or in a French-speaking country are exempt from this requirement. 



M. 



ODERN JL/A N G I A C E S 



183 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 

B.A. French 

Leading to Licensure 7-12 



1st Semester 
COMM 135 
ENGL 101 
EDUC 138 
FREN 101/207 
PEAC 225 
RELB 



Intro to Public Speaking 

College Composition 

Intro to & Fnd of Secondary Educ 

Elem or Intermediate French 

Fitness for Life 

LD Religion 



Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


3 


FREN 102/208 


Elem or Intermediate French II** 


■* 3 


3 


EDUC 217 


Psyc Foundations of Education 


2 


c 3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Literature 


3 


1 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 


2 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


16 






16 



***Student course will depend on student score on placement exam. 

Major — B.A. Spanish (34 hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature 3 

SPAN 207 Intermediate Spanish I 3 

SPAN 208 Intermediate Spanish II 3 

SPAN 243 Spanish Comp & Conversation 3 

SPAN 354 Hispanic Civilization & Culture 3 

SPAN 355 Survey of Spanish Literature (W) 3 

SPAN 356 Survey of Spanish-American Lit (W) 3 

SPAN 457 U.S. Latino Literature (W) 3 

SPAN 458 Mexican-American Lit (W) 3 

SPAN 490 Comprehensive Exam Prep 1 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

Select six (6) hours from the following courses: 6 

HIST 351 Colonial Latin America (W) 

HIST 386 Rise of the West (W) 

HIST 471 Classics of Western Thought I (W) 

HIST 472 Classics of Western Thought II (W) 



Students majoring in Spanish are required to travel abroad for one (1) academic 
year , to conduct studies at one of the AC A locations (Argentina or Spain). It is highly 
recommended that students fulfill this requirement during their sophomore year . 

NOTE: Native Spanish-speaking students who completed secondary education in 
a Spanish-speaking country are exempt from this requirement. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Spanish 



1st Semester 

SPAN 101 
COMM 135 
ENGL 101 



Elementary Spanish I 
Intro to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Area B, Religion 
Area C, History 
AreaG-l.Rec Skills 



ours 

3 


2nd Semester 

SPAN 102 


Elementary Spanish II 


Hours 

3 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


3 




Area F, Beh Sciences 


3 


3 




Area E, Natural Sciences 


3 


3 




Minor 


3 


1 

16 






15 



Major — B.A. Spanish, Teacher Certification, 7-12 (31 hours) 



R equired C o 



Hours 

ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature 3 

SPAN 207 Intermediate Spanish I 3 

SPAN 208 Intermediate Spanish II 3 

SPAN 243 Spanish Comp & Conversation 3 

SPAN 354 Hispanic Civilization & Culture 3 

SPAN 355 Survey of Spanish Literature (W) 3 

SPAN 356 Survey of Spanish-American Lit ( W)3 

SPAN 457 U.S. Latino Literature (W) 3 

SPAN 458 Mexican American Lit (W) 3 

SPAN 490 Comprehensive Exam Prep 1 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 

HIST 351 Colonial Latin America (W) 

HIST 386 Rise of the West (W) 

HIST 471 Classics of Western Thought I (W) 

HIST 472 Classics of Western Thought II (W) 



Students majoring in Spanish who are seeking teaching certification are required to 
travel abroad for one (1) academic year , to conduct studies at one of the AC A locations 
(Argentina or Spain). It is highly recommended that students fulfill this requirement 
during their sophomore year . 

NOTE: Native Spanish-speaking students who completed secondary education in 
a Spanish-speaking country are exempt from this requirement. 



184 Modern L 



ASGUAGES 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 

B.A. Spanish 

Leading to Licensure 7-12 



1st Semester Hours 2nd Semester 

COMM 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 EDUC217 

EDUC 138 Intro to & Fnd of Secondary Educ 3 ENGL 102 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 ENGL 216 

PEAC225 Fitness for Life 1 HLED 173 

SPAN 101/207 Elem or Intermediate Spanish*** 3 RELT138 

RELB LD Religion _3 SPAN 102/208 

16 



Psyc Foundations of Education 

College Composition 

Approaches to Literature 

Health for Life 

Adventist Heritage 

Elem or Intermediate Spanish** 



2 
3 
3 
2 
3 

_2 

16 



***Student course will depend on student score on placement exam. 

Major — B.A. in International Studies with emphasis in French, German, Italian, 
or Spanish (36 Hours) 

1 . Language Component 24 hours 

! Intermediate level of language 

(French, German, Italian or Spanish) 

prior to travel to ACA is 

strongly recommended 6 hours 



One year of Interm-Adv language courses at 
ACA including 3 semester hours in 
Culture and Civilization and 
and 3 semester hours in Literature/History. . . 



18 hours 



2. Humanities Component (at SAU) 12 hours 

ART 345 Contemporary Art (W) 3 

ENGL 445 Ancient Classics (W) 3 

HIST 387 Europe in the Nineteenth Century (W) 

OR 3 

HIST 388 Contemporary Europe (W) 

COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (W) 3 

TOTAL 



36 hours 



Major — B.A. International Studies, French Fmphasis (36 Hours) 



R eqiiired Courses Semester Hours 


Required Courses, continued Semester Hours 


FREN 207 


Intermediate French I 


3 


FREN 341* Adv Grammar 


FREN208 


Interm ediate French II 


3 


FREN351* Adv Oral Expression I 


FREN 221* 


Intermediate Composition 




FREN 376* French Civilization 


FREN 251* 


Intermediate Oral Exp 






FREN 301* 


French History 






FREN 321* 


Adv Composition I 






FREN 331* 


Orthography 







Major — B.A. International Studies, German Emphasis (36 Hours) 



Semester Hours 

3 
3 



R eqiiired Courses 

GRMN 207 Intermediate German 

GRMN 208 Intermediate German 

GRMN 21 1* Intermediate Written Expression 

GRMN 221* Intermediate Reading Comprehension 

GRMN 254* Survey of German Lit 



Required Courses, continued Semester Hours 

GRMN 301* Advanced Oral Expression 
GRMN 31 1* Advanced Written Expression 
GRMN 321* Advanced Reading Comprehension 
HIST 204* European Civilization 



*See Adventist Colleges Abroad Catalog for course descriptions 



M. 



ODERN Lik N G I A C E S 



185 



Major — B.A. International Studies, Italian Emphasis (36 Hours) 



R equired Courses 


Semester Hours 


ITAL 207 


Intermediate Italian I 


3 


ITAL 208 


Intermediate Italian II 


3 


GEOG313* 


Geography of Italy 




ITLN212* 


Italian Culture 




ITLN313* 


Italian Culture II 





ITLN 351/451*Ilalian Grammar 



Required Courses, continued 
ITLN 361/461*Italian Composition 
ITLN 37 1/471 "Italian Conversation 
ITLN 303* Italian History 

ITLN 333* Italian Literature 

ITLN 431* Italian Literature II 

ITLN 230/330*History of Italian Art 



Semester Hours 



Major — B.A. International Studies, Spanish Emphasis (36 Hours) 



R equired Courses 



Semester Hours 



SPAN 207 
SPAN 208 
SPAN 261 
SPAN 271 
SPAN 351 
SPAN 361 
SPAN 371 



Intermediate Spanish I 
Intermediate Spanish II 
Interm Spanish Composition 
Interm Span Conversation 
Adv Spanish Grammar 
Adv Spanish Composition 
Adv Spanish Conversation 



Required Courses, continued Semester Hours 

ACA in Spain: 

SPAN 312* Spain and Its Culture 
SPAN 331* History of Spanish Lit 

ACA in Argentina: 

SPAN 332* Latin American Literature 
SPAN 342* History of Argentina 



*See Adventist Colleges Abroad Catalog for course descriptions 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. International Studies, French, German, Italian, Spanish 



1st Semester 

•SPAN 101 
HIST 175 
ENGL 101 
MATH 106 
RELT 125 



Elementary Spanish I 
World Civilization 
College Composition 
Survey of Math I 
Life & Teachings of Jesus 



Semester Hours 


2nd Semester 


3 
3 
3 
3 
s 3 
15 


•SPAN 102 


ENGL 102 


HMNT 205 


PEAC 


PSYC 128 


COMM 135 



Elementary Spanish II 
College Composition 
Arts and Ideas 
PE course 

Developmental Psych 
Intro to Public Speaking 



■Semester Hours 
3 
3 
3 

1 
3 

2 

16 



'"French, German, Italian, or Spanish 



Minor — French (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

FREN 207 Intermediate French I 3 

FREN208 Intermediate French II 3 

FREN 244 French Comp & Convers 3 

FREN 344 Adv French Comp & Conv 3 

FREN 350 French Linguistics 3 

FREN 353 Contemp French Culture & Civ 3 



Minor — German (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

207-208 Intermediate Language 6 

UD Language Courses 6 

Elective Language Courses 6 



Minor— Italian (18 Hours) 

Required Courses 

ITAL 207 Interm Italian I (or equiv ACA) 

ITAL 208 Interm Italian II (or equiv ACA) 

At Villa Aurora (Italy): 



GEOG 3 1 3 
ITLN 303 
ITLN 313 

ITLN 351 
ITLN 361 
ITLN 371 



Geography of Italy 
Italian History 
Advanced Italian Culture 
Advanced Grammar 
Advanced Composition 
Advanced Conversation 



Minor — Spanish (18 Hours) 



R equired Courses 



SPAN 207 
SPAN 208 
SPAN 243 
SPAN 354 
SPAN 355 
SPAN 356 



Intermediate Spanish I 
Intermediate Spanish II 
Comp & Conversation 
Hispanic Culture & Civ 
Survey of Spanish Lit 
Survey of Span-Amer Lit 



Hours 

3 



:H The beginning language courses, 101-102, are excluded from the minor. Students desiring a language minor must earn 12 
credits beyond the intermediate level either at SAU or through ACA . 



186 Modern L. 



ASGUAGES 



DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 
I. Courses Offered at the SAU Campus 

FRENCH 

FREN 101. Elementary French I (D-l) 3 hours 

This is a foundation course in basic language skills. Students who have any background in 
French must take the language placement examination. Students should contact department for 
details on specific scores. This course develops listening and reading strategies with emphasis 
on oral and written forms of communication. Laboratory work required. (Fall) 

FREN 102. Elementary French II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101 or score a minimum of 296 on placement examination or approval of 
the department. 

This course is a continuation on the development of basic language skills. Written and oral 
communication is strongly emphasized. It concentrates on developing the ability to use the 
language creatively to deal with daily life situations within the French-speaking context. 
Laboratory work required. (Winter) 

FREN 207. Intermediate French I (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 102 or score a minimum of 356 on placement examination or approval of 
the department. 

Review and expansion of grammar/vocabulary as students develop speaking, writing, reading, 
and listening skills. Readings and discussionsfocus on topics related to the culture of theFrench- 
speaking world . Laboratory work required. (Fall) 

FREN 208. Intermediate French II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 207 or score a minimum of 440 on placement examination or approval of 
the department. 

Continues the review and expansion of grammar/vocabulary as students develop speaking, 
writing, reading, and listening skills. Readings and discussions focus on topics related to the 
culture of the French-speaking world. Laboratory work required. (Winter) 

FREN 244. French Composition and Conversation 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 208 or approval of the department. 

Course designed to enhance oral and written proficiency along with vocabulary expansion and 
to review grammatical structures. It emphasizes description and narration, extending to the 
broader French-speaking world. FREN 244 and 344 is a sequence particularly suggested for 
students who minor in French. (Fall) 

FREN 305. French for Business 3 hours 

Prerequisite: A minimum of one (1) academic year at Collonges (ACA) prior to taking this 

course. 

This course seeks to develop knowledge and proficiency in the French economic and business 

world. It includes vocabulary review; practice of oral and written expression, marketing, 

banking, employment, job hunting, interviewing, accounting, and publicity. Written expression 

of business correspondence are some of the topics discussed. 

FREN 344. Advanced French Composition and Conversation 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 208 and FREN 244 or approval of the department. 

Designed to enhance oral and written proficiency along with vocabulary expansion and to review 
grammatical structures. It focuses on Nous and Les Autres, incorporating description and 
narration, extending to the broader French-speaking world, incorporating current events and 
argumentation along with vocabulary study and grammar refinement. FREN 244 and 344 is a 
sequence particularly suggested for students who minor in French. (Fall) 



Modern La n g i a c e s 187 



FREN 350. French Linguistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 208 and FREN 244 or equivalent or approval of the department. 
An intensive course designed to enhance oral and written proficiency along with vocabulary 
expansion. It focuses on the study of syntax, morphology, phonetics, and phonology as 
components of the generative grammar of the French language. Open to eligible students 
returning from ACA. This course is required for majors in French. (Fall) 

FREN 353. Contemporary French Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 244 or approval of the department. 

This course focuses on contemporary French culture and civilization and emphasizes social, 
political, and artistic trends, and intellectual movements that have contributed to the institutions 
and character of modern France. Course conducted entirely in French. (Winter) 

FREN 357. Survey of French Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2)W 3 hours 
Prerequisites: FREN 244 and ENGL 216 or approval of the department. 
Close reading and discussion of selected works from the period (eleventh through sixteenth 
centuries) viewed in the socio-historical, intellectual, and artistic context: Chanson de Roland, 
Roman de Renart, Aucassin etNicolette, Farce de Maitre Pathelin, and works by Chretien de 
Troyes, Villon, Rabelais, the Pleiade, and Montaigne. 

FREN 358. Survey of French 17 ,h and 18" Centuries Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 
Prerequisites: FREN 244 and ENGL 216 or approval of the department. 
This course is a study of neo-classical tragedy and comedy as illustrated in select texts of 
Corneille, Mohere, Racine, Marivaux, and Beaumarchais. It experiments in narrative fiction, 
including works by Mme de Lafayette and Prevost. The art of epistolarity: Pascal and 
thepolemical letter, Mme de Sevigne and the personal letter, Voltaire and the traveler's letter. 
Focus on topics: preciosite and sensibility; feminism and modernity; rationalism and esprit 
critique. 

FREN 458. Survey of French 19" and 20" Centuries Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 
Prerequisites: FREN 244 and ENGL 216 or approval of the department. 
Studies the main literary works and currents in the modern era in their historical context. Based 
on an interdisciplinary approach linking literary theory with history, sociology, and psychology. 
Works studied: Chateaubriand, Rene; Balzac, Le Pere Goriot; Hugo, Hernani; Baudelaire, Les 
Fleurs du mat; Gide, La Symphonie pastorale; Camus, L 'Etranger; Duras, Moderato Cantabile. 

FREN 459. Francophone Cultures and Literatures (D-2)(W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: FREN 244 and ENGL 216 or approval of the department. 
This course proposes a cultural and literary journey based on a variety of texts throughout the 
main French-speaking regions of the world: the African continent, South East Asia, French 
Canada, Belgium, Switzerland, the French-speaking islands of the Caribbean. This approach is 
inteded to stress and place into perspective these geographical and national entities. Guest- 
speakers closely related, either as native speakers or by their professional experience to French- 
speaking Africa, Canada, or the Caribbean will be invited when available. 

FREN 265/465. Topics in French 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in French presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will determine how 
the course applies to the major. This course may be repeated for credit. 

FREN 490. Comprehensive Examination Preparation 1 hour 

Designed to provide academic support for French majors who will be taking the departmental 
written examination required for graduation. Faculty will meet with the student regularly to 
assure the student has covered all materials pertinent to this examination. French majors must 
take this course prior to graduation in the last semester. 

FREN 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Emphasizes individual, directed study. Designed for students who want to conduct independent 
research in a specific subject of modern languages. Faculty will assist student with selection of 
topic and serve as consultant for the project. This course is limited primarily to the department 
majors and must be approved by the Chair of Modern Languages. 



188 Modern L. 



ASGUAGES 



GERMAN 

GRMN 101. Elementary German I (D-l) 3 hours 

A foundation course in the basic language skills. Laboratory work is required. Students who 
have not taken any German language must enroll in GRMN 101. This course develops listening 
and reading strategies with an emphasis on oral and written forms of communication. (Fall)* 

GRMN 102. Elementary German II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 101 or approval of the department. 

This course is a continuation on the development of basic language skills. Oral and written 

communication are strongly emphasized. Laboratory work is required. (Winter)* 

GRMN 207. Intermediate German I (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 102 or approval of the department. 

Continued emphasis on development of listening and speaking skills. There is, however, an 
increased emphasis on reading and writing skills through short selections in German. Laboratory 
work is required. Students may get credit by passing a "challenge examination" with a B grade. 
For information on the examination, students shouldrefer to S AU Catalog (p. 44) and/or Modern 
Languages faculty for details. (Fall)* 

GRMN 208. Intermediate German II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 207 or approval of the department. 

This course maintains a strong emphasis on listening and speaking skills. Through reading of 
more extensive texts and informal writing as a support for speaking, it develops oral fluency 
toward more effective narrative. Laboratory work is required. Students may get credit by passing 
a "challenge examination" with a B grade. For information on this examination, students should 
refer to SAU Catalog and/or Modern Languages faculty for details. (Winter)* 

NO TE : Those students who have any background in German must seek departmental permission to enroll in 
any German course other than GRMN 101. 



ITALIAN 

ITAL 101. Elementary Italian I (D-l) 3 hours 

Introduces students to the basic principles of the language necessary for written and oral 
communication. Emphasis placed on developing the ability to use the language creatively to talk 
about oneself and to deal with daily life situations within the Italian cultural context. Laboratory 
work required. (Fall) 

ITAL 102. Elementary Italian II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ITAL 101 or approval of the department. 

Continues ITAL 101. This course further develops the student's ability to communicate in 
Italian, both orally and in writing. Students will speak, read, and write about such topics as 
advice and opinions, the future, and hypothetical situations, while at the same time gaining 
insights into the culture of Italy. Laboratory work required. (Winter) 

ITAL 207. Intermediate Italian I (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ITAL 102 or approval of the department. 

This course requires a fairly good foundation in the basic principles of the language. Students 
improve their communication skills by discussing and writing about various topics drawn from 
readings focused on Italian culture. Review of grammar is included. Laboratory work required. 

ITAL 208. Intermediate Italian II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ITAL 207 or approval of the department. 

Continues ITAL 207 and requires a good foundation in the basic principles of the language. 
Students improve their communication skills by discussing and writing about various topics 
drawn from readings focused on Italian culture. Although review of grammar is included, it is 
not necessarily stressed. Laboratory work required. 



Modern La n g i a c e s 189 



MODERN LANGUAGE 

MDLG 165/266. Topics in Modern Languages 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in modern languages presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine how the course applies to the major. This course may be repeated for credit. 

MDLG 240. American Sign Language I (D-l) 3 hours 

An introductory class in American Sign Language designed for the student with little or no 
signing experience. Course focus is on developing beginning sign communication for basic 
conversational usage. 

MDLG 241. American Sign Language II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MDLG 240 or equivalent. 

A continuation of American Sign Language I with an ongoing emphasis on expressive and 
receptive sign communication development. Further attention is placed on ASL grammar and 
deaf culture. Students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must check with their 
School/Department prior to taking this course. 

MDLG 265. Spanish for Health Professionals (D-l) 3 hours 

This course is designed for physicians, nurses, and other health professionals who need to 
communicate with Spanish- speaking clients. In this course, students will develop health-related 
vocabulary in context; situational dialogues and responses; communication patterns; body 
language; and higher understanding of specific expressions and responses commonly used by 
health professionals when interacting with Spanish-speaking clients . This course will not count 
toward any of the majors offered by the Modern Languages Department . Open to all but 
primarily for Allied Health, Nursing, Pre-Med, Wellness, and Social Work majors. (Winter) 

RUSSIAN 

RUSS 101. Elementary Russian I (D-l) 3 hours 

This course offers students an introduction to the Russian language and provides a cultural 
adventure as well. The course develops listening and reading strategies with emphasis on oral and 
written forms of communication. Lab work required. 

RUSS 102. Elementary Russian II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RUSS 101 or approval of the department. 

This course offers students an introduction to the Russian language and provides a cultural 
adventure as well. The course continues developing listening and reading strategies with 
emphasis on oral and written forms of communication. Lab work required. 

RUSS 207. Intermediate Russian I (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RUSS 102 or approval of the department. 

This course emphasizes intermediate grammar, intensive reading of moderate difficult Russian 

language texts, and oral and written exercises. 

RUSS 208. Intermediate Russian II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RUSS 207 or approval of the department. 

This course continues an emphasizes on intermediate grammar, intensive reading of moderate 

difficult Russian language texts, and oral and written exercises 



190 Modern L 



ASGUAGES 



SPANISH 

SPAN 101. Elementary Spanish I (D-l) 3 hours 

A foundation course in basic language skills. Students who have any background in Spanish 
language must take the language placement examination. Students should contact department for 
details on specific scores. This course develops listening and reading strategies with an emphasis 
on oral and written forms of communication. (Fall) 

SPAN 102. Elementary Spanish II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101 or score a minimum of 296 on placement examination or approval of 
the department. (Winter) 

This course is a continuation on the development of basic language skills. Oral and written 
communication are strongly emphasized. Laboratory work is required. (Winter) 

SPAN 207. Intermediate Spanish I (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 102 or score a minimum of 356 on a placement examination or approval of 
the department. 

Continued emphasis on development of listening and speaking skills. There is, however, an 
increased emphasis on reading and writing skills through the study of short selections of Spanish 
literature. Laboratory work is required. Students may get credit for this course by passing a 
"challenge examination" with a B grade. For information on this examination, students should 
refer to SAU Catalog and/or Modern Languages faculty for details. (Fall) 

SPAN 208. Intermediate Spanish II (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 207 or score a minimum of 440 on a placement examination or approval of 
the department. 

This course maintains a strong emphasis on listening and speaking skills. Through reading of 
more extensive texts and informal writing as a support for speaking, it develops oral fluency and 
more effective narrative. Laboratory work is required. Students may get credit for this course 
by passing a "challenge examination" with a B grade. For information on this examination, 
students should refer to the SAU Catalog and/or Modern Languages faculty for details. (Winter) 

SPAN 243. Composition and Conversation (D-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 208 or approval of the department. 

An intensive course aiming at proficiency in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing in 
Spanish. This course is conducted in Spanish with a high emphasis on elaboration of formal 
writing. This course offers an opportunity for students to participate at a higher level of language 
fluency, both, oral and written. (Fall) 

SPAN 354. Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 243 or approval of the department. 

A course designed to study the social, political, economic, artistic, intellectual, and religious 
aspects of Spanish-speaking society, their diversity of cultures, their interaction, and their past 
and present projection toward participation in a global arena. (Winter) 

SPAN 355. Survey of Spanish Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 243 and ENGL 216 for Spanish/Spanish Teaching majors or approval 
of the department. 

This course is designed to study the history and development of Spanish literature, the many 
factors affecting literary productions, and the analysis of contemporary Spanish society. As a 
survey, this course contemplates Medieval Spanish literary productions to present literary 
movements in Spain . (Fall) 

SPAN 356. Survey of Spanish-American Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 243 and ENGL 216 for Spanish/Spanish Teaching majors or approval of the 
department. 

This course is designed as a survey of Spanish- American literary production from travel writing 
in the Sixteenth Century to contemporary literary productions in the many cultures of countries 
understood as the Americas. (Winter) 



Modern La k g i a c e s 191 



SPAN 360. Spanish Through Genre Analysis (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ENGL 216; SPAN 243. 

This course is a historical study of some major literary works from Spain and Spanish America 
as presented in short story, novel, drama, poetry, and essay. Special emphasis given to political 
impact, social context, and individual characteristics of literary works chosen. This course will 
be conducted entirely in Spanish and will focus on active speaking, reading, text analysis, and 
writing. 

SPAN 457. U.S. Latino Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with ENGL 457. A student may receive credit for this course from 

only one program. 

Prerequisite: SPAN 243 and ENGL 216 or approval of the department. 

This course is designed to approach literary productions of U.S. Latinos and their cultural 

significance in contemporary U.S. society. The inevitable linguistic encounter on a common 

"national" space of literary production presents a variety of works that project a social struggle, 

apolitical agenda, and a beauty of narrative by non-canonical authors in the U.S. (Fall, alternate 

years) 

SPAN 458. Mexican -American Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 243 and ENGL 216 or approval of the department. 

This course is designed to contemplate the literary production of "border" Spanish speakers, and 
their linguistic evolution into what is known today as Chicano/a literature. Such space of 
production also reflects and portrays a level of militancy that affects, and is projected through, 
this literary space. A variety of topics (including participation on U.S. economy) are geared to 
understand the cultural differences among Spanish speakers in the cultural space known as 
"America." (Winter, odd years) 

SPAN 265/465. Topics in Spanish 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in Spanish presented in a classroom setting. Subject covered will determine how 
the course applies to the major. This course may be repeated for credit. 

SPAN 490. Comprehensive Examination Preparation 1 hour 

This particular course is a time designed to provide academic support for Spanish majors who 
will be taking the departmental written examination required for graduation. Faculty will meet 
with the student regularly to assure that the student has covered all materials pertinent to this 
examination. Spanish majors must take this course prior to graduation in the last semester. 

SPAN 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. This course is for students who want to conduct 
independent research in a specific subject of modern languages. Faculty will assist student with 
selection of topic and serve as consultant for the project. This course is limited primarily to the 
department majors and must be approved by the Chair of Modern Languages. 

II. Courses offered at the ACA language schools 

For a complete listing of courses available for credit at the ACA campuses, seethe 2006-07 ACA 
Catalog in Southern Adventist University's Modern Languages Department. 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum Content Methods/Languages 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to the Teacher Education Program. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of language instruction, planning, testing, and 
evaluating student performance; they survey and evaluation of textbooks appropriate for language 
teaching and learning is also included. 



(D-l) (D-2) (W) See pages 29-33 for General Education requirements. 



School of Music 



Dean: W. Scott Ball 

Faculty: Gennevieve Brown-Kibble, Peter J. Cooper, Judith Glass, 

Laurie Redmer Minner, Ken Parsons, Julie Penner 
Adjunct Faculty: Bob Burks, John Burroughs, Jan Cochrane, Patricia Dusold, 

Laura Elder, Robert Hansel, Gordon James, Elaine Janzen, Nora Kile, 

Adrienne Olson, Mark Reneau, Sherilyn Samaan, Clinton Schmitt, 

Patricia Silver, James Stroud, Nikolasa Tejero 

MUSIC 

The faculty of the School of Music believes that music is one of the arts given to 
humankind by his Creator to be used in the worship of God and to enhance the quality 
of life. In harmony with this philosophy, course work is offered that meets the needs 
of the general university student as well as music majors and minors. 

The School of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the Bachelor of Music 
degree in music education and the Bachelor of Science degree in music. Both degrees 
require courses in music theory and history, as well as a high level of achievement in 
a major performance area. The Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills 
necessary for teaching music, with special emphasis on the training of teachers for the 
Seventh-day Adventist school system. The Bachelor of Science degree affords the 
student the opportunity to choose one of three tracks: (1) General, (2) Music Theory 
and Literature, (3) Music Performance. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of the University. 
Acceptance to the University, however, does not guarantee admission to the School of 
Music as a music major. The prospective music major is required to take written and 
aural entrance examinations in music theory and a performance examination in the 
applied area. To obtain Freshman Standing as a music major, the student must qualify 
for MUCT 111, Music Theory I and MUPF 189, Concentration. Continuation in the 
music program is contingent upon satisfactory progress toward a degree measured by 
regular assessment checkpoints, described in the following pages. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Functional Piano: All music majors must demonstrate keyboard proficiency by 
passing a piano proficiency examination or successfully completing Class Piano 1-4. 
Keyboard proficiency includes the ability to play hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, 
several moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and harmonize simple folk 
melodies. Students will take a piano placement test during the first week of the first 
semester in residence. 

Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for twelve 
half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice per lesson. Performance 
Concentration grades are assigned following a jury examination at the end of each 
semester. (See Music Lesson Fees under Financial Policies section of this Catalog.) 

Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors (students taking 1 2 or more 
credits) are required to attend, as a non-performer, six School approved concerts per 
semester, except for the student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty 
recitals, student junior and senior recitals, and music general recitals. Failure to meet 
this requirement will nullify music major status. 

Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to participate in an 
appropriate music ensemble every semester in full-time residence (12 or more hours). 



School of Mi 1 sic 193 



During the student teaching semester, students are exempted from this requirement. 
Teacher certification candidates must, however, complete eight hours of appropriate 
ensembles. Appropriate ensembles are defined as follows: string majors, Symphony 
Orchestra; wind and percussion majors, Wind Symphony; voice majors, SAU Chorale; 
keyboard majors, any of the above. Students are encouraged to participate in a variety 
of other ensembles as time permits. 

ASSESSMENT 

The School of Music has an ongoing program of student assessment. This program 
includes the following: 

1 . PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS 

a. Concentration : 

Music Performance Concentration (MUPF 1 89, 389) grades will be based 
on the student having met the following criteria: 

1. Completed at least 12 lessons for the semester. (One-half hour 
lesson=one semester hour credit; one hour lesson=two semester hours 
credit.) 

2. Practiced a minimum of four hours each week for each semester hour of 
credit. The student will keep a "Daily Practice Log" for his/her 
verification of meeting this requirement. (Two semester hours of 
credit=eight hours of practice per week.) 

3. Studied, completed, and performed sufficient literature to warrant the 
credit hours for which the individual is registered. (The number, length, 
and/or difficulty level of the work(s) studied and of the work(s) prepared 
for performance are the basis for this criterion. Where appropriate, other 
factors such as memorization will be considered.) 

4. Performed on at least one Music General Recital during the semester. 
Organ students may meet this requirement through a service performance 
(e.g. convocation, evensong, worship service). 

5. Completed the end of the semester jury examination and received a 
performance grade as determined by the Music Faculty (50%) and the 
Private Lesson Instructor (50%). 

Unsatisfactory performance in any item above will negatively affect the 

final Performance Concentration grade. 

A grade of C- or lower will not count toward the Performance 
Concentration requirements. 

A grade of C or lower for two consecutive semesters will result in the 
student being dropped as a Music Major. Reinstatement can be achieved 
only by applying to the Music Faculty and successfully completing an 
audition for reinstatement in the Performance Concentration area. Audition 
for reinstatement may be requested only once. 

b. Applied Music : 

Applied Music (MUPF 129, 329) grades will be based on the student 
having met the following criteria. 

1. Completed at least 12 lessons for the semester. (One-half hour 
lesson=one semester hour credit; one hour lesson=two semester hours 
credit.) 

2. Practiced a minimum of four hours per week for each semester hour of 
credit. The student will keep a "Daily Practice Log" for his/her 
verification of meeting this requirement. (Two semester hours 
credit=eight hours practice per week.) 



194 School of Mi 



3. Studied, completed, and performed sufficient literature at the individual 
student's level to warrant the credit hours for which the individual is 
registered. 
Unsatisfactory performance in any item above will negatively affect the 

final Applied Music grade. 

2. APPLICATION TO MUSIC MAJOR TRACK 

Music majors with Freshman Standing must apply to the Music Faculty for acceptance 
to a specific track upon completion of the freshman year. The following tracks are 
available: B.Mus. Music Education; B.S. Music/General ;B.S. Theory and Literature; B.S. 
Performance. The faculty's decision is based upon the following: 

a. Satisfactory progress in academic coursework (minimum of 2.5 grade point average 
in MUCT and MUHL courses). 

b. Satisfactory progress in performance area (based on jury evaluations). 

c. Other criteria specific to Music Education and Performance concentrations. 

3. SOPHOMORE EVALUATION AND JUNIOR STANDING 

Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the sophomore year. These 
requirements are as follows: 

a. An overall grade point average of 2.00 for the Bachelor of Science degree and 2.75 
for the Bachelor of Music degree. 

b. A grade point average of 2.75 in all music courses. 

c. Demonstration of keyboard proficiency. 

d. Completion of MUCT 211-212,221-222. 

e. Completion of at least four hours of MUPF 189: Concentration. 

Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result in the student's 
receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, 
Bachelor of Science; (c) Probation; (d) Fail. Junior Standing requirements must be met 
at least two semesters before graduation. 

4. SENIOR RECITAL 

All music degree candidates will present a senior recital. The student must be registered 
for private instruction while preparing for the senior recital. A faculty audition of the 
complete program must be scheduled at least three weeks before the recital date. Junior 
Standing as a music major is prerequisite to scheduling the faculty audition of the senior 
recital. Unsatisfactory performance at this audition will result in a rescheduling of the 
recital date. 

Following the senior recital, the music faculty will vote either to accept the performance 
or to require all or portions of the recital to be repeated. The student will not be cleared 
for graduation until successful completion of the senior recital. Upon music faculty 
approval, the senior recital requirement may be partially fulfilled through a conducting 
or chamber music performance. 

5. SENIOR ASSESSMENT EXAMINATION 

During the senior year each graduating senior will take the nationally standardized Major 
Field Achievement Test. The results of this examination will be used to help determine 
the effectiveness of the music program and the competency level of the graduates. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE IN MUSIC EDUCATION 

The Bachelor of Music degree in music education meets state and denominational 
certification requirements. Students must apply for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program through the School of Education and Psychology prior to taking upper division 
education courses. Each student will be responsible to determine the additional courses 



School of Mi 1 sic 195 



that may be required for certification in the state of his/her choice. This information can 
be obtained at the School of Education and Psychology. 

State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education majors include 
passing the Praxis II Specialty Test in Music Education at the 480 level. 

The following General Education requirements apply only to students pursuing a 
Bachelor of Music degree: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 15 hours 

1 . English 6 hours 

2. Mathematics 3 hours 

3. Computer 3 hours 

4. Intro to Public Speaking 3 hours 

B. Religion 12 hours 

1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 3 hours 

2. Religion: RELT 138, 255 6 hours 

3. Upper division elective 3 hours 

C. History 6 hours 

D. Language, Literature, Fine Arts 3 hours 

1. Literature 3 hours 

E. Natural Sciences 6 hours 

1 . Biology 0-3 hours 

2. Chemistry 0-3 hours 

3. Physics 0-3 hours 

4. Earth Science 0-3 hours 

F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 5 hours 

1. HLED 173, PSYC128 

G. Activity Skills 2 hours 

1. Recreational Skills (PEAC 225 required) 2 hours 

TOTAL 49 hours 

Music Core (30 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

MUCT 111-112 MusicThcoryI.il 6 

MUCT 121-122 AuralTheoryI.il 2 

MUCT 21 1-212 MusicTheorylll.IV 6 

MUCT 221 222 Aural Theory III, IV 2 

MUCT 313 Orchestration and Arranging 3 

MUHL118 Musical Styles & Repertories 2 

MUHL 320-323 Music history courses (W) 8 

MUPF 273 Basic Conducting 1 



Vocal/General Endorsement (32-36 Hours) 

A. Voice Concentration (32) 

Applied Concentration 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUPF 225 Singers Diction I 2 hours 

MUPF 373 Choral Conducting 2 hours 

MUPF 374 Instrumental Conducting 2 hours 

MU Elective 2 hours 

B. Keyboard Concentration (36) 

Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) 14 hours 

Applied Music (Voice) 4 hours 

Appropriate Ensembles 8 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 



196 School of Mi 



MUPF 279 Service Playing (Organ majors) 1,1 hours 

OR 
MUPF 289 Accompanying (Piano majors) 

MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

OR 
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy 

MUPF 373 Choral Conducting 2 hours 

MUPF 374 Instrumental Conducting 2 hours 

Instrumental Endorsement (36 Hours) 

Concentration 

(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours 

Applied Music 

(one instrument from family outside of concentration 1,1) 2 hours 

Appropriate Ensembles 8 hours 

MUED 236 String Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

MUED 246 Brass Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

MUED 256 Woodwind Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

MUED 266 Percussion Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

MUED 276 Vocal Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

MUPF 374 Instrumental Conducting 2 hours 

Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement 

An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a minimum often 
semester hours in methods and materials, provided both are represented. 

Professional Core (36 Hours) 

MUED Courses: 

MUED 250 Technology in Music Education 2 

MUED 331 Music in the Elementary School 3 

MUED 332 Music in the Secondary School 3 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 

EDUC Courses: 

EDUC 129 Introduction to and Foundations of Elementary Education 

OR 3 

EDUC 138 Intro to and Foundations of Secondary Education 

EDUC 217 Psychology Foundations of Education 2 

EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Education (W) 2 

EDUC 340 Differentiating Instruction for Diverse Students 2 

EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 2 

EDUC 422 Behavior Management — Secondary 2 

EDUC 434 Literacy in the Content Areas 2 

EDUC 464 Teaching Seminar 2 

EDUC 473 Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 10 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under ADMIS SION PROCEDURES in the School of Education and Psychology section 
of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 



School of 



Mb 



197 



The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.Mus. Music Education 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


EDUC 129 


Intro to & Fnd of Elementary Educ 


ENGL 102 




OR 3 


MUCT 112 


EDUC 138 


Intro to & Fnd of Secondary Educ 


MUCT 122 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 3 


MUHL 118 


HIST 


Area C-l, Elective 3 


MUPF 104 


MUCT 111 


Music Theory I 3 


MUPF 189 


MUCT 121 


Aural Theory I 1 


RELT 255 


MUPF 103 


Class Piano I 1 




MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration 2 

Music Ensemble 1 

16 





College Composition 

Music Theory II 

Aural Theory II 

Musical Styles & Repertories 

Class Piano 2 

Applied Concentration 

Christian Beliefs 

Music Ensemble 



Hours 

3 
3 
1 

2 
1 
2 
3 
± 
16 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Science in Music degree indicates the study of music within a liberal 
arts degree framework. This program is designed to meet the needs of students who 
wish to major in music irrespective of specific career aspirations. 

Major — B.S. Music (46-60 Hours) 

Music Core (35 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

MUCT 111-112 MusicTheoryI.il 6 

MUCT 121-122 AuralTheoryI.il 2 

MUCT 21 1-212 MusicTheorylll.IV 6 

MUCT 221-222 Aural Theory III, IV 2 

MUHL 1 1 8 Musical Styles & Repertories 2 
MUHL 320 Music of the Middle Ages & 

Renaissance (W) 2 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

MUHL 321 Music of the Late Renaissance 

and Baroque Era (W) 2 

MUHL 322 Classic & Romantic Music (W) 2 

MUHL 323 Music in the 20" Century (W) 2 

MUPF 273 Basic Conducting 1 

Appropriate Music Ensembles 8 



General Track (11 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

MUPF 189 Concentration 

MUPF 389 Concentration 

UD Theory Elective 



Hours 

4 
4 
3 



Music Theory and Literature Track (16 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

MUPF 189 Concentration 

MUPF 389 Concentration 

MUCT 313 Orchestration & Arranging 

OR 
MUCT 315 Compositional Techniques 

MUCT 413 Analysis of Musical Forms 

MUHL 485 Music Seminar 



Hours 

4 



Cognate Requirement Hours 

HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3 

Foreign Language through the Intermediate Level 6 
(French or German required) 



198 School of Mi 



Music Performance Track (23-25 Hours) 

Students are accepted into this track by audition only. 



R equired Courses H 

MUPF 1 89 Concentration 

MUPF 389 Concentration 

MUCT413 Analysis of Musical Forms 

Cognate Requirement 

Foreign Language through the Intermediate Level 
(French or German required) 



Specific area requirements as follows : 

For Piano Majors (4 Hours) 

MUED 3 1 6 Piano Pedagogy (2) 

MUPF 289 Accompanying (1, 1) 

For Voice Majors (6 Hours) 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy (2) 

MUPF 225-226 Singers Diction LII (2,2) 

For Organ Majors (4 Hours) 

MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy (2) 

MUPF 279 Service Playing (1,1) 

For Orchestra/Band Instrument (4 Hours) 
Chamber Music (1,1) 
Instrumental Literature (2) 



Hours 

4-6 



MUPF 334 
MUPF 344 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Music 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 




3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


MUCT 111 


Music Theory I 




3 


MUCT 112 


Music Theory II 


3 


MUCT 121 


Aural Theory I 




1 


MUCT 122 


Aural Theory II 


1 


MUPF 103 


Class Piano I 




1 


MUHL 118 


Musical Styles & Repertories 


2 


MUPF 1 89 


Applied Concentration — 






MUPF 104 


Class Piano 2 


1 




Instrument/Voice 




1-2 


MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration — 






Music Ensemble 




1 




Instrument/ Voice 


1-2 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Music Ensemble 


1 




Minor or Elective 


15 


2 
■16 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 
15-16 



Minor — Music (18 Hours) 

R equired C purses Hours 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I and II 3,3 

MUHL 118 Musical Styles and Rep 2 

MUPF 189 Concentration 2 

MUPF 273 Basic Conducting 1 

Upper Division Electives 4 

Music Elective 1 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

Select two (2) hours from the following courses: 2 

MUHL 320 Music of Mid Ages & Renaiss 

MUHL 321 Music of Late Renaiss & Baroque 

MUHL 322 Classic & Romantic Music 

MUHL 323 Music in the Twentieth Century 



CHURCH MUSIC 

MUCH 216. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 3 hours 

A historical, theological, and liturgical survey of music in the Christian Church, from its roots in 
the Jewish synagogue to contemporary trends in worship, with particular emphasis on hymnology. 
(Winter) 

MUCH 315. Church Music Materials and Administration 3 hours 

The study of worship philosophies, denominational political hierarchies, liturgies, ensemble 
organization, appropriate music literature for performance and administrative procedures. Students 
are required to prepare service music for services of various denominations. 



MUSIC THEORY 

MUCT 101. Basic Musicianship I 2 hours 

A course designed to introduce students to the elements of music, including pitch and rhythmic 
notation, key and time signatures, major and minor scales, and intervals. A keyboard component 
is included. This course does not apply toward a major or minor in music. 



School of Mi 1 sic 199 



MUCT 102. Basic Musicianship II 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 101 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUCT 101, studying triads, seventh chords, and their application within the 
tonal system, concluding with principles of voice leading and root position part writing. A 
keyboard component is included. MUCT 101 and MUCT 102 will be accepted as substitute for 
MUCT 111, Music Theory I, if completed with "A" (90 percent or higher.) 

MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on placement examination. 

A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and visually comprehensible, 
within simple forms and a variety of textures from one to four voices. Music Theory I may not be 
repeated more than once. 

MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours 

A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills related to the materials 
introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 111-112. 
This is a computer assisted course. 

MUCT 211-212. Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: MUCT 111-112. 

An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in MUCT 111-112. In 

MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. 

MUCT 221-222. Aural Theory III and IV 1,1 hours 

Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT 211-212. Music majors 
must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. This is a computer-assisted course. 

MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MUCT 111-112. 

The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and band instruments. 

Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumental chamber groups, small orchestra, and 

band. Performance of exercises and analysis of scores is emphasized. (Winter, even numbered 

years) 

MUCT 315. Compositional Techniques 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 212. 

An introduction to the process and experience of musical composition. Students will explore 
perceptions of repetition, variation, and contrast as elements in artistic construction. They will 
experiment with rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic aspects of musical gesture and their effects, 
particularly in small musical forms. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUCT 413. Analysis of Musical Forms 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to the more complex music 

of all historical periods. (Winter, odd numbered years) 

MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Content to be arranged. 
Approval must be secured from the School Dean prior to registration. May berepeated up to a total 
of three hours. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 231. Music and Movement: A Sequential Approach 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 1 29, EDUC 138, or approval of instructor. 

A survey of the structure of music including music fundamentals, movement to music, performance 
skills, listening skills, and the integration of music into life activities. This course does not apply 
toward a major or minor in music. 



200 School of Mi 



MUED 236. String Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

The study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for class and private 
instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. (Winter, even numbered 
years) 

MUED 246. Brass Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic 
techniques, and simple repairs. A survey of literature for the instruments and evaluation of 
teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. (Fall, even 
numbered years) 

MUED 250. Technology in Music Education (A-4) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTE 100 or equivalent. 

A course designed to help music students develop skills in the use of computers in music education. 
Students will become proficient in the use of MIDI, and of music notation and sequencing 
programs. They will sample and learn to use computer programs in the music department and 
teaching administration and in the teaching of music theory, appreciation, performance, literature, 
history, and ear training in grades K-12. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 256. Woodwind Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic 
techniques, and simple repairs. A survey of literature for the instruments and evaluation of 
teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. (Winter, odd 
numbered years) 

MUED 266. Percussion Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

The study of the percussion instruments, including methods and materials for class and private 
instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. (Fall, odd numbered 
years) 

MUED 276. Vocal Methods and Techniques 2 hours 

A study of tonal production, performance technique, breath management, vocal diction and 
practical pedagogical techniques with attention to the care and maintenance of a healthy voice. 
Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. (Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; planning a complete 
program for pupils on various grade levels including technic, repertoire, and musicianship. 
Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 1 89 or equivalent and permission of instructor. 
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; testing and 
classification of voices; physiological and psychological problems of voice production and diction. 
Observation and teaching are required. (Winter, odd numbered years) 

MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompaniment of church services; 
registration of organ literature on various types of organs. Observation and teaching are required. 
(Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 33 1. Music in the Elementary School 3 hours 

A study of music teaching-learning methods, materials and strategies for K-8 students. Basic 
concepts of musical organization, musical skills, and literature for the classroom. The course will 
include a survey of age-appropriate choral and in strumental repertories. Observation of classroom 
teaching is required. (Fall, even numbered years) 



School of Mi 1 sic 201 



MUED 332. Music in the Secondary School 3 hours 

A study of music teaching-learning methods, materials and strategies for 9-12 students. Theories 
and practices in secondary school music, attention to music administration, discipline, curricular 
developments in music education, evaluation procedures appropriate to the music classroom. The 
course will include a survey of age-appropriate choral and instrumental repertories. (Winter, odd 
numbered years) 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including curriculum, lesson 

planning, professional relationships, and other matters related to student teaching. 

MUSIC HISTORY 

MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musical styles, and forms of 
Western music. Two listening periods per week are required. This course does not apply toward 
a major in music. 

MUHL 118. Musical Styles and Repertories (D-3) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111 or permission of instructor. 

A global introduction to musical style and literature designed for music majors and minors. 
Emphasis is upon aural recognition as folk, popular, and classical traditions are studied within their 
historical and cultural contexts. One listening period per week is required. (Winter) 

MUHL 120. Music in the United States (D-3) 3 hours 

A study of the significant musical trends that have evolved during the four centuries of the nation' s 
history. This course also examines the socio-historical contexts that have fostered differing 
musical traditions. Topics include folk and traditional musics, art music, sacred music, popular 
music, and music for theatre and film. (Fall) 

MUHL 320. Music of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisites: MUHL 115 or 118; MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
A survey of the important figures, trends, styles, and genres in Western Europe, beginning with 
musical thought and practice in ancient Greece and culminating in the High Renaissance of the 16 lh 
century. (Fall, odd years) 

MUHL 321. Music of the Late Renaissance and Baroque Era (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisites: MUHL 115 or 118; MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
Beginning with the Reformation and Counter-Reformation, thecoursetracesthe history of western 
music to the mid-18th century with the principal composers, styles, and genres of the Baroque 
period. (Winter, even years) 

MUHL 322. Classic and Romantic Music (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisites: MUHL 115 or 118; MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
A study of the major composers, genres, and stylistic trends in Europe and the United States from 
the mid- 18th century through the 19th century. (Fall, even years) 

MUHL 323. Music in the Twentieth Century (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisites: MUHL 115 or 118; MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The diversity of musical styles in the modern and post-modern eras taught from a global 
perspective, emphasizing the expanded musical vocabulary of western art music through its 
incorporation of popular and folk elements, and non- Western theories and techniques. (Winter, odd 
years) 

MUHL 465. Topics in Music 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in music presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will determine how 
the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for credit. 



202 School of Mi 



MUHL 485. Music Seminar 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

A seminar focusing on a particular composer, style, genre, or issue within the history of music. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 

INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP INSTRUCTION 

'"•Criteria for Music Performance Concentration Evaluation and Music Performance 
Secondary Evaluation is found under Assessment on pages 193 and 194. 

MUPF 103, 104, 105, 106. Class Piano 1-4 (G-l) 1,1,1,1 hour 

A four-semester course sequence designed to develop basic piano skills, from the playing of scales, 
chords, and simple melodies to the accomplished performance of hymns and piano repertoire. 
Students will study scales, arpeggios, cadences, standard piano literature and hymns, 
accompaniments, and improvised harmonization. Students will be placed at the appropriate level 
based on the results of the piano placement test. 

MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Class instruction in beginning-intermediate voice, beginning piano, or beginning classical guitar. 
The instruction emphasizes acquisition of basic techniques and solo performance. A minimum of 
four hours of practice and/or listening outside of class is required. May be repeated for credit. 

MUPF 129. Applied Music (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour lesson and a 
minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of credit granted. May be 
repeated for credit. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisites: Performance examination for freshman standing. For music majors and minors. 
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour lesson and a 
minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of credit granted. Private lessons 
for voice majors and minors include attendance at a weekly voice performance class. All students 
must perform on at lease one Music General Recital and complete a Jury Examination at the end 
of the semester. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

MUPF 225. Singers Diction I (G-l) 2 hours 

An introduction to the study of Italian, German, French, and English pronunciation, using the 
International Phonetic Alphabet. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 226. Singers Diction II (G-l) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUPF 225 or permission of instructor. 

The advanced study of Italian, German, French, and English pronunciation, using the International 

Phonetic Alphabet. (Winter, even numbered years) 

MUPF 273. Basic Conducting (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111 

The development of basic conducting skills, focusing on beat patterns, expressive gestures, score 
preparation and rehearsal techniques. (Fall) 

MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor. 

The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non-liturgical services, including 
hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying, conducting from the console, improvisation and 
modulation, and selection of appropriate preludes, offertories, and postludes. Performance 
experience required. May be repeated for credit. 

MUPF 289. Accompanying (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (piano) or permission of instructor. 

The development of skills requisite to accompanying solo, choral, congregational, and worship 

service performance. Performance experience required. May be repeated for credit. 



School of Mi ! sic 203 



MUPF 308. Group Voice Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Intermediate to advanced voice. The instruction will emphasize voice techniquesthrough vocalises 
and solo performance (both in class and for recitals.) May be repeated for credit. 

MUPF 329. Applied Music (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 1 29 or permission of instructor. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour lesson and a 
minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of credit granted. May be 
repeated for credit. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

MUPF 334. Chamber Music (G-l) 1 hour 

Study and performance of chamber literature for various combinations of strings, brass, 
woodwinds, and percussion from the earliest examples to works of the 20 th century. May be 
repeated for credit. 

MUPF 344. Instrumental Literature (G-l) 2 hours 

Study and performance of solo literature for strings, brass, woodwinds, or percussion from the 
earliest examples to works of the 20" century. 
MUPF 373. Choral Conducting (G-l) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUPF 273. 

The study of choral conducting, including the basic elements of tonal development, diction, vocal 
problems, formal structure, analysis, style, administration and a general survey of choral literature. 
Development of conducting technique in class and rehearsal settings. (Winter, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 374. Instrumental Conducting (G-l) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUPF 273. 

The study of band and orchestral scores, covering elements of style, form, and interpretation. 
Emphasis on instrumental problems and transpositions. Development of baton technique through 
conducting instrumental ensembles. (Winter, even numbered years) 

MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior Standing as Music Major or approval of music faculty. 
For music majors and minors. Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. 
One-half hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at a weekly voice 
performance class. All students must perform on at least one Music General Recital and complete 
a Jury Examination at the end of the semester. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the University as elective 
credit toward the B . A. or B . S . degree. The music maj or or minor may not apply these toward 
his applied music concentration. Students desiring to study organ must pass the Functional 
Piano Examination. 

Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music major and minor, but 
they may be elected by anyone who passes the examination for freshman standing. Jury 
examinations are required with these course numbers. 

The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, classical guitar, organ, 
violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, oboe, clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French 
horn, euphonium, trombone, baritone tuba, and percussion instruments. 



204 School of Mi 



CHORAL ENSEMBLES 

Choral ensembles are open to all University students through audition. Each ensemble 
meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit each semester. Regular attendance 
at performances and rehearsals, including dress rehearsals, is required. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and sponsored by the 
members of the music faculty. All may be repeated for credit. 

MUPF 118/318. 1 Cantori (G-l) 1 hour 

A carefully balanced SATB chamber choir comprised of students with advanced vocal potential 
and experience. In addition to their distinctive chamber choir experience, members of I Cantori 
form the leadership core for Bel Canto and Die Meistersinger. Performance opportunities include 
a variety of on-campus presentations and off-campus tours. Must be members of Bel Canto or Die 
Meistersinger. Membership commitment is expected for the entire academic year. 

MUPF 119/319. Bel Canto (G-l) 1 hour 

A choral ensemble for women with beginning through advanced levels of experience. BelCanto 
functions independently and also with Die Meistersinger as a combined SATB ensemble. 
Performance opportunities include a variety of on-campus presentations. 

MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A choral ensemble for men with beginning through advanced levels of experience. Die 
Meistersinger functions independently and also with Bel Canto as a combined SATB ensemble. 
Performance opportunities include a variety of on-campus presentations. 

MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, musical productions, 
and other school-sponsored vocal activities. This course does not fulfill the music ensemble 
requirement for music majors. 

INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES 

Instrumental ensembles are open to all University students through audition. Each 
ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit each semester. Regular 
attendance at rehearsals and performances is required. 

Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music ensemble participation 
requirement for music majors except those taking a keyboard concentration. Music majors 
other than those taking a keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble 
Experience credit must be registered concurrently in Wind Symphony or Symphony 
Orchestra. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and sponsored by members 
of the music faculty. All may be repeated for credit. 

MUPF 128, 328. Wind Symphony (G-l) 1 hour 

A large touring ensemble of woodwind, brass, and percussion players performing a wide variety of 
Grade 4-6 (Advanced) wind literature, both sacred and secular. Membership commitment is 
expected for the entire academic year. 

MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 1 hour 

A large touring ensemble that performs standard orchestral works from the Classical, Romantic, and 
Modern periods. Membership commitment is expected for the entire academic year. 

MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of keyboard majors, 
significant accompanying experience. 



(D-3) (G-l) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation for General Education requirements. 



NONDEPARTMENTAL Co U R S E S 



COOP 265/465. Cooperative Education 1-6 hours 

This course allows students to receive credit for work experience. The assignments must be a 
specific program designed as an internship with an agreed upon description of the type of work, 
arrangements for supervision, and methods of evaluation. One hour of credit requires a minimum 
of 50 work hours. A maximum of six credit hours of cooperative education may be applied to a 
degree. 

NOND 080. Academic Power Tools hours [Non-Credit] 

This course is designed to assist students make a successful transition to university life. Course 
materials will focus on academic skills, time management, career choice, relationships with peers 
and professors, and sources of assistance to resolve problems. An additional fee of $638 is charged 
above the flat-rate tuition fee. 

NOND 099. Student Missions Orientation hours [Non-Credit] 

This class is administered by the University Chaplain. 

A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences, interpersonal 
relationships, health care for others and themselves, social and monetary problems, personal 
qualifications for service, and relevant denominational policies for overseas service. The class is 
required by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventist for those under appointment as 
student missionaries. The class is also a prerequisite for students participating in the North 
American Division Task Force Program. (Winter) 

NOND 227-228. Christian Service I, II 6,6 hours 

This class is administered by the University Chaplain. 
Prerequisite: NOND 099. 

A two-semester sequence for elective credit only, designed for student participants in the North 
American Division Task Force and Student Mission Program. The credit is primarily field work 
characterized by Christian witnessing and other assignments. Other activities may be designated. 
Students may earn six credit hours by completing one semester or twelve credit hours by 
completing a full academic year. Periodic reports from the students and on-site supervisors may 
be required. A rebate of $3,700/semester to cover 90% of the tuition ($3,445) and the full general 
fee ($255) applies to these classes. The policy for tuition refunds applies. The date the college 
receives notification of withdrawal will be the official withdrawal date. May not be repeated for 
credit. 



(D-3) (F-3) (G-l) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



School of Nursing 



Dean: Barbara James 

Faculty: Pamela Ahlfeld, Desiree Batson, Judith Dedeker, Bonnie Freeland, 
Holly Gadd, Pam Gammenthaler, Lorella Howard, Jaclynn Huse, 
Cynthia Johnson, Dana Krause, Sylvia Mayer, Callie McArthur, 
Christine Moniyung, Elizabeth Snyder, Shirley Spears, Jillian Wills, Judy Winters 

Coordinator of Nursing Admissions and Progression: Linda Marlowe 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the School of Nursing is to provide a Christian learning environment 
that values academic excellence and fosters personal and professional growth to meet 
the diverse needs of individuals, families, and communities. 

ASSOCIATE AND BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS 

The School of Nursing (SON) program at Southern Adventist University leads to a 
baccalaureate degree (B S) in nursing with the option to exit at the associate degree (AS) 
level. Students entering the nursing program are encouraged to declare the BS degree 
when they apply to the University. Registered nurses with an AS degree from a nursing 
program accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission 
(NLNAC) may progress into baccalaureate level nursing or accelerated Registered 
Nurse (RN) to Master of Science (MSN) program. Diploma and AS degree graduates 
from a non-accredited program will be evaluated on an individual basis. 

The nursing curriculum is based on the Neuman Systems Model (NSM) which 
emphasizes wholistic health. The curriculum leads to an Associate of Science degree 
in nursing which may be completed in four semesters, plus a summer once the student 
begins clinical nursing courses. Upon completion of the AS degree requirements, the 
student is eligible to take National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN). 

The curriculum in the BS Program enhances professional opportunities through 
study in theoretical and clinical nursing. The program may be completed in two to three 
semesters. 

The accelerated RN to MSN program allows the RN to combine baccalaureate and 
masters level course work in a condensed program of five to six full-time semesters. 
Accelerated program emphases include Adult and Family Nurse Practitioner, Nurse 
Educator, and a dual degree MSN/MBA with a focus on Health Care Administration 
(see SAU Graduate Catalog for complete program information). 

A limited number of students are accepted into each program in Fall and Winter 
semesters of each year. 

A well-equipped Learning Resource Center (LRC), clinical skills laboratory, and a 
tutorial program, Assisting Students to Achieve Professionally (ASAP) are provided to 
facilitate learning. 

POLICIES 

Students admitted to nursing courses will accept personal responsibility for their 
learning and professional behavior. Each student contracts to abide by policies as stated 
in the SON Student Handbook. 

Students will be expected to provide their own transportation for all clinical 
appointments. 

A laboratory fee is assessed per AS clinical class and per BS nursing class to help 
offset expenses which are not covered by regular tuition. 

The Tennessee Board of Nursing (TBN) and other State Boards reserve the right to 
deny licensure if the applicant has committed a crime other than a minor traffic 
violation. The SON reserves the right to deny admission to or remove students from 



School of INor s in g 



Nu 



207 



the nursing program who have records of misconduct, legal or otherwise, that would 
jeopardize their professional performance. 

The SON reserves the right to revise, add, or withdraw policies and/or courses as 
necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. 

ACCREDITATION 

The programs in nursing are fully accredited by the National League for Nursing 
Accrediting Commission (61 Broadway, New York, NY 10006, (212)363-5555, ext. 
153). They are approved by the TBN. 

ASSESSMENT 

The SON has a comprehensive assessment program. AS and BS students are 
required to complete standardized competency examinations throughout the nursing 
curriculum. The AS graduate is eligible to take the NCLEX-RN examination. The TBN 
requires an annual pass rate of 85% or higher on the NCLEX-RN for a school to 
maintain approval. 

PROGRAMS IN NURSING 

Major — B.S. in Nursing (68 Hours) 

(Includes 29 hours of AS level courses) 



R eqiiir 


ed Courses* Hours 


Required Cosnates 


Hours 






AS Level Courses 


29 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry I 


3 


NRSG 


305 


Adult Health III 


4 


CHEM 112 


Survey of Chemistry II 


3 


NRSG 
NRSG 


309 
316 


Nursing Seminar 

Applied Statistics for Health Prof 


4 
3 


RELT 373 
SOCI 349 


Christian Ethics 
Aging and Society (W) 


3 
3 


NRSG 
NRSG 
NRSG 


322 
32 8 

340 


Transitions in Professional Nrsg 
Nursing Assessment 
Community Health Nursing(W) 


3 
3 
5 


Required General Education 1 "* 

Area B, Religion 
Area C-l. History 


Hours 

3 
3 


NRSG 


3 89 


Nursing Pharmacology 


3 




Area C or D 


3 


NRSG 


434 


Pathophysiology 


3 




Area G-3, PE 


1 


NRSG 


4 85 


Nursing Leadership & Mgmt 


3 








NRSG 


491 


Senior Nursing Practicum 


2 








NRSG 


497 


Research Methods in Nrsg (W ) 
Nursing Electives*** 


3 

3 









Contact the School of Nursing for a suggested sequence of courses. 



*Course requirements vary for students in the accelerated RN-MSN program (See SAU Graduate 
Catalog). 

::|: Graduates of a state-approved associate degree nursing program willbe considered to have met the general 
education requirements for the first two years of the program, with the exception of Introduction to Public 
Speaking, English, Fitness for Life, and Computer Competency. If ENGL 101-102, COMM 135,PEAC 
225, math, or computer competency requirements were not included in the AS program, they must be 
taken in fulfillment of the BS degree General Education requirements. A maximum of 72 semester hours 
will be accepted from a college where the highest degree offered is the AS degree. 

**Nursing electives must be at the upper division level. 



208 School of No 



Major — A.S. Nursing (37 Hours) 



R equired C 


ourses 


NRSG 106 


Fundamentals I 


NRSG 107 


Fundamentals II 


NRSG 126 


Adult Health I 


NRSG 130 


Mental Health 


NRSG 191 


Nursing Practicum 


NRSG 212 


Childbearing Family 


NRSG 226 


Adult Health II 


NRSG 231 


Child Health 


NRSG 305 


Adult Health III 


NRSG 309 


Nursing Seminar 



Hours 

4 
4 
4 
4 
1 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 



Required Cognates Hours 

BIOL 101-102 Anatomy & Physiology 8 

BIOL 225 Basic Microbiology 4 

NRNT 125 Nutrition 3 

PSYC 129 Dev Psych for Nursing 2 

Required General Education 

COMM 135 Introduction to Public Speaking 3 

ENGL 101-102 College Composition 6 

Area A-2, Math (if needed) 3 

Area-A-4, Computer Competencies 3 

(or waiver) 

Area B, Religion 6 

PEAC 225 Fitness for Life 1 



ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

The final decisions on acceptance and progression in nursing are made by the SON. 
Declaration as a nursing major is not the equivalent of acceptance to the SON. 
Minimum requirements for admission to nursing courses are listed below: 

1. Acceptance to Southern Adventist University. 

2. A diploma from a four-year accredited high school or the equivalent. 

3. Evidence of mental and moral fitness. References or information may be 
required. 

4. A minimum of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) for 
students whose native language is not English. 

5. Current American Heart Association Healthcare Provider CPR certification that 
must be maintained throughout the nursing program. 

6. Signed release for a criminal background check. 

7. Signed release for drug screen. 

8. Foreign student transcript e valu ation by World Education Services. The cost for 
this evaluation willbepaidby the applicant. The number of credits accepted for 
transfer to Southern Adventist University may vary from those listed on the 
evaluation, in accordance with the policies of Southern Adventist University. 

9. Evidence through a health verification form and all required tests, including 
immunizations, that student is in good health and free from communicable 
diseases. 

10. In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, students must be, with 
reasonable accommodation, physically and mentally capable of performing the 
essential functions of the program. The Core Performance Standards for 
Admission and Progression developed by the Southern Council on Collegiate 
Education for Nursing include: 

a. Critical thinking ability sufficient for clinical judgment. 

b. Interpersonal abilities sufficient to interact with individuals, families, and 
groups. 

c. Communication abilities sufficient for interaction with others in verbal and 
written form. 

d. Physical abilities sufficient to move from room to room and maneuver in 
small spaces. 

e. Gross and fine motor abilities sufficient to provide safe and effective 
nursing care. 

f. Auditory abilities sufficient to monitor and assess health needs. 

g. Visual abilities sufficient for observation and assessment necessary in 
nursing care. 

h. Tactile ability sufficient for physical assessment. 



School of INor s in g 



Nursing 209 



Associate Degree 

Enrollment in the AS Nursing Program is limited, therefore admission is a 
competitive process. Meeting minimum admission requirements does not guarantee 
acceptance into clinical nursing courses. The SON faculty consider overall and cognate 
G.P.A., ACT scores, university courses completed, and length of time at SAU when 
determining the fall and winter nursing classes. 

Minimum requirements for admission to associate degree nursing courses are as 
follows: 

1. Two semesters of high school chemistry with a minimum grade of "B" or 
CHEM 111 with a minimum grade of "C ." 

2. ACT scores with a minimum standard enhanced score of 16 (if less than 16, a 
college math course is required); 20 in Reading (or Nelson-Denny); and 19 in 
English (if less than 19, an English class is required). 

3. Science credits (Anatomy & Physiology, Chemistry, Microbiology, Nutrition) 
earned more than eight years prior to admission will not be accepted. 
Applicants may choose to validate knowledge by examination or by repeating 
the course. 

4. A minimum current and cumulative university grade point average of 2.80 on 
a 4.00 scale in nursing cognate and solid courses (math, science, English, 
history, foreign language) is required before consideration for clinical nursing 
courses is given. 

5. Students may be asked to take a standardized nursing admission assessment 
examination. Scores on this examination will be utilized in the selection 
process for admission to clinical nursing courses. 

6. Transfer students from another nursing program will be evaluated individually 
and accepted on a space available basis. 

7. Students who have successfully completed a practical nurse program and 
NRSG 103, Associate Nurse Perspectives, may receive eight (8) credit hours 
of advanced placement in nursing and will articulate directly into the second 
semester of the nursing curriculum on a space available basis. 

8. ACT-PEP examinations in Anatomy and Physiology (8 credits) and 
microbiology (4 credits) will be accepted as an alternative method of college 
credit for LPNs if these credits are already on the transcript when applying to 
the nursing program. 

The following should be sent by February 1 (Fall Admission) or September 1 
(Winter Admission) to the University Director of Admissions: (1) application to the 
University (2) application to the SON (3) high school and college transcripts (4) ACT 
scores. The applicant is responsible to see that all application materials are received by 
the SON. 

Students accepted to clinical nursing are required to send a Nursing Education 
deposit of $400 to hold their place in the class. 

Baccalaureate Degree 

Students wishing to enter BS nursing courses must send an application to the SON' s 
Admissions Coordinator. Upon acceptance to the nursing program, courses listed in the 
current catalog will be required. All non-nursing course requirements must be met in 
order to complete BS nursing courses in one year. 

Minimum requirements for admission to the baccalaureate nursing program are as 
follows: 

1 . Current license as a registered nurse in Tennessee or current multistate license with 
privilege to practice in the state of Tennessee prior to registering for the final 
semester. 

2. A minimum grade point average of 2.50. 



210 School of No 



3. Recommendation from nursing faculty in the student' s basic nursing program. 

4. An interview with the BS program coordinator or designee, if requested. 

5. Experience: 

Documentation of clinical experience (satisfactory work performance 
recommendation), and/or RN Update or additional clinical experience may be 
required. 

6. Nursing Credits: 

Graduates of NLNAC accredited AA/AS and Diploma Nursing Programs: When 
entering the baccalaureate nursing program, a transfer student will have placed in 
escrow 29 credits of associate degree level nursing and eight (8) credits of upper 
division nursing (NRSG 305,309). After successfully completing 10 semester hours 
of BS nursing courses at Southern Adventist University, these credits held in 
escrow will be placed on the transcript as accepted credits toward a B S degree with 
a major in nursing. 

7. General Education and Cognates: ACT-PEP examinations in Anatomy and 
Physiology (8 credits), Chemistry 1 1 1 (3 credits), and Microbiology (4 credits) will 
be accepted as an alternative method of university credit for RNs if these credits are 
already on the transcript when applying to the nursing program. 

A. Associate Degree 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will be considered 
to have met General Education requirements for the first two years of the 
program with the exception of Introduction to Public Speaking, English, 
Math, Fitness for Life, and Computer Competency provided that the GPA 
is 2.5 or above. If ENGL 101, 102, COMM 135, PEAC 225, math and 
computer competency requirements were not included in the associate 
degree program, they must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of 
Science degree General Education requirements. 

B. Diploma Graduate 

1 . Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those required at Southern 
Adventist University if received from an accredited senior or junior college 
or by examination according to the policy stated in this Catalog. 

2. All cognates for the associate degree level must be completed before 
entering baccalaureate nursing courses. General Education requirements 
may be taken concurrently. 

8. Students in third semester associate degree nursing courses may take: Nursing 
Assessment (NRSG 328), Nursing Pharmacology (NRSG 389), or Pathophysiology 
(NRSG 434) if they have taken all general education and cognates for associate and 
baccalaureate nursing and if approved by BS faculty. 

9. Students may take Applied Statistics for Health Professions (NRSG 316) after 
completion of 40 semester hours of lower division courses. 

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Associate Degree 

1 . A minimum grade of "C+" (2.30) is required in each nursing course for progression 
with a cumulative GPA of 2.30 in nursing and a 2.50 overall GPA on a 4.00 scale 
for graduation. 

2. A minimum grade of "C" is required in each nursing cognate. Cognate courses are 
BIOL 101, 102; NRNT 125; PSYC 129; BIOL 225. 

3. One failed nursing course may be repeated. 

4. If a student is unable to progress due to a second nursing failure in the third or 
fourth semester, he/she may reapply one time to restart the program (See 
readmission requirements). No courses may be repeated after the student restarts. 
Readmission to the nursing program is on a space available basis. 

5. Students who do not complete a semester or progress with their class, cannot be 
assured placement in their choice of a subsequent course. 



School of INor s in g 



Nursing 211 



6. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on standardized tests. 
If the required performance level is not achieved, remedial work must be completed 
to progress in the program. 

7. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is enrolled at 
Southern Adventist University (school year or Summer) must be approved by the 
Dean of the SON. 

8. A student who withdraws from a nursing course or chooses not to progress to the 
subsequent course in the next semester that it is offered should notify the 
Admission and Progressions Coordinatorimmediately. The process for re-entering 
the nursing program is outlined under "Readmission Requirements". 

Baccalaureate Degree 

1 . A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) is required in each nursing and cognate course for 
progression. Cognate courses are CHEM 111, 112; RELT 373; SOCI 349. 

2. A cumulative GPA of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale is required for graduation. 

3. One failed nursing course may be repeated. 

4. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is enrolled at 
Southern Adventist University (academic year or summer) must be approved by the 
Dean of the SON. 

READMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

1. Apply for acceptance to Southern Adventist University. 

2. Submit a nursing reapplication form to the SON. 

3. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale is required for 
readmission to the nursing program. 

4. Specified requirements as set forth by the SON relating to the individual applicant 
must be met. 

5. A personal interview with a designated nursing faculty member is required. 

6. If a lapse of time greater than two years occurs in a student's AS program, prior 
nursing credits will not be accepted unless an applicant can validate nursing 
knowledge and skills through written examination and clinical performance. 

7. Students will be readmitted on a space available basis. 



NURSING 

NRSG 090. Registered Nurse Update Non-credit 

A non-credit course designed for the inactive nurse with a license who is intending to return to 
practice or to reinstate a permanent license as an RN or LPN nurse in the State of Tennessee. 
Includes both theory and clinical experience 

NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the following: an approved LPN program; Nursing 
Mobility Profile I Examination; examination over basic skills common to all areas of nursing. A 
course designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical Nurse for advanced placement 
and career mobility. 

NRSG 106. Fundamentals I 4 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Nursing; Chemistry and Math (see AS admission 
requirement); BIOL 101; 
Co-requisites: BIOL 102; NRNT 125. 

A foundation course that introduces the NSM in which health assessment is viewed from the 
physiological, psychological, sociocultural, developmental, and spiritual variables of client 
systems. The eight natural remedies will be presented with an emphasis on primary prevention. 
The nursing process and basic skills are introduced. Application of nursing assessment, process, 
and skills will be in long-term care facilities. Three hours theory and one hour clinical.* Lab fee 
11 will be assessed for this course. 



212 School of No 



NRSG 107. Fundamentals II 4 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 106. 

A second foundation course that builds on the NSM and basic nursing concepts mastered in 
Fundamentals I. The physiological , psychological, sociocultural, developmental, and spiritual 
variables of adult clients are discussed and applied to clinical care of hospitalized individuals with 
special emphasis on the surgical patient. Concepts and skills in pharmacology are introduced, 
practiced, and applied in secondary care clinical facilities. Professional concerns of management, 
ethics, legal aspects, and interaction with members of the health care delivery system are 
addressed. Three hours theory and one hour clinical. Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 126 . Adult Health I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 107; Co-requisite: PSYC 129. 

A course emphasizing basic theory and practice of nursing in dealing with adults who are 
experiencing selected non-critical, medical- surgical stressors. The nursing process is utilized to 
promote physical, psychological, sociological, developmental and spiritual health, intervene in 
illness, and assist in rehabilitation. Practice takes place in secondary-care settings. Three hours 
theory and one hour clinical. Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 130. Mental Health 4 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 107; Co-requisite: PSYC 129. 

A course that provides theory and practice in nursing of clients across the lifespan with mental 
health stressors. The nursing process is utilized to promote physical, psychological, sociological, 
developmental, and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist in rehabilitation. Practice takes 
place in secondary care and community psychiatric settings. Three hours of theory and one hour 
clinical. Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 191. Nursing Practicum 1 hour 

Prerequisites: NRSG 126, 130. 

A clinical course that provides opportunity for application of theory and skills in an acute and/or 
skilled care facility directed by a preceptor and faculty liaison. Lab fee 7 will be assessed for this 
course. (120 clock hours) (Summer) (Pass/Fail) 

NRSG 212. Childbearing Family 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 126, 130. 

A course utilizing the nursing process in providing care for childbearing families. Emphasis will 

be placed on assessment of stressors that affect the maternal/fetal, newborn, and family units. 

Consideration will be given to variables affecting expectant families and their infants before, 

during and immediately following delivery. Practice will take place in secondary-care and 

community settings. Three hours theory and one hour clinical. Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this 

course. 

NRSG 226. Adult Health II 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 126, 130. 

A course designed sequentially to provide basic theory and practice of nursing in dealing with 
adults who are experiencing selected non-critical, medical-surgical stressors. The nursing process 
is utilized to promote physical, psychological, sociological, developmental and spiritual health, 
intervene in illness, and assist in rehabilitation. Practice takes place in secondary-care and 
community settings. Two and three-quarter hours theory and one and one-quarter hours clinical. 
Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 231. Child Health 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 191, 212, 226. 

A course utilizing the nursing process emphasizing primary and secondary prevention with special 
consideration given to developmental and sociocultural variables in the care of the child rearing 
family. Practice includes secondary-care and community settings. Three and one-quarter hours 
theory and three-quarter hour of clinical. Lab fee 10 will be assessed for this course. 



School of INor s in g 



Nursing 213 



NRSG 305. Adult Health III 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 191, 212,226. 

A course utilizing the nursing process in providing primary, secondary, and tertiary preventions 

and interventions for acutely ill adults and their families in the critical-care settings. Three and 

one-quarter hours theory and three-quarter hour of clinical. Lab fee 10 will be assessed for this 

course. 

NRSG 309. Nursing Seminar 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 231, 305. 

A capstone course that integrates nursing skills with principles of management. Practice takes 
place in secondary and tertiary care settings where the student manages groups of clients (120 
clock hours). Included is a nursing content review course in preparation for NCLEX-RN. Lab fee 
10 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 3 14 . Herbal Therapy 1 hour 

Pre- or Co-requisites: NRSG 212, 226. 

This course is a survey of generally accepted herb al therapies, their efficacy and safety. The focus 
will be on their use in conjunction with over-the-counter and prescription medications. Lab fee 
5 will be assessed for this course. (Fall) 

NRSG 316. Applied Statistics for Health Professions 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Meet SAU's math requirements or permission of professor. 

A course focusing on applied statistics used in quantitative research studies in the health 
professions. Research is the foundation for evidence-based clinical, education, and admin istrative 
practice in all acute healthcare and preventive health settings. Health professionals must utilize 
research findings to improve their profession. Understanding basic statistics and how to interpret 
them in actual and current studies is an essential skill of baccalaureate and advanced health 
professions. Topics include the research process, ethics used for human participants, especially 
for vulnerable populations such as persons with chronic and terminal diseases, descriptive and 
inferential statistics, probabilities, confidence indexes, hypothesistesting, reliability, validity, and 
sampling. SPSS (statistical software) is used to analyze and display data. Basic computer 
competency is assumed. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 318. Massage and Hydrotherapy 1 hour 

An introductory course that provides a practical and rational approach to noninvasive health care 
covering the topics of massage, hydrotherapy, and wholistic care. This complementary approach 
to health care is designed for all majors. Limited enrollment. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this 
course. 

NRSG 321. Mission Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 212, 226; Pre- or Co-requisite: NRSG 231. 

This elective class is intended to introduce the nursing student to principles and practices of health 
care in developing and third world countries. Throughout the course emphasis will be placed on 
the role of the missionary nurse in spreading the Gospel while administering health care. Concepts 
of development, basic health education, and prevention of diseases throughout the life cycle is a 
primary focus of the course. Utilization of natural remedies and available resources and materials 
will be promoted. A field trip (at student expense) to a developing country in the western 
hemisphere is optional. Limited enrollment. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 322. Transitions in Professional Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 231, 305, 309. 

A course that assists the registered nurse student in transition from an associate degree or diploma 
level to the baccalaureate levelof nursing. Nursing philosophies, theories, current concepts, issues 
relevant to professional nursing are emphasized. Nursing career options and the importance of 
career planning are explored. Field trip may be required. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this 



214 School of No 



NRSG 328. Nursing Assessment 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 231, 305, 309; Co-requisite: NRSG 322. 

A course that provides opportunity for development of more advanced wholistic assessment skills. 
Health is assessed within the framework of the environment, with attention to intra-, inter-, and 
extra-personal stressors and system stability. Health education is integrated with the assessment 
process. Two hours theory, one hour clinical.** Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 331, 332. Introduction to Nursing Informatics I, II 2, 1 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 126, 130. 

These courses are designed to introduce nursing students to nursing informatics, a combination 
of computer science, information science, and nursing science. The student will be introduced to 
the management and processing of nursing data, information, and knowledge in order to support 
the practice and delivery of nursing care. (Must take NRSG 331 before or concurrent with NRSG 
332; may not take NRSG 332 alone.) Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 340. Community Health Nursing (W) 5 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 231, 305, 309. Co-requisites NRSG 322, 328, 316. 
A course that focuses on the impact of certain stressors on the health of individuals, families, and 
communities. The NSM as well as Pender's Health Promotion Model are utilized in diagnosis of 
aggregate health needs. Emphasis is placed on interventions in the primary, secondary, and tertiary 
levels of prevention. Three hours theory, two hours clinical. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this 
course. 

NRSG 389. Nursing Pharmacology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 231, 305, 309; CHEM 111 or 151; Co-requisite: CHEM 112 or 152. 
A course that focuses on concepts of pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics, adverse 
responses, major classifications of pharmacologic agents and their prototypes, and use of the 
nursing process in pharmacologic therapy across the lifespan. Effect of pharmacologic therapy 
upon client lines of resistance and defense is included. Recently approved pharmacologic agents 
are incorporated into the course content via student presentations. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for 
this course. 

NRSG 412. Preparing to Meet the Firms 1 hour 

This course is made up of a series of topics presented in a seminar setting to provide students 
with necessary tools to actively pursue and acquire internships and jobs. Topics will include but 
are not limited to: Resumes, Networking, Corporate Climate, Interviewing, Dress, Portfolios, 
Company Research, Etiquette. Besides listening to guest presentations, opportunities will exist to 
interact with guest lecturers and professors about thoughts and theories regarding the area of job 
acquisition. (Winter) 

NRSG 434. Pathophysiology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 231 305, 309; CHEM 111 or 151; Co-requisite: CHEM 112 or 152. 
A course that examines alterations in the basic pathologic structure and defense of humans. 
Stressors and other internal and external factors that have potential for disrupting homeostasis are 
examined. Understanding of pathophysiologic processes affecting the health of individuals is 
presented as a foundation for nursing interventions. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 449. Death and Dying (F-l) 2 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 249/449, SOCW 249, and PSYC 249. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See SOCI 249/449 for course description. (Winter) 

NRSG 265/365/465. Topics in Nursing 1-3 hours 

Selected topics designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty areas of Nursing not 
covered in regular courses. This course may be repeated for credit. 



School of INor s in g 



Nursing 215 



NRSG 485. Nursing Leadership and Management 3 hours 

Prerequisites: TN RN Licensure; NRSG 322, 328, 340, 389. 

A course that provides an opportunity for the student to develop leadership and management skills. 
This is accomplished primarily through leadership, models, management, and administrative 
experiences in selected clinical settings. Emphasis is placed on the role of the nurse manager in 
assuring quality of care to individuals and families in primary, secondary, and tertiary care 
settings. In order to meet the objectives of the course, a field trip may be required. Lab fee 5 will 
be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 491. Senior Nursing Practicum 2-3 hours 

Prerequisites: TN RN licensure; NRSG 322, 328, 340, 389; Co-requisites: NRSG 434, 485, 490, 

497. 

A practicum that focuses on health needs of aggregates in the community. It is designed to give 

the student opportunity to use critical thinking and decision making skills when integrating theory 

from previous and current courses to clinical practice within selected settings. Two hours clinical. 

Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 

NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of the school dean. 

Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the school prior to registration. 
Either upper or lower division credit may be earned. The area of directed study will appear on the 
transcript. No more than six hours directed study may be applied toward a degree. 

NRSG 497. Research Methods in Nursing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 231, 305, 309, 316; ENGL 102. 

A course that introduces the research process and its application to the scientific investigation of 
nursing phenomena and problems related to systems, stressors, and preventions focused on 
achieving equilibrium. The learner completes a review of literature on a selected topic. Emphasis 
of the course is focused on skills required to understand, critically evaluate, and utilize research 
in practice. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

*In AS nursing courses, one hour of clinical credit equals 3 clock hours (except NRSG 191). 
**In BS nursing courses, one hour of clinical credit equals 2-3 clock hours. 



NON NURSING COURSE 

NRNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours 

A study of basic nutrition principles and how to reliably combat disease and achieve optimal health 
through nutrition and lifestyle choices. This course includes current issues in nutrition and a 
practical application in teaching others. 



(F-3) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



School ofPhy sic a l Education, 

He A L TH AND WELLNESS 



Dean: Phil Garver 

Faculty: Robert Benge, Mike Boyd, Harold Mayer, Richard Schwarz, Judy Sloan 
Adjunct Faculty: Susan Dawn, Jeff Erhard, Dwight Magers, Dennis Thompson, 
Diedri White 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness is to provide: 
1) opportunities for students to experience a balanced Christian lifestyle, 2) major 
courses of study leading to professional careers and/or graduate school, 3) general 
education courses suitable for all students, 4) recreation for all students and employees, 
5) campus-wide leadership for wellness, and 6) public relations opportunities through 
the Gym Masters' program. 

DEGREES OFFERED 

B.S. Health, Physical Education and Recreation 
B.S. Health Science 

B.S. Corporate/Community Wellness Management 
B.S. Sports Studies 

The courses in Physical Education, Health and Wellness propose to: acquaint 
students with principles of healthful living, develop physical efficiency, develop life- 
long fitness and recreational habits, and/or prepare students for careers in physical 
education, health, wellness management, or related professions. 

No grade lower than a C- will be accepted in cognate courses for degrees in the 
School of Physical Education, Health and Wellness. 

To receive a B.S. degree in Health, Physical Education and Recreation, students 
must successfully complete ALL Teacher Education requirements including student 
teaching. All non teacher education track Physical Education students will be directed 
to a Sports Studies track of their choosing. 

ASSESSMENT 

To help the graduates in Physical Education, Health, and Wellness evaluate their 
academic progress and to aid the school in evaluating teaching effectiveness, each 
senior is required during their final semester to: 

1 . Take an exit exam. 

2. Review annual evaluations with adviser. 

The results of the assessments are used to evaluate the school programs. 

ACCREDITATION 

The bachelor degrees in Corporate/Community Wellness Management and Sports 
Studies, offered in conjunction with the School of Business and Management, are 
accredited by the International Assembly for Collegiate Business Education. 



School of re y sic a l ildoc atio n 



Ed 



He 



,We 



217 



PROGRAMS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, AND WELLNESS 

Major — B.S. Health, Physical Education and Recreation (42 Hours) 

(Leading to Licensure K-12) 



R equired Courses 

PEAC 254 Life Guarding 
PEAC 255 Water Safety Instr 
PETH 113 ProAct — Racquetball 


Hours 

1 
1 
1 


Required Courses, continued 
PETH 3 1 5 Physiology of Exercise (W) 
PETH 363 Intro Meas/Resrch of Hlth & PE 
PETH 364 Prin & Admin PE & Rec (W) 


Hours 

4 
3 
3 


PETH 114 
PETH 115 
PETH 116 
PETH 117 


ProAct — Softball 
ProAct — Flagball 
ProAct — Volleyball 
ProAct — Basketball 


1 
1 
1 
1 


PETH 375 
PETH 437 
PETH 463 
PETH 474 


Motor Learning and Dev 
Adaptive Physical Ed 
Elementary School PE Methods 
Psych and Soc of Sports 


3 
2 
2 
2 


PETH 119 
PETH 214 


ProAct — Soccer 
ProAct — Tennis 


1 
1 


RECR 268/269 


Officiating Sports Analysis 


2.2 


PETH 215 
PETH 216 
PETH 217 
PETH 218 


ProAct — Golf 
ProAct — Fitness for Life 
ProAct — Badminton 
ProAct — Track and Field 


1 
1 
1 
1 


Required Cognates 

C- is the minimum grade accepted 

BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology 

HLED 173 Health for Life 


Hours 

8 

2 


PETH 219 
PETH 240 


ProAct — Gymnastics 
Coaching for Success 


1 
2 


HLED 373 
HLED 473 


Prev/Care Athl Injuries 
Health Education Methods 


2 
2 


PETH 314 


Biomechanics 


3 


HLNT 135 


Nutrition for Life 


3 



All non teacher education track Physical Education students will be directed to a 
Sports Studies track of their choosing. 

Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Tumbling. 

Skill deficiencies in each PETH activity unit, 113 through 119 and 214 through 219, 
will be indicated by grade of C- or less. Deficiencies for these units must be met by 
taking for no credit the corresponding general education activity course, when available. 

Intramural participation is recommended for all majors and minors. 

All Pro Act students will be required to dress in t-shirts provided by the school with 
a portion of the cost charged to the students (approximately $50 — a one time expense). 

Students who desire teacher certification must meet the State of Tennessee 
certification requirements set forth by the School of Education and Psychology. 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under ADMISSIONPROCEDURES in the Schoolof Education and Psychology section 
of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). Teaching endorsement in Health Education K-12 is available by taking an 
additional Praxis exam. 

Non-academic classes such as Kick, Step, and Hydro Aerobics are offered at 
nominal fees ranging from $40 - $75 per semester. These are not for credit. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Physical Education 

(Leading to Licensure K-12) 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


EDUC 138 


Intro to & Fnd of Secondary Educ 3 


EDUC 217 


Psyc Foundations of Education 


2 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 2 


HIST 


History 


3 


HLNT 135 


Nutrition for Life 3 


MATH 106 


Survey of Mathematics I 


3 


PETH 


ProAct 3 


PEAC 254 


Life Guarding 


1 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 3 


PEAC 255 


Water Safety Instructor 


1 




17 


PETH 


Proact 


3 
16 



218 School of Ph 



E: 



H ¥ SIC AL H.DUC AT 10 N 



He 



We 



Major — B.S. Corporate/Community Wellness Management (42 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology 8 

CHE Mill Survey of Chemistry 3 

HLED 129 Introduction to Wellness 2 

HLED 173 Health for Life 2 

HLED 229 Wellness Applications 2 

HLED 356 Drugs and Society 2 

HLED 373 Prev/Care Injuries 2 

HLED 470 Current Issues in Health 2 

HLED 476 Wellness Methods, Materials, 

and Management 3 

HLED 491 Wellness Practicum 2 

HLNT 135 Nutrition for Life 3 

PEAC 225 Fitness for Life 1 

PETH314 Biomechanics 3 

PETH315 Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 

PETH 364 Prin & Admin ofPhys Ed (W) 3 



Required Cognates Hours 

C- is the minimum grade accepted 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 3 

BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3 
BUAD358 Ethical, Soc & Legal Env Bus (W) 3 

CPTE 105 Intro to Word Process 1 

ECON213 Survey of Economics 3 

JOUR 105 Writing for the Media 3 

MONT 334 Prin of Management 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 3 

PSYC 377 Fund of Counseling (W) 3 

SOCI 225 Marriage & Family 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Corporate/Community Wellness Management 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


BIOL 101 


Anatomy & Physiology 


4 


BIOL 102 


CPTE 105 


Introduction to Word Process 


ng 1 


ENGL 102 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


HLED 229 


HLED 129 


Introduction to Wellness 


2 


SOCI 225 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 


2 




PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 






Area B, Religion 


3 

16 





Anatomy & Physiology 

College Composition 

Wellness Applications 

Marriage & Family 

Area C, History 

Area G-3, Recreational Skills 



4 
3 

2 
3 
3 

± 

16 



Major — B.S. Health Science (47 Hours) 



R equired Courses 
BIOL 101-102 
BIOL 225 
CHEM 151-152 
HLED 173 
HLED 356 
HLED 373 
HLED 470 



Anatomy and Physiology 
Microbiology 
General Chemistry 
Health for Life 
Drugs and Society 
Care/Prev Injuries 
Current Issues in Health 



rs 

8 


Required C 

HLNT 135 


ourses, continued 

Nutrition for Life 




Hours 

3 


4 


MATH 215 


Statistics 




3 


X 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 




1 


2 


PETH 314 


Biomechanics 




3 


2 
2 


PETH 315 
PETH 375 


Physiology ofExercise 
Motor Learning & Dev 


(W) 


4 
3 


2 




PETH/HLED UD Elective 


2 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Health Science 



1st Semester 






H 


ours 


2nd Semester 


BIOL 101 


Anatom y and Physiol 


gy 




4 


BIOL 102 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 






3 


ENGL 102 




Area C-l, History 






3 


SOCI 225 




Area A-2, Math 






3-0 






Electives 






4-7 
17 





Anatomy and Physiology 
College Composition 
Marriage & Family 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Electives 



Hours 

4 
3 
3 
3 
3 
_1_ 
17 



Major— B.S. Sports Studies (67-71 Hours) 

R equired Core Courses 



BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology 8 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

HLED 173 Health for Life 2 

HLED 373 Prev & Care of Athl Injuries 2 

PETH 240 Coaching for Success 2 

PETH 314 Biomechanics 3 

PETH 315 Physiology ofExercise (W) 4 

PETH 364 Prin & Adm of PE & Recreation (W) 3 

PETH 375 Motor Learning & Development 3 

PETH 474 Psyc & Sociology of Sport 2 

Professional Activities 12 

Concentration 23-27 



Required Courses, conti 



PETH 113 
PETH 114 
PETH 115 
PETH 116 
PETH 117 
PETH 119 
PETH 214 
PETH 215 
PETH 216 
PETH 217 
PETH 218 
PETH 219 



ProAct 
ProAct- 
ProAct- 
ProAct 
ProAct- 
ProAct 
ProAct 
ProAct- 
ProAct- 
ProAct 
ProAct 
ProAct 



nued 
Racquetball 
Softball 
Flagball 
Volleyball 
Basketball 
Soccer 
Tennis 
Golf 

Fitness for Life 
Badminton 
Track and Field 
Gymnastics 



School of re y sic a l ildoc atio n 



Ed 



He 



,We 



219 



Major — B.S. Sports Studies (67-71), continued 



Human P erfo 


rmance Concentration (67 Hours) 


Psychology Concentration (70 Hours) 




Sports Studies Core 


44 




Sports Studies Core 


44 


BIOL 418 


Animal Physiology 


3 


EDUC422 


Behavior Management — Secondary 


2 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry I 


3 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 


CHEM 113 


Survey of Chemistry Lab I 


1 


PSYC 297 


Research Design & Stat I (W) 


3 


HLNT 135 


Nutrition for Life 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psychology 


3 


PETH 325 


Personal Trainer 


2 


PSYC 326 


Physiological Psychology 


3 


PETH 363 


Intro Meas&Resrch Hlth & PE Ed 


uc3 


PSYC 346 


Intro to Personality Theories 


3 


PETH 437 


Adaptive Physical Education 


2 


PSYC 377 


Fund ofCounseling (W) 


3 


PHYS 127 


Exploring Physics I 


3 


PSYC 384 


Experimental Psychology 


3 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 


PSYC 497 


Research Design & Stat II (W) 


3 


Journalism Concentration (68 Hours) 


Public Relations/Advertising Concentration 






Sports Studies Core 


44 




(70 Hours) 


COMM 103 


Intro to Communication 


3 




Sports Studies Core 


44 


JOUR 105 


Writing for the Media 


3 


COMM 103 


Intro to Communication 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


JOUR 105 


Writing for the Media 


3 


JOUR 316 


Mag & Feature Article Wrtg (W) 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law & Ethics 


3 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law & Ethics 


3 


JOUR 488 


Mass Comm & Society (W) 


3 


JOUR 488 


Mass Comm & Society (W) 


3 








PREL 235 


PR Principles & Theory 


3 


Select six (6) hours from the following courses: 


6 


PREL 344 


Fundamentals of Advertising 


3 


BRDC314 


Broadcast News Writing (W) 




PREL 354 


Advertising Copywriting 


2 


JOUR 208 


Publication Tools & Techniques 




PREL 406 


Persuasion and Propaganda (W) 


3 


JOUR 313 


Publication Editing 










JOUR 356 


Advanced Reporting (W) 




Recreation Concentration (71 Hours) 










Sports Studies Core 


44 


Management 


Concentration (68 Hours) 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 




Sports Studies Core 


44 


EDOE 221 


Challenge Course Facilitator 


3 


ACCT22I 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


HLNT 135 


Nutrition for Life 


3 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 


3 


RECR210 


Aerobics Instructor Trainer 


2 


BMKT 326 


Principles of Marketing 


3 


RECR 254 


Life Guarding 


1 


MGNT 334 


Principles of Management 


3 


RECR 255 


Water Safety Instructor 


1 


MGNT 344 


Human Resource Management 


3 


RECR 268,269 


Officiating Sports Analysis 


2.2 


MGNT 368 


Multicultural Management 


3 


RECR 325 


Personal Trainer 


2 


MGNT 372 


Entrepreneurial & Sm Bus Mgmt 


3 


RECR 491 


Recreation Practicum 


2 


MGNT 420 


Organizational Behavior 


3 














Select six (6) hours from the following courses: 


6 


Marketing Concentration (68 Hours) 


EDOE 148 


Basic Horsemanship 






Sports Studies Core 


44 


EDOE 156 


Land Navigation 




ACCT 221 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


PEAC 141 


Fly-Fishing 




BMKT 326 


Principles of Marketing 


3 


PEAC 142 


Canoeing 




BMKT 328 


Sales Management 


3 


PEAC 145 


Rock Climbing I 




BMKT 375 


International Marketing 


3 


PEAC 146 


White Water Rafting Guide 




MGNT 334 


Principles of Management 


3 


PEAC 151 


Scuba Diving 




MGNT 344 


Human Resources Management 


3 


PEAC 155 


Basic Kayaking 




MGNT 368 


Multicultural Management 


3 


PEAC 212 


Backpacking 




MGNT 372 


Entrepreneurial & Sm Bus Mgmt 


3 


PEAC 214 


Mountain Biking 





Note: In the Concentration that does not have a "W" course, students must take two "W" courses outside the major for graduation. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Sports Studies 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


COMM 135 


HLNT 135 


Nutrition for Life 


3 


ENGL 102 


PETH 


ProAct Skills 


3 


HLED 173 




AreaB-l/B-2, Religion 


3 


PETH 




Area C-l, History 


3 

15 


PSYC 122 



Intro to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Health for Life 
ProAct Skills 
General Psychology 
Electives 



Hours 

3 
3 

2 
3 
3 

J_ 
16 



Teaching Endorsement in Physical Education as a Minor (23 hours) 



R equired Courses 



HLED 373 
PETH 114-119. 
214-219 
PETH 364 
PETH 441 
RECR 268/269 



Prevention & Care of Injuries 2 

12 Pro Skills Courses 12 

Admin of PE & Recreation (W) 3 

Secondary Phys Educ Methods 2 

Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 



For those getting teacher certification in another area, these courses wil 
Physical Education rather than just a minor. 



be required for an additional endorsement in 



220 School of Ph 



E: 



H ¥ SIC AL H.DUC AT 10 N 



He 



We 



Minor — Health and Wellness (18 Hours) 



R equired C 

HLED 173 
HLED 229 


ourses 

Health for Life 
Wellness Applications 


Hours 

2 
2 


Required Courses, continued 

Select five (5) hours flam the following courses 
HLED 129 Intro to Wellness 


HLED 356 


Drugs and Society 


2 


HLED 373 


Prevention & Care of 


HLED 470 


Current Issues in Health 


2 




Athletic Injuries 


HLED 473 


Health Education Methods 


2 


HLED 476 


Wellness Meth, Mat & Mgmt 


HLNT 135 


Nutrition for Life 


3 


PETH 325 
PETH 495 
RELP 468 


Personal Trainer 
Directed Study 
Health Evangelism 



Hours 

5 



Minor — Physical Education (21 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

PETH 364 Prin/ Admin Phys Ed (W) 

RECR 268/269 Officiating Sports Analysis 
Electives (3 must be UD) 



Hours 


Required Courses, continued 


3 


Select eight (8) 


hours from the following cot 


2,2 


PETH 113 


ProAct — Racquetball 


6 


PETH 114 


ProAct — Softball 




PETH 115 


ProAct — Flagball 




PETH 116 


ProAct — Volleyball 




PETH 117 


ProAct — B asketball 




PETH 119 


ProAct — Soccer 




PETH 214 


ProAct — Tennis 




PETH 215 


ProAct — Golf 




PETH 216 


ProAct — Fitness for Life 




PETH 217 


ProAct — Badminton 




PETH 218 


ProAct — Track and Field 




PETH 219 


ProAct — Gymnastics 



HEALTH EDUCATION 

HLED 129. Introduction to Wellness 2 hours 

This course provides an overview of the wellness profession including its history, current trends, 
opportunities, and exposure to the wellness thought process. An understanding of the philosophical 
undergirdings of the wellness profession is explored and developed. This course requires ten (10) 
hours of field based experience. (Fall) 

HLED 173. Health for Life (F-3) 2 hours 

A study of current health topics, which includes: Integrating healthful living with today' s scientific 
research and Christianity into a balanced lifestyle. Topics include: Alcohol, tobacco and drugs, 
mental health, human sexuality, safety, nutrition, stress, death and dying, the eight natural remedies 
with perspectives from Ellen White and others. 

HLED 229. Wellness Applications 2 hours 

Learn how to live life with more passion, peace, purpose, and vitality. Learn how to bring more 
balance into your life through a practical application of the principles of wellness. This course 
teaches what wellness is by empowering the student to personally apply the tools of wellness. 
These tools encourage the development of the dynamic potential of body, mind, and spirit. This 
in turn brings about a balanced development of the whole person. (Winter) 

HLED 356. Drugs and Society 2 hours 

A course focusing on the use and abuse of drugs in our society. Emphasis on strategies to assist 
future health promoters in recognition, intervention, and prevention of substance abuse. Oral 
presentation required. (Fall) 

HLED 373. Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

Investigations into the prevention, care, and proper management of injuries related to athletics. Lab 
fee 5 will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 



HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours 

This seminar course is designed to assist students in becoming knowledgeable regarding health 
issues of our time. Library research and class presentations are required. Discussion and problem 
solving are emphasized. A major part of the class focuses on the need of a spiritual component in 
establishing a healthful and balanced lifestyle. (Winter) 



School of re y sic a l ildoc atio n 



Edec atio n, Healt h, Wellness 221 



HLED 473 . Health Education M ethods 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 173. 

A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with emphasis on the 
development and organization of the school health instruction program. Two oral presentations 
required. (Fall) 

HLED 476. Wellness Methods, Materials, and Management 3 hours 

A course in planning, implementing and evaluating: work-site and community health promotion 
activities, including stress management, smoking cessation, cardiovascular fitness, body 
composition, and cholesterol testing. Oral presentation required. (Winter) 

HLED 491. Wellness Practicum 2 hours 

The student will work at a wellness facility for not less than 100 clock hours gaining experience 
with equipment, observing facility scheduling and management, and interacting with clients. 
Arrangements are made in advance with the school dean. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 

HPER 365. Topics in HPER 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in Health, Physical Education, or Recreation designed to meet the needs or interests 
of students in specialty areas not covered in regular courses. Subjects covered will determine how 
the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for credit. 

GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES 

PEAC courses have optional pass/fail grades available, excluding PEAC 225. 

PEAC 121. Walking/Jogging (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is designed to prepare the student for a lifetime of aerobic activity with low intensity 
but great results. The course will include but not be limited to: equipment, foot care, stride, pace, 
terrain, hydration, nutrition and supplements, calorie burning and metabolism, volks walks, race 
walking, logs and motivation. A wide variety for activities will be part of this course. Offered on 
a rotating basis. A pedometer will be required. 

PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of the skills of passing, setting, serving, and spiking necessary in participation in 
power volleyball. (Fall) 

PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour 

Instruction includes strokes, rules, and playing situations plusphysical conditioning for badminton. 
(Winter) 

PEAC 133. Racquetball (G-3) 1 hour 

Focus is given to basic skills, rules, and terminology so that the student can carry on successful 
play. 

PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

Emphasis in basic tennis skills including the forehand, backhand, and serve. (Fall) 

PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

A basic course for the beginning golfer. Transportation needed Lab fee 3 will be assessed for this 
course. 

PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour 

A course for the active cyclist emphasizing various types of cycling, cycling techniques, safe 
cycling, and maintenance. Each student provides his/her own bicycle and helmet. 

PEAC 139. Advanced Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

For the advanced player. Emphasis is given to the advanced serve, volley, lobs, advanced ground 
strokes and playing strategy. Admission to class must be approved by instructor. (Fall) 



222 School of Physical Educ atio n, He a l t h , We 



PEAC 140. Weight Training (G-3) 1 hour 

A course designed for the beginning weightlifter. Instruction is focused on the basic weight 
training lifts that leads to the students developing their own personal weight training program. 

PEAC 141. Fly-Fishing (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 141, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 

This course is designed to teach the fundamentals of fly-fishing. The course will include but not 
be limited to: casting, rods & reels, knots, lines, leaders, flies, insectology, fish, equipment, 
wilderness ecology and where to go. This is a great family oriented, lifetime activity that will be 
about catch and release in the great out-of-doors. Several outing will be part of this course. 
Offered on a rotating basis. Minimal fees may be charged for transportation. Lab fee 7 will be 
assessed for this course. 

PEAC 142. Canoeing (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 142, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See EDOE 142 for course description. 

PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour 

Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines in conjunction with acrosport exposure. 

PEAC 145. Rock Climbing I (G-3)_ 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 144, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 

A safe, enjoyable, introductory course that will include but not be limited to: learn safety and 
belaying techniques, climbing skills, essential climbing knots, self rescue, and issues associated 
with top rope climbing. Offered on a rotating basis. Lab fee 6 will be assessed for this course. 

PEAC 146. White Water Rafting Guide (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 146, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See EDOE 146 for course description. 

PEAC 147. Rock Climbing II (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 145, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See EDOE 145 for course description. 

PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 151, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 

Leads to basic certification by N.A.S.D.S. or N. A.U.I. Lab fees and check out dive expenses will 
be charged in addition to tuition. You must have your own mask, snorkel, and fins. This course 
cannot be added late. Lab fee 13 will be assessed for this course with additional trip expenses 
charged after the check out dive. 

PEAC 152. Caving (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 152, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 
See EDOE 152 for course description. 

PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of beginning and intermediate swimming skills coupled with aquatic safety 
principles. 



School of re y sic a l ildoc atio n 



Ed u c a t i o m , He a l t h , We l l n e s s 223 



PEAC 155. Basic Kayaking (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with EDOE 155, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 

Students will safely learn the mechanics for flat, moving, and Whitewater kayaking. The course 
will include but not be limited to: basic strokes for propulsion, combat roll techniques, eddy turns, 
peel outs, upstream and downstream ferrying, surfing, and basic river rescue. Offered on a rotating 
basis. Lab fee 6 will be assessed for this course. 

PEAC 160. Snow Skiing (G-3) 1 hour 

A course that involves a spring break trip to Colorado. Tuition does not cover trip expenses. 
Expenses will vary around $800. 

PEAC 212. Backpacking (G-3) 1 hour 

This course Is cross-listed with EDOE 212, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 

This course is designed to increase your appreciation of hiking and camping as a life long pursuit. 
This course will include but not be limited to: equipment, clothing, menu planning, basic cooking 
skills, map and compass navigation, on-trail hiking techniques, safety, and minimum impact 
camping. Offered on a rotating basis. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

PEAC 214. Mountain Biking 1 hour 

This course Is cross-listed with EDOE 214, School of Education and Psychology. A student may 
receive credit for this course from only one program. 

This course is designed to acquaint students with the basics of mountain biking. The course will 
include but not be limited to: choosing a mountain bike, bike maintenance, choosing places to ride, 
safety, and equipment. A variety of rides from easy to challenging will be required. Students must 
provide their own bike. Minimal transportation fees may be required. 

PEAC 225. Fitness for Life (G-3) 1 hour 

This course includes a study of the basic areas of physical fitness and training, in conjunction with 
a personalized long-range conditioning program for optimal well-being. Principles of wellness are 
presented including assessments for nutrition, stress, and multiple areas of physical fitness. Lab 
fee 3 will be assessed for this course. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

PEAC 238. Advanced Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 136. 

This course focuses on the short game (putting and chipping), specialty shots (fade and draw), and 
course management. 
Advanced students must have: 

A. Own clubs 

B. Successfully completed Basic Golf 

C. Transportation to golf courses 

D. Fees required 

PEAC 243. Gymnastics Team (Gym-Masters) (G-3) 1 hour 

A "variety show" team which emphasizes acrosport, sports acrobatics, gymnastics, physicalfitness 
and health. Admission will be based on satisfactory performance of try-out requirements. 
Participation in all tours is required. This course may be repeated for credit. Due to program 
conflicts, second semester Gym-Masters will not enroll in classes that meet before 1 :00 p.m. on 
Tuesdays and Thursdays. 

PEAC 254. Lifeguarding (G-3) 

Prerequisite: 500 yards continuous swim. 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with RECR 254. A student may receive credit for this course 

from only one program. 

Leads to Red Cross Life Guarding certification, First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Winter, 

Summer) 



224 School of Physical Educ atio n, He a l t h , We 



PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent. Must meet stroke performance standards for American 
Red Cross Swim Level 5. 

This course is cross-listed with RECR 255. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 
Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. 

PEAC 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 1 hour 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience for those interested in 
preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor living and activities. 

PEAC 262. Introduction to Camping (G-3) 1 hour 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience for those interested in 
preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor living, and activities. A weekend camping trip 
with a hike is required. Lab Fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY 

PETH 113. ProAct — Racquetball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills, including performance and teaching techniques for racquetb all. 
For majors and minors only. 

PETH 114. ProAct — Softball 1 hour 

Development of prof essional skills including performance and teaching techniques for Softball. For 
majors and minors only. 

PETH 115. ProAct — Flagball 1 hour 

Development of professional skillsincludingperformance and teaching techniques f or flagball. For 
majors and minors only. 

PETH 116. ProAct — Volleyball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques for volleyball. 
For majors and minors only. 

PETH 117. ProAct — Basketball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques for basketball. 
For majors and minors only. 

PETH 119. ProAct — Soccer 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques for soccer. For 
majors and minors only. 

PETH 210. Aerobics Instructor Trainer 2 hours 

Prerequisite: PEAC 225. 

This course is cross-listed with RECR 210. A student may receive credit for this course 

from only one program. 

A course that will prepare a student to take the certification exam for Aerobic Instructors. A 

certified Instructor will teach this course that will deal with the theory and practice of a variety of 

aerobic styles. Safety and correct methods will be emphasized. 

PETH 214. ProAct — Tennis 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques for tennis. For 
HPER majors and minors only. 

PETH 215. ProAct — Golf 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques for golf. For 
HPER majors and minors only. 



School of re y sic a l ildoc atio n 



Ed u c a t i o m , He a l t h , We l l n e s s 225 



PETH 216. ProAct — Fitness for Life 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques for 
conditioning. For HPER majors and minors only. 

PETH 217. ProAct — Badminton 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques for badminton. 
For HPER majors and minors only. 

PETH 218. ProAct — Track and Field 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques for track and 
field. For HPER majors and minors only. 

PETH 219. ProAct — Gymnastics 1 hour 

Development of professional skillsincludingperformance and teaching techniques for gymnastics. 
For HPER majors and minors only. 

PETH 240. Coaching for Success 2 hours 

A study and discussion into sports team organization, recruiting, picking teams, training, game 
preparation, travel budget, crowd control, facilities management, fund raising, game safety and 
control, and coaches decorum. Special emphasis will include keeping the game in a "Christian 
perspective" and establishing a personal coaching philosophy. (Winter) 

PETH 314. Biomechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 101-102 . 

A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing human motion for efficient, safe, 

and effective movement. The historical impact of leaders in physical education is studied. (Fall) 

PETH 3 15. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 101-102. 

Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, aerobics, and physical conditioning. 
Significance of these effects for health, skilled performance, and prevention of disease. Research 
required. (Winter) 

PETH 325. Personal Trainer 2 hours 

Prerequisite: PEAC 225. 

This course is cross-listed with RECR 325. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

This course is designed to prepare a student to pass a national exam to become a Certified Personal 

Trainer. This course requires twenty (20) hours of observation/practical experience outside of class. 

(Fall) 

PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements and Research of 

Health and Physical Education 3 hours 

A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statistical procedures for 
analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. Test Construction and historical perspectives 
of physical education are dealt with. (Fall) 

PETH 364. Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation (W) 3 hours 

An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physical Education and 
Recreation with emphasis in management needs and skills. (Winter) 

PETH 375. Motor Learning and Development 3 hours 

A course of study designed to examine motor development and motor behavior as it relates to an 
individual's maturation process, with emphasis placed on implications for the physical educator. 
(Winter) 



226 School of Physical Educ atio n, He a l t h , We 



PETH 437. Adaptive Physical Education 2 hours 

A course designed to develop an understanding of neurodevelopment and functional ability, of 
impairments and their implications for motor performance. Emphasis on teaching progressions and 
exercise programs for special populations. (Fall) 

PETH 463. Elementary School PE Methods 2 hours 

A course of study designed to acquaint students with the unique aspects of physical education and 
the adolescent. Special activities include teaching and observation in an elementary school. (Fall, 
Summer) 

PETH 474. Psychology and Sociology of Sports 2 hours 

An exploration of sports and their involving impact on American culture. Special attention is given 
to current issues in sports as they relate to the individual in society. (Fall) 

PETH 295/495. Directed Study (495 [W]) 1-3 hours 

For Physical Education majors or minors only. Gives the student the opportunity to pursue 
knowledge in an area of interest related to health, PE, or recreation. Approval by School Dean 
required. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

RECREATION 

RECR 210. Aerobics Instructor Trainer 2 hours 

Prerequisite: PEAC 225. 

This course is cross-listed with PETH 210. A student may receive credit for this course 

from only one program. 

See PETH 210 for course description. 

RECR 254. Lifeguarding (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with RECR 254. A student may receive credit for this course 

from only one program. 

See PEAC 254 for course description. 

RECR 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

This course is cross-listed with PEAC 255. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See PEAC 255 for course description. 

RECR 268, 269. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours 

An introduction to administration of andparticipation in the organization of officiating in team and 
individual recreational activities. 

RECR 325. Personal Trainer 2 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PETH 325. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See PETH 325 for course description. 

RECR 491. Recreation Practicum 1-3 hours 

The student will spend a minimum of 1 00 credit hours in observing and working with a recreation 
facility. Appropriate sights will be located in cooperation with your academic adviser. 



School of re y sic a l ildoc atio n 



Ed o c a t io n , He a l t h , We l l n e s s 227 



EDUCATION 

PETH 441. Secondary Physical Education Methods 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The class is designed to provide instruction to pre-service teachers as to the different styles of 
teaching secondary physical education. Other topics include teacher effectiveness, systematic 
observation analysis, standards based curriculum planning, and authentic assessment. The class 
includes observation and practice teaching at local schools 

NON PHYSICAL EDUCATION COURSE 

HLNT 135. Nutrition for Life (F-3) 3 hours 

A general education course introducing a student to the basic principles of human nutrition. 
Includes study of the nutrients and the requirements for different age groups and normal 
physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and sociological influences, taking 
particular note of the counsel of E. G. White. 



(F-3) (G-3) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Physics 



Chair: Chris Hansen 

Faculty: Ken Caviness, Henry Kuhlman 

Professor of International Research in Physics: Ray Hefferlin 

Adjunct Faculty: James Engel 

PHYSICS 

Many doors of service await students who study physics. Southern Adventist 
University physics major graduates have become academy and high school teachers, 
and professors and researchers in physics, in the U.S.A. and overseas. Also, one or 
more of them has served as aerospace researcher for the Apollo project, anesthetist, 
chemical researcher, computer systems manager, computer net- work manager at large 
factory, corporation pilot, dentist, family-practice medical doctor, full-time homemaker, 
geologist, historian of science, instructor for fossil-fuel power-plant operators, 
instructor for nuclear-reactor operators, lawyer, mathematician, nuclear-plant walk- 
down engineer, oceanographer, oil-drilling engineer, planner for Space Station 
Freedom, radiologist, reliability designer for long-distance telephone systems, radio 
station engineer, and researcher in educational statistics. 

The Physics Department offers B.S. and B.A. degrees in Physics, B.S. in Biophysics, 
and A.S. in Engineering Studies (see page 135). 

The B.S. degree in Physics gives the strongest physics foundation for any physics- 
related career. The B.A. degree in Physics with teaching certification is recommended 
for a career in secondary teaching. The B.S. degree in Biophysics should be considered 
by students planning on advanced study in the fields of medicine, biophysics, 
physiology, radiation biology, and bioengineering, particularly in view of a career in 
medical research. 

ASSESSMENT 

To help the graduates in Physics evaluate their academic progress and to aid the 
department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, each senior is required to: 

1. Take the physics portion of the GRE. A score above the 35th percentile is 
necessary for recommendation for graduate study. 

2. Take PHYS 480 and do original research as a prerequisite. 

Alumni are surveyed and studies are prepared comparing GRE results, careers, and 
graduate-study success. Information gained from the assessments and studies is used 
to evaluate departmental programs. 

PROGRAMS IN PHYSICS 

Major— B.A. Physics (30 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours Strongly Recommended Electives 



PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy: 




CPTE 105 


Intro to Word Processing 1 




Creation & Cosmology 


3 


CPTE 106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 1 


PHYS 211-212 
PHYS 213-214 


General Physics 
General Physics Lab 


6 
2 


CPTE 107 
PHYS 400 


Intro to Database 1 
Physics Portfolio 1 


PHYS 215,216 
PHYS 310 


General Physics Calculus Applic 
Modern Physics 


2 
3 






PHYS 412 
PHYS 480 


Quantum Mechanics 

Science Wrtg & Presentation (W) 

Physics Electives (7 UD) 


3 

1 

10 







229 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Physics 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


CPTE 106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 


1 


CPTE 105 


CPTE 107 


Intro to Data Base 


1 


ENGL 102 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 121 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 


PHYS 128 


PHYS 127 


Exploring Physics I 








OR 


3 




PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 








Area C-l, History 


3 

14 





Intro to Word Processing 1 

College Composition 3 

Precalculus Trigonometry 2 

Exploring Physics II 3 

Area B, Religion 3 
Area F-2, Fam Sci 

OR 2 
Area F-3, Hlth Science 



Major— B.S. Physics (40 Hours) 



R e quired Courses Hours 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 6 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 2 


PHYS 215,216 


General Physics Calculus Appli 2 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 3 


PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 3 


PHYS 413 


Analytic Mechanics 3 


PHYS 414-415 


Electrodynamics 6 



Required Courses , continued 



PHYS 418-419 
PHYS 295/495 



PHYS 297/497 
PHYS 480 



Advanced Quantum Mechanics 
Directed Study 

OR 
Undergrad Research 
Science Wrtg & Presentation (W) 
Physics Electives 



1-2 
1 

5-7 



Note: Computers are used routinely in all of these courses. 

Students are expected to become student members of the American Physical Society and to purchase 

a book of mathematical tables or a computer-based mathematics resource. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Physics 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 


MATH 182 


PHYS 211 


General Physics 


3 


MATH 216 


PHYS 213 


General Physics Lab 


1 


PHYS 212 




Area B, Religion 


3 


PHYS 214 




Area C-l, History 


3 


PHYS 215 






16 


PHYS 216 



College Composition 
Calculus II 
Set Theory & Logic 
General Physics 
General Physics Lab 
Gen Phys Calculus Apps 
Gen Phys Calculus Apps 



Hours 

3 
4 
2 
3 
1 
1 
J_ 
15 



Major — B.S. Biophysics (40 Hours) 



R equired Courses 
BIOL 151-152 
BIOL 3 1 1 
BIOL 197 or 397 
BIOL 412 
BIOL 418 
PHYS 211-212 
PHYS 213-214 
PHYS 215,216 
PHYS 310 
PHYS 325 
PHYS 295 or 495 

PHYS 297/497 
PHYS 480 



Hou rs 

General Biology 

Genetics 

Intro to Biological Research 

Cell & Molecular Biology 

Animal Physiology 

General Physics 

General Physics Lab 

General Physics Cal Appli 

Modern Physics 

Adv Physics Lab I 

Directed Study 

OR 
Undergrad Research in Physics 
Science Wrtg & Presentation (W) 
PhysicsElectives (2 UD) 



Required Cognates 



X 


MATH 200 




Elementary Linear Algebra 


4 


MATH 215 




Statistics 


1 


MATH 218 




Calculus III 


4 


MATH 315 




Differential Equations 


3 


CHEM 151- 


152 


General Chemistry 


6 


CHEM 311- 


312 


Organic Chemistry 


2 
2 
3 


CHEM 341 




Biochemistry I 


Recommended Electives 


1 


CPTR 124 




Fundamentals of Programming 




CHEM 342 




Biochemistry II 


1 


PHYS 411 




Thermodynamics 


1 
4 


PHYS 412 




Quantum Mechanics 



230 Physics 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Biophysics 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings of Jesus 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


4 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 


PHYS212 


General Physics 


3 


PHYS211 


General Physics 


3 


PHYS214 


General Physics Lab 


1 


PHYS213 


General Physics Lab 


1 


PHYS215 


Gen Phys Calculus Apps 


1 






16 


PHYS216 


Gen Phys Calculus Apps 


1 

16 



Major — B.A. Physics, Teacher Certification, 7-12 (30 Hours) 

Secondary certification in Physics requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of 
professional education courses (page 117) for licensure. Students preparing for secondary 
teacher certification must also take BIOL 103; CHEM 111-112; ERSC 105; and RELT 317 
or 424. See explanations in the School of Education and Psychology. 

The student must apply for Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under ADMIS SION PROC EDURES in the S chool of Education and Psychology section 
of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in upper 
division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
Admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). 



R eqiiired Courses 

PHYS 155 Descriptive Astronomy 
PHYS 211-212 General Physics 


Hours 

3 
3,3 


Required Cognates Hours 

BIOL 103 Principles of Biology 3 
CHEM 111-112 Survey of Chemistry 6 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 




2 


ERSC 105 Earth Science 3 


PHYS 215,216 
PHYS 310 
PHYS 400 


Gen Physics Calculus Appli 
Modern Physics 
Physics Portfolio 




2 
3 
1 


Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 
PHYS 317 Issues in Phy Sci/Religion 


PHYS 412 
PHYS 480 


Quantum Mechanics 

Science Wrtg & Presentation (W) 

Physics Electives (6 UD) 


3 
1 
9 


BIOL 424 Issues of Nat Sci & Religion (W) 



Minor — Physics (18 Hours) 

R eqiiired Courses Hours 

Physics Electives 12 

Upper Div Physics Courses 6 



PHYSICS 

PHYS 127. Exploring Physics I (E-3) 3 hours 

An in-depth exploration of various fundamental topics in physics in an activity-based, directed- 
inquiry (lab/lecture) format. Topics may include motion, light, sound, and energy. 



PHYS 128. Exploring Physics II (E-3) 3 hours 

An in-depth exploration of various fundamental topics in physics in an activity-based directed- 
inquiry (lab/lecture) format. Topics may include heat, fluids, electricity, magnetism, and 
mathematical modeling. (PHYS 127 is not a prerequisite for PHYS 128.) 



Physics 231 

PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: Creation and Cosmology (E-3) 3 hours 

Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date line and calendars, 
astronomical objects with their motions and distances, energy processes in stars and quasars and 
pulsars, black holes, the infinity (?) and expansion (?) of the universe. Cosmology, the formation 
and subsequent histories of the solar system and the earth, radioactive dating, life on other worlds, 
as seen from observational and Biblical perspectives. Three hours lecture each week, with optional 
opportunities for an observation period. (Fall) 

PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 120, 121. 

The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light, electricity and 
magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies toward the basic science requirement as a 
non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a laboratory science if taken with PHYS 213-214. 

PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 

Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to familiarize the student with 
useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a systematic development of scientific curiosity, 
caution, and method. (Fall, Winter) 

PHYS 215, 216. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 181; previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 
Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral calculus will be 
studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS 215, 216 will have taken the equivalent 
of General Physics with calculus. Two class periods per week. (Winter) 

PHYS 305. Biophysics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211, 212, 215, 216; MATH 181; High school biology and chemistry. 
Physics principles will be used to address a variety of problems that arise in biological systems. 
Topics may include Brownian motion and diffusion, fluids, self-assembly, molecular machines, 
membranes and nerve impulses. 

PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181, 182. 

The origins of modern physics, quantum theory, the theory of relativity, nuclear physics. Three 

hours lecture each week. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 325. (Fall) 

PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212, 310; MATH 182. 

Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed from the standpoint of 
the ray and especially of the wave theories of light. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 
325. (Winter, even years) 

PHYS 315. Spectroscopy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212, 310; MATH 182. 

Interpretation of spectral line and band wavelengths, profiles, and intensities in terms of stars' 
composition, temperature, pressure, motions. Design of laboratory experiments to obtain atomic 
and molecular constants. Systematics of atomic and molecular data. Laboratory experience is 
available in PHYS 497. (Fall, even years) 

PHYS 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310; MATH 315. 
See MATH 316 for course description. 



232 Physics 



PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion (E-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of college physics or 
chemistry; junior standing. 

This course is cross-listed with KELT 31 7, School of Religion. A student may receive credit for 
this course from only one program. 

Scientific method, truth, reality, logic and derivability, authority/inspiration, faith and reason in 
mathematics and physical sciences. Non-logical factors in acceptance of scientific statements as 
authoritative. Arguments for the existence of God. Causality, determinism and miracles. 
Scientific revolutions and paradigm shifts with relation to trends in religion andphilosophy. Does 
not apply to a major in or minor in Physics. (Winter) 

PHYS 325. Advanced Physics Laboratory I 1 hour 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310. 

Laboratory experiments pertinent to areas of physics except electricity and magnetism. Meets once 

per week. 

PHYS 326. Advanced Physics Laboratory II 1 hour 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310. 

Laboratory experiments pertinent to electricity and magnetism. Meets once a week. 

PHYS 400. Physics Portfolio 1 hour 

Each student majoring in Physics may compile a portfolio consisting of records of participation 
in professional activities as suggested by departmental faculty and as initiated by the student. 
Examples of activities include but are not limited to the following: attendance at club meetings, 
professional film showings, visiting-scientist seminar, and research review sessions, reading of 
journals and books, participation at professional meetings, preparation for graduate school and for 
employment, and lists of concepts or new ideas. The portfolio is reviewed upon the student's 
registration for this course during the senior year. The grade earned for this credit will depend 
upon the persistence of the student in participation during his/her stay at Southern Adventist 
University and during summers, and upon the breadth and depth of the entries. It also depends 
upon the student having his/her portfolio reviewed by the Department at the end of each preceding 
semester, and the extent to which the Department's suggestions on those occasions are 
implemented. 

PHYS 411. Thermodynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310; MATH 182. 

A study of gases, kinetic theory, and quantum statistics. Emphasis is placed on being able to use 

thermodynamics data in the literature. Three hours of lecture each week. This class is not open to 

students who have taken CHEM 411. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 497. (Fall, even 

years) 

PHYS 412. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 215, 216, 310; MATH 315. 

The limits to classical physics; wave packets, the Schroedinger equation, eigenfunctions and 
eigenvalues, one-dimensional potentials, the solution of the Schroedinger equation in spherical- 
polar coordinates for the hydrogen atom ; electron spin and the Pauli requirement for antisymmetric 
wave functions, with applications to states of light atoms; variation techniques for small atoms and 
molecules, Hueckel and LCAO methods. This class is not open to students who have taken CHEM 
412. (Winter, odd years) 

PHYS 413. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 215, 216, 310; MATH 182, 218, 315 (MATH 316, 317, 318, 319, 411-412 

desirable). 

The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked using the techniques 

of differential equations in the Newtonian, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian forms. Special functions, 

vector theorems, transforms, and tensors are introduced as needed. Laboratory experience is 

available in PHYS 325. (Fall, odd years) 



Physics 233 

PHYS 414-415. Electrodynamics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 215, 216, 310; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319, 411-412 

desirable). 

Analysis of electrical circuits, electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and the motion of charges 

therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent prediction of electro-magnetic waves. 

Applications to modern atomic and nuclear theory are stressed. Complex mapping, vector 

theorems, transforms, and special functions maybe used. Laboratory experience is available in 

PHYS 326. (Fall, even years; Winter, odd years) 

PHYS 418-419. Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 215, 216, 310, 412; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319, 411-412 

desirable) 

The structure of quantum mechanics; review of the Thomson, Bohr, and Fermi-Thomas models; 

operator methods; operators, matrices, and spin; time-independentperturbationtheory; corrections 

to the hydrogen-atom treatment; other atoms and the periodic table; emission and absorption of 

radiation from atoms; collision theory; elementary particles and their symmetries; group dynamics 

approach to particle classification. (Fall, odd years; Winter, even years) 

PHYS 265/465. Topics in Physics 1-3 hours 

Selected topics presented in a formal classroom setting in specialty areas of physics not covered 
in regular courses. May be repeated for credit for different topics. 

PHYS 480. Scientific Writing and Presentation (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: COMM 135 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and research journals. Practice 
in scientific meeting oral and poster-session presentation. It is expected that the written reports 
be done with a word processor and that the student will have done some original research of an 
experimental, computational, or theorem-proving nature before enrolling in this course. PHYS 
295/495 and 297/497 exist to fulfill this requirement and there are numerous opportunities with 
pay at universities and national laboratories during the student's junior-senior summer. (Fall) 

PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs in Physics. 
Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to registration. This course may be repeated 
for credit. (Fall, Winter) 

PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned in accordance to the 

interests and capabilities of the student. It is assumed that the student is familiar with one or more 

spreadsheets, mathematics manipulation programs, and graphing software packages. May be 

repeated for up to four hours. (Fall, Winter; May be accomplished on a co-op basis during the 

Summer.) 

EARTH SCIENCE 

ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours 

A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, to the areas of physical 
geography, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration is given the 
environment — conservation or pollution of natural resources. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum Content Methods/Physics 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and evaluating student 

performance, the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

(E-3) (E-4) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



School of Re l ig io n 



Dean: Greg A. King 

Faculty: Stephen Bauer, Michael G. Hasel, Douglas Jacobs, Judson Lake, 

Donn W. Leatherman, Carlos G. Martin, Alan Parker, Edwin Reynolds, 

Philip G. Samaan, Douglas Tilstra 
Research Professor of Systematic Theology: Norman R. Gulley 
Adjunct Faculty: Gordon Bietz, Jack J. Blanco, Fred Fuller, Greg Harper, 

Maria Samaan, Lynda Smith 
Adjunct Faculty for Evangelism: Ron E. M. Clouzet, Jac Colon, Mark Finley, 

Robert Folkenberg Sr. 
Evangelism Resource Coordinator: Stephanie Sheehan 

RELIGION 

As an integral part of Southern Adventist University, the School of Religion has 
been given the responsibility by the Board of Trustees to prepare young men and 
women in theology and pastoral care for the Seminary and the field, and religious 
education for denominational schools. The School has also been asked to provide a 
degree in religious studies, one in archaeology, and courses in general religion for all 
students. Courses are designed to enhance students' commitment to Jesus Christ and 
their involvement in the mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The School of Religion provides biblical, theological, and practical courses to help 
all university students experience a growing relationship with Jesus Christ, understand 
His teachings in the context of the Seventh-day Adventist Church, and live ethical lives 
in harmony with the Scriptures. It also provides quality training in the fields of 
theology, pastoral care, religious education, religious studies, and archaeology, so its 
graduates, solidly grounded in Scripture and with a clear burden for others' salvation, 
become instruments in God's hands to impact the world. 

GOALS 

General Education Courses 

1. To provide instruction in the Scriptures that enhances an intelligent faith in Jesus 
Christ. 

2. To encourage development of a set of values that will provide a basis for moral 
decision-making in the Christian life. 

3. To acquaint the students with the teachings, history, and global mission of the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

Theology 

1. To provide professional training that prepares graduates to serve the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church effectively in ministry. 

2. To provide an adequate pre-Seminary training in biblical backgrounds, languages, 
history, theology, and church ministries to meet entrance requirements to the M .Div. 
degree program offered by Andrews University. 

3. To provide instruction and practical experience in church ministries and public 
evangelism as outlined in the requirements of the Certification for Ministry. 



5CHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Religion 235 



Pastoral Care 

1. To provide comprehensive, theological, pre-Seminary training for chaplaincy and 
pastoral care ministries. 

2. To supervise pre-Clinical Pastoral Education training for ministries requiring 
chaplaincy certification. 

3. To furnish instruction and practical experience in pastoral and other spiritual caring 
ministries as outlined in the requirements for the Certification for Pastoral Care and 
required cognates. 

Religious Education 

1. To prepare the student for state and church certification (in cooperation with the 
School of Education and Psychology) on the elementary or secondary levels. 

2. To support candidates in meeting the requirements of the School of Education and 
Psychology and its certifying officer by offering a course in Curriculum and Content 
Methods/Bible and by supervising student teaching. 

3. To qualify students to pursue graduate work in biblical and religious studies. 

Religious Studies 

1. To provide a basic education in biblical and religious studies without meeting the 
professional requirements of other majors. 

2. To provide a major for students who are involved in pre-professional programs or 
who elect a double major, one of which is Religion. 

3. To prepare students to become well-informed, local church leaders. 

Archaeology 

1 . To provide instruction in the methodology and interpretation of archaeo logical data 
as it relates to the people, places, and events of the Bible. 

2. To provide the necessary tools and skills for linguistic/exegetical, historical, 
archaeological, and anthropological analyses. 

3. To qualify students to pursue graduate work in Classical or Near Eastern 
archaeology, museum studies, and to provide a major for students involved in pre- 
professional programs. 

Bible Instructor or Literature Evangelist 

1. To provide courses in biblical and theological studies that will give the student a 
foundational knowledge of Scripture. 

2. To provide instructional and practical experience in the student' s chosen emphasis. 

3. To prepare students to function within the context and structure of church 
organization. 

EFFECTIVENESS 

The School of Religion is committed to developing an ongoing assessment and 
strategy to measure its effectiveness in harmony with the Mission Statement of 
Southern Adventist University, its own mission statement, and the recommendation of 
the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Faculty Assessment 

The effectiveness of the School of Religion's faculty and programs is directly or 
indirectly assessed by: 

1 . Student evaluations of all classes administered regularly through the office of the 
vice president for academic administration. 

2. Majors in the final semester of their senior year. 



236 School of Re 



3. Periodic meetings of the faculty with the chair of the Board and the presidents of 
conferences within the Southern Union. 

Student Assessment 

The quality of the School's graduates as well as its general students is assessed by: 

1. The 16PF Test is required for all Theology and Pastoral Care majors in their 
sophomore and senioryears. The results are compared with norms established from 
the performance of successful Adventist pastors on the same test. If a student's 
scores differ greatly from these norms, the faculty member assigned to administer 
the test meets with the student to discuss the potential difficulties and to suggest 
strategies for improvement. This may involve referral to a professional for personal 
or career counseling. 

2. The 16PF Test is administered by the School of Education and Psychology to all 
Religious Education majors. If the student's scores indicate potential difficulties, the 
School of Religion is asked to assist in strategies for improvement. 

3. A cumulative record of Religious Studies and Archaeology majors is kept as a 
source of information forrecommendation purposes. This record includes academic 
data and other relevant information. 

NOTE: A summary of the evaluations referred to above will be made available in the form of a check sheet 
to prospective employers who request it and will be signed by the School dean on behalf of the 
Religion faculty. The School itself cannot guarantee employment. 

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 

ADMISSION TO THE THEOLOGY AND PASTORAL CARE PROGRAMS 

Students who are taking a major in either Theology or Pastoral Care are required to 
make formal application to the ministerial program, normally during their sophomore 
year. Sophomore or above transfer students must apply during their second semester 
in residence. In evaluating student applications, the religion faculty will consider 
spiritual commitment, academic progress, emotional stability, and social and 
professional skills in order to determine the applicant's overall potential for success in 
ministry. Students will be notified of the faculty's decision, and those whose 
applications are accepted will become ministerial trainees. If at any time after being 
admitted to the program, trainees give evidence of failure to maintain commitment to 
the criteria of the ministerial program or preparation for ministry, they forfeit their 
standing as trainees and the privilege of being recognized as ministerial candidates in 
their senior year. Acceptance into the ministerial program as a trainee and approval as 
a candidate are required for the completion of the Theology and Pastoral Care majors. 
Students not accepted into the program as trainees or whose trainee or candidate status 
is rescinded may choose to complete a major in Religious Studies. 

Trainees: 

Students may apply to the ministerial program for trainee status by mid-term of the 
first semester of their sophomore year. These applications will be considered during 
the last half of the first semester, and announced by the start of the second semester. 

Qualifications 

1. Successful completion of 40 hours of academic credit, including ENGL 101, 102; 
COMM 135; RELB 125; RELT 138; RELP 150; RELL221. 

2. An overall grade point average of at least 2.50 and a grade point average of 2.50 
in all religion classes (including biblical languages) completed at the time of 
application. 



>CHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Religion 237 



3. Completion of at least two semesters in residence at SAU. 

4. A record of regular attendance at required activities of the SAU School of 
Religion. 

5. Completion of the 16PF Test within six months prior to application. 

6. Completion of the JVIS vocational aptitude and interest test. 

7. Successful completion of the SAU School of Religion Test of Elementary Biblical 
Knowledge. 

8. Successful completion of the SAU School of Religion Test of Elementary 
Doctrinal Knowledge or RELT 255, Christian Beliefs. 

9. Submission of four references, including at least one of each of the following: 

► A local pastor. 

► A local church elder or church leader. 

► A former employer OR work supervisor, OR supervisor of volunteer ministries. 

10. Completion of a prescribed semi-structured interview with the student's adviser. 

11. Development and submission of a typewritten ministry experience portfolio, 
including the following: 

► A statement of call (similar, though not necessarily identical to the one written 
for Introduction to Ministry). 

► Description of church and ministry activity. 

► Description of any volunteer or employment experience in any setting. 

► A statement of personal goals and values. 

► A growth plan based on self-evaluation, the results of standardized tests, and the 
interview with the adviser. 

12. Approval by the School of Religion Faculty Committee based on the following 
factors: 

► Evaluation of the Ministry Experience Portfolio. 

► Consideration of written recommendations and the recommendation of the 
adviser. 

► Consideration of academic performance. 

► Consideration of standardized tests. 

► Consideration of the student's reputation in the university, church, and 
community. 

Procedure 

The process of application and admission is as follows: 

1 . Comp lete the 1 6PF during the first semester of the sophomore year. This test will 
be typically offered in early September. 

2. Complete the trainee application form (available from the resource secretary) 
during the Fall semester. 

3. Applications for admission as trainees will be considered by the faculty in 
December. This will allow time for evaluation and additional consultation with 
students, if necessary. 

4. Trainees will be inducted into the program officially at the time of the annual 
Trainee Induction weekend. 

Candidates: 

Students will be considered for approval as ministerial candidates at the beginning 
of the first semester of their senior year. These applications will be considered during 
the early part of the first semester and announced about the end of September. 



238 School of Re 



Qualifications 

Prior to admission to candidate status, the student should complete the following 
requirements: 

1 . Be in the process of completing (within one academic year) the 34-hour major in 
Theology or the 33-hour major in Pastoral Care. 

2. Be in the process of completing (within one academic year) the 20-hour minor in 
Biblical Languages. 

3. Be in the process of completing (within one academic year) the 25 hours required 
for certification for ministry or the 19 hours required for certification for pastoral 
care, whichever may apply. 

4. Be in the process of completing (within one academic year) the General Education 
requirements and the required cognates for the B. A. in Theology or Pastoral Care. 

5. Maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of 2.50, and a GPA in Religion of 
2.50. 

6. Complete Ministerial Candidate requirements. 

7. Complete a second 16PF test within 12 months prior to application for candidate 
status. 

8. Maintain a record of regular attendance at required activities of the S AU School 
of Religion. 

9. Complete the first Ministerial Externship year with the assigned local 
congregation. 

10. Submit the student's ministerial experience portfolio, including all items required 
for trainee status (updated to the time of the candidature interview), as well as the 
following: 

► A current resume 

► A description of goals for ministry and plans for further education 

► A recommendation by the mentoring pastor 

► A recommendation by a member of the board from the mentoring church 

11. Go through the candidature interview. 

12. Be approved by the School of Religion Faculty Committee based on the following 
factors: 

► Evaluation of the ministry experience portfolio. 

► Consideration of the recommendations and the recommendation of the adviser. 

► Consideration of the student's performance in ministry activities. 

► Consideration of academic performance. 

► Consideration of the student's reputation in the university, church, and 
community. 

Theology students may apply to the School for variances from #2, #3, and #4 of the 
above qualifications, including exemptions from one biblical language, advanced 
languages, HIST 364/365, and RELP 405/423, provided they meet the following 
criteria: 

1 . Must have attained the age of 35 years prior to enrolling. 

2. Must transfer a minimum of 48 semester hours applicable to the program. 

3 . Must have been active in church work and be recommended by their local pastor or 
conference for ministerial training on the basis of this work. 

4. Must have individualized study programs accepted by the faculty prior to being 
approved for variances indicated above. 



5CHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Religion 239 



Procedure 

The process of admission is as follows: 

1. Complete the 16PF during the first semester of the senior year. This test will be 
typically administered in early September. 

2. Ministerial candidates will be considered by the faculty in September. This will 
allow time for evaluation and additional consultation with students, if necessary. 

3. A list of candidates approved in this program will be posted about the end of 
September. In addition, the individuals admitted as candidates will be notified by 
letter. 

4. Candidates will be considered officially approved at the time the list is posted, and 
will be honored in the Ministerial Candidate Recognition service. 

5. Students will be eligible to sign up for conference interviews for graduating seniors 
only following their approval as candidates. If interviews for juniors are requested, 
students will be eligible only if they have been admitted as trainees. 

Ministerial Externship 

The School of Religion requires field education of Theology and Pastoral Care 
majors. The Ministerial Externship Program is designed to enhance professional 
development by acquainting the student with the multi-faceted responsibilities of 
ministry. It provides a laboratory setting in membership care, evangelism, church 
leadership, worship, and preaching by working with experienced mentoring pastors and 
lay leaders in a local church. The education is necessary before the student can be 
recommended by the School of Religion for church employment. 

Field School of Evangelism 

Full-scale evangelistic meetings will be conducted for six weeks each summer, 
under the auspices of the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. In 
addition, during some summers students may be permitted to participate in a three- week 
evangelistic series in a mission setting overseas. All Theology majors are required to 
participate in one such field school. Students planning to take the summer field school 
program must have earned 55 hours with a 2.50 cumulative grade point average, and 
have taken RELP 321, 322, 361, and 362 to be recommended for admittance. 
Applications and scholarship information may be obtained from the field school 
coordinator. 

Pastoral Care Practicum 

All Pastoral Care majors are required to participate in a pre-approved ministry 
practicum, normally offered during the summer. Students planning to take the Pastoral 
Care practicum must have met all application requirements for consideration. 
Applications will be available to upper classmen and can be obtained from the School 
of Religion. 

ADMISSION TO THE RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PROGRAM 

The Religious Education Program is coordinated with the School of Education and 
Psychology of the University. Planning for certification by the states and/or 
endorsement by the Seventh-day Adventist church for Bible teaching is made with the 
certifying officer of the School of Education and Psychology, both foradmission to the 
Religious Education program in the sophomore year and to the professional semester 
before the senior year. 

The student must apply for initial admission to the Teacher Education Program 
(usually by the end of the sophomore year) after completing all requirements as outlined 
under "ADMISSION PROCEDURES" in the School of Education and Psychology 



240 School of Re 



section of the Catalog. Initial admission is required before the student can enroll in 
upper-division education courses. 

The student must also complete an application and all other requirements for 
admission to Student Teaching. Prior to the professional semester, the student must 
take and pass the PRAXIS II licensure exam — both the appropriate section of the 
Principles of Learning and Teaching, and the particular specialty test(s) for the licensure 
area(s). 

The criteria for admission to Religious Education, requirements for secondary Bible 
teaching, and policies and procedures related to student teaching may be found in the 
University Catalog under the School of Education and Psychology and obtained from 
the secretary of the School of Education and Psychology in Summerour Hall. 

Teacher Certification and Endorsement 

Those seeking Tennessee State Certification must fulfill requirements listed on page 
117 of this Catalog. 

ADMISSION TO RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

The Religious Studies major is a liberal arts major for students interested in 
preparing for professional fields such as medicine, dentistry, law, and other graduate 
studies. 

It provides a balanced selection of both biblical studies and theology courses. The 
four-year degree candidate may apply the required 12 hours of General Education 
courses in religion toward the hours needed for the major, thus reducing the number of 
extra courses needed to qualify. 

ADMISSION TO ARCHAEOLOGY 

The Archaeology major is a liberal arts major for students interested in preparing 
for graduate studies in archaeology, museum studies, cultural resource management, or 
as preparation for a professional field such as medicine, dentistry, law, or education. 
Students choosing to major in Archaeology must consult with the director of the 
Institute of Archaeology to determine their area of interest in Near Eastern or Classical 
Studies and to lay plans for participation in the Middle East Study Tour and in the 
archaeological fieldwork. 

The four- year degree candidate may apply the required 12 hours of General 
Education courses in religion toward the hours for the major, thus reducing the number 
of extra courses needed to qualify. 

ADMISSION TO THE BIBLE INSTRUCTOR OR LITERATURE 
EVANGELIST PROGRAM 

The Bible Worker and Literature Evangelist Program is a 64-hour, two-year degree 
leading to an A. A. in Religion. Students wishing to be recommended for employment 
as Bible instructors or literature evangelists must be approved by the School of 
Religion. The School of Religion cannot recommend for employment anyone whose 
course of study has been inadequate or unapproved. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES IN RELIGION 

The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and appreciation 
for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and maintaining a vital 
involvement with Jesus Christ and a personal commitment to serve family, church, 
community, and the world. Six semester hours of religion are required of the two-year 
graduate, and 12 semester hours of the four-year graduate. This is equivalent to one 
three-hour course per year, which may be selected from any of the religion courses 



5CHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Re 



241 



offered. Bachelor degree students must take at least three semester hours at the upper 
division level. (Detailed information on General Education requirements are found in 
the University Catalog.) 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

The candidates for graduation in the program for Theology or for Pastoral Care 
must have a grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 overall, a 2.50 in their major and in the 
area of candidacy in order to graduate, and also a 2.50 overall for Seminary entrance. 
In addition to their major, they must have 20 hours in Biblical Languages, 25 or 19 
hours in professional training, and 12 or 19 hours in cognates to qualify for Ministerial 
Candidacy — whichever apply. They must also give evidence of moral, physical, social, 
and intellectual fitness and demonstrate professional commitment in order for the 
School to recommend them as prospective ministerial employees. Those students 
pursuing the Religious Education major must have a GPA of 2.75 overall, and a 2.75 
in education and in the field of certification as outlined by the School of Education and 
Psychology. The Religious Studies as well as the A.A. in Religion candidates for 
graduation must have a GPA of 2.25 overall and a 2.25 in their major as outlined in the 
University Catalog. Archaeology graduation candidates must have a cumulative GPA 
of 2.75 and 2.75 in their major. Where exit examinations are required, the candidate 
must pass with a score of 75 percent or above prior to graduation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The B achelor of Arts degrees in Theology and Religious Education require courses 
in biblical studies and religion, of which three are introductory with others covering the 
Old and New Testaments, the prophetic books of Daniel and Revelation, the Spirit of 
Prophecy, and the Fundamental Beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists in the light of 
Christian theology. 

Major — B.A. Theology (34 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I 3 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II 3 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) 3 

RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 3 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II 3 



Required Courses, continued Hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 

RELT 175 Christian Spirituality I 2 

RELT 439 Prophetic Ministry of EG White 2 

RELT 484 Christian Theology I 3 

RELT 485 Christian Theology II (W) 3 



Must also include 20 hours in Biblical Languages, 24 hours for Certification for Ministry, and cognate 
requirements as follows: 

Minor in Biblical Languages Hours 



RELL 181-182 Biblical Hebrew I, II 3,3 

RELL 191-192 New Testament Greek I, II 3,3 

RELL 221 Introduction to Biblical Exegesis 2 

RELL 330 Intermediate Hebrew 3 

RELL 331 Intermediate Greek 

Certification for Ministry 

RELP 150 Introduction to Ministry 

RELP 270 Interpersonal Ministry 

RELP 321 Introduction to Biblical Preaching 

RELP 322 Intermediate Biblical Preaching 

RELP 361-362 PersonalEvangelismI.il 

RELP 405 Evangelistic Preaching 

RELP 423 Advanced Biblical Preaching 

RELP 450, 452 ChurchMinistryI.il 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 



Required Cognates Hours 

HIST 364-365 Christian Church I (W), II (W) 3,3 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 3 

Suggestions for General Education Electives 



3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 




EDUC 319 


Technology in Education 


3 




ENGL 335 


Biblical Literature (W) 


3 


2 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 


2 


2 


MUCH 216 


Music in the Christian Church 


3 


2 


PSYC 377 


Fundamentals of Counseling (W) 


3 


2 


SOCI 225 


Marriage and the Family 


3 


2.2 
1 
2 








3,3 
3 









Note: The School recommends that those majoring in Theology or Pastoral Care not simultaneously 
take RELL 181-182, Biblical Hebrew I, II; RELL 191-192, New Testament Greek I, II; or 
RELL 330 Intermediate Hebrew; RELL 331, Intermediate Creek. 



242 School of Re 



Major — B.A. Pastoral Care (33 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) 

OR 
RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 

RELB 436 New Testament Studi es II 



Hours 


Required C 


ourses, continued 


Hours 


3 


RELP 150 


Intro to Ministry 


2 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


3 


RELT 175 


Christian Spirituality I 


2 




RELT 439 


Prophetic Ministry of EG White 


2 


3 


RELT 484 


Christian Theology I 


3 


3 

3 


RELT 485 


Christian Theology II (W) 


3 



Must also include 20 hours in Biblical Languages, 19 hours Certification for Pastoral Care, and 17 
hours of cognate requirements as follows: 



Minor in Biblical Languages 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 
2 
3 
3 

Hours 

RELP 270 Interpersonal Ministry 2 

RELP 321 Intro to Biblical Preaching 2 

RELP 322 Intermediate Biblical Preaching 2 

RELP 361 Personal Evangelism I 2 

RELP 362 Personal Evangelism II 2 

RELP 391 Practicum 3 

RELP 450 Church Ministry I 3 

RELP 452 Church Ministry II 3 



RELL 181 


Biblical Hebrew I 


RELL 182 


Biblical Hebrew II 


RELL 191 


New Testament Greek I 


RELL 192 


New Testament Greek II 


RELL 221 


Intro to Biblical Exegesis 


RELL 330 


Intermediate Hebrew 


RELL 331 


Intermediate Greek 


Certification for Pastoral Care 



Required Cognates Ho! 

HIST 364 Christian Church I 

HIST 365 Christian Church II 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 

OR 
PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (W) 

SOCI 225 Marriage and the Family 

SOCI 249 Death and Dying 



Suggestions for General Education Electives Hours 

ACCT 103 College Accounting ' 3 

BIOL 424 Issues of Nat Science & Rlgn (W) 3 

EDUC319 Technology in Education 3 

ENGL 335 Biblical Literature (W) 3 

HLED 173 Health for Life 2 

MUCH 216 Music in the Christian Church 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Theology 
B.A. Pastoral Care 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


COMM 135 


RELB 125 


Life and Teachings of Jesus 


3 


ENGL 102 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


PSYC 122 


RELL 


Biblical Language 




RELP 150 




OR 


3 


RELL 221 




Area E, Science 








Area A-2, Math 


3 


PEAC 






15 


RELL 



Hours 

Introduction to Public Speaking 3 

College Composition 3 

General Psychology 3 

Introduction to Ministry 2 

Introduction to Biblical Exegesis 

OR 2 or 1 

Fitness for Life 
Biblical Language 
OR 3 

Area E, Science 

15 or 16 



Major — B.A. Religious Education (34 Hours) 



R equired Courses 

RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) 

RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 

RELB 436 New Testament Studi es II 



Hours 


Required C 


ourses, continued Hours 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 3 


3 


RELT 175 


Christian Spirituality I 2 


3 


RELT 439 


Prophetic Ministry of EG White 2 


3 


RELT 484 


Christian Theology I 3 


3 
3 
3 


RELT 485 


Christian Theology II (W) 3 



5CHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Re 



243 



Major — B.A. Religious Education (34 Hours), continued 

Must include 35 hours in Education and 16 hours of cognate requirements as follows: 



P rofessional Education Requirements He 

EDUC 138 Intro to & Fnd Secondary Educ 

EDUC 220 Growth Years 

OR 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 

EDUC 217 Psych Foundations of Education 

EDUC 319 Technology in Education 

EDUC 325 PhilosophyofChristianEduc (W) 

EDUC 340 Diff Instruction for Diverse Students 

EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 

EDUC 422 Behavior Management — Secondary 

EDUC 434 Literacy in the Content Area 

EDUC 437 Curriculum & General Meths, 7-12 

EDUC 438 Curriculum Content Meths/Religion 

EDUC 464 Teaching Seminar 

EDUC 472 Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 



Required Cognates Hours 

HLED 173 Health for Life 2 
RELL 181-182 Biblical Hebrew I, II 

OR 3, 3 

RELL 191-192 New Testament Greek, I, II 

RELL 221 Intro to Biblical Exegesis 2 

RELP 150 Introduction to Ministry 2 

RELP321 Introduction to Biblical Preaching 2 

RELP 322 Intermediate Biblical Preaching 2 

Suggestions for General Education Electives 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 3 

COMM 336 Interpersonal Communication 3 

HLED 173 Health for Life 2 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Religious Education 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


EDUC 138 


Intro to & Fnd ofSecondary Educ 3 


COMM 135 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 3 


EDUC 217 


RELB 125 


Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 


ENGL 102 




Area A-2, Math 3 


PEAC 225 




Area E, Science 3 
15 


RELT 138 



Introduction to Public Speaking 3 

Psych Foundations of Education 2 

College Composition 3 

Fitness for Life 1 

Adventist Heritage 3 

Area E, Science 3 



Major — B.A. Religious Studies (32 Hours) 



R equired C 


ourses 


Hours 


RELB 125 


Life and Teachings of Jesus 


3 


RELB 435 


New Testament Studies I 


3 


RELB 436 


New Testament Studies II 


3 


RELP 264 


Christian Witnessing 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


RELT 175 


Christian Spirituality I 


2 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 


RELT 373 


Christian Ethics 


3 


RELT 458 


World Religions (W) 


3 


RELT 467 


Phil and the Christian Faith (W) 


3 



Required Courses, continued Hours 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I 

OR 3 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Religious Studies 



1st Semester 




H 


ours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 




3 


COMM 135 


RELB 125 


Life and Teachings of Jesus 




3 


ENGL 102 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 




3 


PEAC 225 




Area A-2, Math 




3 


RELT 175 




Area G, Skills 




3 

15 





Introduction to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Fitness for Life 
Christian Spirituality I 
Area E, Science 
Area F, Behavioral Sci 



3 
3 
1 

2 

3 

_3 

15 



244 School of Re 



Major — B.A. Archaeology (32-35 Hours) 



Core Courses 

RELB 237 
RELB 247 
RELB 340 
RELB 455 
RELB 497 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 
Archaeological Method & Theory 3 



Archaeology and the OT 
Archaeology and the NT 
Middle East Study Tour 
Archaeological Fieldwork 



Choose one (1) concentration: 

Classical Studies Concentration (17 hours) 

RELL 191 
RELL 192 
RELL 221 



Hours 

New Testament Greek I 
New Testament Greek II 
Introduction to Biblical Exegesis 



RELL 331 Intermediate Greek 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II 

Required Cognates Hours 

ENGL 445 Ancient Classics (W) 3 

HIST 497 Research Methods in History (W) 3 



Near Eastern Studies Concentration (20 hours) Hours 

Biblical Hebrew I 3 

Biblical Hebrew II 3 

Introduction to Biblical Exegesis 2 

Intermediate Hebrew 3 

Old Testament Studies I 3 

Old Testament Studies II 3 

World Religions (W) 3 

Required Cognates Hours 

HIST 497 Research Methods in History (W) 3 



RELL 181 


RELL 182 


RELL 221 


RELL 330 


RELB 245 


RELB 246 


RELT 458 



Recommended 



Intermediate French or German 



Recommended 

Intermediate French or German 
HIST 375 Ancient World (W) 



Suggestions for General Education Electives Hours 

ART 235 Ceramics 3 

BIOL 424 Issues of Nat Sci & Religion (W) 3 

ERSC 105 Earth Science 3 

HIST 174 World Civilizations 3 



Suggestions for General Education Electives , cont. 
MATH 215 Statistics 3 

SOCI 150 Cultural Anthropology 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Archaeology 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


COMM 135 


HIST 174 


World Civilization 


3 


ENGL 102 


RELL 181 


Biblical Hebrew I 




RELL 182 




OR 


3 




RELL 191 


New Testament Greek I 




RELL 192 


SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthropology 


3 


ERSC 105 


ART 235 


Ceramics 


3 

15 





Introduction to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Biblical Hebrew II 

OR 
New Testament Greek II 
Earth Science 
Area G-l, Skills 



Major — A .A. Religion (31 Hours) 

This degree is designed to prepare the student to be effective in lay ministry as a 
Bible Instructor or Literature Evangelist. 



C ore Courses 

RELB 125 
RELB 245 



RELB 246 
RELB 435 



Life and Teachings of Jesus 
Old Testament Studies I 

OR 
Old Testament Studies II 
New Testament Studies I 

OR 
New Testament Studies II 



rs 


Core Courses. 


, continued 


Hours 


3 


RELP 270 


Interpersonal Ministry 


2 




RELP 361 


Personal Evangelism I 


2 


3 


RELP 362 


Personal Evangelism II 


2 




RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




RELT 175 


Christian Spirituality I 


2 


3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 



Choose one (!) concentration: 

Required Courses for Bible Instructor Hours 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel 

OR 3 

RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 

RELP 291 Practicum: Evangelism 3 

RELP 321 Introduction to Biblical Preaching 2 

Cognate for both emphases Hours 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 

OR 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 



Required Courses for Literature Evangelist Hours 

PREL 244 Sales ~ 2 

PREL 291/391 Practicum: Sales 

OR 3 

PREL 492 Public Relations Internship: Sales 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 3 



SCHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Re 



245 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.A. Religion 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


COMM 135 


HLED 173 


Health for Life 


2 




RELB 125 


Life and Teachings of Jesus 


3 


RELP 270 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


ENGL 102 


RELT 175 


Christian Spirituality I 


2 


RELT 255 




Area A-2, Math 


3 
15 


PEAC 225 



Introduction to Public Speaking 

OR 
Interpersonal Ministry 
College Composition 
Christian Beliefs 
Fitness for Life 
Area E-4, Science 
Area F-l , Behavioral Sci 



Hours 

3 

2 
3 
3 
1 
3 
_3 
15-16 



MINORS IN ARCHAEOLOGY, BIBLICAL LANGUAGES, CHRISTIAN 
SERVICE, MISSIONS, PRACTICAL THEOLOGY, RELIGION, AND YOUTH 
MINISTRY 



Minor — Archaeology (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses 1 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II 

OR 
RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

RELB 237 Archaeology and the OT 3 

RELB 247 Archaeology and the NT 3 

RELB 455 Archaeological Fieldwork 3 

RELB 497 Archaeological Method & Theory 3 



Minor — Biblical Languages (20 Hours) 



R equired Courses Hours 

RELL 181, 182 Biblical Hebrew I, II 3,3 

RELL 191, 192 New Testament Greek I, II 3,3 

RELL 221 Introduction to Biblical Exegesis 2 



Required Courses , continued 

RELL 330 Intermediate Hebrew 

RELL 331 Intermediate Greek 



Minor — Christian Service (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

RELB 125 Life and Teaching of Jesus 3 
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 

OR 3 
RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 

RELP 264 Christian Witnessing 3 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

RELP Electives (6 hrsmustbe UD) 9 

(May inclHMNT 215/415 
Cross-Cultural Experience) 



Minor — Missions (23 Hours) 



R equired C 


ourses 


Hours 


RELB 125 


Life and Teaching of Jesus 


3 


RELP 240 


World Missions 


3 


RELP 361 


Personal Evangelism I 


2 


RELP 466 


Public Evangelism (must be 






outside USA) 


3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 


RELT 458 


World Religions (W) 


3 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

COMM 291 Intercultural Communications 

Practicum* 

OR 3 

HMNT 215/415 Cross-Cultural Geography* 
SOCI 150 Cultural Anthropology 

OR 3 

SOCI 230 Multicultural Relations 



*These courses require admission to the Student Missions Program and successful completion of one academic year of student 
mission experience. 



Minor — Practical Theology (19 Hours)* 

R equired Courses Hours 

RELP 270 Interpersonal Ministry 2 

RELP 321 Introduction to Biblical Preaching 2 

RELP 322 Intermediate Biblical Preaching 2 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

RELP 361-362 Personal Evangelism I, II 2,2 

RELP 450, 452 ChurchMinistryI.il 3,3 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 



*Non-theology majors must obtain permission from the School of Religion 
Prerequisites apply to RELP 321. 



246 School of Re 



Minor — Religion (18 Hours) 

Those seeking state certification and/or denominational endorsement for teaching 
in other areas could, with careful selection, also acquire a minor in Religion. 

All who wish to obtain teacher certification in Religion must have a Religion minor 
plus EDUC 438, Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible, Grades 7-12 (1 hour). 



R eqiiired Courses 


Hours 


RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 


3 


RELT 138 Advendst Heritage 


3 


AND 




U/D RELB or RELT Courses 


6 


Religion Electives (may incl RELP) 


6 



No more than one of the following courses may be chosen to apply toward the minor: 
RELT 317, 424. 

Minor — Youth Ministry (20 or 21 Hours) 

R eqiiired Courses Hours Required Courses , continued Hours 

RELP 251 Introduction to Youth Ministry 3 RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 

RELP 252 Intermediate Youth Ministry* 3 OR 3 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 RELB 436 New Testament Studies II 

Choose three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 EDOE 138 Outdoor Basics 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I* OR 3,2 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II* EDOE 301 Outdoor Ministries 

PSYC 422 Adolescent Psychology* 3 

A c ad em ic re quire m ents apply 

BIBLICAL STUDIES 

RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis on His teachings as they 
apply to the personal, social, and religious problems of the individual. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

RELB 175. Acts of the Apostles (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the development of the church during apostolic times, including an introduction to the 
characters, issues, and events that shaped the earliest Christian communities and the theological 
development of the gospel by the early church. 

RELB 237. Archaeology and the Old Testament (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of cultures, customs, languages, and religions that impact the understanding of the Old 
Testament based on archaeological and other ancient material culture which, interpreted from the 
viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its authenticity. (Fall) 

RELB 245. Old Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Six hours of religion courses. 

An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, two major divisions of the Old Testament. 
Attention will be given to the structure, themes, theology, historical setting, and significance of this 
literature in Christian interpretation. Various approaches to the study of the Old Testament will be 
surveyed. (Fall) 

RELB 246. Old Testament Studies II (B-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Six hours of religion courses. 

An introduction to the Prophets, a third major division of the Old Testament. Attention will be 
given to the structure, themes, theology, historical setting, and significance of this literature in 
Christian interpretation. (Winter) 



5CHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Religion 247 



RELB 247. Archaeology and the New Testament (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the cultures, customs, languages, and religions that impact the understanding of the New 
Testament based on archaeological and other ancient material culture which, interpreted from the 
viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its authenticity. (Winter) 

RELB 340. Middle East Study Tour (B-l) 1-3 hours 

Sponsored by the School of Religion, the Middle East Study Tour focuses on the archaeological, 
historical, and geographical study of the region with an emphasis on the comparative study of 
cultures, locations, and events as they relate to the Bible. Fees are assessed to cover the expenses 
of the tour. (Summer) 

RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (W) (B-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover their meaning and 
relevance for today. (Fall, Summer as needed) 

RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their historical fulfillments. Special 

attention will be given to discovering its special message for our day. (Winter, Summer as needed) 

RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and exegetical study of the General Letters of the New Testament which 
include Hebrews; James; 1 and 2 Peter; Jude; 1, 2, and 3 John. Includes a background survey of 
the book of Acts. (Fall) 

RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and exegetical study of the Pauline Letters of the New Testament which 
include 1 and 2 Thessalonians, 1 and 2 Corinthians, Galatians, Romans, Ephesians, Colossians, 
Philippians, Philemon, 1 and 2 Timothy. (Winter) 

RELB 255/455. Archaeological Fieldwork (B-l) 1-6 hours 

In conjunction with the archaeological expeditions, sponsored by Southern Adventist University, 
qualified students obtain practical experience and training in archaeological fieldwork by assisting 
in the supervising of excavation drawings, registering, reading of pottery, and related work. Fees 
are assessed to cover the expenses of fieldwork and room and board. (Summer) 

RELB 465. Topics in Biblical Studies (B-l) 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious studies dealing with 
issues encountered in biblical studies. The content will change, as needed, so the course may be 
repeated once for credit. Open to all students. (As needed) 

RELB 295/495. Directed Study (B-l) 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Theology, Religious Education, and Religious Studies majors 
and must be approved by the dean of the School of Religion. Occasionally the course may be 
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (As needed) 

RELB 497. Archaeological Method and Theory (B-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: RELB 237, 247. 

This course provides a thorough background to archaeologicalmethod and theory for the advanced 
archaeology student, including a historical overview of archaeological inquiry, as well as the 
development of procedure, method, and theoretical perspectives in the discipline. There will be a 
focus on ceramic typology and interpretation of site reports in the southern Levant and the Aegean 
world. Open to archaeology majors and minors only. (Winter, even years) 



248 School of Re 



BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

RELL 181-182. Biblical Hebrew I, II (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical Biblical Hebrew, with 
an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work required. 

RELL 191-192. New Testament Greek I, II (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundational study of the grammar, syntax, and vocabulary of the koine Greek of the New 
Testament. The student will read and translate selected New Testament passages in preparation for 
doing exegesis of the New Testament text. Lab fee 1 will be assessed for the National Biblical 
Greek exam. 

RELL 221. Introduction to Biblical Exegesis 2 hours 

Prerequisite: One semester of biblical language. 

An introduction to biblical exegesis (the application of principles of interpretation) to passages of 
the Bible representing the various genres of the Old and New Testaments. This course will 
acquaint the student with the presuppositions which lie beneath various hermeneutical approaches 
to the text, with guidelines for the steps in the interpretation of the text. Opportunity will be given 
for involvement in the process of biblical exegesis. (Winter) 

RELL 330. Intermediate Hebrew 3 hours 

Prerequisites: RELL 181, 182, 221. 

Application of the principles of exegesis to the text of the Hebrew Bible, with particular emphasis 
on the contribution of Hebrew lexicography, grammar, syntax, and style to the understanding of 
the text. The student will be expected to analyze the text of assigned passages and to prepare brief 
exegetical papers and sermons based on the Hebrew text of the Old Testament. (Fall) 

RELL 331. Intermediate Greek 3 hours 

Prerequisites: RELL 191, 192, 221. 

An intermediate course which applies the principles of koine Greek grammar and syntax to the 
exegesis of selected passages from the Greek New Testament. Emphasis will be placed upon the 
significance of the results of exegesis for preaching the text. Lab fee 3 will be assessed for the 
National Biblical Greek exam. (Fall) 

RELL 465. Topics in Biblical Languages 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious studies dealing with 
issues encountered in biblical languages and exegesis. The content will change, as needed, so the 
course may be repeated once for credit. Open to all students. (As needed) 

RELL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Theology, Religious Education, Archaeology, and Religious 
Studies majors and must be approved by the dean of the School of Religion. Occasionally the 
course may be conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may 
be repeated for credit. (As needed) 

PROFESSIONAL TRAINING 

RELP 150. Introduction to Ministry 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Three hours of religion courses. Students whose major does not require this course 
must obtain permission from instructor and School dean. 

An introduction to the basics of ministry, focusing on issues such as the call to pastoral or teaching 
ministry, Christ-centered living, personal spirituality, ethical behavior, relationships with others, 
concern for the lost, time management, and theological study. This course seeks to develop 
personal morality, spiritual growth, and practical life-skills in ministers and teachers in training. 
Lab fee 6 will be assessed for the IDAK career evaluation. 

RELP 251. Introduction to Youth Ministry (B-3) 3 hours 

This course will explore the biblical basis for a specialized ministry to children, youth, and young 
adults. The students will become acquainted with current research, contemporary approaches, and 
available resources to enhance ministry to youth. Practical experience in area churches will be 
required. 



5CHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Religion 249 



RELP 252. Intermediate Youth Ministry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 251. 

This course will focus on principles and strategies for specialized ministry among adolescents in 

the local church. Practical experience in area churches will be required. 

RELP 264. Christian Witnessing (B-3) 3 hours 

This course will focus on Christ's model of reaching people and how this approach can be 
integrated in one's spiritual life and implemented with interpersonal relationships and the sharing 
of the gospel. (Winter) 

RELP 270. Interpersonal Ministry 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Three hours of religion courses. Students whose major does not require this course 
must obtain permission from instructor and School dean. 

The development of listening skills and interpersonal communication in pastoral visitation with 
special emphasis on revitalizing inactive members. Laboratory work in area churches will be 
required. 

RELP 321. Introduction to Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: COMM 135; RELL 221; Junior status or permission of the instructor. 
This introductory course examines the foundations for effective biblical preaching. Attention will 
be given to the call and preparation of the preacher, principles of biblical hermeneutics, the 
elements of sermon formulation, and principles of sermon delivery. A topical, biographical, or 
narrative sermon will be preached and analyzed in a peer review setting. (Fall) 

RELP 322. Intermediate Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 32 1; Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

This course focuses on the preparation and delivery of expository sermons. Attention will be given 
to the discovery of the exegetical idea of the text, the formulation of the homiletical idea, and how 
to preach with conviction. Expository sermons will be preached and analyzed in a peer review 
setting. (Winter) 

RELP 240/340. World Missions (B-3) 3 hours 

A survey of the major religious, philosophical, and cultural traditions for the purpose of enhancing 
Christian outreach and cross-cultural evangelism. (Winter) 

RELP 354. Introduction to Pastoral Counseling 3 hours 

This course is an introduction to pastoral redemptive care. Visitation to correctional and 
rehabilitation centers, hospitals, and nursing homes will be required. This course is not designed 
as an introduction to professional counseling. 

RELP 361. Personal Evangelism I (B-3) 2 hours 

The course covers the principles and practice of one-to-one evangelism, focusing on leading people 
to Christ, giving effective Bible studies, friendship evangelism, ministering to young people, and 
working in local church outreach endeavors. Students must take this course immediately preceding 
RELP 362, Personal Evangelism II. (Fall) 

RELP 362. Personal Evangelism II (B-3) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 361. 

This course builds on the practical ministry skills introduced in Personal Evangelism I. In addition, 
urban evangelism, small groups outreach, and answering B ible objections will be covered. Students 
whose major or minor requires RELP 466, Public Evangelism, must take the course immediately 
before Public Evangelism. (Winter) 

RELP 291/391. Practicum 1-3 hours 

Supervised practicum in various forms of ministry as individually designed for each student. The 
program and the supervisor must be approved by the School of Religion prior to registration. These 
programs will involve a minimum of 100 hours of instruction and activity for each hour of credit. 
This course may be applied to a Religion minor but is not a substitute for RELP 466, Public 
Evangelism, or other General Education requirements. 



250 School of Re 



RELP 401. Fundamentals of Biblical Preaching 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of the School of Religion. 

A basic homiletics course focusing on the preparation and delivery of expository sermons. The 
student will learn and implement a ten-step method for sermon preparation, and will preach it in 
a peer-review setting. The course is intended for students with no academic credit in preaching. 
(Summer as needed) 

RELP 405. Evangelistic Preaching (B-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: RELP 321. 

This course concentrates on the development and delivery of distinctively Adventist messages with 
emphasis on soul-winning decisions and the use of multi-media. (Winter) 

RELP 423. Advanced Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: RELP 321, 322. 

This course explores further methods of biblical preaching such as the narrative plot and the 
inductive sermon, all the while challengingthe student to a complete reliance upon Word and Spirit. 
Preaching is set for specific needs, situations, and the development of a sermonic series. Sermons 
are preached and analyzed in a peer review setting. (Fall) 

RELP 450. Church Ministry I (B-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: RELP 150, 362, or permission of the instructor and School dean. Senior status only. 
An introduction to church ministry, this course explores a biblical theology of church ministry, 
clergy, and laity roles and relationships, church administration, and the practice of some specific 
ministries in the local setting. Laboratory work in area churches is required. (Fall) 

RELP 452. Church Ministry II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: RELP 1 50, 362, or permission of the instructor and School dean. Senior status only. 
In this course consideration is given to the personal as well as the professional life of the pastor, 
such as spiritual leadership, life management, worship ministry, priestly functions (baptisms, 
weddings, and funerals), denominational policy, church growth, and the empowerment of the Holy 
Spirit for ministry. The course includes the theology major exit exam. Laboratory work in area 
churches is required. (Winter) 

RELP 465. Topics in Professional Training 1-3 hours 

In this introductory course, Christ's model of personal evangelism will be emphasized and attention 
will be given to the principles and practice of one-to-one evangelism with people of Christian, 
secular, and non-Christian backgrounds. The presentation of the gospel and giving of Bible studies 
is modeled in class, and laboratory experience is required of the student. (As needed) 

RELP 466. Public Evangelism 3 hours 

Prerequisites: RELP 362 and acceptance as a ministerial trainee. 

Principles employed in preparing and conducting public evangelistic meetings are explored and 
experienced in connection with the Field School of Evangelism. The student learns how to plan 
and hold an evangelistic series as well as visit with evangelistic interests. Consent from the School 
of Religion must be obtained before enrollment. 

RELP 468. Health Evangelism (B-3) 3 hours 

A study of the concepts and methods of creating witnessing opportunities through taking advantage 
of the current interest in preventive health practices and lifestyle changes. The objective of these 
concepts and methods is to obtain decisions for a more abundant way of life and to lead men and 
women to Christ. The course also will provide future church leaders with practical ways to utilize 
the talents of members in health evangelism. Laboratory work in area churches and/or community 
settings is required. 

RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Theology, Religious Education, and Religious Studies majors 
and must be approved by the School dean. Occasionally the course may be conducted as a seminar 
and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for credit. (As needed) 



5CHOOL OF KELIG 10 N 



Religion 251 



THEOLOGY AND RELIGION 

RELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and the subsequent 
development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special emphasis will be placed on the 
contributory role in the church of the spiritual gift of prophecy through the life and ministry of 
Ellen G. White. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

RELT 175. Christian Spirituality I (B-2) 2 hours 

A historical and theological study of Christian spirituality. This course provides a basic 
introduction to the devotional life, with an emphasis on prayer and fasting, including a practical 
application of the dynamics of these spiritual disciplines as a means of enriching the spiritual life. 

RELT 176. Christian Spirituality II (B-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: RELT 175. 

A continued study of the classic spiritual disciplines of the Christian faith with an emphasis on 
Scripture as a dynamic in personal spiritual development. This course will focus on contemplative 
reading of Scripture, journaling, meditation on Scripture, and Scripture memorization. (Winter) 

RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours 

A biblical, theological, and historical study of eschatology rooted in its Christ-centered focus. It 
considers the unique Seventh-day Adventist contribution over against that of leading scholars both 
in the past and present. Also it examines, among other movements, the New Age Movement and 
Dispensationalism and focuses on how to be ready for the end event. 

RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered context. This course will 
involve a study of the major teachings, with a view to enhancing the student's understanding and 
ability to provide biblical support for his/her faith. (Fall, Winter, Summer) 

*RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion (B-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PHYS 31 7, Physics Department. A student may receive credit for 
this course from only one program. 
See PHYS 317 for course description. 

RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours 

A foundation course in moral decision-making in the fields of bio-ethics, social ethics, and personal 
ethics. The objective is to discover timeless norms by which to make basic ethical decisions across 
the professional spectrum. These norms are then applied to issues relevant to the student. Limited 
to students required to take Ethics for their program or students with Junior/Senior class standing. 

*RELT 421. Issues in Science and Society (W) (B-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with BIOL 421, Biology Department. A student may receive credit for 
this course from only one program. 
See BIOL 421 for course description. 

*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science and Religion (W) (B-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with BIOL 424, Biology Department. A student may receive credit for 
this course from only one program. 
See BIOL 424 for course description. 



*One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science requirement for majors, and to Religion 
for non-majors. 



252 School of Re 



RELT 439. Prophetic Ministry of Ellen G. White (B-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisites: RELT 138; senior statusonly; and permission of instructor and Schooldean for non- 
majors. 

Designed for majors in Theology, Pastoral Care, and Religious Education, this is a course on the 
life, and in particular, the prophetic ministry of Ellen G White, one of the founders of the Seventh- 
day Adventist Church. Topics will include a biblical study of the gift of prophecy, an 
understanding of the process of revelation and inspiration, and conflict issues often faced by 
pastors, chaplains, and school teachers. (Winter) 

RELT 458. World Religions (W) (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior status only. 

A study of several major non-Christian religions, including a survey of the history and the 
distinctive characteristics of each. This course will also compare and contrast these religions, 
consider areas of commonality between them and biblical Christianity, and provide insights as to 
how to share Christianity with practitioners of these religions. (Fall, Winter, Summer as needed) 

RELT 465. Topics in Theological Studies (B-2) 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious studies dealing with 
issues encountered in theology. The content will change as needed, so the course may be repeated 
once for credit. Open to all students. (As needed) 

RELT 467. Philosophy and the Christian Faith (W) (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of philosophical thinking as applied to understanding worldviews. Attention will be given 
to ancient philosophical systems and their influence on worldviews today. The student will also 
study current worldviews of Christian theism, deism, naturalism, nihilism, existentialism, Eastern 
Pantheistic monism, New Age philosophy, and postmodernism. This worldview understanding will 
be applied in case studies of contemporary movies. The criteria for evaluating all worldviews will 
be the Christian worldview in the context of the Adventist understanding of the great controversy. 

RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior status only. 

An in-depth study of the 28 Seventh-day Adventist Fundamental Beliefs to equip the student to 
know the doctrines of the church from Scripture and to present them to others. (Fall) 

RELT 485. Christian Theology II (W) (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RELT 484. 

This course examines major theological issues such as christology, pneumatology, anthropology, 
soteriology, ecclesiology, and eschatology to strengthen confidence in Scripture and to equip the 
student to preach with certainty. (Winter) 

RELT 295/495. Directed Study (B-2) 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to the School majors and must be approved by the dean of the 
School of Religion. Occasionally the course may be conducted as a seminar and published in the 
schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for credit. (As needed) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum Content Methods/Religion 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing and evaluating student 

performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. (As needed) 



(D-l) (W) See pages 26-27 and 29-33 for explanation of General Degree and General Education 
requirements. 



Social Work and 
Family Studies 



Chair: Rene Drumm 

Faculty: Christopher Atkins (Stipend Program Coordinator), Terrie Long (Director of 

Field), Octavio Ramirez (Director, Social Work Program), Stanley Stevenson 

(Director, Child Welfare Program) 
Adjunct Faculty: Shelley Kennedy, Edward Lamb 
Social Welfare Consortium: Evie Nogales Baker 
Website: swfs.southern.edu 

PHILOSOPHY 

The philosophy of the Social Work and Family Studies Department and faculty rests 
on the cornerstones of social justice andservice. Socialjusticeencompasses protecting 
human rights, caring for God's creation, peacemaking, advocating for the poor and 
vulnerable, and empowering individuals, families, and communities. Active service to 
others on campus and to the larger community demonstrates the Biblical message of 
peace and social justice. 

ACADEMIC STANDING 

The Social Work and Family Studies Department is committed to academic 
excellence in both majors. A grade of a C or better is required in all core social work 
(SOCW) classes. Social work majors must maintain an overall GPA of 2.50 or higher 
to be admitted into the program and to remain in the program. 

PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY STUDIES 

The Social Work and Family Studies Department offers a degree in Social Work 
(accredited by the Council on Social Work Education) and in Family Studies. Minors 
are also available in Behavioral Science, Family Studies, and Sociology. 

The curricu la for both the B SW and Family Studies degrees include computer content 
and hands-on experience intended to enable majors to develop elementary skills 
including word processing, spreadsheet, database, Internet, CD ROMS, 
video — interactive, and statistical analysis. Majors are encouraged to have their own 
personal computers (PCs) if possible. 

SOCIAL WORK 

The study of social work is one of the most exciting and important fields of inquiry 
and practice within the people sciences. A historic and defining feature of the social 
work profession is its focus on individual well-being within a social context coupled 
with a keen interest in the well-being of society as a whole. Particular attention is given 
to the needs and empowerment of people who are vulnerable, oppressed, and living in 
poverty. Fundamental to social work is its emphasis on environmental forces that 
create, contribute to, as well as ameliorate problems of human existence. 

SOCIAL WORK PROGRAM MISSION STATEMENT 

The mission of the Bachelor of Social Work program is to provide a quality generalist 
baccalaureate education based upon a Christian service value system. The graduates 
of this program are expected to be able to function in entry level positions working with 
individuals, families, small groups, organizations, communities and with diverse 
peoples. The social work practice skills and theoretical orientations used by these 
professional social workers are informed and guided by evidence-based research 
findings. These professional social workers will demonstrate this professionalized 



254 Social Wo r k a nd Family Studies 



value system by exemplifying a dedication to the promotion of social and economic 
justice through an understanding of and a commitment to social change for the benefit 
of the poor, the disenfranchised, and other populations-at-risk. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SOCIAL WORK 

The Bachelor of Science in Social Work (BSW) prepares students for entry-level 
social work generalist baccalaureate practice. The BSW is the foundation degree for 
social work careers in mental health, child welfare, health care, public welfare, schools, 
family service, developmental disabilities, service to the aged, industry, business and 
labor, and criminal justice. The degree is designed to also prepare students for 
informed community participation in social welfare issues. The BSW is the preferred 
preparation for the terminal graduate practice degree, the Masters of Social Work, 
(MSW). Job opportunities in the social work field are projected to grow at an above 
average rate during the near future. 

The program makes available a number of experiences, both curricular and 
extracurricular, to enrich its students' academic experience. Multiple volunteer 
opportunities deepen understanding and compassion. A number of field experiences 
enhance commitment and skill building. National and international study tours are 
available to engender cross-cultural and global perspectives (see below). The center 
piece of the applied dimension of the curriculum is the 400 hour FIELD PRACTICUM 
in which each student participates in "real life" experience while being supervised by 
a seasoned and credentialed professional social worker. 

Extracurricular opportunities include membership in the National Association of 
Social Workers and the Phi Alpha Honor Society. Social Work Month is celebrated 
each March. The Edward Lamb Community Scholarship Fund provides opportunity to 
develop fund raising skills, socialization for social service commitment, and monies for 
the educational expenses of exemplary students. 

PROFESSIONAL ADVISORY BOARD AGENCIES 

Moccasin Bend Mental Health Institute 

UT College of Medicine, Family Practice Unit 

Chattanooga State Technical Community College 

Chattanooga Headstart/Early Headstart 

Family & Children's Services 

Hamilton County Juvenile Court 

TC Thompson Children's Hospital 

Martin-Boyd Christian Home (Assisted Living) 

Chattanooga CARES AIDS Resource Center 

Alexian Brothers Community Services PACE Program 

Clinical Social Work Private Practice Community 

STUDENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE 

This committee is made up of two elected students from each class, freshman through 
senior, and two students elected at large. This committee provides a formalized student 
voice concerning any aspect of the social work program (see Student Handbook). 

SOCIAL WORK PROGRAM POLICIES 

Students who are admitted to the social work program are considered adequately 
mature to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility for their learning 
and professional behavior. 



, Wo R K AND F.4 M I L Y StUDIES 255 



The social work program Student Handbook outlines the policies of the program. 
Each student accepted into the program is responsible to become acquainted with and 
to abide by these policies. 

Transportation for volunteer and practicum experiences is not provided by the 
program. Students will be expected to provide their own transportation and make 
arrangements to share this expense with fellow students participating in the same 
experiences. 

The social work program reserves the right to deny admission to and to remove 
students from the social work program who have an unresolved felony on record in any 
state and who have records of misconduct, legal and otherwise, that would jeopardize 
their professional performance. 

The social work program reserves the right to revise, add, and withdraw policies 
and/or courses as necessary to ensure a quality social work program. 

ACCREDITATION 

The social work program is accredited with the Council on Social Work Education. 

ADMISSION PROCEDURES 

Admission to Southern Adventist University does not automatically enroll the student 
in the social work program. Declaration as a social work major is not equivalent of 
acceptance to the program. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in the 
program is made by the program Admissions and Progressions Committee. 

During the second semester of the freshmen year the student is to complete an 
autobiography and a written essay on a specific social issue. 

During the first semester of the sophomore year the student is to file a formal 
application to the social work program (refer to the Student Handbook for specifics). 
Application forms may be obtained from the office manager in the program office. 
Minimum requirements for admission to the program and upper division courses are 
listed below: 

1. Acceptance to Southern Adventist University. 

2. Completion of application form, autobiographical statement, and a writing 
sample on specific social policy. 

3. Submission of a current unofficial transcript. 

4. Have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher (exceptions may be made 
for persons who do not meet the grade point average requirements if they are 
strong candidates on the basis of other criteria). Have completed SOCW 211: 
Introduction to Social Work, SOCW 212: Social Welfare as an Institution, and 
SOCW 213: Interviewing Skills with a grade of C or higher. 

5. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fitness. Further references may 
be required regarding character, attitude, and coping ability in case of a 
question in this area. 

6. Students whose native language is not English must achieve at least 550 on the 
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 

7. Have taken the Taylor- Johnson Temperament Analysis Test. The student is to 
make arrangements with the University Counseling and Testing Center to take 
this test. 

8. Completion of a successful interview with the Admissions and Progressions 
Committee. 

The Committee reviews the application material, conducts the interview, and makes 
a decision concerning the application. Applicants are notified of the Committee's 
decision by a letter from the program director. An applicant denied admission to the 



256 Social Wo r k a nd Family Studies 



social work program may appeal the denial decision in person and/or in writing to the 
Admission and Progressions Committee. If this process is unsatisfactory to the student, 
the University appeals process described in this Catalog may be followed. 

FIELD PRACTICUM ADMISSION 

In the winter semester of the junior year, following the completion of most required 
pre-requisite courses, students begin the application process for the social work field 
practicum, which is a requirement for graduation with a BSW degree. All students 
entering the field practicum must have a GPA of 2.5 or higher in order to be considered 
academically eligible for the field practicum. Since the primary purpose of social work 
education is to prepare students for entry-level social work positions, quality field 
placements are essential. The placements are designed to provide students with a 
chance to put into practice the theories and skills they have learned in the classroom. 

All students applying to the Field Practicum must have completed these courses or 
have these courses completed by the end of the semester in which they apply. 

These courses are: 

► SOCW 311, Human Behavior and the Social Environment I 

► SOCW 3 12, Human Behavior and the Social Environment II 

► SOCW 314, Social Work Practice I 

► SOCW 315, Social Work Practice II 

► SOCW 318, Social Work Practice Skills Lab 

► SOCW 391, Junior Field Practicum 

TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students intending to major in social work who are attending other colleges or 
universities, or who are transferring from another major at Southern Adventist 
University, will be expected to apply for admission to the Social Work Program by 
April 1 of their sophomore year. E-J ORDER TO STAY ON SCHEDULE WITH THE 
SEQUENCE OF SOCIAL WORK PROGRAM COURSES, AN INTRODUCTORY 
SOCIAL WELFARE/SOCIAL WORK COURSE, INCLUDING 40 HOURS OF 
DOCUMENTED VOLUNTEER EXPERIENCE, MUST BE TAKEN BEFORE 
ENTERING THE SOCIAL WORK PROGRAM. 

Those applying to the social work major after their sophomore year will be 
considered on a case by case basis. If the introductory course has not been completed, 
it is taken the first semester after declaring social work as a major. This will delay 
admission consideration until the following semester and may result in graduation 
taking more than four years. 

The social work program seeks to maintain a heterogenous student body by 
enrolling students who represent diverse backgrounds and cultural perspectives. 

FIELD PRACTICUM 

The social work field practicum is designed to provide students with a chance to put 
into practice the theories and skills they have learned in the classroom. The practice of 
social work is a combination of theory and interpersonal skills with the field practicum 
a key component of the educational process. The focus of the field practicum is on the 
interactional process between student worker and client system(s) and the testing and 
use of specific interventions; students have the opportunity to connect the theory and 
knowledge with actual practice experience. This experience is essential to developing 
the entry level helping skills required of all undergraduate social work professionals. 
The nature of the field practicum is practice-oriented, builds on skills and theories 
learned in cognate social work classes, and involves direct contact and intervention with 



, Wo R K AND F.4 M I L Y StUDIES 257 



individuals, families, and groups; only social work majors may take the field practicum 
and must have met the required prerequisites. The field practicum experience is eight 
(8) credit hours which are taken concurrently with the Integrative Field Seminar. 

ASSESSMENT 

The social work program maintains a comprehensive assessment policy. In order 
to provide for evaluation of the program and monitoring teaching effectiveness, as well 
as measuring the achievements of graduates, all seniors are required to: 

1. Take Social Work Knowledge and Competency Skills Exam in the winter 
semester of the senior year. 

2. Successfully complete both the oral and written sections of the Senior Exit 
Exam which includes presentation of a piece of original research designed in 
the social work research class and completed during the field practicum. This 
research project is part of the Field Practicum. Also included is the 
presentation of the completed Policy/Case Study Project which is done during 
the Field Practicum. 

Program effectiveness will be assessed by combining the results of the above 
cumulative evaluations. An ongoing analysis of courses and course content required 
for majors is made by the social work faculty to assure that the curriculum meets the 
objectives of the program and the standards of the national accrediting body, the 
Council on Social Work Education. 

FAMILY STUDIES 

The Family Studies degree is interdisciplinary in nature and combines various 
dimensions of the social sciences along with a strong liberal arts foundation to gain an 
understanding of individuals and families. The major is for those students wishing to 
prepare for graduate study in community and/or family counseling, law, personnel 
work, sociology of the family, or family life education. 

ASSESSMENT 

To help the graduates in Family Studies evaluate their academic progress and to aid 
the department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, each senior is required to: 

1 . Take a written knowledge and competency skills exam during the fall semester 
of the senior year that will be based on selected course work. 

2. Present a research paper or family life case material to the departmental faculty. 
Information gained from the above assessments is used to evaluate 
departmental programs, but it will not affect graduation eligibility. 

DEPARTMENT STUDY TOURS 

The Social Work and Family Studies Department sponsors a study tour to New York 
City yearly during Thanksgiving vacation and a study tour to Europe every other 
summer. The objectives of these tours are to facilitate a better understanding of peoples 
and cultures and to enable the participants to work with people more effectively. 
Academic credit is given for these tours and each requires classroom time (see SOCI, 
SOCW 296/496). 



258 Sc 



.Wo 



< AM ILY STUDIES 



Major — B.S. Family Studies (44 Hours) 



R equired C 


ourses 


Hours 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psychology 


3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthropology 


3 


SOCI 201 


Parenting 


3 


SOCI 225 


Marriage and the Family 


3 


SOCI 233 


Human Sexuality 


3 


SOCI 245 


Appalachian Studies 


2 


SOCI 349 


Aging and Society (W) 


3 


SOCI 360 


Family Life Education 


3 


SOCI 365 


Family Relations 


3 


SOCI 491 


Family Studies Practicum 


3 


SOCW211 


Intro to Social Work 


3 


SOCW 497 


Research Methods (W) 


3 



Required Cognates Hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

Area E-l, Biology 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Family Studies 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


PSYC 122 




Area B, Religion 


3 


PSYC 128 




Area C/D 


3 


COMM 135 




Area G-l , Creative Skills 


3 

15 





College Composition 
General Psychology 
Developmental Psychology 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Area E-l, Biology 
AreaG-3, Rec Skills 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
J_ 
16 



Major— B.S.W., Social Work (42 hours) 



R equired C 


ourses 


Hours 


SOCW 211 


Intro to Social Work 


3 


SOCW 212 


Social Welfare as Inst 


3 


SOCW 213 


Interviewing Skills 


3 


SOCW 311 


Human Behav & Social Envir I 


3 


SOCW 312 


Human Behav & Social Envir II 


3 


SOCW 314 


Social Work Practice I (W) 


3 


SOCW 315 


Social Work Practice II (W) 


3 


SOCW 318 


Social Work Practice Skills Lab 


1 


SOCW 391 


lunior Field Practicum 


1 


SOCW 433 


Social Work Practice III 


3 


SOCW 434 


Social Welfare Issues 


3 


SOCW 435 


Social Work Practicum I 


4 


SOCW 436 


Social Work Practicum II 


4 


SOCW 441 


Integrative Seminar I 


1 


SOCW 442 


Integrative Seminar II 


1 


SOCW 497 


Research Methods (W) 


3 



Required Cognates 

BIOL 103 Principles of Biology 

ECON213 Survey of Economics 

OR 
PLSC 254 American Natl & State Govt 

MATH 215 Statistics 
PSYC 122 General Psychology 

SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 



Hours 

3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S.W., Social Work 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


CPTE 105 


Intro to Word Processing 


1 


ENGL 102 


CPTE 106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 


1 


PEAC 225 


CPTE 107 


Intro to Database 


1 


PSYC 122 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


SOCI 125 


SOCW 211 


Intro to Social Work 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Electives 


4 

16 





College Composition 

Fitness for Life 

General Psychology 

Intro to Sociology 

Area C, Hist/Political Sci/ Econ 

Electives 



3 

1 
3 

3 

3 

_3 

16 



, Wo R K AND F.4 M I L Y StUDIES 259 



Minor — Behavioral Science (18 hours) Minor — Sociology (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours Required Courses Hours 

PSYC 122 General Psychology 3 SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 3 

SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 3 SOCI 150 Cultural Anthropology 3 

SOCW211 Intro to Social Work 3 Sociology Electives (6 UD) 12 

*Electives(6 UD) 9 

* An additional nine hours selected from any Social Work and Family Studies areas with a minimum of six hours of upper division Social 
Work and Family Studies classes. 



Minor — Family Studies (20 hours) 



R equired C 


ourses 


SOCI 201 


Parenting 


SOCI 225 


Marriage and Family 


SOCI 233 


Human Sexuality 


SOCI 365 


Family Relations 



rs 


Select 8 hours 


from following: 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


PSYC 422 


Adolescent Psychology 


3 


PSYC 479 


Family Counseling 


3 


SOCI 349 


Aging and Society 




SOCI 360 


Family Life Education 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 

3 



SOCIOLOGY 

SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours 

An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social world. Consideration is given 
to the dynamic nature of American society and social institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study 
of social groups including the family, its history and current place in society. (Fall, Winter, 
Summer) 

SOCI 150. Cultural Anthropology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCW 150. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A study of culture and cultural variation. The contemporary beliefs, values, institutions, and 
material dimensions of people in North America are contrasted with those of people living in other 
regions of the world today and in the past. (Fall) 

SOCI 201 . Parenting (F-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCW 201. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A study of the family system in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of parent-child 
interaction. Attention is given to family planning, the childbirth experience, child development, 
techniques for developing close relationships and communication between parent and child, 
understanding and relating to children's individuality, common child rearing problems, and 
methods of modifying behavior. (Winter) 

SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with PSYC 224. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See PSYC 224 for course description. 

SOCI 225. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCW 225. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A course in intimate human relationships, including the place of the family in society and a 
Christ-centered approach to marital and familial issues. 

SOCI 230. Multicultural Relations (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCW 230 and PSYC 231. A student may receive credit for this 
course from only one program. 

A study of interactional patterns among diverse human groups. Consideration is given to the 
theoretical bases of inter-group relations and to class activities which promote awareness and 
understanding. Lab fee 1 will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 



260 Social Wo r k a nd Family Studies 



SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCW 233 and PSYC 233. A student may receive credit for this 
course from only one program. 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the Christian cultural 
setting. (Winter) 

SOCI 245. Appalachian Studies 2 hours 

The purpose of this course is to provide a general knowledge of Appalachian culture. Study will 
be given to current and past characteristics of the region. Lifestyles, subcultures, legends, myths, 
and stereotypes will be studied. Lab fee 1 will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

This course Is cross-listed with PSYC 349 and SOCW 349. A student may receive credit for this 
course from only one program. 

The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the process of aging and the 
increasing influence of "mature citizens" in contemporary society. Historical, demographic, and 
future trends are explored. A balance between the theoretical and the applied is sought. (Fall, 
Winter, Summer) 

SOCI 356. Natives and Strangers (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

This course Is cross-listed with HIST 356. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See HIST 356 for course description. 

SOCI 360. Family Life Education 3 hours 

This course Is cross-listed with SOCW 360. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A study of existing family life education programs, including computer generated resources. Focus 
is also given to the design and development of original family life education materials. (Fall) 

SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

This course Is cross-listed with SOCW 365. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be given to courtship, 
family organization and interaction, family disorganization and reorganization, and the 
post-parental family. Emphasis will be given to findings of recent family studies. (Winter) 

SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenomenon, of criminals, and of 
penal treatment. The relationship of law and crime to other trends in the social order. Research in 
prevention and treatment of crime. (Fall, odd years) 

SOCI 249/449 Death and Dying (F-l) 2 hours 

This course Is cross-listed with SOCW 249, PSYC 249 and NRSG 449. A student may receive 
credit for this course from only one program. 

This course offers a unique and important perspective about cultural differences in death and 
dying. Personal attitudes and beliefs related to loss, dying, death, and bereavement will be 
explored. Cultural beliefs, rituals, and bereavement support strategies that may influence attitudes 
towards death and dying for a variety of ethnic groups are examined. Students enrolling for upper 
division credit will be required to write an application paper beyond the course requirements. Lab 
fee 1 will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

SOCI 265/465. Topics in Sociology 1-3 hours 

Study of special topics pertinent to the field of sociology. Content will vary among various topics, 
based on the interests or needs of students and the department. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 



, Wo R K AND F.4 M I L Y StUDIES 261 



SOCI 491. Family Studies Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 360 

Supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of family studies. At least 50 clock hours 
of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. May be repeated for credit for 
up to 3 hours. Grades will be assigned on an A, B, or F basis. 

SOCI 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor. 

Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology and family studies. Open to qualified 
students who want to follow a program in independent study. This course can be repeated for credit 
for a total of not more than three hours credit. 

SOCI 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-6 hours 

The Social Work and Family Studies Department sponsors a study tour to New York City yearly 
during Thanksgiving vacation and a study tour to Europe every other summer. The objectives of 
these tours are to facilitate a better understanding of peoples and cultures and to enable the 
participants to work with people more effectively. The fall trip to New York City focuses on 
ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1 or 2 hours). The European tour 
focuses on a comparison of cultures, current issues, and social policies (6 hours). Fees are assessed 
to cover the expenses of each tour. 

SOCIAL WORK 

SOCW 150. Cultural Anthropology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 150. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See SOCI 150 for course description. 

SOCW 201. Parenting (F-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 201. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 
See SOCI 201 for course description. 

SOCW 211. Introduction to Social Work (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the profession of social work, its historical roots, its values, and its fields of 
practice. (Fall) 

SOCW 212. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 211 or consent of instructor. 

Social welfare systems are viewed from both historical and philosophical perspectives. The role 
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in meeting human need is also examined. Lab fee 1 will be 
assessed for this course. (Winter) 

SOCW 213. Interviewing Skills 3 hours 

Focuses on the development of interviewing and communication skills. Course is experientially 
based. Only available to social work majors and students with at least sophomore standing. 
(Winter) 

SOCW 225. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 225. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 
See SOCI 225 for course description. 

SOCW 230. Multicultural Relations (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 230 and PSYC 231. A student may receive credit for this 

course from only one program. 

See SOCI 230 for course description. 



262 Social Wo r k a nd Family Studies 



SOCW 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 233 and PSYC 233. A student may receive credit for this 

course from only one program. 

See SOCI 233 for course description. 

SOCW 311. Human Behavior and the Social Environment I 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 103; SOCI 125; PSYC 122; SOCW 211. 
Co-requisite: SOCW 314. 

First of a two course HBSE sequence is a study of the interaction between human behavior and the 
social environmentfrom birth through adolescence and young adulthood. Relevant concepts from 
the behavioral sciences will be reviewed to provide students with a holistic view of human 
behavior. Includes such topics as systems theory, person-in-environment concepts, developmental 
tasks, diversity, populations-at-risk, the impact of racism and ethnocentrism, and assessment. The 
course will follow a life cycle model from a systems perspective. (Fall) 

SOCW 312. Human Behavior and the Social Environment II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 311. 

The second of a two course HBSE sequence is a study of the interaction between human behavior 
and the social environment from middle through later adulthood. Relevant concepts from the 
behavioral sciences will be reviewed to provide students with a holistic view of human behavior. 
Includes such topics as systems theory, person-in-environment concepts, developmental tasks, 
diversity, populations-at-risk, the impact of racism, ethnocentrism, and assessment. The course 
will follow a life cycle model from a systems perspective. (Winter) 

SOCW 314. Social Work Practice I (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 103; SOCW 211, 212, 213; Co-requisite: SOCW 318. 
Provides students with theoretical framework for generalist social work practice. Topics include 
the establishment of relationship, assessment, contracts, intervention, utilization of resources, social 
work values and ethics. Work with individuals and families, primarily the micro dimension of 
social work practice, is emphasized in this first semester of a three-semester practice sequence. 
Social Work practice courses can only be taken by non-social work majors if ALL prerequisites 
have been completed. (Fall) 

SOCW 315. Social Work Practice II (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SOCW 314, 318. 

A continuation of SOCW 314. The primary focus is on working with small groups and families, 
the mezzo dimension of social work practice, in this second semester of a three-semester practice 
sequence. Social Work practice courses can only be taken by non-social work majors if ALL 
prerequisites have been completed. (Winter) 

SOCW 318. Social Work Practice Skills Lab 1 hour 

Co-requisite: SOCW 314. 

This skills lab provides students with direct field work experiences in social services agencies in 
the greater Chattanooga community. These field work experiences include application of 
assessment, intervention, and individual/family and group counseling skills. This class is to be 
taken concurrently with SOCW 314. (Fall) 

SOCW 326. Child Welfare I 3 hours 

This course provides a basic knowledge of federal, state, and local policies and social service 
programs which support and strengthen at-risk families. Specific interventions related to working 
with at-risk families and children in the areas of child abuse and neglect, medical neglect, and 
adolescent issues will be explored. Students have the opportunity to develop basic assessment and 
intervention skills for working with this population. (Fall) 



, Wo R K AND F.4 M I L Y StUDIES 263 



SOCW 327. Child Welfare II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 326 

This course is the second in a series of two courses offered as part of the TN Child Welfare 
Certification Program. It is designed to assist students in acquiring the practice skills to become 
culturally competent child welfare workers. The course will analyze the practices of various 
human/social service agencies that provide preventative, case management, out of home care, 
treatment, and rehabilitative services aimed at children, youth, and families. The roles of social 
services in the broad context of formal and informal systems that influence the life course of the 
child will be addressed. This course will prepare students to practice in the child welfare field by 
teaching them about the various contexts in which child welfare practice takes place and the skills 
and modalities that are used with children, youth, and families who are the focus of child welfare 
intervention. Particular emphasis will be placed on the services provided by community based 
agencies, child welfare services and the juvenile justice system. Addition emphasis will be given 
to prepare the students to work the multicultural populations including consumersof different ages, 
races, cultures, socioeconomic status, and sexual orientations. The student will beprepared to meet 
ethical issues for social workers dealing with child welfare will be addressed with critical 
frameworks for resolving ethical dilemmas taught. 

SOCW 349. Aging and Society (W) (F-l) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 349 and PSYC 349. A student may receive credit for this 

course from only one program. 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

SOCW 360. Family Life Education 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 360. A student may receive credit for this course from only 

one program. 

See SOCI 360 for course description. 

SOCW 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with SOCI 365. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 
See SOCI 365 for course description. 

SOCW 391. Junior Field Practicum 1-3 hours 

This course introduces social work students to the role of the human service professional in the 
community setting. Students participate in an observational learning experience in a social service 
agency for 120 hours during the semester. Total immersion in the agency environment will give 
students a chance to expand their understanding of how human needs are met by families and the 
social service agencies that work with them. Students will apply the knowledge and skills they 
have learned in previous social work courses in their field placements. 

SOCW 433. Social Work Practice III 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SOCW 315, 497; MATH 215. 

In this third of a three-semester practice sequence, the primary emphasis is on community practice, 
the macro dimension of social work practice. Social Work practice courses can only be taken by 
non-social work majors if ALL prerequisites have been completed. (Winter) 

SOCW 434. Social Welfare Issues and Policies 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 215; SOCW 212; PLSC 254 or ECON 213. 

A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of social services. Course 

requirements include a comprehensive policy analysis of a specific social policy, lobbying efforts 

with local elected officials, and interactions with community residents and stakeholders. A trip 

to Washington, DC is required to complete the course. Lab fee 14 will be assessed for this course. 

(Fall) 



264 Social Wo r k a nd Family Studies 



SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 315. Co-requisite: SOCW 497. 

This course provides opportunity for students to apply practice theory and to develop skills for 
generalist social work practice. Through participation in the social service delivery system, the 
student becomes familiar with agency structures, functions, and programs. Successful completion 
of a research proposal for an agency-based research project is required for completion of the 
course. A minimum of 200 clock hours will be spent working in an agency setting for each four 
hours of course work. Social Work practicum courses can be taken ONLY by social work majors. 
(Fall) 

SOCW 436. Social Work Practicum II 4 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 215; SOCW 435, 497. 

This course builds on the experiences of the first semester practicum and progresses to more 
difficult and varied tasks. Social Work practicum courses can be taken ONLY by social work 
majors. (Winter) 

SOCW 441. Integrative Seminar I 1 hour 

Prerequisites: SOCW 315, 497. Co-requisites: SOCW 433, 435, 497. 

Integrative Seminar I is the companion course to be taken in conjunction with the Practicum I 
field-based course. This course is designed to provide a forum for providing mutual support, 
discussing and completing departmental assignments, exploring on-going practice concerns in the 
field practicum, and creating an arena in which peer learning takes place. Thus, it provides a vital 
link between the theoretical knowledge, skills, and values derived from the social work course 
work and the practice realities of the field practicum. (Fall) 

SOCW 442. Integrative Seminar II 1 hour 

Prerequisite: SOCW 441, 497. Co-requisites: SOCW 433, 436. 

Integrative Seminar II is the companion course to be taken in conjunction with the Practicum II 
field -based course. It builds on the base provided by Integrative Seminar I. It provides the same 
forum for mutual support, discussing and completing departmental assignments, exploring ongoing 
practice concerns from the field practicum, and creates an arena in which peer learning takes place. 
This course creates this same atmosphere, but explores the same areas in more depth. An 
additional major emphasis in this second course is social work record keeping and agency based 
research. (Winter) 

SOCW 249/449. Death and Dying (F-l) 2 hours 

This course is cross-listedwithSOCW 249/449, PSYC 249, andNRSG449. A student may receive 
credit for this course from only one program. 
See SOCI 249/449 for course description. 

SOCW 265/465. Topics in Social Work (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary among various topics 
based on the interests or needs of students and the department. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 

SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 212. 

A study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary among such topics 
as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics of social work practice, etc. The selected 
topic is pursued for the entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not 
more than three hours credit. 



, Wo R K AND F.4 M I L Y StUDIES 265 



SOCW 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-6 hours 

The Social Work and Family Studies Department sponsors a study tour to New York City yearly 
during Thanksgiving vacation and a study tour to Europe every other summer. The objectives of 
these tours are to facilitate a better understanding of peoples and cultures and to enable the 
participants to work with people more effectively. The fall trip to New York City focuses on 
ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1 or 2 hours). The European tour 
focuses on a comparison of cultures, current issues, and social policies (6 hours) . Fees are assessed 
to cover the expenses of each tour. 

SOCW 497. Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 215; CPTE 105-107 or BUAD 104. 

A course which examines the basic research design and methodologies commonly used in the 
social sciences. Both quantitative and qualitative approaches are examined along with relevant 
data analysis techniques. Ethical considerations for doing research with human subjects and 
vulnerable populations is explored. A major research project is expected of each student. This 
course is closed to non-social work and family studies majors, however, a student with a GPA of 
3.0 or higher may petition the instructor for admission to the course as long as theprerequisite and 
co-requisite requirements are met. (Fall) 



(F-l) (F-2) (G-l) (W) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Technology 



Chair: Dale Walters 

Faculty: Ray Carson 

Adjunct Faculty: Ron Smith 

Professional Advisory Board: The Advisory Board serves in a consultancy capacity 

and assists in referrals for practicum. 

Don Britton, Owner, Don Britton Transmission 

Kel Burgoyne, Structural Steel Drafting Detailer 

Joe Farrow, Engineer 

Dan Gebhard, Plumber 

Michael Holman, General Contractor/Drafter 

Steven Karst, General Contractor 

Dave Turner, General Contractor 

Fred Turner, Architect 

J. B. Underwood, Owner, Collegedale Central Exxon 

The Technology Department offers courses which provide opportunity to balance 
learning with practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, drafting, auto 
service and construction. Objectives of these classes are: 

1. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life as professional 
enhancement as well as hobby and recreational activities. 

2. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and service occupations. 

3 . To provide background for entrance into specialized technical and professional degree 
programs and occupations. 

4. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living by providing 
"hands-on" experiences with elements of the environment. 

5. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile learning skills. 

6. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by providing classroom and lab 
experiences that nurture critical thinking and creativity. 

ASSESSMENT 

All automotive technology students will be given the NIASE (National Institute of 
Automotive Service Excellence) certification exams as specified by the department. 
Students who pass the exams become eligible for ASE certification after two years of 
experience following their training. Students completing the two year degree will have 
one year of the two years of experience required for certification completed. 



ECHNOLOGY 



267 



Majors — B.S. Business Administration and A.T. Auto Service (80 Hours) 
Business Administration (43 Hours) Auto Service (40 Hours) 

Required Courses 



R eqiiired C 


ourses 


Hours 


ACCT 221-222 


Principles of Accounting 


3.3 


ACCT 321 




Managerial Accounting 


3 


BUAD 105 




Business Spreadsheets 


3 


BUAD 310 




Business Communication (W) 


3 


BUAD 317 




Mgnt Information Systems 


3 


BUAD 339 




Business Law 


3 


BUAD 358 




Ethical, Social, and Legal 








Environ of Business(W) 


3 


BUAD 288/488 


Seminar in Business Admin 


1 


BMKT 326 




Principles of Marketing 


3 


ECON 224 




Principles of Macroeconomics 


3 


ECON 225 




Principles of Microeconomics 


3 


FNCE 315 




Business Finance 


3 


MGNT 334 




Principles of Management 


3 


MGNT 464 




Business Strategies (W) 


3 


Required C 

BUAD 104 


ognates 

Business Software 


Hours 

3 


BUAD 128 




Personal Finance 


3 


BUAD 221 




Business Statistics 


3 



Hours 

1 

2 
2 
3 



TECH 114 Oxy-Acetylene Welding 

TECH 115 Arc Welding 

TECH 166 Auto Electrical Systems 

TECH 167 Suspension, Steering & Alignm 

TECH 168 Manual Drive Train, & Axles 

TECH 169 Automotive Brakes 3 

TECH 175/375 Engine Rebuilding & Machining 4 

TECH 178 Heating & Air Conditioning 2 

TECH 230 Automatic Transmission 3 

TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3 

TECH 273 Estimating & Auto Business Prac I 

TECH 276/377 Engine Performance & Cptrs 3 

TECH 277 Eng Fuel & Emission Controls 4 

TECH 291 Practicum 3 

TECH 299 Adv Engine Performance 3 

Required Cognates Hours 

MGNT 371 Principles of Entrpreneurship 3 

MGNT 372 Small Business Management 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Business Administration & A.T. Auto Service 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ACCT 221 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


ACCT 222 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


BUAD 104 


Business Software 


3 


COMM 135 


TECH 166 


Auto Electrical Systems 


2 


TECH 175 


TECH 264 


Automotive Repair 


3 


TECH 178 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 

15 





Principles of Accounting 
College Composition 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Engine Rebuilding & Machining 
Heat and Air Conditioning 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



3 
3 
3 

4 
2 
J_ 
16 



Major — A.T. Architectural Drafting (24 Hours) 

Students are taught drafting skills and standards using the tools and software used 
by the industry. Computer-Aided Design (CAD) drafting training will educate you in 
preparing technical drawings used in construction and manufacturing. This includes 
such things as residential home construction, commercial building construction, 
mapping and survey information, machinery, aviation and spacecraft, and more. 



R eqiiired C 


ourses Hours 


Required Cognates 


Hours 


TECH 14S 


Methods & Materials of Constr 


3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


TECH 149 


Intro to Mech Drawing & CADD 


3 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


TECH 150 


Blueprint Reading 


3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 


TECH 151 


Intro to Architectural 


3 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 


TECH 248 


CADD Mechanical 


3 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 


TECH 328 


Adv Architectural Drafting 


3 


MATH 121 


Precalculus Trigonometry 


2 


TECH 348 


3D CAD Drafting 


3 


MGNT 371 


Principles of Entrepreneurship 


3 


TECH 492 


Internship 


3 


MGNT 372 


Small Business Management 


3 








TECH 278 


History of Architecture 


3 








General Education 


Hours 








COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 








BUAD 104 


Business Software 
OR 


3 








CPTE 1 05/6/7 


Wrd Proc/Spreadsheets/Database 








ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 








PEAC225 


Fitness for Life 


1 








PSYC/SOCI 


Behavioral Science 


2-3 








RELB/RELP/ 


Religion 


3 








RELT 







268 Technology 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.T. - Architectural Drafting 



1st Semester 






Hours 


2nd Semester 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 




3 


BUAD 126 


ART 104 


Drawing I 




3 


CPTE 1 05/6/7 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 




3 


MATH 120 


TECH 148 


Methods & Materials 


of Constr 


3 


PEAC 225 


TECH 149 


Intro to Mechanical D 


rwg&CADD 3 


TECH 150 








15 


TECH 248 



Intro to Business 

Word Proc/Sprdshts/Database 

Precalculus Algebra 

Fitness for Life 

Blueprint Reading 

CADD Mechanical Drafting 



3 
3 
3 
1 
3 

2 

16 



Major — A.T. Auto Service (40 Hours) 

The auto service technician program is designed to train the student to repair late 
model automobiles. The student is trained to provide repair services in transmission, 
transaxles, drivetrain/axles, heat/air-conditioning, ignitions, fuel systems, and 
computerized automobiles. Students will be working on projects in a live operating 
repair shop environment. By the end of the second year the student will have completed 
over 1,124 hours of instruction and lab experience. They will have developed skills in 
the following areas: 

► Major engine repair 

► Driveability diagnosis and computer systems repair 

► Alignments and chassis repair 

► Manual and automatic transmissions 

► Brakes and drivetrain 

► Heating and air conditioning 

► Electrical repair 



R eqiiired Courses Hours 


TECH 114 


Oxy-Acetylene Welding 


1 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


2 


TECH 166 


Auto Electrical Systems 


2 


TECH 167 


Suspension, Steering, Alignment 


3 


TECH 168 


Man Drive Train, & Axles 


3 


TECH 169 


Automotive Brakes 


3 


TECH 175/375 


Engine Rebuilding&Machining 


4 


TECH 178 


Heating and Air Conditioning 


2 


TECH 230 


Automatic Transmission 


3 


TECH 264 


Automotive Repair 


3 


TECH 273 


Estimating & Auto Business Prac 


1 


TECH 276/377 


Engine Perform & Computers 


3 


TECH 277 


Engine Fuel&Emission Controls 


4 


TECH 291 


Practicum 


3 


TECH 299 


Advanced Engine Performance 


3 



Required Cognates Hours 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 3 

BUAD 126 Intro to Business 3 

MGNT 371 Principles of Entrepreneurship 3 

MGNT 372 Small Business Management 3 



General Education 



Hours 



AREA A 


ENGL 101; 


MATH 106 or Higher; 






BUAD 104 


or CPTE 105-107 


9 


AREAB 


Religion 




3 


AREAF 


Behavioral, 


Family, Health Sciences 


2 


AREAG 


PEAC 225 




1 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.T. - Auto Service 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


BUAD 126 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 106 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


2 


TECH 114 


TECH 166 


Auto Electrical Systems 


2 


TECH 175 


TECH 264 


Automotive Repair 


3 


TECH 276 


CPTE 105/06/07 


WP, Spreadsheets, Database 


3 
16 


TECH 230 



Intro to Business 
Survey of Math I 
Oxy-Acetylene Welding 
Engine Rebuilding&Machining 
Engine Perform & Computers 
Automatic Transmission 



ECHNOLOGY 



269 



Major — A.T. Construction Management (33 Hours) 

This program prepares the students to become professional constructors/managers in 
the construction industry. This program focuses on the use of State of the Art 
Technologies in Computer-Aided Drafting (CAD), reading plans, using spreadsheets 
and databases, and construction equipment and process used on the job. Students are 
taught to manage the functions and processes of every aspect of the construction 
industry. The curriculum is a well-rounded study and offers hands-on experience along 
with guidance of industry professionals. 

Required Cognates Hours 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 3 

MGNT 334 Principles of Management 3 

MGNT 371 Principles of Entrepreneurship 3 

MGNT 372 Small Business Management 3 



R equired C 


ourses 


Hours 


TECH 105 


Field Engineering 


3 


TECH 117 


Industrial Safety 


2 


TECH 124 


Plumbing 


2 


TECH 130 


House Wiring 


2 


TECH 148 


Meth&Mat of Construction 


3 


TECH 149 


Intro to Mech Drwg & CADD 


3 


TECH 150 


Blueprint Reading 


3 


TECH 155 


Masonry and Foundations 


3 


TECH 160 


Carpentry 


3 


TECH 165 


HVAC 


2 


TECH 252 


Building Codes 


2 


TECH 255 


Construction Estimating 


3 


TECH 262 


Construction Contract Admin 


2 



General Education 



Hours 



COMM 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 

BUAD 104 Business Software 

OR 3 

CPTE 105/6/7 Wrd Proc/Spreadsheets/Database 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 

MATH 107 Survey of Math or Math Elective 3 

PEAC 225 Fitness for Life 1 

PSYC/SOCI Behavioral Science 3 

RELB/RELP/ Religion 3 
RELT 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.T. - Construction Management 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


TECH 105 


Field Engineering 


3 


BUAD 104 


TECH 117 


Industrial Safety 


2 




TECH 124 


Plumbing 


2 


CPTE 1 05/6/7 


TECH 130 


House Wiring 


2 


ENGL 101 


TECH 149 


Intro to Mech Diwg & CADD 


3 


PEAC 225 


TECH 150 


Blueprint Reading 


3 


TECH 148 






15 


TECH 155 
TECH 160 



Business Software 

OR 
Wrd Proc/Spreadsheets/Database 
English Composition 
Fitness for Life 

Methods & Mat of Construction 
Masonry & Foundations 
Carpentry 



Minor — Auto Service (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

TECH 115 Arc Welding 2 

TECH 166 Auto Electrical Systems 2 

TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3 

TECH 175/375 Engine Rebuilding&Machining 4 

TECH 276/377 Engine Perform & Computers 3 

Auto Service Elective 4 
(Six [6]hrs must be UD) 



Minor — Technology (18 Hours) 

Twelve (12) hours lower division Technology classes 
Six [6] hours upper division Technology classes 



CERTIFICATE PROGRAM 

Auto Service Technician (32 Hours) 

A one year certificate will be awarded for completing the technical classes of the 
associate program listed below plus one religion class. 



R equired Courses 

TECH 114 Oxy-Acetylene Welding 

TECH 115 Arc Welding 

TECH 166 Auto Electrical Systems 

TECH 167 Suspension, Steering, Alignment 

TECH 168 Man Drive Train, & Axles 

TECH 175 Engine Rebuilding & Machining 



Required Courses, continued 



1 


TECH 178 


Heating & Air Conditioning 


2 


2 


TECH 264 


Automotive Repair 


3 


2 


TECH 276 


Engine Perform & Computers 


3 


3 


TECH 277 


Engine Fuel & Emission Control 


4 


3 




Auto Service Elective 


2 


4 




RELT or RELB ### 


3 



Students will be encouraged to purchase a basic set of tools as employers require 
employees to provide their own air and hand tools. 



270 Technology 



TECHNOLOGY 

TECH 105. Field Engineering (G-2) 3 hours 

Selection of a building site on the available propertyge issues, utilities access, and sewage 
preparation of house and supporting access such 

TECH 114. Oxy-Acetylene Welding (G-2) 1 hour 

Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop welding jobs. Personal 
goggles required. Certain specialized welding processes will be taught, such as tig, cast iron, or 
others to be arranged on an individual basis. Lab Fee 4will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

TECH 115. Arc Welding (G-2) 2 hours 

A class designed to give basic understanding of arc welding processes. Emphasis will be given to 
MIC, TIG, Heliarc, as well as conventional stick welding. Each student must purchase safety 
glasses and welding gloves. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. (Fall) 

TECH 117. Industrial Safety (G-2) 2 hours 

The content of this course deals with safety of hand tools, work practices, and the supervisor's 
responsibilities of recognizing and avoiding safety hazards. The student will earn the 30-hour 
OSHA Construction Safety Certificate. Lab fee 2 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 122. Woodworking for Artists (G-2) 1 hour 

A study of woodworking shop safety, hand and machine tools, jointery, and proper methods of 
picture frame and stretcher construction. One period lecture and one period laboratory each week. 
Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 124. Plumbing (G-2) 2 hours 

Instruction in code requirements, procedures in residential plumbing, waste, maintenance, proper 
methods of sewage disposal using soil pipe and plastic, water lines, using copper, galvanized pipe 
and state-of-the-art plastics. One period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. Lab fee 
4 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 130. House Wiring (G-2) 2 hours 

Instruction in the National Electric Code, basic electrical principles, complete instruction and 
practice in residential wiring, including electric heating and telecommunications. Some industrial 
wiring techniques will also be included. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. Lab 
fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 148. Methods and Materials of Construction (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is designed to give the students an understanding of the methods, materials, and 
practices used in all phases of residential and commercial construction to include: foundations, 
framing, electrical, heating and plumbing, roofing, interior finishing and trim, and cabinetry. 
Regularly scheduled visits will be made to construction sites to see progress and practice used in 
industry. Lab fee 1 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 149. Introduction to Mechanical Drawing and CADD (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with ENGR 149. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one program. 

An introductory level course in Computer-Aided Drafting Design (CADD) using AutoCAD 
software in orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial representation, 
dimensioning, and working drawings. Drawings plotted to scale on A, B, C, and D size paper. Six 
periods of laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Lab fee 3 will be 
assessed for this course. (Fall) 



ECHNOLOGY 



271 



TECH 150. Blueprint Reading (G-2) 3 hours 

For first year Architectural Drafting students. Concepts of the course cover principles of technical 
projection, architectural applications, sections and details, pictorial drawings, linetypes, 
architectural symbols, and notations and specifications. The student will have a working 
knowledge of the various types of drawings that constitute a set of working drawings to include 
floor plans, foundation plans, elevations, roofing, plumbing and heating, electrical, interior 
elevations, and framing plans. Lab fee 1 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 151. Introduction to Architectural Drafting 

and CADD (G-2) 3 hours 

An introduction to skills and basic knowledge of architectural drafting. Emphasis is on lettering, 
orthographic projection, parallel line pictorial drawings, shades and shadows, and perspective 
drawing. Lab fee 2 will be assessed for this course. Open to all students. 

TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture construction. One 
period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A supplies fee will be charged for the cost of the 
materials used in project construction. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 155. Masonry and Foundations (G-2) 3 hours 

A fundamental course in concrete block and brick laying, footings, and foundations for residential 
construction. One period lecture and six periods laboratory each week. Lab fee 3 will be assessed 
for this course. 

TECH 160. Carpentry (G-2) 3 hours 

The principles of framing walls, roof systems, floor systems, door and window installation as well 
as trim finishes will be taught. Lab fee 3 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the matters of buying, servicing, 
and maintaining the auto. The student will work on his own car or on one belonging to the shop. 
One period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. (Fall) 

TECH 165. HVAC (G-2) 2 hours 

Installation principles will be taught along with sizing and relationship of building codes to layout. 
Lab fee 3 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 166. Auto Electrical Systems (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to give a basic understanding of automotive electrical systems. Basic electrical 
principles and trouble shooting techniques will be taught. Emphasis will be given to lighting, 
charging, starting and accessory systems. One period lecture, three periods lab per week. (Fall) 

TECH 167. Suspension, Steering and Alignment (G-2) 3 hours 

A course designed to give understanding of automotive suspension and steering systems. Chassis 
service, repair, and trouble shooting will be taught. Alignment of both two and four wheel 
alignment systems will be taught. One and a half period lecture and four and a half hours of labs 
per week. 

TECH 168. Manual Drive Train, and Axles (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of manual drive train operation, diagnosis and repair, clutches, manual transmissions and 
transaxles. Repair of differentials and transfer cones will be taught as well as four wheel drive 
theory, operation, and service. 

TECH 169. Automotive Brakes (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of brake system operations, troubleshooting, and repair. Conventional and antilock brake 
systems will be taught. 



272 Technology 



TECH 175/375. Engine Rebuilding and Machining (G-2/175) 4 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with major engine diagnosis, decision making and 
overhaul procedures. Machining and measuring processes related to engine rebuilding will be 
taught. Each student will be required to rebuild an engine and do engine machine work. Two 
periods lecture, six periods of lab per week. 

TECH 178. Heating and Air Conditioning (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to teach the principles of heating and air conditioning systems. Emphasis will 
be given to service and trouble shooting of manual and automatic heating systems of late model 
cars. One period lecture, three periods lab per week. (Winter, alternate years) 

TECH 183. Basic Electronics (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course to the properties of electricity/electronics as they pertain to AC and DC 
electrical circuits and devices such as diodes, transistors and integrated circuits. Intended to 
introduce the beginning student to the field of electronics. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week. 

TECH 230. Automatic Transmission (G-2) 3 hours 

A course designed to give understanding of automatic transmissions, transaxle overhaul and 
troubleshooting. Transmission removal, installation, rebuilding, and service will be taught. One 
hour lecture and five hours lab time per week. (Winter, alternate years) 

TECH 244. Graphic Production (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is designed to meet the needs of Public Relations, Graphic Design, Journalism and 
Communication students who will be working with a print service provider. Students will be 
working (hands on) with real printing jobs, selecting paper, ink, image carriers, offset or digital 
presses, and screen printing to print materials from single color to four color process. The 
knowledge and experience gained from thi s class will be most beneficial in planning a print job for 
a service provider. Lab fee 7 will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

TECH 248. CADD Mechanical (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 149 or 151. 

This course covers the application of CAD skills using AutoCAD software to the areas of 
architecture, structural design, pipe, welding, fasteners, pattern development, cams and gears and 
map drafting. Six periods of laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Lab 
fee 2 will be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

TECH 252. Building Codes (G-2) 2 hours 

State and local building codes that relate to residential and light commercial projects will be taught. 
They will including but not be limited to: beam span, electrical, plumbing, heating, and air 
conditioning minimums. 

TECH 255. Construction Estimating (G-2) 3 hours 

Commercial and residential cost planning techniques will be taught including overhead, labor, 
materials, and hidden costs. How to schedule to efficiently utilize the work for subcontractors will 
be taught, along with bid preparation and cost analysis of materials and profit margins. 

TECH 262. Construction Contract Administration (G-2) 2 hours 

Surveys, administrative procedures of general and subcontractors. Studies documentation, claims, 
arbitration, litigation, bonding , insurance, and indemnification. Discusses ethical practices. 
Lecture, and field trips. Lab fee 3 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 264. Automotive Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main emphasis is given to power 
plant and drive train design, operation and service. One period lecture and three periods laboratory 
each week. All lab learning experience is on actual cars either from the community or personal 
vehicles. 



ECHNOLOGY 



273 



TECH 273. Estimating and Automotive Business Practices (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Minimum of 25 hours of Auto courses. 

A course in estimate writing, customer relations, and business practice in an automotive shop. 
Training in how to use an estimated labor time guide as well as parts purchasing will be included. 

TECH 276/377. Engine Performance and Computers (G-2/276) 3 hours 

Electronic and computerized ignition systems operating theory will be emphasized. Each student 
will be taught driveability diagnosis and trouble shooting techniques for electronic and 
computerized systems. Hands on diagnosis practice using diagnostic equipment on live vehicles will 
be given. 

TECH 277. Engine Fuel and Emission Controls (G-2) 4 hours 

Both carburetor and fuel injection operation theory, and standard and electronic carburetion systems 
theory will becovered. Fuel injection diagnosisand repair as well as carburetor overhaul procedures 
will be taught. Emission control operation as well as trouble shooting and service procedures will 
be taught. 

TECH 278. History of Architecture 3 hours 

Studies of the history of architecture and urban design. Focus on religious and secular monuments 
and their settings. Domestic architecture and infrastructure, regional constructional, and 
compositional traditions from ancient, medieval, and renaissance through to the present. 

TECH 291. Practicum (G-2) 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Departmental approval and completion of 27 semester hours of Technology classes. 
Supervised work experience in Auto Body or Auto Service. Procedures and guidelines are available 
from the department. 

TECH 299. Advanced Engine Performance (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 276 or equivalent. 

A course in advanced electronic and computerized engine control system theory and diagnostics. 
Onboard diagnostics Hon 1995 and later vehicles will be taught. Lab experience will include scan 
tool and lab scope usage in diagnosing OBDII systems. 

TECH 328. Advanced Architectural Drafting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 151 or equivalent. 

This course covers all aspects of the development of working drawings for complete sets of plans 
for residential and commercial construction. Students will use up-to-date CAD software and 
develop the skill to complete such plans efficiently. One hour of lecture and two hours of lab. Lab 
fee 2 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 348. 3D CAD Drafting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 151 or equivalent. 

This course is designed to give the student hands-on experience with modern 3D drafting software 
to produce architectural elevations, perspective drawings, walk-through animations, and 
presentations for applications in architectural drafting. One hour lecture and two hours of lab. Lab 
fee 2 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 254/354. Furniture Design and Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 154. 

Emphasis will be placed on the design and techniques necessary to construct a quality piece of 
furniture. Two-three hour lecture/lab each week. A supplies fee will be charged for the cost of the 
materials used in project construction. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

TECH 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours 

Basic elements and principles of computer integrated manufacturing including terminology, 
computer hardware/software and interfacing, system integration, flexible manufacturing, and 
robotic applications. 



274 Technology 



TECH 265/465. Topics in Technology 1-3 hours 

Topics selected from areas of technology not covered in other courses. May be repeated with 
permission. 

TECH 492. Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Departmental approval and completion of 2 1 semester hours of Technology courses. 
Supervised work experience in architectural or mechanical drafting. Procedures and guidelines are 
available from the department. 

TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report of the problem may 
be required by the supervising instructor. Open only to those earning a minor in Technology. 
Offered on demand. 



(A-4) (G-2) See pages 29-33 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



School of 

Visual Art and Design 



Dean: John Williams 

Faculty: Aaron Adams, Randall Craven, Brian Dunne, David George, Zachary Gray, 

Ed Guthero, Giselle Hasel, Dean Scott, Kenneth Willes 
Adjunct Faculty: Terry Benedict, John Cline, John Simmons, Andrew Strong, 

Terry Dietrich 
Visiting Professor: Hendel Butoy, Rick Swartzwelder 
Production Manager: Mark Thomas 
Advisory Councils: 

Animation - Hendel Butoy, Kevin Lee 

Film - Bill Hulsey 

VISUAL ART AND DESIGN 

Basic to the philosophy of the School of Visual Art and Design is the provision for 
the quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and technical growth. 
The instructors desire to help all students become aware of their options in the field of 
art and to prepare them systematically to meet the needs of their respective choices, 
whether they are oriented commercially or aesthetically. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in Art is designed to prepare the fine artist to enter 
graduate school with a strong body of work in painting or drawing and a deep 
background in art history. Art Therapy, a pre-professional program, prepares the art 
student for a post-graduate degree designed to focus on the helping relationship. 

The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in Art Education K-12 is designed to give the 
student the ability to teach art to elementary and secondary students with Christian 
values. 

The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is designed to prepare the fine artist to enter 
graduate school with a strong background in art history and studio art. 

The Bachelor of Science Degree in Animation prepares the student to create 
performance-based animations, visual effects, and commercial art productions. Three- 
dimensional computer art and animation, traditional hand drawn animation, and 
non-character based motion design skills are emphasized. 

The combined major Technical Animation pairs a Bachelor of Science Degree in 
Animation with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Computer Science. The focus of this 
program prepares the student to program, problem solve, and structure the technical 
issues in the field of computer animation. 

The Bachelor of Science Degree in Film Production instructs young filmmakers 
in an environment where their Christian values are encouraged. The main areas of 
study includeproducing, cinematography, screenwriting, directing, and post-production. 
Resources include film and digital video cameras, lighting, grip, extensive software and 
hardware resources, and post-production facilities. 

The Bachelor of Science degree in Graphic Design prepares the student in the 
growing field of graphic design and advertising and offers opportunities for the 
Christian artist hardly ventured into up to this point. 

The Bachelor of Science degree in Graphic Design's concentration of Interactive 
Media prepares the student to design and create interactive solutions for the digital 
media culture through the use of websites, games, CD ROMs, and 3D environments. 



276 School of Vis u a l Ar t a n d De 



ASSESSMENT 

Students in the School of Visual Art and Design will keep a portfolio of their work 
from their freshman year onward. This portfolio is reviewed on a yearly basis by the 
school's faculty. Recommendations are made, on the basis of these reviews, to aid in 
the student advisement. The effectiveness of the school is determined by the reviews 
of senior portfolios by visiting faculty from selected art schools and by visiting 
professionals in their respective fields. Due to the nature of art and the required talent 
and discipline for success in the field, a grade average of 3.00 (B) is required for any 
internship or practicum. Also, due to the degree of developed skills necessary to 
produce art at a competitive level in preparation for graduate school and the industry, 
we strongly recommend that students achieve a grade of 85% before going on to the 
next class in a sequence. 



Major— B. A. Art (31 Hours) 



R equired C 


ourses 




Hours 


ART 104 


Drawing I 




3 


ART 105 


Drawing II 




3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 




3 


ART 499 


Senior Project 




1 




Art Electives (incl 7 hrs 


UD) 


15 



Required Courses , continued Hours 

Select six (6) hours from the following courses: 6 

ART 318 Art Appreciation (W) 

ART 342 Renaissance Art History (W) 

ART 344 Ancient Art History (W) 

ART 345 Contemporary Art (W) 

ART 349 Medieval Art History (W) 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Art 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


ART 105 


Drawing II 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 




Art Electives 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 




Inter Fore ign Langu age 


3 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Inter Fore ign Langu age 


3 






15 




Area C-l, History 


3 
16 



Major — B.A. Art-Therapy Emphasis (31 Hours) 

This emphasis is intended for those students who plan to enter a graduate program 
in art therapy. The program endeavors to focus the pre-art therapy student on learning 
to appreciate art and understand the creative process while developing artistic skills in 
studio art through the elaboration of a portfolio of o riginal artwork. A basic know ledge 
of human development and psychological theories for understanding human behavior 
are gained by the completion of a psychology minor. A sensitive recognition of the 
professional helping relationship developed within the Christ-centered, redemptive 
philosophy of healing and education is nurtured as well. 



school of Visual 



De 



277 



Major — B.A. Art-Therapy Emphasis (31 hours), continued 



R eqiiired Courses 


Hours 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


ART 105 


Drawing II 


3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 


ART 238 


Intro to Art Therapy 


3 


ART 499 


Senior Project 


1 




Studio Art elec. (incl 7 hrs UD) 


12 


Select six (6) 


hours from the following courses: 


6 


ART 318 


Art Appreciation (W) 




ART 342 


Renaissance Art History (W) 




ART 344 


Ancient Art History (W) 




ART 345 


Contemporary Art (W) 




ART 349 


Medieval Art History (W) 




Recommended General Education 




AREAB 


RELP251.RELT 373 




AREAC 


HIST 356 (W) 




AREAE-1 


BIOL 103 




AREA F-2 


SOCI 225 




AREA G -2 


ARTQ 115 





Required Cognates 



EDUC 325 


Philosophy of Christian Educ (W) 


2 


EDUC 340 


Diff Instruction for Diverse Students 


2 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychology 


3 


PSYC 224 


Social Psychology 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psychology 


3 


PSYC 346 


Intro to Personality Theories 


3 


PSYC 377 


Fundamentals of Counseling (W) 


3 


Recommended Electives 




HLED 356 


Drugs and Society 


2 


PSYC 422 


Adolescent Psychology 


3 


PSYC 460 


Group Processes 


3 


PSYC 479 


Family Counseling 


3 


SOCI 349 


Aging and Society (W) 


3 


SOCW214 


Human Behavior/Biol Foundations 


1 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Art-Therapy Emphasis 



1st Semester 

ART 104 


Drawing I 


Hours 

3 


2nd Semester 

ART 105 


Drawing II 


Hours 

3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 


PSYC 122 


General Psychology 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


PEAC225 


Fitness for Life 


1 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychology 


3 




Art Elective 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 
16 




AreaG-3,PEAC 


1 
16 



Major— B.F.A. Art Education K-12 (44 Hours) 

The B.F.A. in Art Education K-12 prepares students for a rewarding professional 
career to teach art in various settings including elementary and secondary schools. 
Students must apply for admission to the Teacher Education program through the 
School of Education and Psychology prior to taking education courses. 

Students enrolled in this program will be required to maintain a GPA of 2.75 for all 
major, cognate, education course work, and an overall GPA of 2.75. For further 
information see the School of Education and Psychology section in the undergraduate 
Catalog. 



R eqiiired C purses Hours 

ART 104,105 Drawing I, II 3,3 

ART 109-1 10 Design Principles I, II 3,3 

ART 221 Painting I 3 

ART 223 Principles of Color 2 

ART 325 Sculpture 3 

ART 335 Elementary Methods in Art 2 

ART 368 Secondary Methods in Art 3 

ART 499 Senior Project 1 
Studio Art Electives in one discipline 6 

Select tw elve 111) hours from the following courses: 12 

ART 318 Art Appreciation (W) 

ART 342 Renaissance Art History (W) 

ART 344 Ancient Art History (W) 

ART 345 Contemporary Art (W) 

ART 349 Medieval Art History (W) 



Required General Education (49-55) 



AREA A 


ENGL 101, 102;MATH 106; 12 




COMM135(EDUC319 meets A-4 




credit) 


AREAB 


RELB 3hrs;RELT 138 and 255; 12 




3 hrsUD; RELT or RELB 


AREAC 


HLST 356(W), 359(W); ECON or PLSC 9 


AREAD 


Elem Foreign Lang I & II* 0-6 




Literature 3 


AREAE 


BIOL 103;CHEM 115 6 


AREAF 


HLED 173; EDUC 220 or PSYC 128 5 


AREAG 


PEAC 225 & PE Elective 2 



*Or two (2) years of high school foreign language receiving 
a C grade or higher. 



278 School of Vi! 



De 



Major — B.F.A. Art Education K-12 (44 Hours), continued 
Recommended Minor Endorsements: Math, English, History, or Science. 

Professional Education (34 Hours) 

During the sophomore year, the student must apply to the School of Education and 
Psychology after completing all the requirements as outlined in the Catalog under 
Admission Procedures in the School of Education and Psychology section. Prior to the 
professional semester and student teaching, the student will take and pass the Praxis 
II — both the appropriate section of the Principles of Learning and Teaching and the 
particular specialty test(s) for the licensure area(s). 



R equired Education Courses Hours 

EDUC 129 Intro to & Fnd Elementary Educ 

OR 3 

EDUC 1 38 Intro to & Fnd to Secondary Educ 

EDUC 217 Psychological Found of Educ 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 

EDUC 319 Technology in Education 

EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Educ (W) 

EDUC 340 Diff Instruction for Diverse Students 

EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 

EDUC 421 Behavior Management — Elementary 

OR 
EDUC 422 Behavior Management — Secondary 

EDUC 434 Literacy in the Content Areas 

EDUC 437 Curr/General Methods, Or. 7- 1 2 

EDUC 464 Teaching Seminar 

EDUC 472 Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 



2 
1 

2 

10 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.F.A.— Art Education K-12 



Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


ART 105 


Drawing II 3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 


ART 110 


Design Principles II 3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ART 223 


Color Principles 2 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychology 


3 


EDUC 129 


Intro to & Fnd Elementary Educ 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings of Jesus 


3 




OR 3 






15 


EDUC 138 
ENGL 102 
HLED 173 


Intro to & Fnd Secondary Educ 
College Composition 3 
Health for Life 2 
16 



Major— B.F.A. Fine Arts (63 Hours) 

The B.F.A. degree in Fine Art is designed to allow the development of a body of 
work in the area of drawing and painting for those who desire to further develop their 
artistic talent at the graduate level. A broad art history background covering the four 
major art periods is a necessary complement in preparation for the M.F.A. in agraduate 
program. Individuals with the B.F.A. degree have an appropriate preparation for 
entering careers as professional studio artists, illustrators, concept artists, animators, art 
critics, gallery directors, art professors at the university level, art administrators, art 
consultants or community art program coordinators. 



SCHOOL OF 



De 



279 



Major — B.F.A. Fine Arts (63 Hours), continued 



R equired Courses 



ART 104,105 

ART 109-110 

ART 206 

ART 207 

ART 221-222 

ART 223 

ART 308 

ART 310 

ART 318 

ARTG 115 Intro to Computer Graphics 



Drawing I, II 
Design Principles I, II 
Drawing III 
Drawing IV 
Painting I, II 
Color Principles 
Drawing V 
Painting III 
Art Appreciation (W) 



3.3 
3,3 
3 
3 
3,3 
2 
3 
3 
3 
3 



Required 


C 


ourses, continued 




Hours 


ART 342 




Renaissance Art History (W) 


3 


ART 344 




Ancient Art History (W) 


3 


ART 345 




Contemporary 


Art(W) 


3 


ART 349 




Medieval Art History (W) 


3 


ART 410 




Painting IV 




3 


ART 499 




Senior Project 




1 


ART 




Electives 




9 


Required 


C 


ognate 




Hours 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.F.A.— Fine Arts 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 




Hours 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


ART 105 


Drawing II 


3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 


ART 110 


Design Principles II 


3 


ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


ART 223 


Color Principles 


2 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 




Area G, PEAC 


1 
16 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 
15 



ANIMATION ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Admission to the Animation program is required before beginning sophomore level 
courses. Students admitted must meet the following criteria: 

1. Completion of general education: ENGL 101 

2. Completion of six hours of drawing applicable towards the major with a "B" 
grade or better. 

3. Completion of ART 109-1 10 with a "C" grade or better. 

4. Completion of nine hours in animation courses with a "C" grade or better. 

5. Passing the Freshman Portfolio Review. 

FRESHMAN PORTFOLIO REVIEW 

The student entering the Freshman Portfolio Review is expected to display a 
collection of work completed during their time at the School of Visual Art and Design 
and, if applicable, any work accrued prior to enrollment. A facultypanel will assess the 
sampled work and determine the student' s acceptance into the Animation program. The 
review is not based on academic performance in individual courses. The review is an 
evaluation of the student's overall performance taking into consideration growth in 
artistic thinking and significant skill development. 



OPEN DRAWING SESSIONS 

The animation student is expected to develop a lifestyle that includes the habit of 
drawing from direct observation in order to maintain their skills. An opportunity for 
this goal is provided through Open Drawing Sessions. These sessions are organized by 
the S VAD faculty to be non-graded, non-credit, required learning opportunities offered 
outside of regular class time. Any animation major taking a course that includes an 
emphasis in drawing will be required to attend these sessions. The nature of each 
student's time spent in these sessions will be dictated by each course's syllabus. 



280 School of Vi! 



De 



PRACTICUM 

The Animation Practicum of 150 clock hours is required of all animation majors 
before being eligible for senior level courses. This requirement may be met as soon as 
the completion of the sophomore level courses. Fulfillment of this requirement can 
include customary employment in the field or significant non-coursework projects in 
the visual arts. It is the student's responsibility to seek and make all arrangements 
towards obtaining acceptance into this practicum. The School of Visual Art and Design 
assists in the process but does not guarantee acceptance into any position or internship. 
This valuable experience in the field of animation will give the student a perspective on 
the workplace environment, as well as valuable job references. 

Major — B.S. Animation (63-66 Hours) 

The B.S. in Animation is designed for students who will aggressively pursue a 
career in computer animation. The animation program concentrates on fundamentals, 
collaborative work, and personal portfolio development. Majors will focus on 
computer generated animation to develop professional skills for industry and graduate 
school placement. Both traditional and contemporary skills will be covered. The 
student will develop the working skills required for the visual effects, commercial, and 
animation industry. Two concentrations are offered: Character Animation and 
Commercial Animation. In the Character Animation Concentration animators will 
develop advanced skills in animation performance, movement, story development, and 
acting. Animators in theCommercial Animation Concentration focus on broadcast and 
industrial 3D animation, and 3D visualization and rendering. 

Animation Core (54 hours) 



R eqiiired C< 

ART 104 


nurses 

Drawing I 


Hours 

3 


Required Courses, continued 
AART 3 1 8 Animation Studio 


Hours 

3 


ART 105 


Drawing II 




3 


AART 322 


Motion Design 


3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 




3 


AART 426 


Senior Studio I 


3 


ART 110 


Design Principles II 




3 


AART 428 


Senior Studio II 


3 


ART 223 


Principles of Color 




2 


AART 480 


Self Promotion 


1 


ART 227 


Digital Illustration 




3 


ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


ART 345 


Contemporary Art (W) 




3 


ARTG 212 


Raster Graphics 


3 


AART 104 


Principles of Animation I 




3 








AART 106 


Principles of Animation II 




3 








AART 108 


Intro to 3D 




3 








AART 212 


Storyboarding & Previsualization 


3 








AART 216 


Character Animation I 




3 








Character Animation Concentration (66 Hours) 




Commercial Animation Concentration (63 Hi 


jurs) 




Animation Core 




54 




Animation Core 


54 


ART 107 


Drawing in Motion 




3 


AART 244 


Solid Modeling 


3 


AART 218 


Character Animation II 




3 


AART 330 


3D Motion Design 


3 


AART 242 


Character Design 




3 


AART 332 


Visualization 


3 


AART 316 


Animation Collaborative Stud 


io 


3 








Required Ci 

ART 325 


agnates 

Sculpture 


Hours 

3 


Required C 

ARTF 215 
ARTF 234 


ognates 

Lighting 

Intro to Field Production 


Hours 

3 
3 


ARTF 234 


Intro to Field Production 




3 


ARTF 320 


Post Production 


3 


ARTF 320 


Post Production 




3 


ARTI 230 


Sound Design 


3 


ARTI 230 


Sound Design 




3 









SCHOOL OF 



De 



281 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Animation: Character & Commercial Concentrations 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


ART 105 


ART 109 


Design Principles 1 


3 


ART 110 


A ART 104 


Principles of Animation I 


3 


ART 223 


ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


AART 106 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


AART 108 


PEAC 


Elective 


1 
16 


HLED 173 



Drawing II 

Design Principles II 

Principles of Color 

Principles of Animation II 

Intro to 3D 

Health for Life 



Hours 

3 
3 
2 
3 
3 

J. 

16 



Technical Animation (89 Hours) 

Combined Majors — B.S. Animation and Computer Science 



A nim iitiini 


48 Hours) 




Required C 


ourses 


Hours 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 


ART 110 


Design Principles II 


3 


ART 223 


Principles of Color 


2 


ART 227 


Digital Illustration 


3 


ART 345 


Contemporary Art (W) 


3 


AART 104 


Principles of Animation I 


3 


AART 106 


Principles of Animation II 


3 


AART 108 


Intro to 3D 


3 


AART 316 


Animation Collaborative Studio 3 


AART 322 


Motion Design 


3 


AART 426 


Senior Studio I 


3 


AART 428 


Senior Studio II 


3 


AART 480 


Self Promotion 


1 


AART 


Animation Elec(2mustbe 


UD) 6 


ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


Recommended Animation Electives 


Hours 


AART 216 


Character Animation I 


3 


AART 242 


Character Design 


3 


AART 244 


Solid Modeling 


3 


AART 330 


3D Motion Design 


3 



Computer Science (41 Hours) 
Required Courses 

CPTR 103 Principles of Computing 

CPTR 124 Fundamentals of Programming 

CPTR 209 Intro to Software Engineering 

CPTR 215 Fundamentals of Sftwr Design 

CPTR 220 Org, Archit & Assembly Lang 

CPTR 314 Data Struc, Algor & Know Syst 

CPTR 319 Database Management Systems 

CPTR 365 Operating Systems 

CPTR 405 Org of Programming Languages 

CPTR 486 Senior Seminar (W) 

Computer Electives (CPTR.SENG) 

(3 must be UD) 



Required Cognates 



COMM 326 
MATH 181 
MATH 182 
MATH 200 
MATH 215 
MATH 280 
PHYS 211-214 



Film Evaluation (W) 

Calculus I 

Calculus II 

Elementary Linear Algebra 

Statistics 

Discrete Math Structures 

Gen Physics/Lab 

Approved Science Elective 



Hours 

3 

4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
3 
3 
3 
2 
7 



Recommended Courses Hours 

CPTR 418 Artificial Intelligence " 3 

CPTR 425 Computer Graphics 3 

PHYS 317 Issues in Phys Science & Religion 3 

PSYC315 Abnormal Psychology 3 

RELT 373 Christian Ethics 3 

RELT458 World Religions (W) 3 

HIST/PLSC UD Elective Course 6 

PSYC/SOCI UD Elective Course 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
Technical Animation — B.S. Animation and Computer Science 



ART 104 
ART 109 
CPTR 103 
CPTR 124 

ENGL 101 



Hours 

Drawing I 3 

Design Principles 1 3 

Principles of Computing 3 

Fundamentals of Programming 4 

College Composition 3 

16 



2nd Semester 

ART 110 
COMM 135 
CPTR 215 
ENGL 102 
RELT 



Design Principles II 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Fund of Software Design 
College Composition 
Elective 



Hours 

3 
3 
4 

3 

2 
16 



282 School of Vi! 



De 



Major — B.S. Film Production (69 Hours) 

The major in Film Production is for those students who want to pursue a career in 
film, video, or commercial production. The program is designed to enable students to 
fill decision making positions and create or influence the content of the projects they 
work on. On graduating, each student portfolio will include two short film productions 
and a feature length screenplay. 

INTERNSHIP 

The Film Production Internship of 300 clock hours is required of all film production 
majors before being eligible for senior level courses. Fulfillment of this requirement 
can include customary employment in the field or significant non-coursework projects 
in the visual arts. It is the student's responsibility to seek and make all arrangements 
towards obtaining acceptance into this internship. The School of Visual Art and Design 
assists in the process but does not guarantee acceptance into any position or internship. 
This valuable experience in production will give the student a perspective on the 
workplace environment as well as valuable job references. 



R equired Courses 

ART 104 Drawing I 


Hours 

3 


Required Cognates 

ART 318 Art Appreciation (W) 


Hours 

3 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 


BRDC 202 


Digital Audio Production 


3 


ART 110 
ART 223 


Design Principles II 
Principles of Color 


3 

2 


COMM 326 
JOUR 125 


Film Evaluation (W) 
Intro to Photography 


3 
3 


ART 345 
AART212 


Contemporary Art (W) 3 
Storyboarding & Previsualization 3 


Recommended General Education 




AART 322 


Motion Design 


3 


AREA A 


ENGL 101, 102; 


9-12 


ARTF 112 


Film Pre-Production I 


3 




CPTE 105-107 




ARTF 114 


Film Pre-Production II 


3 




(MATH 100 and above) 




ARTF 215 


Lighting 


3 


AREAB 


RELB 125; RELT 225; 


12 


ARTF 234 


Intro to Field Production 


3 




RELT368(W); Elective 




ARTF 235 


Cinematography 


3 


AREAC 


HIST 174, 359;PLSC 472(W) 


9 


ARTF 320 


Post Production 


3 


AREAD 


Completed in the Major 




ARTF 326 


Screenwriting I 


3 


AREAE 


BIOL 421 orPHYS 317; 


6 


ARTF 328 


Scree nwriting II 


3 




ERSC 105 




ARTF 353 


Documentary Filmmaking 


3 


AREAF 


SOCI 150; HLED 173 


5 


ARTF 370 


Senior Project I 


2 


AREAG 


G3, in major; PEAC 225; 


2 


ARTF 422 


Directing 


3 




PEAC Elective (2 hrs) 




ARTF 445 


Self Promotion 


1 








ARTF 470 


Senior Project II 


2 








ARTF 471 


Senior Project III 


2 








ARTF 492 


Film Production Internship 


3 








ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 








ARTG212 


Raster Graphics 


3 








ARTI 230 


Sound Design 


3 









Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Film Production 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


ART 110 


ART 109 


Design Principles 1 


3 


ART 223 


ARTF 112 


Film Pre-Production I 


3 


ARTF 114 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ARTG 115 


JOUR 125 


Intro to Photography 


3 


ENGL 102 


PEAC 


Elective 


1 

16 


RELB 125 



Design Principles II 
Principles of Color 
Film Pre-Production II 
Intro to Computer Graphics 
College Composition 
Life & Teachings of Jesus 



3 

2 
3 
3 
3 
_3 
17 



SCHOOL OF 



De 



283 



Major — B.S. Graphic Design (61-68 Hours) 

The Graphic Design program will prepare students to enter the exciting and 
competitive world of graphic design. Today's graphic designers need to have good eye- 
hand coordination, knowledge of art history, and the ability to work with the Macintosh 
computer. They also need to work with their hands in order to achieve a high 
professional level and a competitive place in the market. Excellence in this field 
depends on discipline and hard work combined with skill and talent. In graphic design, 
students have room to unleash their own ideas and watch them come true by creating 
their own universe of places, object, and characters. Students will be assisted by 
graphic artists in an environment that promotes the highest principles and moral values. 

Design Core (35 Hours) 



R equired Courses 


Hours 


Print Design 


C oncentration (68 Hours) 


Hours 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 




Graphic Design Core 


35 


ART 109 


Design Principles I 


3 


ART 105 


Drawing II 


3 


ART 110 


Design Principles II 


3 


ARTG 138 


Design Studio I 


3 


ART 223 


Principles of Color 


2 


ARTG 238 


Design Studio II 


3 


ART 345 


Contemporary Art (W) 


3 


ARTG 324 


Editorial Design 


3 


ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


ARTG 332 


Advertising Design 


3 


ARTG 121 


Typography I 


3 


ARTG 335 


Three-dimensional Graphic 


D esign 3 


ARTG 122 


Typography II 


3 


ARTG 338 


Design Studio III 


3 


ARTG 210 


Vector Graphics 


3 


ARTG 420 


Corporate Identity 


3 


ARTG 212 


Raster Graphics 


3 


ARTG 432 


Senior Design Studio 


3 


ARTG 226 


Digital Imaging 


3 


ARTG 491 


Graphic Design Practicum 


3 


ARTG 440 


Digital Portfolio 


3 









Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 
AART 227 Digital Illustration 

ART 331 Illustration Methods 

ARTI 1 15 Intro to Interactive Media 



Required Cognates 

AART 322 Motion Design 

TECH 244 Graphic Production 



Hours 

3 
3 



Recommended General Education 

AREAC HIST 359 (W), PLSC 472 (W) 

AREAD COMM 326 (W) 

AREAE BIOL 424 (W), ERSC 105 

AREA F BUAD 128, HLED 173 

AREAG BUAD 126, JOUR 125 

(PEAC 225 and a PEAC course 
is required) 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Graphic Design — Print Design Concentration 



1st Semester 

ART 104 


Drawing I 


Hours 

3 


2nd Semester 

ART 105 


Drawing II 


Hours 

3 


ART 109 


Design Principles 1 


3 


ART 110 


Design Principles II 


3 


ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


ARTG 138 


Design Studio I 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ARTG 210 


Vector Graphics 


3 


RELB 


Area B, Religion 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 






15 


PEAC 


PE Elective 


1 

16 



Interactive Media Concentration 

The Interactive Media program at the School of Visual Art and Design prepares 
students to design and create interactive solutions that meet today's communication 
challenges. Entering students begin with a thorough introduction to both the principles 
of design and the digital tools used by industry professionals. Building on this 
foundation, subsequent courses equip students to create websites, Christian games, 



284 School of Vi! 



De 



dynamic sound synthesis, multimedia CD ROMs, 2D and 3D simulations, immersive 
environments and virtual communications. There is agreat demand for people who can 
design creatively for the new media and as a result, students will be able to choose from 
a variety of high-paying career options found in companies that design and develop for 
interactive communications. 



Interactive Media Concentration (61-63 Hours) 

Graphic Design Core 35 

ARTI115 Intro to Interactive Media 3 

ARTI 223 Interactive Media I 3 

ARTI 230 Sound Design 3 

ARTI 323 Interactive Media II 3 

ARTI 329 Multimedia 3 

ARTI 480 Self Promotion 1 

ARTI 491 Interactive Design Practicum 1-3 

Select nine (9) hours from the following courses: 9 



ARTI 423 
ARTI 427 
ARTI 432 
ARTI 437 
ARTI 265/465 



Interactive Media III 
Interactive Video and Sound 
3D Environments 
New Media Applications 
Topics in Interactive Media 



Required Cognates Hours 


AART 104 


Principles of Animation 3 


AART 108 


Introduction to 3D 3 


AART 322 


Motion Design 3 


ARTF 320 


Post Production 3 


CPTR 124 


Fundamentals of Programming 4 


Recommended Electives 


ART 227 


Digital Illustration 3 


CPTR 215 


Fundamentals of Software Design 4 


JOUR 105 


Writing for the Media 3 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 3 


MATH 121 


Precalculus Trigonometry 2 


SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthropology 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Graphic Design — Interactive Media Concentration 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


ART 104 


Drawing I 


3 


ARTG 210 


ART 109 


Design Principles 1 


3 


ART 110 


ARTG 115 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


ARTI 115 


CPTR 124 


Fundamentals of Programmin 


g 4 


CPTR 100 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 






16 


RELB 



Vector Graphics 
Design Principles II 
Intro to Interactive Media 
Computer Concepts 
College Composition 
Area B, Religion 



Hours 
3 
3 
3 
1 
3 

2 

16 



Major — A.S. Graphic Design (29 Hours) 



R eqiiired Courses 

ART 104 Drawing I 


Hours 

3 


Required Cognate 

TECH 245 Graphic Production 


Hours 

3 


ART 109-110 


Design Principles I, II 


3,3 






ART 223 


Color Principles 


2 


Recommended General Education 




ART 345 
ARTG 115 


Contemporary Art (W) 
Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 
3 


AREAD COMM 326 (W) 
AREAF BUAD 128 


3 
3 


ARTG 210 


Vector Graphics 


3 






ARTG 212 


Raster Graphics 


3 






ARTG 338 


Design Studio III 


3 






ARTG 


Elective 


3 







1st Semester 

ART 104 
ART 109 
ARTG 115 
ENGL 101 



Drawing I 

Design Principles 1 

Intro to Computer Graphics 

College Composition 

RELB Elective 

PEAC Elective 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.S. Graphic Design 
Hours 2nd Semester 

3 ART 110 

3 ART 223 

3 ARTG 210 

3 COMM 135 

3 ENGL 102 

J_ PEAC 225 

16 



Design Principles II 
Color Principles 
Vector Graphics 
Intro to Public Speaking 
College Composition 
Fitness for Life 



Hours 

3 
2 
3 
3 
3 
J_ 
15 



SCHOOL OF 



De 



285 



Minor — Art (18 Hours) 

R equired Courses Hours 

ART 104-105 Drawing I, II 6 

ART 109 Design Principles I 3 

Electives 3 

Upper Division Electives 3 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 

ART 318 Art Appreciation (W) 

ART 342 Renaissance Art History (W) 

ART 344 Ancient Art History (W) 

ART 345 Contemporary Art (W) 

ART 349 Medieval Art History (W) 



Minor — Art-Graphic Design 
(21 Hours) 

R equired Courses 

ART 104 Drawing I 

ART 109 Design Principles I 

ART 345 Contemporary Art (W) 

ARTG 115 Intro to Computer Graphics 

ARTG210 Vector Graphics 

ARTG 212 Raster Graphics 

ARTG 338 Design Studio III 



Minor — Art Education (23 Hours) 

*For Education majors only 

R equired Courses Hours 

ART 104-105 Drawing I, II 6 

ART 109 Design Principles I 3 

ART 221 Painting I 3 

ART 325 Sculpture 3 

ART 335 Elementary Methods in Art 2 

ART 368 Secondary Methods in Art 3 

Select three (3) hours from the following courses: 3 

ART 318 Art Appreciation (W) 

ART 342 Renaissance Art History (W) 

ART 344 Ancient Art History (W) 

ART 345 Contemporary Art (W) 

ART 349 Medieval Art History (W) 

*Note: The education core should be fulfilled in the 
major area. These art methods classesdo not exempt the 
student from general methods or specific methods 
required in the major area. 



STUDIO ART 

ART 101. Introduction to Drawing (G-l) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student or the art student who has had no formal 
training in drawing or who does not have a portfolio of their art work. This course introduces the 
beginning student to the basic principles of drawing such as perspective, value, and form. Does 
not apply to the major. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 104. Drawing I (G-l) 3 hours 

The objective of this class is to introduce the beginning art student to the elements and principles 
of art focusing on drawing using a ten value scale, one, two, and three point perspective, and 
exploring character of line using various pencils, charcoal, conte crayon, and ink. The majority 
of the assignments are carried on in the drawing studio using set-ups set by the instructor. In 
addition to drawing done in class, daily sketching and finished drawings done outside of class are 
required. Maintenance of a journal- sketch book documenting the creative process is required with 
a minimum of one sketch per school day. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 



ART 105. Drawing II (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104. 

This course emphasizes three point and multiple perspective, modeling, and composition. During 
the first half of the course the students draw in the studio setting up their own lighting and still 
lifes. Texture, composition, and reflection is focused on during the second half of the course by 
drawing outdoors from the landscape. In addition to drawing in class, daily sketching, and finished 
drawings done outside of class are required. Maintenance of a journal- sketch book as in Drawing 
I is required. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 



286 School of Vis u a l Ar t a n d De 



ART 107. Drawing in Motion 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 105. 

This course will focus on capturing an active figure with drawing. The course is designed to give 
the animation student skill in gestural drawing that incorporates the use of the line of action, 
weight, and force. The course includes sequence based studio time with models and observation 
studies in the field. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 109. Design Principles I (G-l) 3 hours 

The most fundamental course in design. The student learns how principles of design and elements 
are used in composition. The main focus of the course is to create an individual and separate 
understanding of elements and then work collectively with principles and elements for superior 
design. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 110. Design Principles II (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 109. 

A more advanced course in design that focuses on three dimensional design using the cube as a 
basic structure. The basic elements are added or subtracted to the cube to gain a more complete 
example of dimensional space. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 206. Drawing ID - Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ART 104, 105. 

A course designed for fine art majors and animators that focuses on the study of the structure of 
the human body for the purpose of becoming visually sensitive to all the deformations on the 
surface with respect to form and light during movement and be able to draw from the live model 
both posed and during motion. This course includes a lab. Daily sketching and one portfolio 
quality finished drawing per week are required in addition to drawing done in class. Lab fee 4 will 
be assessed for this course. 

ART 207. Drawing IV 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ART 104, 105, 206. 

This course is devoted to the advanced study of multiple point perspective in the urban setting and 
to drawing the landscape as well. Weekly field trips are taken to draw on location. Lab fee 4 will 
be assessed for this course. 

ART 221. Painting I (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ART 104, 105, 109, 223 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student a basic understanding of the material paint. The student is 
exposed to portraiture, still life, landscape, and the objective forms of painting with an emphasis 
on basic composition. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 222. Painting II (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 221. 

This intermediate course is designed to allow the painting student to explore the styles and 
techniques of the masters focusing on light, brush strokes, glazes, and color. Lab fee 4 will be 
assessed for this course. 

ART 223. Principles of Color (G-l) 2 hours 

A basic course in the study of the phenomenon of color as it applies to the realm of the visual arts 
with emphasis of the relationships and interactions of colors. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this 



ART 227. Digital Illustration 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ART 105, 223 or permission of instructor 

This course develops the creative process through the designing of characters, environments, and 
props for animation or film production. Students will learn to research and observe as well as 
explore various approaches in visual concept development using traditional and digital tools. 



SCHOOL OF 



De sign 287 



ART 228. Watercolor I 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ART 104,105 or permission of the instructor. 

A course designed to give the student a basic understanding of the techniques of transparent 
watercolor. The student studies brush-strokes, painting surfaces, paint characteristics, masking, 
and the overlay of colors using the white surface for tinting. A variety of subjects will be studied 
that require specific painting techniques in rendering surface textures such as water, clouds, and 
trees. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 230. Introduction to Art Experiences 2 hours 

A course designed to give education majors who don't have an art background an introduction to 
the creative art process and hands-on experience with a variety of art media and materials. 
Emphasis will be given to the aesthetic expression, media exploration, and art appreciation. 
Attention will also be given to the development of lesson plans that incorporate an artistic use of 
media, design, and composition. This course does not apply on a major or count toward any major 
or minor in the School of Visual Arts and Design. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours 

Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication from hand building to 
wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of glazes, and stacking and firing of kilns. May 
be repeated for credit. Lab fee 6 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 238. Introduction to Art Therapy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ART 105, 109; PSYC 122, 128. 

An introductory course designed to introduce the pre-art therapy student to the field and practice 
of Art Therapy. A minimum of thirty contact hours in the practice setting of Art Therapy with 
hands on experience is required. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 300. Printmaking (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the art major experience in printmaking media. Relief, intaglio, and silk- 
screen will be covered. Course will be taught in odd years. Lab fee 6 will be assessed for this 
course. 

ART 308. Drawing V 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ART 104, 105, 206, 207. 

An advanced course for the drawing or painting focused student where apersonal style of drawing 
and a body of work focused on content are developed. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 310. Painting III (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 222 or permission of instructor. 

An advanced class in painting in which the student begins his or her personal idea search. It is 
expected that the student will develop content in this class that will be developed over the next two 
years. Constancy in style and focus are expected resulting in professional portfolio pieces. Lab 
fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 324. 3D Design Materials and Techniques 3 hours 

An exploration of various materials such as Styrofoam, fiberglass, rubber mold, plastic, and wood 
used to create three-dimensional forms will be focused on through the use of the primary technical 
methods of subtraction, manipulation, addition, and substitution. Attention to armatures and joints 
for making movable parts will also be given. Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 325. Sculpture 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104 or permission of instructor. 

Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional design using various 
media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting. Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. 



288 School of Vis u a l Ar t a n d De 



ART 328. Advanced Watercolor 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 228. 

Advanced problems in watercolor technique where a personal style of painting and a body work 

focused on content is developed. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 331. Illustration Methods 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 105. 

Students will learn illustration techniques using pencils, ink, markers, colored pencils, and photo 

retouching. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 335. Elementary Methods in Art 2 hours 

This course introduces the art education student to lesson plan design specific to art. The teacher 
is required to produce demonstration pieces for lessons, and incorporate Discipline Based Art 
Education methods recommended by the National Art Education Association into the lesson 
format. Text with a specific focus on art education learning process for K-6 will be covered also. 
The student will participate in the observation of professional teachers and will teach a lesson of 
their own creation. The application of art criticism, relative to K-6 understanding will also be 
covered in the class. 

ART 368. Secondary Methods in Art 3 hours 

This course introduces the art education student to lesson plan design and unit design specific to 
art. The teacher is required to produce demonstration pieces for lessons, and incorporate Discipline 
Based Art Education methods recommended by the National Art Education Association into the 
lesson format. Text with a specific focus on art education learning process for secondary level 
students will be covered also. The student will participate in the observation of professional 
teachers and will teach a lesson of their own creation. Art criticism relative to secondary level 
students understanding will also be explored. 

ART 410. Painting IV 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of portfolio development from Painting III with an emphasis on more mature studio 
practices such as time and portfolio management. Continuing the same content as in Painting III. 
Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 412. Preparing to Meet the Firms 1 hour 

This course is made up of a series of topics presented in a seminar setting to provide students with 
necessary tools to actively pursue and acquire internships and jobs. Topics will include but are not 
limited to: Resumes, Networking, Corporate Climate, Interviewing, Dress, Portfolios, Company 
Research, Etiquette. Besides listening to guest presentations, opportunities will exist to interact 
with guest lecturers and professors about thoughts and theories regarding the area of job 
acquisition. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 265/465. Topics in Art 1-3 hours 

Selected areas in art such as watercolor, printmaking, concept drawing, stage set design, advanced 
figure drawing, cartooning, and other related topics are chosen each semester as the topic of focus. 
Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART 491. Graphic Design Practicum 1-3 hours 

Students will work in a graphics- related business for a minimum of 40 clock hours per credit hour 
with employer evaluation. Students must maintain a log sheet and samples of work. 

ART 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the instructor must be obtained. ART 495 
is for majors and minors only. 

The course is designed for students who wish directed study or for a group of students who wish 
a special course not taught under the regular class offering. Students taking the class as directed 
study may choose from art history, ceramics, design, drawing, painting, printmaking, and 
sculpture. (Students must have had maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes 
credit offered by the Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit up to four 
times. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 



SCHOOL OF 



De sign 289 



ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour 

Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent portfolio of college art 
work. Lab fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 

ART HISTORY 

ART 218/3 18. Art Appreciation (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

Lecture and travel seminar. Survey and appreciation course of art history from pre-historic to 
modern times. One class is offered in the fall semester, with two hours per week lecture, and the 
week of Thanksgiving spent in and New York City visiting major art museums. When offered in 
the first summer session, there will be one week of two-hour lectures and two weeks of travel and 
museum visits. There is an additional charge for travel. Students will be required to write a 
summary paper. Students taking the class for upper division credit will be required to write a 
research paper. 

ART 342. Renaissance Art History (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

A study of arts of western civilization during Renaissance times with an emphasis on the pivotal 
figures in Art History. 

ART 344. Ancient Art History (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-600's A.D. with an emphasis 
on pivotal figures in art history. 

ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

Nineteenth- and twentieth-century developments in European and American arts. (Fall) 

ART 349. Medieval Art History (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization during Medieval times with an emphasis on the pivotal 
figures in Art History. 

ANIMATION 

AART 104. Principles of Animation I 3 hours 

This course is an introduction to the mechanics of animation and the elementary components of 
motion. Hand-drawn techniques such as inbetweening and simple movements will be used to give 
the student experience in this medium and to equip them with skills to be applied in computer 
animation. Lab fee 6 will be assessed for this course. 

AART 106. Principles of Animation II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: AART 104. 

This course is designed to broaden the student's experience of walk and run cycles through the 

incorporation of personality and attitude into their characters. Lab fee 6 will be assessed for this 

course. 

AART 108. Introduction to 3D 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 109. 

This course will cover the basics of creating and manipulating assets in the 3D computer 
environment. The course is an introduction to basic modeling, rigging, animating, texturing, 
lighting, and rendering. It is designed to prepare students for further exposure to 3D work in 
Animation and Interactive Media. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

AART 212. Storyboarding and Previsualization 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104. 

This course is constructed to give animation, film, and interactive design students the ability to 
effectively communicate ideas in a preproduction setting. Presentation quality and clarity are 
emphasized. The course will also cover traditional and experimental plot and structure issues. Lab 
fee 4 will be assessed for this course. 



290 School of Vis u a l Ar t a n d De 



AART 216. Character Animation I 3 hours 

Prerequisites: AART 106, 108. 

This course focuses on the fundamentals of animation through the exploration of body attitudes 
and facial expressions. The course will give students a better sense of what is needed to 
communicate thought and emotion. This course also covers basic rigging techniques. Lab fee 12 
will be assessed for this course. 

AART 218. Character Animation II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: AART 216. 

This course furthers the anim ation student' s skills with the addition of dialog based performances. 
The course seeks to combine the principles of facial expression and dialogue timing to create 
believable characters through the use of node based control and scripted rigging. Lab fee 12 will 
be assessed for this course. 

AART 242. Character Design 3 hours 

Prerequisites: AART 106, 108; ART 227. 

This course teaches students the process of designing characters through the development of 
personas, character packs, and modeling. Character development includes extensive research, 
drawing matrices of character elements, settings, and accessories. Special emphasis will be placed 
on modeling for effective body and facial rigging for animation. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for 
this course. 

AART 244. Solid Modeling 3 hours 

Prerequisite: AART 108. 

This course deals with product modeling which describes most mechanical or generally non- 
deformable objects. This course will cover all surface types, their uses, and a complete 
understanding of modeling and the relationship between geometry, shading, and lighting 
technologies and techniques for object visualization. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

AART 316. Animation Collaborative Studio 3 hours 

Prerequisites: AART 216. 

In this course students work together in small groups to create finished projects. Issues in effective 
project management, personal discipline, and focused involvement are explored. Lab fee 12 will 
be assessed for this course. 

AART 318. Animation Studio 3 hours 

Prerequisite: AART 316. 

In this course senior animation students will have the opportunity to prepare for their final projects. 
Various preproduction techniques and focu sed critiques help arrange the best possible scenario for 
success in future animation projects. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

AART 322. Motion Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTG 212. 

In this course, graphic design, interactive design, animation, and film students will explore 
elements of moving compositions by incorporating the fundamentals of design and animation 
principles and techniques. The course covers how motion design is used by broadcast, film, 
interactive, and fine art professionals. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

AART 330. 3D Motion Design 3 hours 

Prerequisites: AART 108, 322. 

Students in this course build on the foundation skills acquired in Motion Design by extending them 
into the realm of 3D computer design. This course focuses on modeling, lighting, and rendering 
techniques as well as basic compositing integrated with two dimensional motion graphics and 
digital camera approaches. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 



SCHOOL OF 



Design 291 



AART 332. Visualization 3 hours 

Prerequisite: AART 244. 

This course explores various techniques for organizing and procedures for presenting materials 

related to commercial and instructional demonstrations. Focus is placed on clarity and creative 

solutions in creating entertaining and compelling productions. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this 

course. 

AART 426. Senior Studio I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: AART 318. 

In this course final year students will have the opportunity to produce a significant project needed 
to complete their portfolio. Class time features structured labs, regular presentations, 
professor/student meetings, and group discussions concerning each students work. Lab fee 12 will 
be assessed for this course. 

AART 428 Senior Studio II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: AART 426. 

In this course final year students will finish any projects needed to complete their portfolio. Class 
time features structured lab times, regular presentations, professor/student meetings, and group 
discussions concerning each students work. Lab fee 1 2 will be assessed for this course. 

AART 265/465. Topics in Animation 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to be an access point to a broad variety of subjects in animation. May be 
repeated with permission. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

AART 480. Self Promotion 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Students enrolled in this course will be trained in all aspects related to presenting themselves as 
professionals applicable to various career settings like jobs and internships or graduate school. 
Skills in art preparation, job hunting, and the importance of developing an artistic statement will 
also be addressed. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

AART 292/492. Internship in Animation 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Acceptance by a professional studio. 

Professional work experience in an animation production environment for a minimum of 1 00 clock 
hours per credit hour with supervisor evaluation. Students will maintain a log sheet and samples 
of work. May be repeated. 

FILM PRODUCTION 

ARTF 112. Film Pre-Production I 3 hours 

This course introduces the film student to the principles of visual storytelling. Students will learn 
about storyboarding, shot flow, location scouting, and talent screening. This is a lecture course. 

ARTF 114. Film Pre-Production II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTF 112. 

This course introduces students to the standard film budgeting and scheduling processes. Attention 
is given to the different unions and guilds, as well as how to plan a production to meet scheduling 
demands. This is a lecture/studio course. 

ARTF 215. Lighting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104 or permission of instructor. 

Students learn the fundamentals of how to use light to create moods and effects. Lab fee 8 will be 

assessed for this course. This is a lecture/lab course. 



292 School of Vis u a l Ar t a n d De 



ARTF 234. Intro to Field Production 3 hours 

Prerequisite or Co-requisite: ARTF 215. 

This course is designed to introduce students to the principles and tools of narrative filmmaking, 
including the use of film and digital video cameras. Lab fee 8 will be assessed for this course. 
This is a lecture/lab course. 

ARTF 235. Cinematography 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTF 234. 

This course continues instruction in the craft of capturing moving images with 16mm film and 
digital video cameras. The course is project-oriented, and students will work with seniors enrolled 
in ARTF 370, 470, or 471 to produce complete short films. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this 
course. This is a studio course. 

ARTF 320. Post Production 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTG 212. Co-requisite: ARTF 235. 

Students will learn non-linear film editing techniques. Special attention is paid not only to 
technical proficiency but to the pacing and overall flow and continuity of scenes. Lab fee 12 will 
be assessed for this course. This is a lecture/lab course. 

ARTF 326. Screenwriting I 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ENGL 101, 102. 

This is intended for Film Production and Animation students to develop skills in the art of writing 
for the screen. Attention will be given to audience, theme, character, plot construction, dramatic 
structure, dialogue, and elements of film space and timing. This is a lecture/lab course. 

ARTF 328. Screenwriting II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTF 326. 

Students write several short screenplays, as well as one feature length screenplay intended for 

portfolio use. This is a lecture/lab course. 

ARTF 353. Documentary Filmmaking 3 hours 

Prerequisite or Co-requisite: ARTF 320. 

S tudents produce a short documentary film and analyze documentary films pay ing special attention 
to the kinds of challenges present for the documentary film maker. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for 
this course. This is a lecture/studio course. 

ARTF 370. Senior Project I 2 hours 

Prerequisite or Co-requisites: ARTF 328, 422. 

This is the first class in a sequence in which students will develop, direct, and post produce a major 
project that should represent the skills that they have hone during their academic career. Key 
components should include artistic storytelling, technical proficiency, and content that the 
compatible with the mission of Southern Adventist University. The first phase should be taken 
during the second semester of the Junior year, and will represent the development phase of the 
project. This should include development of the screenplay, budget, and funding. 

ARTF 422. Directing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTF 328. 

Film students will be introduced to fundamentals of acting and directing as they direct each other 
in short scenes. Attention will also be given to how to communicate clearly with the cast and key 
department heads. Lab fee 1 2 will be assessed for this course. This is a lecture/studio course. 

ARTF 445. Self Promotion 1 hour 

Co-requisite: ARTF 471. 

Film production majors study the industry as a whole in conjunction with preparing portfolios 

suitable for job placement in the area of their choice. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 



SCHOOL OF 



De sign 293 



ARTF 470. Senior Project II 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTF 370. 

In this sequence students will develop, direct, and post produce a major project that should 
represent the skills that they have honed during their academic career. This second phase, taken 
first semester of the senior year, will encompass pre-production and production phases of the 
project such as casting, location scouting, hiring crew, and production. 

ARTF 471. Senior Project III 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTF 470. 

In this sequence students will develop, direct, and post produce a major project that should 
represent the skills that they have honed during their academic career. This final phase, taken 
during the second semester of the senior year, will include editing, focus group screenings, re- 
shoots, sound design, scoring, visual effects, color correction and mastering, and will conclude 
with public exhibition of the work. 

ARTF 265/465. Topics in Film Production 1-3 hours 

Full participation in workshops and seminars presented by active professionals in the field. The 
presentations are offered in intensive blocks over the weekends two to three times per year. 
Selected topics are related to all areas of the film production field. Lab fee 12 will be assessed 
for this course. This is a studio course. 

ARTF 492. Film Production Internship. 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of at least half of the hours required for a major in film production. 
Students will work on a project in the film industry during the summer, preferably an 8 to 1 2 week 
period between the junior and senior year. At least 300 clock hours of work experience are 
required. 

GRAPHIC DESIGN 

ARTG 115. Introduction to Computer Graphics (G-2) 3 hours 

Pre- or Co-requisite: ART 109. 

An introductory creative imaging course for those interested in professional visual art fields such 
as graphic design, film, animation, and interactive visual communication. This course introduces 
students to the Adobe Creative Suite's basic tools and principles for the acquisition, creation, 
manipulation, and output of both bitmapped and vector-based digitally generated compositions. 
Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 121. Typography I 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ART 109; ARTG 115. 

An introductory course on type history, letter anatomy, classic and modern typefaces, styles and 
attributes such as leading, kerning, alignment, etc. The students will design their own typeface 
based on an existing one or create an original. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 122. Typography II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTG 121. 

A course dealing with the introduction of other visual elements such as photographs, illustrations, 
graphs, and graphics into the typographical design. Emphasis is placed on the synergistic 
relationship between visuals and type that focuses on complementary form and style within the 
context of a specific message to be communicated. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 138. Design Studio I 3 hours 

Pre or Co-requisites: ART 109; ARTG 1 15. 

A course which surveys the important historical events and technological innovations that have 
contributed to current trends and practices in the field of graphic design. Lecture presentations, 
research, discussion, and visual exercises combine to develop the student' s awareness of historical 
and current technologies, and the artists and designers who have used them to shape the world 
through visual communication. Studio components of the course give students the opportunity to 
practice the production techniques needed to create visual interpretations of the lecture content. 



294 School of Vis u a l Ar t a n d De 



ARTG 210. Vector Graphics (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 109, ARTG 115, or permission of the instructor. 

A course designed to develop skills needed for producing vector-based digital art. Students with 
a basic knowledge of vector graphic concepts will gain a comprehensive understanding of the uses 
of drawing programs such as Illustrator and FreeHand. Emphasis is placed on the application of 
design principles to the digital environment. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 212. Raster Graphics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ARTG 115; ART 110 or permission of the instructor. 

In this course the student will address the creation and manipulation of raster-based imagery in a 
comprehensive manner using the industry standard image-editing program, Adobe Photoshop. 
Color correction, scanning resolutions, selection tools, image adjustments, collage and montage 
techniques, masking, and the effective application of filters, blend modes, and effects to images 
designed for use in digital and printed media will be studied in detail. Lab fee 12 will be assessed 
for this course. 

ARTG 226. Digital Imaging 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTG 212 or permission of instructor. 

In this course the student will explore studio photography techniques with digital SLR cameras. 
Emphasis will be given to image enhancement, stylization, and compositing based on an advanced 
knowledge of Photoshop. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 238. Design Studio II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTG 138. 

A foundation course that explores both the creative process and the production concerns of making 
images for visual communication. By focusing on methodologies for ideation and 
conceptualization, the development of craft in concept rendering, and the production of finished 
compositions incorporating traditional and digital media, student swill practice both the conceptual 
thinking and mechanical skills needed to achieve consistently effective design solutions. Lab fee 
12 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 324. Editorial Design 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ARTG 122, 226, and 238. 

In this course students focus on conceptual design as the foundation for editorial expression. The 
development of page structure is emphasized as the method for effectively interweaving the use 
word and image in multi-page publications. Students learn to balance editorial aesthetics, 
production considerations, and publication time constraints as they produce a series of multiple 
page projects. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 332. Advertising Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTG 212. 

This course deals with the development of a creative concept used to promote a product with a 
variety of computer generated visual images. The class is grouped in teams which create and 
present a professional looking advertising campaign. The course ends with a general critique of 
the entire project. Lab fee 1 2 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 335. Three-dimensional Graphic Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTG 238. 

A course that explores the synergistic potential of applying graphic elements to three-dimensional 
structures and environments. Students learn the fundamentals of dimensional construction, while 
honing their ability to capture audience attention through innovative forms and graphics. Diverse 
market areas are explored, including retail and promotional packaging, exhibition design, product 
design, environmental signage, and wayfinding systems. Emphasis is placed on craftsmanship and 
the imaginative use of materials. Lab fee 13 will be assessed for this course. 



SCHOOL OF 



De sign 295 



ARTG 338. Design Studio III 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 324. 

A course in which students continue to expand their intellectual and creative abilities by designing 
portfolio-quality work, using a wide variety of formats and technical specifications. The student' s 
ability to articulate a design rationale, in conjunction with visual decision-making, is reinforced, 
along with a thorough investigation of printing production considerations. Lab fee 12 will be 
assessed for this course. 

ARTG 420. Corporate Identity 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTG 212. 

A course in which a logo is created as a base for the development of an identity system which an 
organization will project on various means of visual communication. Lab fee 1 2 will be assessed 
for this course. 

ARTG 432. Senior Design Studio 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in Graphic Design major. 

This course prepares students to transition to a career in graphic design by combining instruction 
in the preparation of a quality portfolio with a comprehensive introduction of fundamental design 
business practices. Degree candidates hone the business, promotional, networking, and 
interviewing skills that will be needed in the professional work environment. Lab fee 12 will be 
assessed for this course. 

ARTG 440. Digital Portfolio 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Senior status or permission of instructor. 

This course teaches students to create successful digital portfolios. During the course of study 
students will learn about interface design, informational architecture, flowcharting, software and 
hardware constraints, digital publishing, basic scripting, and asset management. Lab fee 12 will 
be assessed for this course. 

ARTG 265/465. Topics in Computer Graphics 1-3 hours 

Participation in workshops and seminars offered by active professional graphic designers and 
adjunct faculty. The presentations are offered in an intensive block two to three times per 
semester. Selected topics include all areas related to the field of Graphic Design. Lab fee 5 will 
be assessed for this course. (Winter) 

ARTG 491. Graphic Design Practicum 1-3 hours 

Students will work in a graphics related business for a minimum of 50 clock hours per credit hour 
with employer evaluation. Students must maintain a log sheet and samples of work. 

INTERACTIVE MEDIA 

ARTI 115. Introduction to Interactive Media 3 hours 

This course introduces the student to the use of the web as a medium for interactive illustration, 
motion, communication, dynamic publishing, and e-learning. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this 
course. Three hour lecture. 

ARTI 223. Interactive Media I 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ARTG 115; ARTI 115. 

Students will create aesthetically pleasing websites using XHTML, CSS, and JavaScript with 
attention to accessibility, site management, web administration, graphics optimization, internet 
history, and the World Wide Web architecture. Lab fee 1 2 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTI 230. Sound Design 3 hours 

Students will conduct recordingsanduse digital audio tools to create sound for motion pictures and 
interactive systems. By integrating visual design with sound theory, students will learn ADR, 
Foley, effects, mixing techniques, sound management, sampling, and MIDI music creation. Lab 
fee 12 will be assessed for this course. Three hour lecture. 



296 School of Vis u a l Ar t a n d De 



ARTI 323. Interactive Media II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ARTG 210; ARTI 230. 

Web animations, illustrations, and e-learning will be developed in this studio class. Lab fee 12 will 

be assessed for this course. Three hour lecture and one hour studio course. 

ARTI 329. Multimedia 3 hours 

Prerequisites: AART 108; ARTG 212. 

In this course, students learn how to design and develop interactive products and visualizations that 
incorporate multiple medias, such as sound, text, 2D and 3D assets into a usable experience. 
Throughout the course, students will also be exposed to advanced types of media techniques such 
as video mapping and stereoscopic imaging. 

ARTI 423. Interactive Media III 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTI 223; CPTR 124. 

This studio course emphasizes the effective use of visual design with websites that store and 
retrieve information through the use of server-side scripting and databases. Lab fee 12 will be 
assessed for this course. 

ARTI 427. Interactive Video and Sound 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTI 230. 

Students will explore and express their own audio-visual experiences through interactive video and 
sound synthesis programming. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. Five hour studio 
course. 

ARTI 432. 3D Environments 3 hours 

Prerequisites: AART 108. 

This course teaches students to create interactive audio and visual experiences that are three 
dimensional with dynamic motion, programmable triggers and events, sound and animation. Lab 
fee 12 will be assessed for this course. Five hour studio course. 

ARTI 437. New Media Applications 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ARTI 323. 

This course covers historical influences of technology and art in relation to current trends in New 
Media. Various artists and mediums will be researched for the application of the final project. 
Lab fee 9 will be assessed for this course. Three hours of lecture. 

ARTI 265/465. Topics in Interactive Media 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to be an access point to a broad variety of subjects in interactive media. 
The course may be repeated with permission. Lab fee 12 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTI 480. Self Promotion 3 hours 

Students will prepare for job placement or higher education enrollment by researching specific 
areas in interactive design. Their portfolio will be refined along with their skills in interviewing, 
job hunting, and resume writing. Select faculty members will conduct a final review of the 
student's portfolio and career preparation. Lab fee 5 will be assessed for this course. 

ARTI 491. Interactive Media Practicum 3 hours 

Students will work the interactive design business for a minimum of 50 clock hours per credit hour 
with employer evaluation. Students must maintain a log sheet and samples of work. 



(A-2) (W) See pages 26-27 and 29-33 for General Degree and General Education requirements. 



Interdepartmental Pr o g r a m s 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL SCIENCE 

Adviser: Keith Snyder 

A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred upon students 
not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who satisfy the following three 
conditions: 

1 . Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate university program of 
which at least the last 30 were taken in residence at Southern Adventist University 
and at least 12 of which were at the upper division level. 

2. Meet the General Education and Cognate requirements equivalent to those outlined 
for the current Clinical Laboratory Science program, except BIOL 330 and 340 listed 
under the cognates. These may be replaced by any other biology elective in the 
Clinical Sciences or Basic Zoology areas or upper division chemistry. (See page 54) 

3. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of dentistry, 
chiropractic, medicine, pharmacy, or optometry that the first year of the respective 
professional program has been successfully completed and that the applicant is 
eligible to continue. 

Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of Records and 
Advisement. 

GENERAL STUDIES 

Advisement Coordinator: Sharon Rogers 

The Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degrees with a major in General 
Studies are designed for students who have not made a career decision at the time they 
enter the University. These degrees offer them an opportunity to earn a large part of the 
general requirements for a baccalaureate degree while leaving some semester hours free 
for exploration in areas of their choice. 

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

Major: The completion of the General Education requirements for the Bachelor of 
Arts degree with the exception: Six hours instead of 12 will be required for Area B, 
Religion. Six hours of an elementary foreign language must be included unless two 
units of the same language were earned in high school. A minimum total of 64 
semester hours with a cumulative minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required. 
Students who plan to eventually complete a bachelor's degree should include some 
upper division credit and a "W" (writing emphasis) course in the second semester of 
their second year. 



: "Six hours of elementary foreign language must be included unless two units of the same language were earned in high school. 



298 Interdepartmental Pr 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A. A. General Studies 



YEAR 1 






Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 


CPTE 100 


Computer Co ncepts 


1st 


2nd 

1 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


1st 


2nd 

3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Comp 


3 


3 


CPTE 105, 106 


Spread sheet/Datab 




2 


PEAC225 


Fitness for Life 


1 






Area A, Math 


0-3 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Area C, History 


3 


3 




Area C, Govt/Econ 




3 




Area E, Nat Sci 


3 






Area D, Lit 


3 






Area F, Beh Sci 




3 




Area E, Nat Sci 


3 






AreaG-1 




3 




Area F, Beh Sci 




2 




Electives 


3 


3 




Area G, PEAC Skills 


1 








16 


16 




Foreign Language 
Elective 


3 

To" 


3 
3 

16 



See pages 26-27 and 29-33 for General Degree and General Education requirements. Note especially requirements for make-up 
of any admissions deficiencies. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

Major: The completion of the General Education requirements for the Bachelor of 
Science degree with the following exception: Six hours instead of 12 will be required 
for Area B, Religion. A minimum total of 64 semester hours with a cumulative 
minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required. Students who plan to eventually 
complete a bachelor's degree should include some upper division credit and a "W" 
(writing emphasis) course in the second semester of their second year. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. General Studies 



YEAR 1 






Semester 






1st 


2nd 


CPTE 100 
ENGL 101-102 


Computer Co ncepts 
College Comp 


3 


1 
3 


PEAC 225 


Fitness for Life 


1 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Area C, History 
Area E, Nat Sci 


3 
3 


3 




Area F, Beh Sci 




3 




AreaG-1 




3 




AreaG-1 




1 




Elective 


3 


3 






16 


16 



YEAR 2 




Se 


■mester 






1st 


2nd 


COMM 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 


CPTE 105, 106 


Spreadsheet/Database 




2 




Area A, Math 




0-3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area C, Govt/Econ 




3 




Area D, Lit 


3 






Area E, Nat Sci 


3 






Area F, Beh Sci 




2 




Area G, PEAC Skills 




1 




Elective 


7 


2 






16 


16 



See pages 26-27 and 29-33 for General Degree and General Education requirements. Note especially requirements for make-up 
of any admissions deficiencies. 



Non-De g r e e 
Preprofessional Programs 



Preprofessional and pretechnical curricula are offered in a wide variety of fields. 
Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. If other preprofessional pro grams 
are desired, faculty advisers are prepared to assist the student in working out a 
satisfactory sequence of courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the 
chosen professional school. 



ANESTHESIA (CRNA) 

Adviser: Barbara James 

Registered nurses who are experienced and comfortable working in critical care areas 
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an approved baccalaureate 
program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. Additional requirements may 
be determined by consulting the School of Nursing. 

DENTISTRY 

Adviser: Keith Snyder 

Pre-dental training in college/university requires a minimum of three years of study; 
however, a preference is given to those who have completed a fourth year, earning a 
bachelor's degree. Students may major in the field of their interest. Although a 
thorough background in the biological and physical sciences is essential to the study of 
dentistry, a broad educational background in the humanities is desirable. Upper division 
biology courses are recommended to prepare for the Dental Admissions Test and for the 
first year of basic science courses in dental school. 

Application to dental school should be made one year previous to the one for which 
admission is desired. Successful applicants should have a minimum GPA of 3.00 in 
both science and non-science courses as well as satisfactory performance on the Dental 
Admissions Test. Information regarding the Dental Admission Testing Program may 
be obtained from the American Dental Association, 211 East Chicago Avenue, 
Chicago, IL 69611 or on the web ( http://ada.org/prof/ed/testing/dat.as ). 

The following courses must be included to meet the minimum requirements for 
admission to Loma Linda University School of Dentistry: 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 341 20 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 120* 121* 5 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

*Waived if equivalent math was taken in high school with minimum grade of B. 

Strongly recommended courses : Anatomy (BIOL 416), Animal Physiology (BIOL 420) 
Recommended courses : Business classes such as Accounting/Management, and a 
hands-on class such as Ceramics/Sculpture. 



300 NonD 



E G R E E r R E P R F E S S 10 N A L 



LAW 

Adviser: Ben McArthur 

Students interested in the study of law as a profession should become acquainted 
with the entrance requirements of various law schools. This will make possible the 
planning of a preprofessional program which will qualify the student for admission to 
several schools. 

It is a general requirement that students complete a bachelor's degree before entering 
law school. Although no particular major is required, five fields should be especially 
considered by the student serious about law school. These are: business, history, 
English, journalism, and behavioral science. Certain courses recommended by all law 
schools include American history, freshman composition, principles of accounting, 
American government, principles of economics, English history, business law, and 
mathematics. Pre-law students should concentrate on developing their analytical, verbal, 
and writing skills. 

Southern Adventist University offers a Political Economy minor, which combines 
an interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school preparation. This 
eighteen-hour minor consists of: 

1 . ECON 224 Principles of Economics 3 hours 

2. PLSC 254 American Government 3 hours 

3. PLSC 47 1 Classics of Western Thought I OR 

PLSC 472 Classics of Western Thought II 3 hours 

4. ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 hours 

Plus six hours of electives selected from the following courses: 

5. ACCT221 Principles of Accounting 

6. ECON 225 Principles of Economics 

7. BUAD 358 Ethical, Social, and Legal Environment of Business 

8. BUAD 339 Business Law 

9. HIST/PLSC357 Modern America 

10. HIST 374 History of England 

11. HMNT210 Introduction to Philosophy 

1 2. JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 

13. COOP 265/465 Cooperative Education (3 Hours) 

Such coops would include work with one of the following: a lawyer, 
a legal clinic, a public defender's office, a state or U.S. attorney's 
office. 

Information about preparation for law school maybe obtained from the Section of 
Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American Bar Association, 1 155 East 60th 
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For information about the Law School Admissions 
Test, see the pre-law adviser. 

MEDICINE 

Advisers: Earl Aagaard, Joyce Azevedo, Loren Barnhurst, Ann Foster, Rick Norskov, 
Rhonda Scott, Keith Snyder, Lee Spencer, Neville Trimm 

Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine are advised to 
include mathematics and science courses during their high school years. 

Most applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree prior to entrance into medical school. 
Exceptional students may be eligible to apply after completion of a minimum of 85 
semester hours. Applicants for admission to the Loma Linda University School of 
Medicine should maintain a grade point average of at least 3.50 in both science and 



Non-De cree Preproeessional Programs 301 



non-science courses. The following courses without an asterisk must be included in the 
applicant's academic program. Medical schools generally do not accept CLEP or AP 
credits for these basic science courses. Classes with (*) asterisks mathematics are 
recommended. Please check the specific requirements for individual medical schools. 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 120* 121* 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

■■■ Waived if equivalent math was taken in high school with minimum grade of B . 

Strongly recommended courses : Biochemistry (CHEM 341), Cell and Molecular 
Biology (BIOL 412), Animal Physiology (BIOL 420), Developmental Biology (BIOL 
313) Animal Histology (BIOL 417), Human Anatomy (BIOL 416), Statistics (MATH 
215). 

NO IE: The first three ofthese are recommended before taking the MCAT. 

Recommended courses : General Microbiology (BIOL 330), Immunology (BIOL 340), 
Calculus I (MATH 181), Business courses such as Accounting/Management. 

Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are directly involved 
in the providing of health care. The Biology Department collaborates with 
Chattanooga's Erlanger Medical Center in a premedical preceptorship program. This 
program provides the opportunity for upper division pre -medical students to shadow 
resident physicians in the hospital for up to 24-hour periods. 

The applicant is required to have taken the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT) 
prior to consideration by the admissions committee. For entrance into medical school 
following graduation, the student should plan on taking the MCAT by September 
preceding the senior year. All of the above required science courses should be 
completed by this time to insure maximum performance on the MCAT exam. To 
register for specific dates, see the htt p ://aamc .org/mcat website. 

Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools of medicine 
visit the campus to interview prospective students. Premedical students are encouraged 
to make appointments to speak with them. 

Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College Application 
Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through this service. The AMCAS 
application may be obtained from the Counseling and Testing Office, directly from 
AMCAS, or filled out electronically on the web. Applications are available between 
May 1 and November 1 for entry into medical school the following year 
( http://aamc.org). 

After receiving the applications from AMCAS, the admissions office of the medical 
school reviews the candidates and determines whether or not supplementary 
information is needed. 

Medical schools usuallyrequire a letter of recommendation from the pre-professional 
recommendation committee of the applicant's undergraduate college. Senior pre- 
medical students are asked to provide the names and addresses of all medical schools 
to which they are applying to the Vice President for Academic Administration's office 
at Southern by the first week of September. 

Following a careful evaluation of the supplementary application and letters of 
recommendation submitted to the admissions office, selected applicants may be invited 
for a personal interview by the medical school. 



302 Non-D 



E G R E E J*REPR0FESSIOKAL 



OPTOMETRY 

Adviser: Chris Hansen 

The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the student should 
follow the catalog from the school of his/her choice. (See the Association of Schools 
and Colleges of Optometry's website for a list of accredited optometry programs — 
http://opted.org ). However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and 
physics. Additional courses in the areas of fine arts, language, literature, and the social 
sciences are usually necessary. 

A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. However, additional 
study increases the prospects of acceptance into professional training. 

Following is a list of preoptometry courses required by most schools: 

BIOL 151-152, 330, 416, 418 19 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311 12 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 120, 121, 181 9 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 122 3 hours 

Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American Optometric Association 
( http://aoa.org ). 

OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE 

Adviser: Earl Aagaard, Joyce Azevedo, Ann Foster, Rick Norskov, Keith Snyder, 
Lee Spencer, Neville Trimm 

An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D. degree, are the 
osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive the D.O. degree. 

Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the University of Health Sciences, 
College of Osteopathic Medicine in Kansas City, Missouri, one of nineteen osteopathic 
medical colleges in this country. 

Requirements for admission are similar to those for allopathic medical schools such 
as Loma Linda University School of Medicine. Students apply to schools of osteopathic 
medicine through the American Association of Colleges of Osteopathic Medicine 
Application Service (AACOMAS) ( http://aacomas.aacom.org). 

For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point average of 3.00 
should be maintained in both science and non-science subjects. 

PHARMACY 

Adviser: Bruce Schilling 

Those students interested in a career in the field of pharmacy may take their 
prepharmacy classes at Southern Adventist University before applying to a school of 
pharmacy. The doctor of pharmacy degree (PharmD) is a four year program. 
Prepharmacy requirements take from two to four years to complete depending on the 
pharmacy school and the student, and many pharmacy schools are now giving 
admissions preference to students with a bachelor's degree. 

Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy vary from school to school so the 
student should consult the catalog or web page of the school of his/her choice for 
specific course requirements. The American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy 
maintains links to all schools of pharmacy at its web page http://aacp.org. All schools 
place a strong emphasis on chemistry, biology, physics, and mathematics. 



Non-De cree Preproeessional Programs 303 



Minimum admission requirements for the Loma Linda University School of 
Pharmacy include the following 72 semester credit hours: 

BIOL 101, 151-152 12 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312 16 hours 

COMM 135 3 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 181 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Humanities/Fine Arts 12 hours 

Social/Behavioral Studies 12 hours 

One semester of an introductory computer class must also be included or the student 
must demonstrate computer competency. Loma Linda indicates that preference will be 
given to students who have completed a baccalaureate degree in chemistry, biology, 
physics, or a related scientific field. 

University of Tennessee Memphis has increased its prepharmacy requirements to a 
minimum of 90 semester credit hours. Minimum admission requirements to the 
University of Tennessee College of Pharmacy at Memphis are: 

BIOL 151-152; 101-102 or 416 and 418, 225 or 330, 340 23 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 341-342, 343* 23 hours 

COMM 135 3 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

PHYS 211, 213 4 hours 

MATH 181, 215 6 hours 

Humanities 6 hours 

Social Sciences 6 hours 

General Electives 14 hours 

*recommended 

Pharmacy is an excellent, lucrative career with a current shortage of qualified pharmacists. 
However, this has led to much more competition for the available positions in pharmacy 
schools. The average GPA for accepted students is approaching 3.5. In addition, a 
satisfactory score must be achieved on the National Pharmacy Admission Test. 

PODIATRIC MEDICINE: 

Adviser: Keith Snyder 

An alternative to allopathic (M.D.) and osteopathic (D.O.) medical schools are the 
podiatric medical schools whose graduates receive the D.P.M. degree. Doctors of 
podiatric medicine are physicians trained in the medical and surgical treatment of the 
human foot and ankle. 

To gain acceptance to a school of Podiatric Medicine, a bachelor's degree is highly 
desirable. Preprofessional course work, with a minimum of 90 semester hours, is 
required of all students. Applicants are required to take the Medical College Admission 
Test (MCAT). In addition, most D.P.M. schools require the same prerequisite science 
classes as the M.D. and D.O. schools. 

There are seven colleges of podiatric medicine, six of which participate in the 
American Association of Colleges of Podiatric Medicine Application Service 
(AACPMAS). The six schools in the AACPMAS are located in California, Florida, 
Illinois, Iowa, Ohio, and Pennsylvania. An application packet can be obtained thru the 
website http://e-aacpmas.org. 



304 Non-D 



E G R E E J*REPR0FESSIOKAL 



PRE-PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 

Adviser: Renita Klischies 

Physician assistants are trained to perform many of the essential tasks involved in patient 
care. They take medical histories, perform physical evaluations, order laboratory tests, make 
preliminary diagnoses, prescribe appropriate treatments, and recommend medications and 
drug therapies. They also treat minor problems such as lacerations, abrasions, and burns. 
Physician assistants work in a variety of practice settings and specialty areas. The most 
important practice setting is in a physician's office. They also work at hospitals and clinics. 
Specialties using PA's are family practice, internal medicine, general and thoracic surgery, 
emergency medicine, pediatrics, and various medical sub-specialties. 

The entrance requirements to physician assistant clinical programs vary considerably from 
school to school. Prerequisite course requirements vary, but generally require a science 
undergraduate baccalaureate degree. Prior patient care requirements also range from being 
recommended through two years of direct clinical work experience. 

SDA programs offering the Physician Assistant degree are: 

► Kettering College of Medical Arts — http://kcma.edu 

► Loma Linda University — http://llu.edu 

► Union College — http://ucollege.edu/pa 

Students may obtain information on these programs by contacting the schools directly, or 
from the Southern Adventist University pre-PA adviser. A complete list of PA programs can 
be found on the American Academy of Physician Assistants website at http://aapa.org. 
Southern Adventist University can structure a course of study to meet the requirements of 
any clinical program to which a student wishes to apply. Students are advised to begin early 
in their academic studies to gather information on prospective PA schools and the pre- 
requisite course work required. 

VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Adviser: Earl Aagaard 

Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is keen. Consequently, 
most successful applicants have completed a degree rather than the minimum 
requirements listed below. It should also be noted that it is often more difficult to be 
accepted in a veterinary institution other than the school in the state where the applicant 
resides. 

The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary College Admission 
Test (VCAT) or Graduate Record Exam (GRE) in addition to meeting grade point 
average and personal qualifications for admission. Professional training involves four 
years of veterinary school beyond college. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee College of 
Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are: 

BIOL 151-152, 316, 412 16 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 341 20 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Humanities and Social Sciences 18 hours 

Admission requirements will vary among veterinary schools; therefore, it is 
recommended that the pre-veterinary student work closely with his/her adviser in 
assuring that the specific requirements for the schools of his/her choice are met. 

Information on veterinary schools and applications, through the Association of 
American Veterinary Medical Colleges, are available online http://aavmc.org. 



Financing Your Ed u c a tion 



ENROLLMENT SERVICES MISSION STATEMENT 

Southern Adventist University is committed to providing every student with the 
opportunity to obtain a Christian education. To reach this goal, the Enrollment Services 
Office will make every effort to work together with students toward meeting the 
students' financial obligations. 

FINANCIAL AID POLICY 

Southern Adventist University provides financial aid for students in the form of 
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. The source of these funds is in most cases 
the United States Government (in the form of Title IV funds), the student's state, a 
private group or corporation, or Southern Adventist University. Financial aid applicants 
will not be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, 
or ethnicity. The Enrollment Services Office follows established procedures and 
practices which will assure equitable and consistent treatment of all applicants. 

Students are urged to contact the Enrollment Services Office, P.O. Box 370, 
Collegedale, Tennessee 37315-0370, phone 1.800. SOUTHERN, or go to our website 
http://studentfinance.southern.edu for information about and applications for financial 
aid. Applications received by the priority deadline of March 31 will be given 
preference. To meet this deadline the FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student 
Aid) should be submitted no later than March 1 . Applications received after March 3 1 
will be processed as long as time and funds permit. Southern Adventist University's 
Title TV code is 003518. 

FINANCIAL AID AVAILABLE 

SCHOLARSHIPS 
Freshman Scholarship 

Southern Adventist University offers students a variety of opportunities to receive 
scholarships and awards. 

The Freshman Leadership and Academic Scholarship (FLASH) is based on a 
combination of your ACT score* and cumulative high school GPA. FLASH is 
available only to future Southern freshmen who have just graduated from high school 
within the past nine months OR who have taken no more than ten semester hours of 
college credit. A full-time load (12 or more hours) must be taken to be eligible for the 
scholarship . The FLAS H will autom atically be awarded once transcripts and test scores 
are received. 

"'We'll be happy to convert your SAT score to an ACT score. Call 1 .800. SOUTHERN for an Enrollment Counselor. 

Use this Points Formula to calculate your eligibility for the Freshman Scholarship: 

Step One. Take your high school GPA and multiply by 1,000 Points 

(4000 points max) 
Step Two. Take your ACT* test score and multiply by 100 Points 

Step Three. Add all points from Step One and Two = Total Points 

Freshman Scholarship Amount Scholarship Total Points 

$2,000 Honors Scholarship 4,800-5,700 

$4,000 Dean's Scholarship 5,701-6,600 

$6,000 Presidential Scholarship 6,601-7,300 

Full tuition Full Tuition Scholarship 7,30 1 & higher 



306 Finances 



The Student Transferring/Returning Scholarship 

The Transferring/Returning Scholarship (STAR) is awarded to those students who 
have earned more than ten hours of college credit and will be taking a full-time load ( 1 2 
or more undergraduate hours) through the duration of the scholarship. The scholarship 
is based on the cumulative GPA of all transcripts when transferring. For returning 
Southern students, the cumulative GPA is figured from the student's record each 
January. Southern does not round up numbers for this scholarship. 

Bronze Circle Scholarship $1,500 with maintenance of 3.40-3 .59 GPA 
Silver Circle Scholarship $2,000 with maintenance of 3.60- 3.79 GPA 
Gold Circle Scholarship $2,500 with maintenance of 3.80 and above GPA 

Placement in National Merit Scholarship Competition* 

Placement 1st Year Scholarship Renewable for three years** 

Finalist Full Tuition 50% Tuition with maintenance of 3.80 GPA 

S emi-Finalists and Commended placements will receive scholarships based on requirements 
for Freshman Scholarship or the Student Transferring/Returning Scholarships. 
* We also scholarship students in the National Hispanic Scholar Recognition 

Program and the National Scholarship and Fund for Negro Students. 
** Qualification for renewable scholarships is based on cumulative Southern 

Adventist GPA. 



Taking the PS AT test in the junior year of high school is the first 
step for entering the National Merit Program. If the student 
qualifies as a National Merit Semi-Finalist or a PS AT Commended 
Scholar, he/she is notified by the National Merit Scholarship 
Corporation. The list of qualifying students is published and sent 
to U.S. colleges and universities. The semi-finalist may advance to 
finalist status by taking the SAT during the senior year and by 
meeting other requirements outlined by the National Merit 
Scholarship Corporation. 



Summer Ministries Leadership Scholarships 

These scholarships are available to any student who works during the summer at a 
Seventh-day Adventist conference-sponsored summer camp or in literature evangelism 
and then attends Southern during the next academic year. The Enrollment Services 
Office will verify with the student' s employing organization that contractual obligations 
have been met over the course of the summer. A student who participates in multiple 
summer ministry projects is eligible to receive only one of the scholarships below. 
Southern will choose the larger of the two scholarships. 

The Literature Evangelism Scholarship - Your summer earnings matched 

50%, with a cap of $2,000. 

Summer Camp Scholarship - $130 per full week worked, with a cap of 

$1,430. To apply for the camp scholarship, your 
camp director must submit the number of weeks you 
will work based on your camp contract to the 
Enrollment Services Office by March 1 . This 
information is needed early for budgeting and 
awarding. 



Finances 307 

Endowment Fund and Other Grants 

Southern Adventist University is blessed with a growing endowment fund created by 
donors interested in helping students achieve their educational goals. Eligibility for this 
free grant money is determined by filling out the federal financial aid application 
referred to as the FAFSA. This application uses a common nationwide formula to 
determine a family's ability to pay for college. Southern uses this formula as a 
guideline in disbursing the Southern Endowment Fund. For a financial aid application, 
call 1.800. SOUTHERN. You can also file for financial aid on-line at 
http://fafsa.ed.gov . 

Departmental Scholarships 

Some departments/schools offer scholarships for students who meet departmental 
criteria. These scholarships are normally awarded to sophomores, juniors, and seniors 
who have performed up to certain levels in the department. Scholarships are usually 
awarded at Awards Convocation in April of each academic year. Check with the 
department of your major for more information. 

Cut Your Costs by Working 

Working is another great way to reduce the cost of your college education. On 
average, students can contribute about $2,500 toward their yearly costs by working 15 
to 20 hours a week. 

Student Missionary/Task Force Scholarship 

Student Missionary /Task Force Scholarships are available to qualified students who 
attend Southern the year following their term of service. The scholarship is $1,500. For 
more information, call the Chaplain's Office at 423.236.2787. This scholarship is not 
available to freshmen or those with less than nine months of service. 

SmartStart Free Tuition Savings 

To take advantage of FREE tuition for one class (equaling 3 credit hours), entering 
freshmen or first-time transfer students are encouraged to apply for the special summer 
SmartStart session. To find out how you can benefit from this offer, call 
1.800.SOUTHERN. 

Performance Scholarships 

Each year performance scholarships are awarded by the School of Music (for the 
Orchestra, the Wind Symphony, and the choirs), the Gym-Masters, and the Destiny 
Drama Company. Some of these performance scholarships are by audition only. The 
scholarships may be renewable for each year the student is in college as long as 
participation in the performing group continues. For more information, call the School 
of Music at 423.236.2880, the Gym-Masters director at 423.236.2673, or the Destiny 
Drama Company coordinator at 423.236.2787. 

Southern Scholars Honors Program Scholarships 

The Southern Scholars Honors Program is designed to enrich the studies of 
academically motivated students. Students who participate in Southern Scholars for at 
least a year are eligible for 12 hours of tuition rebates, which are distributed over four 
semesters of their junior and senior years. For more information, call Wilma McClarty 
at 423.236.2736. 



308 Finances 



Other Potential Scholarship Sources 

You may qualify for scholarships from national and community organizations like 
the YMCA and Rotary Club, or from your parents' employers or even from your local 
church. Check out resources in your hometown by contacting the public library, the 
local Chamber of Commerce, and your pastor. You can also access scholarship and 
financial aid information on the Internet at http://finaid.org . There are several 
searchable databases of more than 180,000 private scholarships, fellowships, grants, 
and loans. 



PLEASE TAKE NOTE 

Applicants for admission and financial aid will be awarded 

scholarships on a first-come, first-served basis until Southern 

scholarship funds are depleted. Plan ahead and submit your 

applications as early as possible. 

All scholarships are divided and distributed equally over the 

fall and winter semesters. Scholarships are not applicable for 

summer sessions. 

For students who apply for and qualify for federal financial 

aid, determination of the total amount of scholarships given by 

Southern is guided by federal guidelines. Southern is not 

allowed to "overaward" a student who has applied for federal 

aid. In some cases, students who qualify for multiple 

scholarships may only be eligible to receive a portion of their 

awards, based on the federal formulas for awarding. 

Scholarships and awards, including employer tuition assistance 

and National Merit Scholarships, cannot exceed costs for 

tuition (for 12 to 16 hours), general fees, room rent, and a 

capped amount for books and food. All outside grants and 

subsidies will be applied before Southern scholarships and 

awards. 

Scholarships listed here are available only for full-time 

students taking 12 or more undergraduate hours each 

semester. 

Southern reserves the right to change or amend any of the 

scholarship policies at any time. 



Gra nts 

Southern Adventist University need-based institutional grants are awarded from 
institutional and endowment funds to students who have financial need and are 
achieving academically. The amount of these awards is variable per year depending 
upon the student's need and availability of funds. 

The amount of a student's SAU need-based institutional grant award, as well as 
his/her federal grant award, will be determined after all the necessary federal and 
institutional applications are completed and processed. If the student's academic 
progress falls below the required level, the SAU grant may be canceled. Any requests 
for exceptions should be addressed to the Academic Progress Committee. 



Finances 309 

S AU Endowment Grants — Southern Adventist University is blessed with a growing 
endowment fund created by donors interested in helping students achieve their 
educational goals. Eligibility for these free grant monies is determined by filling out 
the FAFSA. This application uses a common nationwide formula to determine a 
family's ability to pay for college. Southern uses this formula as a guideline in 
disbursing the Southern Endowment Fund. For a financial aid application, call 
1.800. SOUTHERN. You can also file for financial aid online at http://fafsa.ed.gov . 
These funds are awarded to students who have established financial need through the 
federal aid application process. Awards are made on a funds available basis. 
Notification to eligible recipients will be listed on the Financial Aid Award Letter. 

Federal Pell Grants — Federal Pell Grants are awarded through a federal program 
which provides grant assistance directly to eligible first bachelor's degree 
undergraduate students. A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a 
congressionally approved formula which considers family financial circumstances. Pell 
Grants are available to full- and part-time students with proven financial needs who are 
making satisfactory progress towards a bachelor's degree. 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant — Awarded to students with 
exceptional need when funds are available from the federal government. 

Eligibility for Institutional Funds 

Eligibility for Southern Adventist University need-based funds is based upon a 
minimum of six credit hours (except where otherwise noted) being taken on the 
Southern Adventist University's Collegedale campus. Co-op, transient, directed study, 
distance learning, Adventist Colleges Abroad, and off-site campus classes are not 
eligible for S AU funds, and do not count toward the six credit hours. 

Loans 

Federal Nursing Student Loans are available to nursing students only, with 
demonstrated financial need. Repayment and five percent interest assessment begin nine 
months after a student graduates, leaves school, drops below half-time enrollment, or 
drops from the nursing program. 

Federal Perkins Loan — If eligible and funds are available, students can borrow up to 
$2,875 from the federal government through Southern Adventist University. Repayment 
and five percent interest begin nine months after a student graduates, leaves school, or 
drops below half-time enrollment. 

Federal PLUS Loans are available to parents of dependent undergraduate students 
who have satisfactory credit histories. The student must be enrolled at least half-time. 
These loans, like Federal Stafford Loans, are made by a lender such as a bank, credit 
union, or savings and loan association. The yearly loan limit is a student's cost of 
education minus any estimated financial aid that s/he is eligible. 

The PLUS loan interest rate is variable but not higher than nine percent. Variable 
interest rates are set each June. For more information on the interest rate, parents shou Id 
contact the organization that holds their loan. 

The "origination fee" of up to four percent of the loan principal is deducted 
proportionately from each disbursement made, although many lenders waive this fee. 
The lender may collect an insurance premium of up to one percent of the loan principal, 
which is deducted proportionately from each disbursement. 

The procedure for applying is the same as for a Federal Stafford Loan. Southern 
Adventist University can refuse to certify a loan application, or can certify a loan for an 
amount less than a student's parents would be eligible for. The parents will be notified 
in writing, with a full explanation if such a circumstance should arise. 



310 Finances 



Federal law requires lenders to send the loan proceeds to the school in at least two 
payments. Payments will be sent either by electronic transfer or by check made co- 
payable to the school and to the parents. 

Monthly principal and interest payments begin 60 days after the final loan 
disbursement. There is no "grace period" for these loans. 

If a deferment — a postponement of repayment — applies (including a deferment for 
college enrollment), the parents' repayment of the principal amount borrowed will not 
begin until the deferment ends. The interest on the loan is not deferred during the time 
of the deferment, although the organization that holds the loan may allow the interest 
to accumulate until the deferment ends. In such a case, however, the interest will be 
added to the principal, increasing the amount of principal that will need to be repaid. 

Federal Stafford Loans are low-interest loans made to students attending college at 
least half-time. Loans are made by a lender such as a bank, credit union, or savings and 
loan association. These loans are insured by a guarantee agency and reinsured by the 
federal government. A borrower must repay this loan. 

Students enrolled at least half-time may qualify for a "subsidized" Federal Stafford 
Loan, which is based on financial need. Dependent students whose parents were 
denied a PLUS loan and independent students who enroll at least half-time may also 
apply for an "unsubsidized" Federal Stafford Loan regardless of need; that is, regardless 
of their or their family's financial status. 

Dependent undergraduate students may borrow up to: 

! $3,500 if they are first-year students enrolled in a program of study that is a full 

academic year. 
! $4,500 if they have completed at least 24 credit hours, and the remainder of 

their program is a full academic year. 
! $5 ,500 a year if they have completed at least 55 credit hours and the remainder 

of the program is at least one academic year. 
The total Stafford Loan debt that a dependent undergraduate student may accumulate 
is $23,000. 

Independent undergraduate students may borrow up to: 

! $7,500 if they are first-year students enrolled in a program of study that is a full 

academic year. (At least $4,000 of this amount must be in unsubsidized 
Stafford Loans.) 
! $8,500 if they have completed at least 24 credit hours and the remainder of the 

program is a full academic year. (At least $4,000 of this amount must be in 
unsubsidized Stafford Loans.) 
! $10,500 a year if they have completed at least 55 credit hours and the 

remainder of their program is at least one academic year. (At least $5,000 of 
this amount must be in unsubsidized Stafford Loans.) 
The total Stafford Loan debt that an independent undergraduate student may 
accumulate is $46,000, with no more than $23,000 in subsidized loans. 

Stafford loan interest rate is variable but not higher than eight and a quarter percent. 
Variable interest rates are set each June. For more information on the interest rate, 
students should contact the organization that holds their loan. 

The "origination fee" of up to four percent of the loan principal is deducted 
proportionately from each disbursement made, although many lenders waive this fee. 
The lender may collect an insurance premium of up to one percent of the loan principal, 
which is deducted proportionately from each disbursement. 



Finances 311 

The amounts given are the maximum amounts that can be borrowed; however, 
students cannot borrow more than the cost of education at Southern Adventist 
University minus any other financial aid they receive. 

Southern Adventist University maintains a list of lenders that provide special rates 
and incentives to our students (called a "preferred" lender list), but students can choose 
any lender that they want and are encouraged to compare the different options for 
themselves. 

Associate Degree Students will be considered as having less than 55 credit hours for 
loan purposes. 

Undergraduate Students Attending Less than a Full Academic Year may borrow 
an amount which may be less than the amounts listed above. Information about how 
much may be borrowed can be obtained from the Enrollment Services Office. 

Work 

Federal Work-Study Program — Federal Work-Study funds are available to 
undergraduate students with demonstrated financial need. Under the Federal Work- 
Study program, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and the 
government pays the remainder. Most work-study positions are on campus. Students 
are responsible to acquire their own jobs. 

Students can work part-time while they are in college. They can work full-time during 
the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay rate is no less than the current 
minimum wage. The rate varies depending on the skill and experience needed for the 
job. 

Students who receive Federal Work-Study earnings will receive 100% of their 
earnings unless they give written permission for their earnings to be applied to their 
student account. The Federal Work-Study Program is not a grant, but is the method of 
payment for a student's eligible job. Further information is available from a Student 
Finance counselor. 

Veterans ' Benefits 

Southern Adventist University is approved for the training of veterans as an 
accredited training institution. VA benefits may not be available for students enrolled 
in classes offered off the Collegedale campus. Those who qualify for educational 
benefits should contact the nearest Department of Veterans' Affairs. 

Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in order to be eligible 
for educational benefits. Southern Adventist University is required to report promptly 
to the VA the last day of attendance when an eligible student withdraws or stops 
attending classes regularly. 

A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not fulfill requirements 
for his/her stated degree and major. Audited courses, non-credit courses (except for a 
required remedial course), and correspondence work cannot be certified. VA benefits 
cannot exceed Southern's total cost of attendance. 

Tuition and Fee Waiver for Student Missionaries and Task Force Workers 

Those students planning to serve as Student Missionaries or Task Force Workers 
and enrolling in NOND 227 and 228, Christian Service I and II, will receive a full 
rebate of $3,700/semesterto cover 90% of the tuition for these classes ($3,445) and the 
general fee ($255). 



312 Finances 



Students enrolled in HMNT 215/415 Cross-Cultural Experience and COMM 
291/391, Intercultural Communication Practicum, will be given a tuition rebate of 
$425/semester hour. 

Before final authorization may be obtained, all students going as Student 
Missionaries or Task Force Workers must be cleared by the Enrollment S ervices Office. 

Collegedale Academy Students Tuition Fee Waiver 

Collegedale Academy students may take up to six credit hours at S AU at a rate of Vi 
of the current tuition rate per hour. Students eligible for denominational subsidy will 
receive the subsidy of 35% or 70% of the tuition paid. Private music lessons are at the 
regular S AU tuition rate. 

Senior Citizen Tuition Plan 

Persons 65 years of age or over may audit one undergraduate course free of charge 
per semester, or take for credit, at one-half the normal charge, one undergraduate 
course. There must be space available in the class to be eligible for this plan. 

FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

Financial Aid Applications 

The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFS A), or Renewal Free Application for 
Federal Student Aid (RFAFS A) for returning students must be submitted annually to apply 
for the federal, state, and institutional aid programs. This application should be completed 
at http://fafsa.ed.gov or mailed directly to the Federal Aid Programs in the envelope provided 
by the government. 

Applications received by the priority deadline of March 3 1 will be given preference. To 
meet this deadline the FAFS A should be submitted no later than March 1. Applications 
received after March 31 will be processed as long as time and funds permit. Southern 
Adventist University's TITLE IV code is 003518. 

Verification 

The following documents must be submitted only if you have been selected by the 
government for verification. The Enrollment Services Office will notify you if these 
documents are needed. 

1. The Federal Verification Worksheet. This worksheet should be completed, then 
mailed to the SAU Enrollment Services Office. 

2. Copies of parents' signed income tax return (exact signed copies of all schedules and 
W-2 forms sent to the IRS). These copies should be mailed to SAU with the Federal 
Verification Worksheet. 

3. Copies of student's signed income tax return including W-2 forms. These copies 
should be mailed to SAU with the Federal Verification Worksheet. 

4. A copy of FAFSA worksheets A, B, and C. This copy should be mailed to SAU 
with the Federal Verification Worksheet. 

Transfer Student Financial Aid Applications 

Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be determined by 
their academic standing, which will be calculated on all hours Southern has accepted. 
Students with a GPA below policy will be on financial aid probation for one semester. 
If the cumulative GPA or the completion rates are below the required levels at the end 
of the probationary period, students will be ineligible to receive financial aid. Deletion 
of transfer hours from Southern Adventist University academic records may affect a 
student's financial aid eligibility, depending on the number of hours deleted. Any 
change in academic program, such as changing from a baccalaureate degree program 
to an associate degree program, or from an associate degree program to a one-year 
certificate degree program, may affect a student's eligibility for financial aid. 



Finances 313 

Transient Student Financial Aid Applications 

Financial aid for transient students is available when a student receives a transient 
student permission letter from the Records and Advisement Office. 

Eligibility for Federal Pell Grant and Federal Family Education Loans (Subsidized 
Stafford, Unsubsidized Stafford, and Parent PLUS) will be based on total hours 
enrolled at both institutions. Costs at both institutions will be a factor in determining 
eligibility. 

FINANCIAL AID AWARD AND DISBURSEMENT PROCEDURES 

Financial Aid Award Procedures 

A Financial Aid Award Letter will be sent to each accepted applicant after the 
Enrollment Services Office receives the FAFSA results (electronically received from 
the federal processor). To confirm and reserve the funds offered, students should return 
the signed acceptance of the offer within ten days of receipt. It will be assumed that 
students are accepting the full award amounts if the award letter is not returned within 
the allotted time. 

Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds are available, with 
the most needy students receiving priority. The financial aid award package may be a 
combination of: 1) Federal Work-Study, 2) federal student loans, 3) federal, state, 
private, or institutional grants or scholarships. 

Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds 

Financial aid awards are disbursed based on enrollment status each semester. The 
disbursement will show as a credit on a student's account. Loan funds received from 
the federal loan programs will in most cases be automatically credited to the student's 
account once entrance interview requirements are met. In the cases where the funds are 
received in the form of a check, the check will be available for signing in the 
Accounting Office. In addition, an entrance interview is required for first-time 
borrowers prior to receiving their loan funds. An exit interview is required when a 
student graduates or terminates his/her studies at SAU. It is the student's responsibility 
to notify the Enrollment Services Office if they do not plan to return. A student's 
diploma and/or academic transcripts will not be released until an exit interview is 
completed. 

Financial Aid Overaward Procedures 

When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not included in the 
financial aid award letter, it is the student's responsibility to report these funds to the 
Enrollment Services Office. Federal regulations prohibit "overawards;" therefore, when 
the total of all resources exceeds the allowable student budget, financial aid awards 
must be adjusted. When financial aid funds have already been credited to the student's 
statement, any refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account. 

FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS 

General Requirements 

Financial aid awards are made for one academic year to students who are accepted 
for admission, demonstrate a financial need, and are enrolled fo r at least six credit hours 
on the Collegedale campus. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S. citizenship 
or a permanent resident visa. Students desiring aid must reapply each year, have a 
GED or high school diploma on file in the Records and Advisement Office, and 
continue to make satisfactory academic progress toward a degree to receive financial 
aid. 



314 Finances 



WARNING: If a student purposely gives false or misleading information on the 
federal aid application, s/he may be fined $10,000 by the US Department of Education, 
sent to prison, or both. 

Academic Progress Requirements 

Academic Progress Policy 

Government regulations require all financial aid recipients to maintain satisfactory 
academic progress toward a degree as measured both qualitatively and quantitatively 
in order to receive financial aid. This requirement applies to the entire enrollment at 
Southern Adventist University — even periods during which a student does not receive 
financial aid. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in a student becoming 
ineligible for financial aid. 

This policy defines the minimum standards for eligibility for state and/or federal 
financial aid. 

Academic Progress Standards 

Qualitative Standards: 

Cumulative Credit Hours Attempted Cumulative Grade Point Average 

0-23 1.50 or above 

24 or above 2.00 or above 

Quantitative Standards: 
Students must complete and pass a minimum of 67.00 percent of attempted credit 
hours toward a degree to be making satisfactory progress. Incompletes, withdrawals, 
and failed courses count toward the total attempted credit hours. A repeated course 
counts as attempted credit hours each time it is taken. 

Time Frame for Receiving Financial Aid 

Degree Program Degree Max. Time to Receive Financial Aid 

General baccalaureate 186 attempted hours 

General associate 96 attempted hours 

Art baccalaureate 190 attempted hours 

Music baccalaureate 198 attempted hours 

Nursing associate 103 attempted hours 

Second baccalaureate 231 attempted hours 

Second associate 132 attempted hours 

The above maximum time frame to receive financial aid is based on 1.5 times the 
number of credit hours to attain a degree. Hours from the first degree will be counted 
as attempted hours toward a second degree. Adding a second major does not count as 
a second degree. 

Time frame for transfer students will be evaluated according to the hours accepted 
from previous institutions and the attempted hours toward SAU's current degree 
program. 

Progress Review 

A financial aid recipient ' s progress at S outhern Adventist University will be reviewed 
at the end of each semester and will be based on the number of attempted hours a 
student completes during each semester of an academic year and the cumulative grade 
point average (GPA). 



Finances 315 

Students who do not meet the above satisfactory GPA or completion requirements 
will be placed on probation. If the cumulative GPA or the completion rate is below the 
required level at the end of the probationary period, the student will be ineligible to 
receive financial aid and may file an appeal with the academic dean. 

Students may enroll for the summer sessions or subsequent terms at S AU without 
financial aid assistance or attend another accredited institution to fulfill the progress 
requirements. Academic progress for these students will be reviewed prior to the 
release of financial aid for the following term in which the student reaches the 
necessary academic standard. 

Students accepted to Southern Adventist University on conditional standing will be 
eligible for financial aid for the first semester in attendance. Financial aid thereafter is 
based on the guidelines set on page 314. 

Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid 

Students who are found to be ineligible for financial aid based on progress will be 
notified in writing from the Enrollment Services Office. If unusual circumstances occur 
that include, but are not limited to, personal or family illness, injury, or death in the 
family, students may appeal in writing to the Financial Appeals Committee for 
continuation of financial aid. Students will receive a written notification as to the 
committee's decision. 

FINANCIAL AID REFUND POLICY 

The SAU refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is outlined on page 
323. A $100 administrative drop fee will be charged to students who withdraw 
completely during the 100% refund period. 

Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educational costs (tuition, 
fees, room, board, and books), when a student withdraws from all classes and under the 
refund policy receives a refund of these charges, any credit will be used to reimburse 
financial aid programs first, and any remaining credit will be refunded to the student. 

According to regulations, refunds due to Federal Title rV programs will be allocated 
according to the following priority: 

1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans 

2. Subsidized Federal Stafford loans 

3. Federal Perkins loans 

4. Parent Federal (PLUS) loans 

5. Federal Pell Grant program 

6. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant program 

7. Other Title IV aid programs 

Amount of Title IV Aid Earned 

To calculate the amount of Title IV aid earned, the percentage of Title rV aid earned 
(as figured by the withdrawal date) is multiplied by the aid that has been disbursed as 
well as the aid that could have been disbursed. 

Amount of Title IV Aid to Return 

To calculate the amount of Title IV aid to return, the amount of Title TV aid earned 
(as figured above) is subtracted out of the aid that was disbursed as well as the aid that 
could have been disbursed. 

For further explanation, please contact a Student Finance Counselor. 



316 Finances 



Financial Aid Repayment Policy 

There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw completely from 

5 AU and have received financial aid in excess of their incurred educational costs. An 
example would be the student who received a Stafford Loan and did not use the full 
amount for educational costs. An amount owing to any federally funded student aid 
program will be covered by SAU and then charged to the student's account. 

DEFERMENT OF FINANCIAL AID REPAYMENT FOR STUDENT 
MISSIONARIES/TASK FORCE WORKERS 

Any student desiring to serve as a Student Missionary or in a Task Force position 
needs to apply through the Chaplain's Office. General Conference policy requires the 
completion of the course Student Missions Orientation Class, NOND 099, prior to 
placement in a volunteer position. The orientation class is taught the last nine weeks 
of the second semester. Students who register for NOND 099 will not receive any 
academic credit hours. 

Those students who have not yet received their first bachelor's degree who desire 
deferment on their student loan payments during their mission service placement must 
enroll in NOND 227 Christian Service I, 6 hours, and NOND 228 Christian Service II, 

6 hours. 

To receive 12 hours of academic credit, the student must complete a full academic 
year of service. Students enrolled in NOND 227 and 228 must have taken NOND 099 
as a prerequisite. A maximum of 12 hours is available during the year of service. 
Tuition is charged at ten percent of the current rate. Specific details regarding academic 
assignments may be obtained from the Chaplain's Office. 

Before final authorization may be obtained, all students going as Student 
Missionaries or Task Force Workers must be cleared by the Enrollment Services 
Office. 

STUDENT LABOR 

Student Labor Regulations 

Work opportunities are available in departments/schools and industries operated by 
the University and at local private businesses. Students seeking employment should 
contact the Human Resources Office or visit http://hr.southem.edu for a listing of 
available positions or to complete an employment application. 

Although Southern Adventist University cannot guarantee a student employment, the 
University will endeavor to find a work opportunity either at the University or at a 
local business. Students are urged to arrange class schedules that allow blocks of time 
for work. 

All hiring formalities are completed in the Human Resources Office. Students must 
bring their Social Security cards and one identification document, such as a passport, 
driver's license, or original birth certificate, in order to complete the hiring process 
legally. Students who are not American citizens must produce an unexpired 
employment authorization document such as a valid 1-20 or other legal document before 
employment can be arranged. 

Students are expected to maintain satisfactory job performance and meet all work 
appointments, including those during examination week. Work superintendents reserve 
the right to dismiss students if their service and work records are unsatisfactory. Should 
a student find it necessary to be absent from work, s/he must make arrangements with 
the work supervisor and, if ill, with Student Health Services. 

A student accepting employment is expected to retain it forthe entire semester except 
in cases where changes are recommended by the school nurse or the Human Resources 
Office. Should a student receive opportunities for more favorable employment at 



Finances 317 

another department on campus during the semester, the transfer must be made through 
the Human Resources Office and the two employing departments. A student must 
NOT drop his/her work schedule without notifying the Human Resources Office. 

Students can work part-time while they are in school. They can work full-time during 
the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay rate is no less than the current 
minimum wage. The rate varies depending on the skill and experience needed for the 
job. 

Students who work more than 20 hours per individual week or who are enrolled for 
less than 12 credit hours will have Social Security taxes (FICA) withheld from their 
earnings. 

International Student Labor Regulations 

International students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure 
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. Foreign students with student 
visas are allowed to work on campus up to 20 hours a week. Spouses may work only 
if they have student visas of their own or have immigrant visas. 

Student Payroll Policies and Procedures 

Students will receive 25% of their net earnings for tithe and personal items directly 
deposited into the bank account of the student's choice. 

Students who receive Federal Work-Study earnings will receive 100% of their net 
earnings unless they give written permission for their earnings to be applied to their 
student account or they voluntarily return their earnings to be applied to their student 
account. 

The payroll period normally covers a two-week time period and students are paid 
every other Friday. 

It is recommended that on-campus summer earnings remain on the students' accounts 
to accumulate toward their first month statement. 

Student Workers' Compensation Insurance 

As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the University carries workers' 
compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of work-related accidents. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

Student Responsibility for University Expenses 

The Enrollment Services Office will assist students in their financial planning. 
Financial aid is available to qualified recipients in the form of scholarships, grants, 
loans, and work opportunities. However, responsibility for payment of University 
expenses rests with the student, regardless of any assistance which may be expected or 
received from federal financial aid, parents, Southern Adventist University, 
denominational employers, or any other source. 

Before registering, each student must submit a Payment Contract to the Enrollment 
Services Office signed by the student indicating acknowledgment of this responsibility. 
A signed payment contract must be on file before registering for the winter semester or 
any future semester thereafter. 

Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is given throughout this 
"Financial Policies" section of the Catalog to assist students in financial planning. 
Student financial responsibility includes awareness of this information. 



318 Finances 



Student Check Cashing 

Students are encouraged to use their home banks or a local area bank for their 
personal financial services. SAU does not cash personal checks. 

Student Banking 

For the convenience of students and/or their financial sponsors, no-fee banking is 
available at the Collegedale Credit Union located in Fleming Plaza on the University 
campus. Service is provided six days each week. With a $50 savings account students 
can open a no-fee checking account with no minimum balance. Several commercial 
banks close to the campus community provide similar opportunities. 

Student Personal Effects Liability 

When determining what to bring to campus, students should remember that the 
University is not responsible for the personal effects of any student even though such 
effects may be required by the University for student use, or required by the University 
to be stored in a designated location. University-carried insurance does not insure the 
personal effects of any individual. The University recommends that students consider 
carrying insurance against possible losses. 

FEES AND CHARGES 

The following fees and charges apply only to undergraduate students on the 
Collegedale campus. Information concerning graduate student charges is available in 
the Graduate Catalog. 

Students taking less than six credit hours must pay the full amount of tuition in 
advance. No discount is available for students who fall in this category. 

Tuition and General Fee Charges 

Tuition per semester hour (1-1 1 hours) $ 638.00 

Tuition for 12-16 semester hours (flat fee) 7,543.00 

Tuition for each semester hour over 16 487.00 

Tuition for each semester hour of summer school 487.00 

*General Fee per semester (charged to each student enrolled for 6 or more hours) 255.00 

Special Fees and Charges 

The following special fees and charges are assessed separately inasmuch as they may 
not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly: 

Academic Power Tools 638.00 

Add/Drop fee 20.00 

Administrative Drop Fee 100.00 

Application for admission (non-refundable) 25.00 

Audit tuition per semester hour (not included as part of 12-16 hour charges) 319.00 

Automobile parking fee (per semester): 

Residence hall students 40.00 

Village students 40.00 

Motorcycle parking fee 40.00 

Reinstatement of registration 100.00 

Collegedale Academy student tuition ¥z reg. rate 

Commitment deposit/housing deposit 250.00 

Continuing education units 10.00 

Dual enrollment online Vi reg. rate 



Finances 319 

Examinations: 

Challenge or waiver 50.00 

CLEP 50.00 

Credit by examination (per hour) recording fee 40.00 

TOEFL 25.00 

Rescheduling midterm or final 65.00 

Graduation fee 40.00 

Incomplete grade recorded 20.00 

Insufficient funds check fee and penalty 25.00 

"Insurance (Estimate Only): 

Student 660.00 

Spouse 1,760.00 

Child 715.00 

All Children (2 or more) 1,320.00 

International student deposit 3,000.00 

Lab Fees: 

Lab Fee 1 10.00 

Lab Fee 2 15.00 

Lab Fee 3 20.00 

Lab Fee 4 30.00 

Lab Fee 5 60.00 

Lab Fee 6 90.00 

Lab Fee 7 120.00 

Lab Fee 8 150.00 

Lab Fee 9 180.00 

Lab Fee 10 210.00 

Lab Fee 1 1 240.00 

Lab Fee 12 300.00 

Lab Fee 13 325.00 

Lab Fee 14 350.00 

Lab Fee 15 400.00 

Late Registration 35.00 

Late return of organizational uniform 40.00 

(The full cost will be charged if irreparably damaged or not returned.) 
Lost residence hall key or replacement: 

Talge Hall 30.00 

Thatcher Hall 30.00 

Lost student IX). or replacement (must be cash payment) 15.00 

Medical Technology recording fee (senior year) 55.00 

New Student Orientation Fee 35.00 

Nursing Consortium per hour 255.00 

RN Update 440.00 

Packing and Moving Fee 75.00 

""Residence Hall rent per semester 1,367.00 

Southern Village rent per semester 1,510.00 

Student Accident Insurance 56.00 

Transcript Fees: 

Rush service (48 hours) 10.00 

Single request for 6 or more copies 10.00 

FedEx service (48 hours) 25.00 

International fax service 15.00 

*Fee is used for computer technology, academic transcripts, and registration. 
""'Estimated annual fee that is subject to change by insurance company. 
***See page 322 for further explanation of rent charges 



320 Finances 



ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET (SAU Campus) 



Tuition (12-16 hrs/semester) 
General Fee 
Residence Hall Rent** 
Food 

Books and School Supplies 
Total Estimated Costs* 



Residence Hall 


Student 


Semester 


Year 


$7,543 


$15,086 


255 


510 


1,367 


2,734 


1,000 


2,000 


500 


1,000 



Non Residence Hall 

Student 

Semester Year 

$7,543 $15,086 

255 510 



500 



$10,665 $21,330 



1,000 

$8,298 $16,596 



(Health insurance, automobile parking, and Campus Shop personal purchases are in addition, if 
applicable.) 

*With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced. 
**See page 322 for further explanation of rent charges. 

Approved Items to Charge to Student Account 

Any charges to a student' s account, outside of the normal educational expenses, must 
be approved by the Enrollment Services Office. Examples of charges which will not 
be approved are student club dues and departmental or class tours. 



Food Service and Village Market Charges 

Southern's food plan allows residence hall students the privilege of choosing from 
a large variety of dining options. Students may eat at the Campus Kitchen, Dining Hall, 
KR's Place, and at the Village Market. Residence hall students will be billed $1,000 
at the beginning of each semester. 

The $1,000 food allowance forthe fall semester begins August 17, 2007, and ends 
on December 31, 2007. The $1,000 food allowance for the winter semester begins 
January 1, 2008, and ends on May 4, 2008. There are no minimum charges forthe 
summer months (students taking classes during the summer can use their Campus Card 
to charge food at the Dining Hall and will be billed monthly for their charges). 

Two Hundred Dollars of the $1,000 per semester food charge is designated for 
purchases at the Village Market as well as for making photocopies and/or paying 
computer lab printing expenses. The remaining $800 is for purchases at Food Services 
(Campus Kitchen, Dining Hall, and KR's Place). 

Once a student has used their $800 for purchases from Food Services, food charged 
to the Campus Card over that amount will be automatically billed to the student's 
statement on a monthly basis. Once a student has used their $200 for purchases from 
the Village Market, the student will have to use cash or credit card to place additional 
funds onto their Campus Card to be able to make additional purchases at the Village 
Market using their Campus Card. Purchases at the Village Market can still be made 
with a personal credit card or cash. 

Refunds will only be issued if the student discontinues their enrollment at Southern. 
The refund forthe Food Service and Village Market amounts will be pro-rated based 
on their official total drop date as determined by the Records and Advisement Office. 
A student will not be refunded more than the $1,000 minus what they have already 
used. 

Community students may charge food at the Campus Kitchen, Dining Hall, and KR' s 
Place as long as their school accounts are paid monthly by the due date. In order for 
community students to charge Village Market purchases onto their Campus Card, they 
will have to use cash or credit card to first place funds onto their Campus Card. 



321 



Books and School Supplies Charges 

Books and school supplies may be charged at the Campus Shop. A student will be 
allowed to charge to their student account up to a maximum amount for books, school 
supplies, and miscellaneous items. 

Students may not charge items from the Adventist Book Center or other book stores 
to their student accounts. 

Nursing Education Deposit and Fees 

Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program, students are required to send a 
deposit of $400 to hold their placement in the class. Requests for refund must be made 
through the School of Nursing no later than August 1. 

Music Lesson Fees 

Private music instruction is available to all students through the School of Music. 
Students enrolled in lessons will be charged $150 per semester hour (14 half-hour 
lessons) in addition to tuition (regular or audit rate). 

Excused absences may be made up at the discretion of the teacher if previous 
arrangements have been made. Lessons falling on holidays or during vacations will not 
be made up unless this results in the student having fewer than 14 lessons for the 
semester. 

International Student Deposit 

In addition to the regular University costs, international students must provide an 
International Student Deposit of $3,000 U.S. This applies to all international students 
except documented permanent residents of the U.S. or residents of Canada and 
Bermuda. The deposit must be received by the Enrollment Services Office before a 
U.S. Immigration Form 1-20 is sent to the prospective student for entry to the U.S. 
Because mail service from many foreign countries takes time, this deposit should be 
sent at least six weeks prior to enrollment. This deposit, once paid, remains untouched 
(with interest paid once a year at the rate of two percent) until the student graduates, 
withdraws from S AU, or is unable to pay his or her student account, at which time the 
international deposit will be applied to the student's account. If the student's account 
has been paid in full, the deposit will be refunded after the final statement is issued. 

Health and Accident Insurance 

University policy requires all students to have adequate accident and health insurance 
covering both inpatient and outpatient services. The same coverage is encouraged for 
all spouses and dependents. All students who are taking six or more hours (three or 
more hours during any summer session) or who are living in University housing will 
automatically be enrolled in the University health and accident plan at the time of 
registration, and will continue to be enrolled each successive semester until a waiver 
form is signed and proof of insurance is received. Students who have signed a waiver 
form may later request enrollment at any time. The student may sign a waiver form 
indicating s/he does not want the University insurance because: 

1. The student has adequate US insurance coverage equal to or better than the 
University insurance plan. 

2. The student is covered under the SDA denominational health care plan. 

3. The student does not live in University-owned housing and is taking less than 
six semester hours of class work during the fall and winter semesters or less 
than three hours of class work in the summer. 



322 Finances 



A refund of the premium is allowed only upon entry into the military services 
or by providing evidence of other insurance prior to midterm. 

Residence Hall/Campus Housing Charges 

Residence Hall Costs 

Room charges are based on two students occupying one room. Residence hall 
accommodations costs for each individual are $2,660 (no bathroom) or $2,740 (with 
bathroom) for the school year. Charges are made on a semester basis beginning in 
August and January. A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be 
allowed to room alone at a cost of $4,100. Residence hall students living in the 
Southern Village apartments are charged $3,020 forthe school year. It is the student's 
responsibility to have arranged for a roommate unless specific arrangements have been 
made to room alone. No pets, firearms, or weapons are allowed in the residence hall. 

No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the campus. When a 
student withdraws, a prorated portion of the semester charge, beginning with the date 
of non-occupancy of the room, will be refunded. 

Residence Hall Deposit and Deposit Refund 

A room deposit of $250 is required of each resident. To guarantee a room in the 
residence hall, payment of this deposit must be made by July 16. After July 16, no 
room is held for a student whose deposit has not been paid. This deposit should be sent 
directly to Southern Adventist University and is held in reserve until the student 
graduates and/or permanently moves out of the residence hall. The deposit is in addition 
to any other payment, and is refundable if requested before July 16. 

University Apartment Costs 

University-owned apartments may be rented by students taking a minimum of six 
hours each semester (preference is given to married students). The apartments range in 
size from one to three bedrooms and are rented unfurnished (furniture rental available). 
Rents range from $300 to $700 and will be charged by semester in August and January. 
Rent will be charged monthly during the summer. Charges are based on the date of 
issue and return of keys and proper clearance with the office of the Vice President for 
Financial Administration. No pets, firearms, or weapons are allowed in University 
housing. 

University Apartment Deposit and Deposit Refund 

Married students and single students over 23 years of age renting an apartment from 
the University must pay a housing deposit of $250 to reserve an apartment. This 
housing deposit is due before occupancy and is sent directly to Southern Adventist 
University. The deposit is in addition to any other payment. 

If a student gives notice before August 1 that s/he will not be attending, the housing 
deposit will be refunded. Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged to the 
student's account if the deposit is insufficient to cover these costs. The housekeeping 
supervisor at the S ervice Department will determine whether the apartment has been left 
clean and undamaged. A packing and moving fee may be charged as necessary. 

International Trips 

Tuition for international tours/trips are charged at one-third the normal tuition rate. 
Students eligible for tuition subsidy will receive 70% of the tuition charge. 



Finances 323 

Adventist Colleges Abroad Fees 

Students wishing to apply for study abroad under the Adventist Colleges Abroad 
(ACA) program must follow the procedures listed below: 

1. Obtain an ACA application from Southern Adventist University's Enrollment 
Services Office or Modern Languages Department. 

2. Complete and return the ACA application to the Modern Languages 
Department. 

3. Follow one of the following payment plans: 

a. Pay the total amount of tuition, room, board, hospital and accident 
insurance, personal account deposit, and tour deposit of the chosen school 
by August 1. 

b. Semester System: Pay one-half of the total charges and tour charge by 
August 1. The remaining one-half must be paid by November 1. 

c. Quarter System: Pay one-third of the total charges and tour charge by 
August 1; one-third by November 1; and the remaining one-third by 
February 1. 

4. Make all payments by cash, check, money order, or credit card. 

University funded scholarships are not available for ACA students. When planning 
their finances for the ACA program students must: 

1 . Have their Southern Adventist University account paid to date. 

2. Have completed all necessary paperwork for federal financial assistance and 
received a financial aid award letter before August 1 if relying on financial aid. 

3. Subtract tuition assistance and/or federal financial aid from the total ACA 
charges due. 

4. Pay SAU for charges before the University makes payment to ACA. If payment 
is not received, students will be sent back from ACA. 

SAU REFUND POLICIES 

Refund for Complete or Partial Withdrawal 

Residence hall and University apartment refunds are prorated according to the 
number of days the student occupies the room subtracted from the number of days 
charged. 

A student who withdraws from school completely during the semester will receive 
a tuition and general fee refund based on the date the completed withdrawal form with 
all required signatures is filed with the Records and Advisement Office. 

Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 



1" 


week 


100% 


2 : 


1 and 3 rd weeks 


80% 


4" 


and 5 th weeks 


60% 


6" 


,7 Ih , and 8" weeks 


40% 


9" 


week 


0% 



Music lesson and lab fee refunds are also calculated according to the above policy. 

Refund for Shortened School Term Withdrawal (including Summer Sessions) 
1" two school days 100% 

J' and 4 ,h school days 60% 

5 Ih day through end of term 0% 



324 Finances 



Refund of Credit Balances 

Credit balances are refundable, upon request from financial sponsor, 30 days after 
the monthly statement is received for the last month the student was in college in order 
to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example, if a student drops out 
of college in December, a full credit refund would not be made until after the January 
statement is prepared during the first week of February. When the credit balance is 
large, a portion may be refunded earlier upon request to the Enrollment Services Office. 

If the student has a credit balance caused by a financial aid over-award, the necessary 
credit will be applied to the aid funds, according to the Financial Aid Refund Policy 
described on page 315. If any credit remains, it will be refunded as described above. 
Any refund will be credited back first to any credit card that was used to make 
payment within 90 days of the refund. If the refund involves a credit card payment 
exceeding $2,000, the refund will be credited back first to the credit card regardless of 
the date of payment. 

METHODS OF PAYMENT 

The following methods of payment are available. Families who do not enroll in one 
of these payment plans must pay the amount due indicated on the student's monthly 
statement each month by the due date. 

If a check is returned by a bank for insufficient funds, account closed, or any other 
reason, a $25 returned check fee will be assessed to the student's account. This also 
forfeits the privilege of paying by check. 

Paymen t Plan I 

Year in Advance — S AU offers a five percent discount if payment is made by cash 
or check and a three percent discou nt if payment is made by credit card or Parent Plus 
Loan. Students choosing to pay the year in advance must, on or before registration, pay 
the full amount required by the plan. Amounts paid as a result of scholarships, grants, 
and/or student loans are excluded from the amount on which the discount is allowed. 
A worksheet for each student desiring the prepayment discount must be completed by 
the Enrollment Services Office. 

Paymen t Plan II 

Semester in Advance — S AU offers a three percent discount if payment is made by 
cash or check and a one percent discount if payment is made by credit card. Students 
choosing to pay the semester in advance must, on or before registration, pay the full 
amount required by the plan. Amounts paid as a result of scholarships, grants, and/or 
student loans are excluded from the amount on which the discount is allowed. A 
worksheet for each student desiring the prepayment discount must be completed by the 
Enrollment Services Office. 

Payment Plan III — Monthly Payments 

A monthly payment plan is available for the 2007-2008 academic year through the 
Enrollment Services Office. 

Credit Card Payments 

The Cashier's Office honors VISA, MasterCard, Discover, American Express and 
debit (if card owner is present) cards for making payments on a student's account. There 
are different discount rates when making payments by credit card. No cash 
withdrawal service is available from these cards — this service may be obtained from 
a local bank. 



325 



When using a credit card to pay on an account, the following information must be 
supplied: 1) name of credit card being used; 2) cardholder's name; 3) credit card 
number; 4) expiration date; 5) student' s name and ID number; 6) amount to be charged 
on card; and, 7) the billing address of the credit card. 

Any refund will be credited back first to any credit card payments that were made 
within 90 days of the refund. The 30 day limitation does not apply when payments 
made by credit card exceed $2,000. In these cases the limitation will be the entire 
school year. 

Automatic Credit Card Payments 

Payment through automatic credit card deductions may be arranged. This 
arrangement is made through the Enrollment Services Office. A signed written request 
for automatic credit card deductions, stating the amount to be deducted, the date each 
month the deduction should be made, the amount to be deducted each month, and the 
billing address of the credit card will be required. 

Personal Check Payments 

Payments made to a student's account by personal check should have the student's 
University personal identification number (ID number) written on the check. If the ID 
number is not written on the check when it is received by S AU, it will be written on the 
check by an S AU employee for posting purposes. 

BILLING PROCEDURES 

Monthly Statements 

Statements will show all monthly/semester charges and credits and will be mailed to 
students on or before the 5 lh business day of each month. The minimum payment is due 
the 28" of each month. In some cases, the statement may take an extended amount of 
mail time to reach the parent or financial sponsor. It is the responsibility of the student 
to communicate the minimum due to the parents/financial sponsor in these cases. 
Students who do not pay by the 28" may be assessed a $25 late fee. 

Before registering for a new semester, the student account balance must be paid in 
full. 

Tuition Assistance 

Please notify Enrollment Services if either parent is eligible for tuition assistance 
from an employer. Indicate whether the employer is an educational institution or some 
other organization. Upon receiving this information, Enrollment Services will bill the 
parent' s employer for the appropriate amount. It is still the responsibility of the parents 
to ensure that the tuition assistance is paid by their employer. If a student receives an 
award letter that does not include tuition assistance, but that student is eligible for 
tuition assistance, the award letter must be adjusted. Please notify the Enrollment 
Services Office if this is the case. 

Transcript Requests for Currently Enrolled Students 

It is the policy of the University to withhold transcripts if a student has an unpaid or 
past-due account at the University, or any unpaid account for which the University has 
co-signed. 

An official academic transcript will be issued for a currently enrolled student when 
the student's account is current according to the payment plan the student is on. 
Exceptions may be considered to receive an official academic transcript when the 
account is current except for a pending disbursement of a Federal student loan. A 
student's failure to comply with instructions can delay the release of a transcript. 



326 Finances 



When payment is made by personal check, the transcript will be held for ten working 
days to allow the check to clear. TO EXPEDITE THE RELEASE OF THESE 
DOCUMENTS, THE STUDENT SHOULD SEND A MONEY ORDER, 
CASHIER'S CHECK, OR PAY BY CREDIT CARD TO COVER THE 
BALANCE OF THE ACCOUNT WHEN REQUESTING THE DOCUMENTS. 
Under provisions of federal loan programs, Southern Adventist University withholds 
any records when payments for these loans become past due or are in default. 

COLLECTION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 

Accounts Collection Policy 

Students completing or terminating their studies with the University are required to 
pay their balance in full prior to leaving. Payments due on non-current accounts that 
are not received by the last working day of the month will be charged a one percent 
service charge. 

When a student who was enrolled first semester does not enroll second semester and 
has left with an unpaid account, that account will be designated a non-current student 
account as of February 15. 

When a student leaves at the end of second semester who does not return for the 
summer session and has left with an unpaid account, the account will be designated a 
non-current student account as of June 15. 

When a student leaves at the end of second semester with an unpaid account and 
plans to return the following year, the student will have until June 28 to bring the 
account current. If the student decides not to return, then this account will be designated 
a non-current account as of September 15. 

At the time any account is designated non-current, a carrying charge of one percent 
per month will apply. 

When anon-current account is 90 days past due and neither satisfactory payments nor 
communication have been received, and unsuccessful attempts have been made by the 
Enrollment Services Office to contact the individual, the account will be submitted to 
a collection agency or attorney. 

If the University deems it necessary to employ a collection agency or an attorney to 
collect defaulted accounts, all charges for these services, including court costs, if 
incurred, will be added to unpaid bills. 

Any student that has an amount that has been written off due to an uncollectible 
account, settlement, or lost account must pay the written off amount prior to receiving 
transcripts, enrolling in any class, or being re-accepted as a student. 

Any student with an account that has not been paid in full due to a bankruptcy filing, 
must be paid in full before acceptance or enrollment unless (1) the student has received 
a hardship discharge from the bankruptcy court and provides a copy of the same to the 
University or (2) the student can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the University that 
his or her account falls outside of the educational benefit discharge exception of S ection 
523(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Policy on Transcript, and Diploma Requests for Non-current Students 

It is the policy of the University to withhold transcripts, diplomas, certificates of 

completion, and other records if a student has an unpaid or past-due account at the 

University or (if a federal loan borrower) has not completed an Exit Interview. 

Official academic transcripts for non-enrolled students will be issued only after 

students' accounts are paid in full and when there are no delinquencies in the payment 

of student loans. No exceptions will be made. 



Directory 327 



< ACULTYlJlR EC TO R V 



When payment is made by personal check, the transcript will be held for ten working 
days to allow the check to clear. TO EXPEDITE THE RELEASE OF THESE 
DOCUMENTS, THE STUDENT SHOULD SEND A MONEY ORDER, 
CASHIER'S CHECK OR PAY BY CREDIT CARD TO COVER THE BALANCE 
OF THE ACCOUNT WHEN REQUESTING THE DOCUMENTS. Under 
provisions of federal loan programs, Southern Adventist University withholds any 
records when payments for these loans become past due or are in default. 

Policy on Legal Proceedings 

Southern Adventist University shall not render services to former students who may 
be involved in any legal proceedings, until court confirmation has been received with 
regards to the legal actions taken. 

Bankruptcy Policies and Procedures 

Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy proceedings prohibits 
a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection of the debt, the University, upon 
notification by the court of such filing, will comply with this legal prohibition. No 
further services will be extended. The bankruptcy of the financial sponsor in no way 
changes the underlying financial obligation of the student to pay his or her student 
account. 



328 Faculty Dn 



The Registry 



Board of Trustees 



Gordon Retzer, Chair 
Gordon Bietz 
John Boskind 
Benjamin Browne 
Michael Cauley 
Donald Chase 
Joan Coggin 
Jim Davidson 
Ken DeFoor 
Faith Durkin 
Mel Eisele 
G Thomas Evans 
Conrad L. Gill 
Burton Hall 
R. R. Hallock 
Scott Hodges 
Dan Houghton 
Lars Houmann 
Todd McFarland 



Bill McGhinnis 
Ellsworth McKee 
V. J. Mendinghall 
John Nixon 
Frank B. Potts 
Mark S chiefer 
Terry Shaw 
Jeannette Stepanske 
Ernie Stevens 
Ward Sumpter 
Willie Taylor 
Izak Wessels 
Jeff White 
Greg Willett 
Ed Wright 
Doug Zinke 
Vicky Zygouris-Coe 



Members of the Executive Board 



University Administration 



PRESIDENT 

Gordon Bietz, DJVIin. (1997) President 

Ben Wygal, Ph.D. (2003) Assistant to the President 

Information Systems 

Henry Hicks, M.B.A. (1998) Executive Director, Information Services 

Doru Mihaescu, M.B.A. (1997) Associate Director, Digital Networking 

Herdy Moniyung, M.S. (1999) Associate Director, Info Processing 

Mike McClung, B.A. (1996) Assistant Director, Workstation Support 

Judy DeLay, B.A., C.P.A. (1983) Senior Programmer/Analyst 

Bryce Enevoldson, B.S. (2006) Programmer/Analyst 

Luke Miller, B.S. (2004) Programmer/Analyst 

Josh Rhodes, B.S. (2007) Network Administrator 

Randi Raitz, A.A. (2001) Network Administrator 

Institutional Research and Planning 

Hollis James, Ph.D. (2003) Director, Institutional Research and Planning 

ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION 

Robert Young, Ph.D. (2007) Senior Vice President, Academic Administration 

Volker Henning, Ph.D. (1989) Associate Vice President, Academic Administration 

Dan Lim, Ph.D. (2004) Dean, Virtual Campus 



Directory 329 



< ACULTYlJlR EC TO R V 



Library 

Genevieve Cottrell, M.Inf. (2001) Director, Library 

Patricia Beaman, M.S.L.S. (1998) Periodicals Librarian 

Stanley Cottrell n, M.L.S. (2004) Technical Services Librarian 

Frank DiMemmo, M.S. (1980) Media Librarian 

Ann Greer, Ph.D. (1995) Distance Education/Interlibrary Loan Librarian 

Daniel Maxwell, M.S.L.I.S. (2004) Electronic Resource Librarian 

Ron Miller, B.S. (1995) Library Computer Support 

Marge Seifert, M.S.L.S. (1999) Public Services Librarian 

Records and Advisement 

Joni Zier, M.S.Ed. (1993) Director, Records and Advisement 

Sharon Rogers, M.Ed. (1977) Assistant Director, Records and Advisement 

Don Crumley, B.S. (2004) Data Analyst 

ADVANCEMENT 

Christopher Carey, B.S. CFRE (2005) Vice President, Advancement 

Joy Biegel, B.S. (2005) Major Gifts/Volunteer Liaison 

Alumni Relations 

Evonne Crook, B.A. (1980) Director, Alumni Relations 

Development 

Robert Raney, B.S. (2003) Director, Development 

Patrice Hieb, A.S. (1998) Annual Fund Coordinator 

Planned Giving 

Carolyn Liers (1996) Director, Planned Giving 

WSMC FM90.5 

David Brooks, B.A. (2001) Director, WSMC 

Scott Kornblum, B.S./B.A. (2005) Director, Development WSMC 

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 

Dale J. Bidwell, B.S. (1989) Senior Vice President, Financial Administration 

Martin Hamilton, B.A. (1998) Associate Vice President, Financial Administration 

Russell Orrison (2003) Director, Purchasing 

Accounting and Financial Services 

Doug Frood, M.S. (2001) Controller 

David Huisman, B.S., C.P.A. (1993) Chief Accountant 

Mary Sundin, B.S. (1993) Senior Accountant 

Human Resources 

Pat Coverdale, B.S., SPHR (2001) Director, Human Resources 

Nancy Daily, B.A., CPCU (2004) Director, Risk Management 

David Olson, M.B.A. (1995) Payroll Accountant 

Industries 

Gary Shockley (2006) Manager, Village Market 

Rita Wohlers (1978) Manager, Campus Shop 

Services 

Mark Antone, A.S. (1984) Director, Landscape Services 

Barry Becker (1993) Director, Transportation Services 

Sherri Schoonard (2000) Director, Food Service 

Betty Garver, M.S. (2000) Director, University Health Center 

Clair Kitson (1989) Director, Plant Services 

Ed Lucas (1987) Director, Energy Management 

Dennis Schreiner (1997) Director, Service 



330 Faculty Dn 



Eric Schoonard, A.S. (2002) Associate Director, Plant Services 

Fred Turner, B.ARCH. (1996) Corporate Architect 

MARKETING AND ENROLLMENT SERVICES 

Vinita Sauder, M.B.A. (1983) Vice President, Marketing and Enrollment Services 

Marc Grundy, M.B.A. (1997) . . . Associate Vice President, Marketing and Enrollment Services 

Admissions and Recruitment 

Marc Grundy, M.B.A. (1997) Associate Vice President, Enrollment Services 

Jackie James, B.A. (2003) Assistant Director, Admissions 

Fred McClanahan, B.A./B.S. (2004) Assistant Director, Admissions 

Adam Brown, B.S. (2006) Enrollment Counselor 

Nathalie Mazo, B.S. (2005) Enrollment Counselor 

Bert Ringer, M.Div. (1996) Enrollment Counselor, Florida 

Marketing and University Relations 

Ruthie Gray, M.B.A. (2000) Director, Marketing and University Relations 

Ingrid Skantz, B.S. (1990) Associate Director, Marketing and University Relations 

Lori Futcher, B.A. (2005) Manager, Communications 

Student Finance 

Marc Grundy, M.B.A. (1997) Associate Vice President, Enrollment Services 

Jason Merryman, M.A. (2005) Assistant Director, Student Finance 

Jayne Wyche, A.S. (1980) Assistant Director, Student Finance 

Lillian Disla, M.S. (2005) Student Finance Counselor 

Ryan Herman, B.S. (2003) Student Finance Counselor 

Sean Johnson, B.S. (2004) Student Finance Counselor 

Brenda Seifert, A.S. (2001) Student Finance Counselor 

Paula Walters, B.S. (2005) Student Finance Counselor 

STUDENT SERVICES ADMINISTRATION 

William Wohlers, PhD. (1973) Vice President, Student Services 

Kari Shultz, M.A. (1999) Director, Student Life 

Campus Chaplain 

Brennon Kirstein, M.Div. (2007) Chaplain 

Kevin Kibble, M.Div. (2005) Assistant, Chaplain 

Campus Safety 

Director, Campus Safety 

Health Service 

Carmen Plott, M.S.N. (2005) Family Nurse Practitioner 

Residence Halls 

Dwight Magers, M.A. (1993) Director of Residence Halls Housing and Dean of Men 

Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women 

Jeffrey Erhard, M.A.T. (1997) Associate Dean of Men 

Kassandra Krause, M.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women 

Carl Patterson, M.A. (2004) Associate Dean of Men 

John Sager, B.A. (2001) Associate Dean of Men 

Stacy Tomlinson, B.A (2006) Assistant Dean of Women 

Lisa Woodcock, B.A. (2004) Associate Dean of Women 

Associate Dean of Men 



Directory 331 



< ACULTYlJlR EC TO R V 



Student Success Center 

Jim Wampler, Psy.D. (1993) Director, Student Success Center, Counseling and Testing 

Januwoina Nixon, M.Ed (2006) Director, Learning Success Services 

Sheila Smith, M.A. (1997) Disability Services Coordinator 

Lianede Souza, M.S. (2003) Transition Services Coordinator 

Midge Dunzweiler, M.S. (1993) Counseling Services Coordinator 

Career Placement Coordinator 

CHURCH PASTORS 

John Nixon, DMin. (2006) Senior Pastor 

Tim Cross, M.Div. (2002) Youth Pastor 

Mike Fulbright, M.Div. (2000) Young Adult Pastor/Pastoral Director of Fellowship 

Pastoral Director of Ministry 

Wolf Jedamski, M. A. (1992) Church Administrator/Pastor of Missions 

Don MacLafferty, M.Div. (2002) Director, Kids in Discipleship Center 

Duane Schoonard, M.A. (1998) Pastoral Director of Spiritual Development 

Paul Smith, M.Div. (2004) Group Life Pastor 

Faculty Em eriti 

Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor Emeritus of Music 

Ronald M. Barrow, Ph.D., Vice President Emeritus for Admissions and College 

Relations 
Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor Emerita of Library Science 
Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of Office Administration 
Kenneth R. Davis, M.A., Director Emeritus of Counseling and Testing 
Donald Dick, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Speech Communication 
John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Computing and Technology 
Mary Elam, M.A., Associate Vice President Emerita of Academic Administration 
Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice President Emeritus of Academic Administration 
Orlo Gilbert, D.F.A., Professor Emeritus of Music 

Loranne Grace, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor Emerita of Library Science 
Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Vice President Emeritus of Academic Administration 
Leona Gulley, Ed.D., Professor Emerita of Psychology 
Larry Hanson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 
Carole Haynes, Ed.D., Professor Emerita of Education 
Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Physics 
Shirley Howard, M.S., Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing 
Bonnie Hunt, M.S., Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing 
Ed Lamb, M.S.S.W., Professor Emeritus of Social Work and Family Studies 
Katie Lamb, Ph.D., Associate Vice President Emerita of Academic Administration 
Robert Merchant, M.B.A., Treasurer Emeritus 
Clifford Myers, Sr., Director Emeritus of Campus Safety 
Louesa Peters, B.A., Associate Treasurer Emerita 
Cyril Roe, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education 
Marvin Robertson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Music 
Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Business Administration 
Barbara Ruf, Ph.D., Professor Emerita of English 
Kenneth M. Spears, M.B.A., Vice President Emeritus for Finance 
Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
Thelma Wearner, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Home Economics 
Erma Webb, M.S., Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing 



332 Faculty Dn 



Instructional Fa c u lty 

(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern Adventist University.) 

Earl Aagaard — Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A. and M.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., Colorado State University. (2004) 

Aaron Adams — M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Visual Art and Design 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.F.A., Savannah Institute of Art and Design. (2002) 

Pamela Ahlfeld — M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S., Georgia State University. (1990) 

Patricia Anderson — Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Southwestern Adventist University; Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington. (2007) 

Scot Anderson — M.S., Assistant Professor of Computing 

B.S., Southwestern Adventist University; M.S., University of Nebraska, Lincoln. (2007) 

Christopher Atkins, M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work and Family Studies 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S.W., University of Michigan. (2001) 

Joyce L. Azevedo — Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.S., Union College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California, Riverside. (1992) 

Evie Nogales Baker — M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work and Family Studies 

B.A. and B.S.W., Southern Adventist University; M.S.W., University of Tennessee in Knoxville. (2005) 

Lorraine Ball — M.S., Associate Professor of Journalism and Communication 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S., Clark University. (2001) 

W. Scott Ball — Ph.D., Dean and Professor of Music 

B.Mus, Arizona State University; M.A. and M.Div., Andrews University; Ph.D., The Ohio State 
University. (2000) 

Loren Barnhurst — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S. Andrews University; Ph.D., University of Denver. (2002) 

Desiree Batson — Ph.D., Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S.N., University of Wisconsin, Madison; Ph.D., University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1997) 

Stephen Bauer — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.Div. and Ph.D., Andrews University. (1999) 

Patricia Beaman — M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.A., La Sierra University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern California. (1999) 

John Beckett — M.B.A., Associate Professor of Computing 

B.S and M.B.A., Southern Adventist University. (1975) 

Robert Benge — Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education, Health and Wellness 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S.Ed., Old Dominion University; Ph.D., University of New 
Mexico. (1998) 

Krystal Bishop — Ed.D. , Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.A. and Ed.D., University of South Florida, Tampa. (1996) 

Mike Boyd — M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Health and Wellness 

B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.S., United States Sports Academy. (2007) 



Directory 333 



< ACULTYlJlR EC TO R V 



Kevin Brown — Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Central Florida. (1999) 

Gennevieve Brown-Kibble — D.M. A. , Professor of Music 

B.A., Andrews University; M.Mus., Indiana University; D.M.A., University of Arizona. (2005) 

Jared Bruckner — D.Sc, Professor of Computing 

B.A., Andrews University; M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology; M.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; 
D.Sc, University of Massachusetts at Lowell. (1995) 

Charles D. Burks — Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

B.A. Evangel College; M.S., University of Nebraska, Omaha; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1998) 

Rachel Byrd — Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Shippensburg University; PhD., University of Maryland. (1998) 

Michael Cafferky — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business and Management 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.Div., Andrews University; M.P.H., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., 
Southwest University. (2003) 

T. Lynn Caldwell — M.A., Associate Professor of Journalism and Communication 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Western Michigan University. (1999) 

Ray Carson — M.A., Associate Professor of Technology 

B.S. and M.A., Northern Arizona University. (2003) 

Ken Caviness — Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts at Lowell. (1996) 

A. Laure Chamberlain — M.A., Assistant Professor of Journalism and Communication 

B.A., Southern Adventist University; M.A., Syracuse University. (2004) 

Denise R. Childs — M.A., Associate Professor of Communication 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Washington State University. (1998) 

Myrna Colon — Ph.D., Professor of Education 

B.A. and M. A. .University of Puerto Rico; Ed.S. and Ph.D., Andrews University. (2001) 

Robert Coombs — Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Carson-Newman College; M.Div., The Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; D.Min., The 
Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., The University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (2004) 

Peter J. Cooper — D.M.A., Professor of Music 

B.Mus. and M.Mus., Conservatory of Music, University of Missouri-Kansas City; D.M. A., University 
of Michigan. (2006) 

Genevieve Cottrell — M. Inf., Associate Professor of Library Sciences 

BBibl, Hons Bibl and M.M., University of South Africa. (2001) 

Stanley Cottrell II — M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S. and M.A., Andrews University; M.L.S., University of Maryland. (2004) 

Randall Craven — M.S.Ed., Assistant Professor of Visual Art and Design 

B.A., University of Missouri, Kansas City; M.S.Ed., Southern Adventist University. (2000) 

Linda Potter Crumley — Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and Communication 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University of Texas. (2004) 

Judith Dedeker — M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S. and M.S.N., Southern Adventist University. (2006) 



334 Faculty D 



ACULTYlJlR EC TO R V 



Lisa Clark Diller — PhJ)., Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Southern Adventist University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Chicago. (2002) 

Alberto dos Santos — EdJ)., Professor of Education and Psychology 

B.A., University of South Africa; Diploma, Orion Institute of Switzerland; M.A. and Ed.D., Andrews 
University. (1995) 

Joan dos Santos — M.A. , Associate Professor of English 

B.S., Adventist University; M.A., Andrews University. (1995) 

Rene 1) ruin id — Ph.D., Chair and Professor of Social Work and Family Studies 

B.S., Andrews University; M.S.W., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Texas Woman's University. 
(2003) 

Brian Dunne — M.A.Ed., Assistant Professor of Visual Art and Design 

B.A., Southern Adventist University; B.S., East Tennessee State University; M.A.Ed., Georgia State 
University. (2002) 

Denise Dunzweiler — Ph.D., Dean and Professor of Education and Psychology 

B.A. La Sierra University; M.A., Sonomo State University; Ph.D., Andrews University. (1996) 

David Ekkens — Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Loma Linda University. (1990) 

Richard Erickson — M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business and Management 

B.S. and M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984) 

L. Ann Foster — Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S. and Ph.D., University of N. Texas. (1996) 

Bonnie Freeland — M.S.N. Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga (1998) 

Ileana Freeman-Gutierrez — Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Ball State University. (2005) 

H. Robert Gadd — Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Business and Management and VandeVere 
Chair Professor of Accounting 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.B.A., University of Maryland at College Park; 
Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington. (2000) 

Holly Gadd — Ph.D., Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Andrews University; M.S., Loma Linda University; F.N. P., Midwestern State University 
Ph.D., Texas Woman's University. (2000) 

Pam Gammenthaler — M. S.N. , Assistant Professor of Nursing 

R.N. and B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., Loma Linda University. (2006) 

Phil Garver — Ed.D., Dean and Professor of Physical Education, Health and Wellness 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S., Eastern Michigan University; Ed.D., University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 

David George — M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Visual Art and Design 

B.A., Southern Adventist University; M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design. (1999) 

Judith Glass — M.Mus., Professor of Music 

B.Mus. and M.Mus., University of Texas at Austin. (1975) 

Zachary Gray — M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Visual Art and Design 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design. (2000) 



Directory 335 



< ACULTYlJlR EC TO R V 



Ann Greer — Ph.D., Professor of Library Science 

B.G.S., Indiana University; M.L.I.S., Louisiana State University; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern 
University. (1995) 

Norman Gulley — Ph.D., Research Prof essor of Religion 

Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern Adventist University; M.A. and 
M.Div., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of Edinburgh (Scotland). (1978) 

Ed Guthero — B.S., Associate Professor of Visual Art and Design 

B.S., Andrews University. (2002) 

Tyson Hall — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Computing 

B.S., M.S., and Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. (2005) 

Rick Halterman — Ph.D., Dean and Professor of Computing 

B.S., Florida Southern College; M.S., Florida Atlantic University; Ph.D., University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1987) 

Jan Haluska — Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1981) 

Brent Hamstra — Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. (1999) 

Chris Hansen — Ph.D., Chair and Professor of Physics 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. (1996) 

Giselle Hasel — M.A., Assistant Professor of Visual Art and Design 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Southern Adventist University. (2007) 

Michael G Hasel — Ph.D., Professor of Religion, Director, Institute of Archaeology 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; M.A and Ph.D., University of Arizona. (1998) 

Volker Henning — Ph.D., Associate Vice President for Academic Administration 

B.A., Southern Adventist University; M.Div., Andrews University; M.A., University of 
Central Florida; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1989) 

Debbie Higgens — M.A. , Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University. (1993) 

Michael Hills — M.S.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education (2003) 

B.A., Thomas Edison State College; M.S.Ed., Southern Adventist University. (2003) 

Lorella Howard — M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Southern Adventist University; M.S.N., Vanderbilt University. (1994) 

Jaclynn Huse — M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S. and M.S.N., Southern Adventist University. (2003) 

Julie Hyde — M.Acc, C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Business and Management 

B.S. and M.Acc, University of Tennessee, Chattanooga. (2005) 

Douglas Jacobs — D.Min., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Southern Adventist University; M.Div. and D.Min., Andrews University. (2002) 

Barbara James — D.S.N. ,Dean and Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Adventist University; M.S.N., University of Texas, Arlington; D.S.N., 
University of Alabama, Birmingham. (1991) 



336 Faculty Dn 



Carmen Jimenez — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Modern Languages 

B. A. .University of Puerto Rico; M. A., University ofUtah; Ph.D. .Pennsylvania State University. (2004) 

Cynthia Johnson — M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

MSN., Southern Adventist Universit